NORTHWESTERN
UNIVERSITY
LIBRARY
EVANSTON
ILLINOIS
. <4
...
THE
Meisterschaft System.
n ■'
A SHORT AND PRACTICAL METHOD OF ACQUIRING
COMPLETE FLUENCY OF SPEECH
IN THE
Spanish Language.
BV
DR. RICHARD S. ROSENTHAL,
LiLTE SniECTOR 07 THE " AEADEMtE pItR TEEMDeTpRACHEN " IN BERLIN AND LEIPZIH,
OF THil: " HEISTERSCHAPr OOLLEOE " IN LONDO.V, AND PRINCIPAL OP
THE " HEISTEIUOIIAPT SCHOOL OP PRACTICAL L1N6DISTBT "
IN NEW YORE AND BOSTON.
IN fiftf.b;n parts.
BOSTON:
THE MEISTERSCHAFT PUBLICATION COMPANY.
1891,
RglS
CopyrigM, 188S,
BT KICBASO is. RokEMTBiil.
The Meisterschaft System
It is a widely known and acknowledged fact that,
although cur young men and women study German
and French for years, frequently under the tuition o!
able native masters, they very rarely attain any degree
of
PRACTICAL FLUENCY IN SPEAKING THESE
TONGUES.
In out times, when international commerce and ln«
tercourse is so constantly increasing, our schools and
colleges, must aim at other and more practical results
than heretofore were considered necessarj.
It is no longer sufficient to teach the student the
grammatical peculiarities of French and German, and
to introduce him into the classic literature of these lan¬
guages ; but the true end and aim of our linguistic education
must be to actually speak the modern tongues, arid to really be
able to cofiverse in them fluently and idiomatically.
"The usual mistake," says the New York World,
in an able editorial on the study of modern languages,
" in America, throughout the majority of schools, is
that in studying a foreign tongue more actual study is
put upon English and a formation of a smooth transla¬
tion than in building up and acquiring the language in
question. But whatever the faults of teachers or of the
4
system, of one fact the parents and public are painfully
assured, and that is that after years of study the schol¬
ars are still unable to speak and write vhe language,
and with difficulty can even read it. Everybody
knows how he has been able to repeat pages of gram¬
matical rules and foreign words, and then, amid his con¬
gratulations on mastering so much, how some day he
has found himself stranded in a foreign land only to
discover that he has no use for the rules and words he
has learned—that somehow and strangely enough the
people have quite a different stock of language."
For two, three, and frequently five years the pupils
—according to our present false and unnatural systems
—study different French and German grammars, man¬
uals, and vocabularies ; they learn to conjugate and to
decline, to parse and to analyze, etc.
If a boy will learn how to build a chair his master
does not give him chairs to break asunder ; but rather
wood to build them with. He does not tear apart, but
builds up. So, if one would learn French, or any for¬
eign speech, his work must not consist of taking a cer¬
tain amount of French, tearing it into bits, and then
building it up into good English, which he already
knows, but it must be just the reverse.
In our preparatory schools, our seminaries, the best
of all our colleges and universities—indeed throughou'
our whole land, the greater part of the time is spent in
this false and absurd way—and the student who takes
a piece of Latin, Greek, French, or German, and renders
it into the smoothest English, stands first and best
above his fellows,
It is an utter deception ; for the same student woulo
be quite unable to reverse the process and render the
same amount of English into even a passable foreign
phrase. In one word, our schools educate philologists
and grammarians, but only in rare instances do they
turn out practical linguists.
Of what use, hcnvever, is a perfect kncnvledge of at'
grammatical French rules to the tourist who fails to under^
stand the simple utterances of even a railway porter, and who
after fite years' study of the best Freruh grammars, can
scarcely ask for his common necessities ?
To understand the grammar of a language is desir¬
able, but it is by no means so important as being able
to speak the language.
As we can never become painters by the critical
study of pictures, so we can never hope to make our¬
selves practical linguists by the mere study of gram,
mar.
Or to use a still clearer illustration : We may
understand perfectly the theory of swimming, but this
theoretical knowledge will be of little practical help
when we are obliged to take the first actual plunge.
These are incontrcn>ertible facts, felt and acknowl¬
edged not only by almost all learners, but even by the
majority of our teachers.
THE TASK OF LEARNING A FOREIGN LAN¬
GUAGE
has hitherto been so difficult, so wearisome and produc¬
tive of so little efficiency, that few persons of mature
age have attempted it, however great their need of it
either for business purposes or for cultivation.
6
" These difficulties," writes Z>r. Heinrich Schliemann,
the celebrated explorer of Greek antiquities, " have now
been happily oCviated by the
' MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM,'
which is simply a scientific adaptation of the natural
method by which all persons, whether children or
idults, educated or otherwise, rapidly and correctly
acquire the language which they constantly hear, and
which they are instinctively impelled to imitate when
resident in a foreign country."
HOW THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM
TEACHES.
Jacotot, Frendergast, Bayard Taylor, and others proved
years ago that
the Speaking of Foreign Tongues
is not a matter of the intellect, as shown by the fact that
children acquire a foreign language much more rapidly
than grown persons.
They have neither teacher, book, nor interpreter ;
they are frequently too young to read or write in their
own tongue ; they understand nothing about the prin¬
ciples of grammar ; they do not think about this or
that method of acquiring the language ; yet without
thinking at all, in coming either to Calcutta or Paris—
they rapidly enunciate the foreign sounds correctly, and
in a fr vt short weeks chatter like natives with their for¬
eign attendants.
Ji must have been observed by every intelligent
tra/eJler how the ignorant donkey boys in Alexandria—
native Egyptians mostly, who never went to any school
- e xpress themselves clearly and sometimes very
7
fluently in both English, French, and Italian ; sometimes
even in Greek and Turkish. In spite of their uncultiva¬
ted intelligence, the natural and wonderfully subtle pow¬
er of imitation docs for them what a long course of gram¬
matical study fails to do for the educated and refined.
These facts must show to the most casual observer
that some natural laws exist governing the mode by
which foreign languages are acquired, and which
should be scientifically considered and made useful for
practical purposes.
ALL SCIENCE IS BUT THE SEARCHING OUT
OF NATURAL LAWS.
The greatest scientific results have originated by
the careful observation of some very simple and com¬
monplace occurrence, which has itself directly illus¬
trated some great unchangeable natural law.
The fall of an apple, the steam of a boiling kettle,
have conferred untold blessings upon mankind, and yet
apples innumerable had fallen before Newton's time.
" The careful observation of ' the lisp of children
and their earliest words'—or rather the common and
natural process by which human beings master the
powers of speech, has"—to quote the language of the
celebrated philologist Professor Bernhard Schmitz—
" produced a system by which we can rapidly acquire
3ther tongues, and which has really created a new
science—that of Linguistry, which must not be con-
founded with Philology."
No71> in what way do children—and we might add adults
—learn to master a foreign language when resident in a for¬
eign country I
s
At first, the mind gets entirely confused by the
multiplicity of foreign sounds which it hears contin¬
ually uttered without possessing the ability of grasping
what is said. In the course of a few weeks, however,
the ear becomes accustomed to some of these sounds,
and we begin to utter that sentence (not a single noun
for unconnected words are not language^, which we hav«
heard most frequently used by the persons about us.
This sentence is usually relative to our most urgent
necessity ; a common object, water, food, towels, or a
railway ticket.
In a little while a new necessity arises. We use
again the same sentence—not knowing any other—
altered only by the substitution or addition of a new
noun, adjective, or adverb. For instance, the water or
food required may be asked for either hot or cold, at
once or later, etc. ; and the sentence is then altered or
enlarged by a new word which the attendant—under¬
standing us—suggests.
This new word may have some remote or close
affinity of ideas with some other word we know, and
after a few repetitions, the ear is so accustomed to it
that it becomes a part of ourselves, and is uttered by
the tongue unconsciously whenever the necessity occurs.
This is the process by which sound becomes a mat¬
ter of language. Foreign words at first convey no
ideas to us, and it is only by constant repetition and use
of them that we are led directly to think in them.
They are then no longer foreign, but have become part
of ourselves, and suggest to us the same ideas as do the
words of our native tongue.
9
It is clear that the intelligence has at first but little to
in the acquirement of foreign languages. The truth
of this observation will very likely be doubted, for it
seems as if all study must appeal to our faculties of rea¬
son. Yet the experience of any one who has studied
the modern languages in our colleges will verify my
statement. A college graduate will undoubtedly un¬
derstand the peculiarities of the French or German
grammar ; he will be able to read the literature to a
certain extent ; he may even be capable of writing a
letter faultlessly and grammatically in these languages,
and yet as soon as he tries to converse in them
he gets utterly confused and is unable to express
himself.
How is this to be accounted for ? He can read
French and cannot speak it. He can write French let¬
ters and yet cannot express himself orally. He under¬
stands French grammar better than a native, and still
he cannot give utterance to his simplest thoughts in
that language.
It is just here where our school-systems are at fault.
They appeal to the reasoning power, instead of to the
memory.
The ear, the tongue, and the memory are almost
solely employed in mastering the foreign sounds,
and our intelligence, though it superintends the whole
process, can only really be said to come into action
when the foreign sounds have become our mental and
bodily property so fully and entirely that we begin
to think in them just as readily as in our own ver¬
nacular.
lO
And this brings me to •
THE PRINCIPAL MISTAKE OF OUR PRESENT
METHODS AND SYSTEMS.
Every observer of human nature must be aware of
the existence of an unconscious process of thought which is
entirely apart from and independent of will power, and
which—in speaking our mother tongue—is mainly in¬
strumental in expressing our wants and desires. For
instance, we go into a shop to purchase a pair of
gloves. Our conscious thought is occupied in the size,
color, and quality of the gloi'es we wish to purchase. All
these different points we readily express without one
thought of the words to be used. At the very moment of
uttering these expressions, our thoughts are often occu¬
pied with some care or sorrow which is far removed
from our bodily necessities. Still, in this absent-minded
condition we buy our gloves, pay for them, and proba¬
bly exchange some civilities with the attendant.
This unconscious power of thinking and speaking has
so far never been touched upon by philologists and
teachers, and only Schopenhauer and Hartmann among
modern philosophers have alluded to it. Yet I am
fully convinced, by practical experience and by close
study of the human mind, that in acquiring a foreign
tongue it is the mainspring of all proficiency.
Our own tongue is of course flesh and blood to us. VVe
express our thoughts distinctly and clearly without be¬
ing aware of any mental activity. I-allude, of course,
only to common, every-day experiences, and not to
subjects which require conscious and concentrated
thought.
11
Now let any one who has studied a foreign tongue
for years according to the prevailing methods try to
express such a simple sentence as, " 1 should like to pur¬
chase some goods this morning. Would you be kind enough to
accompany meV
It surely cannot be said, when we utter such a trite
and commonplace phrase in our own tongue, that we
even for a moment realize that any activity of thought
is going on in our minds ; but in the very instant we
have this thought the tongue unconsciously utters it.
Yet, I say, let the graduate of any college try to
give this sentence as rapidly in French as in English,
and not one in a thousand will be able to do it.
He has to think about each single word ; he
searches the recesses of his memory for the proper
equivalents ; he weighs the different grammatical rules
which may or may not govern this construction. In
one word, he thinks about his French instead of thinking
in French.
This is one of the greatest fundamental errors in
the present grammatical systems, and the chief cause of
failure in learning to speak ; and to this alone it is to be
attributed Latin is no longer spoken by our scholars.
I choose this seemingly far-fetched illustration on
purpose, as it will give me an occasion to show
HOW AND SINCE WHEN OUR UNNATURAL
METHODS HAVE COME IN VOGUE.
It is an undeniable fact that up to the middle of the
sixteenth century Latin was the language spoken, like
a living tongue, in all cultivated and refined society
throughout Europe.
I 2
And how was it taught ? Undoubtedly by word ot
mouth, since the art of printing was almost unknown,
and the old manuscripts were only within the reach of
a very wealthy and privileged few.
With the birth of the press died the practice of
oral teaching. The teacher gave the living tangible
word over to the dumb book ; the frequent repetition of
sound, so vitr.l to the learning of a foreign tongue, was
lost, and the scholars remained dumb, like the book
which they had been studying. For how could linguis¬
tic results be expected from the intelligence, instead of—
as by the natural process—from the ear and the tongue I
Latin is more generally studied in our times than
in the past ; yet who is able to s/eai it ?
It may be argued that, in taking Latin for an exam¬
ple, I overlook the fact that it is a dead language. But
was it not equally dead five hundred years ago ? And
yet it was spoken because it was studied in a common'
sense, natural manner.
And for the same reason—though they are living
tongues—French and German are not now spoken in our
Si,'tools, because they are taught in a false, unreasonable, and
unnatural way.
The observation of these facts caused me to investi¬
gate the subject fully, and to determine in the first place
THE SIZE AND CHARACTER OF THE VOCAB¬
ULARY OF EVERY DAY CONVERSATION
It is well known to philologists that the ordinary
vocabularies of men are quite small ; that children, who
are able to express nearly every physical wish, are never¬
theless armed with oftentimes less than 500, and sel
dcm over looo words. Nature provides the child with
some subtle instinct by which he selects no word which
is not of absolute and immediate importance. From
the first uttered syllables on through his whole little
life, not a moment is wasted in learning superfluous
words.
Similar it is with the vocabulary of every-day life.
It has occurred to more than one scholar that if he
could only actually determine the extent and nature of
these words he would be able to make the acquisition of
modern languages a very easy matter.
Bayard Taylor, in his " Views Afoot," has declared
himself able to acquire a working knowledge of almost
any language in less than a month, and he goes on to
show the character of the words he would learn. He
naturally hit upon this idea ; it was suggested by the
very wide experience which he had, and the demand
that his travels made upon him for acquiring a great
many languages,
My own rather extended experience as a traveller
and linguist coincides exactly with Bayard Taylor's.
In all languages there is what might be called
A STOCK VOCABULARY,
a quantity of words necessary in all walks of life,
understood by all, learned first by all, needed and used
by all, and with the great mass of people never increas¬
ing above a certain number, put variously by scholars at
from one to three thousand. The nature of these words
is about the same with all civilized nations.
The observation of many scholars has done much
to determine this. The results of these studies are now
beginning to be felt in Germany especially, where a visit
to the public schools will convince any one that school'
children are no longer learning the interesting facts
given in a well-known American grammar, that " the
Italian shoemaker has purchased a?i Egyptian antelope," or
that " the shoes of the Spanish peasant have a golden heel"
or that " the shepherds rested, and the swine and sowi
grazed." German text-books begin to be formed on a
more sensible basis. Efforts have been made to select
the words of every-day speech, and the results are such
that, although still hamper'»d by the influence of the
old methods, the German schools are certainly produc¬
ing the best linguists in the world
The study of foreign languages has been made
hitherto as difficult as possible, the memory in addition
to the numerous abstruse rules being taxed with many
words unnecessary for conversation in its initiatory
stage.
An examination of most American grammars, man¬
uals, conversation books and all the labored aids to this
study, will show that tne vocabularies are crammed
with promiscuous words, which seem to have been
drawn out of the dictionaries by some novel system of
" legalized lottery"—not so much with a view to provide
a necessary vocabulary as to do reverence to the diction'
ary, and give every word a fair chance of representa¬
tion.
I hold that a few idiomatic sentences, containing the most
necessary words, should be learned in the commencement, en¬
abling the student to at once begin conversation. It is astonish¬
ing how naturally and rapidly other words will then be
learned, while at the same time the ear is becoming
accustomed to the sounds, and the mind begins to think
in them.
Lepsius, the celebrated scholar on Egyptian antique
ties, limits
THE NUMBER OF WORDS NECESSARY FOR
CONVERSATION ON ALL GENERAL TOPICS
to six hundred. I take about four times that number,
i.e., 2,000-2,500, founding my estimate upon the fluency
of speech usually attained by young men of between 15
and 18 years of age.
This number of words appears at first sight absurdly
small, but if we remember that with 40 words we can
construct 1,024,000 sentences of twenty words each, it
will be seen that my estimate is strictly correct.
For persons interested in mathematical calculations,
I give the following table :
From 6 words we can form 8 combinations of 3
words each ; from
WORDS.
COMBINATIONS.
WORDS.
8
16
4
10
32
5
12
64
6
14
128
7
16
256
8
18
512
9
20
1024
10
40
1,024,000
zo
It is therefore self-evident what an enormous number of
sentences may be formed with 2000 words, ^ind that the
knowledge of them is absolutely sufficient for the com¬
mon occurrences of every-day life.
It must also be remembered that if we really know
^ooo words, we will recognize at least five to ten times as
many more which are either derived from or closely
related to them.
Aided and assisted by the works and the help of
many teachers, I have made all possible efforts to select
only those words which are and must be always em¬
ployed in all transactions of our daily life.
Certainly, if a man in common life is able to do
with 2000 words, it will not be a difficult matter to
acquire his language, provided only these words are
rightly selected. Nature never fails to select the proper
ones. Men can only do it by long and extensive study.
The proper selection of the vocabulary of common life iS
the first distinguishing feature of the ^Meisterschaft System.'
But, highly important as this part of the work is, it
must not be forgotten that
UNCONNECTED WORDS ARE NOT LAN¬
GUAGE,
and that in acquiring a foreign tongue we must have a
framework, or rather a series of formulae which contain
the peculiar constructions of the language in question.
This is a very important point, as each and everj
language has
CERTAIN FORMS OF EXPRESSION, OR
IDFOMS,
which are entirely and peculiarly its own, and which
cannot be literally translated into any other tongue.
For example, wt a" say " Htv do you dof" Do
17
what ? What are we supposed to be doing that we
should be asked " howwe do it "? This mode of saluta¬
tion is just as peculiarly English as the German greet
ing, " Wie geht esV or, literally, " How goes it?" is in-
trinsically German.
Yet, in order to master either of these, or any othoi
language, we must learn their peculiar idioms almost
mechanically. We must free ourselves from that most mis¬
leading habit of translating literally from one language into
another, and must accustom ourselves from the very start
to the foreign idioms and constructions.
This seems at first exceedingly difficult, and yet it
is the only practical way in which real mastery of the
foreign forms of speech can be reached. Grammatical
rules will certainly assist us in so far as to give us a
more or less lucid explanation of peculiar constructions
and modes of expression, but only in rare instances can
they give a logical reason for these peculiarities of lan¬
guage. For who can explain the involved constructions
of the German tongue in a logical manner ? Or who
can give a logical reason for the way in which the
French handle their pronouns ? Such peculiarities of
speech must be received as facts, and all we can do is
to practice these idioms and constructions so fully that they
become natural to us, and are uttered just as glibly as
the English equivalents.
We all know that most grammars plunge the
scholar directly into dry grammatical rules, and syntax,
and long, tedious, ill-arranged vocabularies. The bulk
of the ordinary scholar's time is consumed in learning
'rundretis of unconnected words, which, though of lit
i8
erary and etymological importance, are proven to be
outside of daily or yearly wants, and learned only to be
forgotten.
" This, ' says a highly accomplisned American
scholar in a letter to the Evening Post, " is the complaint
of teachers and students everywhere. But now that
in the ' Meisterschaft System' a method has been devised,
grounded on the laws actually governing the nature of * volk '
vocabularies giiing at once sentences formed of these words
instead of silly phrases and useless vocabularies, introducing a
scholar into an idiomatic, and not a literal study of the foreign
tongue, its benefit and value can hardly be estimated. . . .
I believe this is the method to be adopted throughout
our schools. We study French, but the soul of our work
is in English. We study German, but strive only to
make good English from it. And so with Latin and Greek.
And any one who has observed the results in our highest
and our best institutions feels like hiding for shame.
It is the wickedest sham that ever lurked about our life.
I believe it will be bettered ; and as I see the ''Meister¬
schaft System ' applied so sensibly to self-study it seems
to me practical that if its author can only be induced to visit
America, it will be possible for him to carry on this work so
far that it shall root up our wretched methods and work a
reform straight through our schools.''
It is an old established maxim that
WHOEVER WISHES TO SPEAK A FOREIGN
LANGUAGE MUST THINK IN IT;
but, incontrovertible and true as this principle undoubt¬
edly is, the difficulty of thinking in the language itself is
almost insurmountable. When resident in a foreign country
19
among personal who speak nothing but their own ver¬
nacular, we gradually and imperceptibly catch their
meaning, and in time become—as we have shown—so
accustomed to the foreign sounds that we at last begin
to think in them.
But how can this be accomplished in our (nvn land '
How is this possible when we are continually surrounded
by our own countrymen, and are perpetually obliged to
use our mother tongue ?
We know that the study of grammar as practiced in
our schools does not give us this ability. Oral teaching
so called has also been tried, but with very indifferent
success. Robertson, Ollendorff, Otto, Prendergast, and Jacotoi
attempted to solve the difficulty, and though the two
last-named scholars started undoubtedly with correct
ideas, they all failed to give us facility of speech.
Prendergast, perhaps the most original mind among
modern philologists, worked out a most able theory ;
but being himself no linguist, and unfortunately being
totally blind, he was obliged to leave the practical part
of his work to his assistants, who made—as he acknowl¬
edged himself to me—a most miserable failure in the
compilation of his text-books.
My system, though far from being entirely original,
combines the good features of all modern methods, and
follows at the same time nature's own way as closely as
p^ossible. W hile some grammars teach nothing but theory, 1
lay the greatest stress on practical mastery. While others
give nothing but a number of ill-arranged French or Ger¬
man conversations, and sneer at any grammatical study, 1
give the English equivalent, and as much of the grammar as
20
musi he inoum for all practical purposes. While others
again, do not distinguish between the language of litera¬
ture and thai of everv-day life., 1 give the common vocabulary
first, and leave other less necessary words iox.after-studies.
In one word, my system is, to use Dr. Schliemann's ex¬
pression, " a scientific adaptation of the natural mode at mas
tering foreign tongues f and while I gratefully acknowt-
edgetny obligation to the works of many grammarians
and especially to those of Lehmann, Frendergast, and
Jacotot, I claim that " the Meisterschaft System,'' so far as
any scientific work can be original, is my own, and has
been thoroughly tried by myself for more than 14 years,
and most successfully used by teachers and scholars all
over the Continent of Europe for the last three years.
A glance at the first few pages of the lessons will
show
HOW I TEACH THE STUDENT TO THINK IN
THE FOREIGN LANGUAGES THEMSELVES.
I give first what I call a foundation sentence, which con¬
tains a number of idiomatic peculiarities, and is com¬
posed of about 20 words most necessary for ordinary
conversation. As a native teacher is not always accessi Die,
I have given the exact pronunciation of each word so clearly
and distinctly that no mistake can possibly be made.
The student must not attempt to learn the founda¬
tion sentence by heart, but read and repeat it aloud
until it sounds perfectly familiar to his ear, and fiows
smoothly from the tongue without effort ot mistake
Of course he must read the English equivalent ot
the phrase first so that he may have a general idea of its
■neaning.
2 1
The foundation sentence is next divided into different
parts, and having perfectly mastered the pronunciation the
pupil may proceed to study the meanmg of each word, so
that-he can follow the different transpositions and varia¬
tions intelligently.
For in order to accustom the pupil to the peculiar foi
tign constructions, and to make him familiar with thei
modes of thought and expression, I form new and similar
sentences, repeating the same constructions and some of
the words learned. By introducing some nouns, ad¬
verbs, adjectives, or conjunctions, the sentences are
continually altered and enlarged.
Short grammatical rules, or rather are constantly
given in the foot-notes, so that the student may under¬
stand what he is learning, and not simply work mechan¬
ically, as Frendergast erroneously recommends. Practice
and theory must be united.
STUDY NEVER TO EXCEED TEN MINUTES
AT A TIME.
After the learner has intelligently gone through the
/ariations of Part I. he must read and re-read them aloud
for about 3-5 minutes.
This done, the pupil will turn to the English, which, as
will be observed, is printed on the opposite page, repeating
aloud from it the foreign equivalent as fluently and quickly
possible.
He must, however,
NEVER TRUST TO HIS MEMORY.
If he cannot remember a word, or if he is not
quite sure that he has given the foreign phrase
correctly, he must immediately re-read the Frencf
22
or German, and then give it once more from the
English.
This exercise also must never be continued for more
than five minutes, so that the whole time of reading, and
ti'anslating is not to exceed ten minutes at a time j but this must
)e repeated at intervals during the day, as often as the conven¬
ience of the pupil permits, but in no case less than three times
z day. Always read and translate aloud.
By these frequent repetitions the pupil not only
masters the pronunciation thoroughly, but gets also
perfectly familiar with the foreign sounds, which imper¬
ceptibly impress themselves so indelibly on his memory
that after a few days he will find himself able to utter
the foreign equivalents as fluently and unconsciously as
his native English.
At the same time he has become so familiar with
the foreign constructions and modes of thought that he
will begin to form other similar sentences for himself,
without making the slightest grammatical mistake.
For this purpose the vocabulary must be used and the
exerfises translated.
The student must never begin a new division before'
he has gained perfect command and mastery over all
the preceding sentences.
My rules strictly followed will undoubtedly lead
to the most perfect success, as proved by the experience
of thousands of my pupils.
THE AUTHOR.
Directions for Prirate Study.
As all fluency of speech in a foreign language is mainly
attained through the repetition of the different sounds, the
pupil must not simply read, but repeat aloud the sentences given,
so that he can hear the sound of his own voice.
He must begin with the Foundation Sentence, and read
and repeat it aloud, until it sounds perfectly familiar to his
ear, and flows smoothly from the tongue without effort oi
hesitation.
This, it will be observed, is not study, but an exercise oj
the tongue and the ear.
The pupil will naturally read the English equivalent of
each sentence, so that he will have a general idea of its mean¬
ing, but literal translation — word for word—is in this system
strictly forbidden.
He must not attempt to learn the Foundation Sentence
by heart. By reading it often, it will unconsciously impress
itself so indelibly on his memory that he cannot possibly
forget it again.
Having perfectly mastered the pronunciation of the
Foundation Sentence, the pupil may proceed to study the
meaning of ecuh word of Division I., so that he may be
able to follow the different transpositions and variations
intelligently.
All the Spanish variations of the first division must then
be read and re-read aloud.
24
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
This exercise should last from three to five minutes only,
so that no fatigue whatever is felt. After a correct and fluent
pronunciation has been attained, the pupil will then turn to
the English, giving aloud from it the Spanish equivalent with¬
out looking at the Spanish pages.
He must, howei>er, never trust to his memory. If he can¬
not remember a word instantly, or if he is not quite sure that
he has given the Spanish phrase correctly, he must im¬
mediately re-read the Spanish and then repeat it once more
from the English.
This exercise also should never exceed five minutes, so
that all in all about ten minutes may be given to the reading
of the Spanish, and the translating from the English into the
Spanish.
These short exercises must be repeated at intervals during
the day as often as the convenience of the pupil permits,
but in no case less than three or four tunes a day.
By these frequent repetitions, the pupil not only masters
the pronunciation thoroughly, but secures the Spanish sentences
and idioms so accurately, that after a few days he will find
himself able to utter the Spanish phrases as fluently and un¬
consciously as those of his native tongue.
He will thus gradually and imperceptibly leam to think
in Spanish, and must for that purpose translate the Exercises,
and learn the words of the vocabulary by heart.
The student must never begin a new sentence before
he has gained perfect command and absolute mastery over all
the preceding, ones.
These rules must be strictly followed, since it is only by
constant repetition that real success can be attained.
These books are issued in a form intended expressly for
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
25
the convenience of learners, and should not be bound, but
kept in the soft cover so that the book can be doubled back.
It is not a book intended to be preserved for binding or show,
but should be always carried in the pocket, so that by con¬
stant and repeated study the spirit of the language may
impress itself upon the mind of the student.
CORRESPONDENCE WITH THE TEACHER.
At the end of each lesson will be found Exercises for
translation — Spanish into English, and English into Spanish.
These should be examined by a competent teacher.
In order to obviate and solve any difficulties which may
arise in the course of study, the Author can be addressed
directly at " The Meisterschaft Bureau," 299-305 Washington
Street, Boston, Mass. Return postage for the answer must
accompany each communication.
THE GRAMMATICAL REMARKS.
Besides the Practical Phrases each part contains a
number of pages of grammatical remarks, various ex¬
ercises, and a vocabulary of words used in common
conversation.
Pupils who wish to study for colloquial purposes only,
need not study them at first. They will, however, be found
very useful, and should be studied after all the sentences of
c.ich book have been mastered.
26
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
PRONUNCIATION.
The Spanish Alphabet*
The Spanish Alphabet contains twenty-seven letters.
The letters have the following names : —
A
a.
ah.
N,
n.
ai'-ney.
B,
b.
bay.
N,
n.
ain'-yey.
c,
c.
thay.
o,
o.
oh.
Ch,
ch.
tchay.
P,
P-
pay.
D,
d.
day.
Q.
q-
coo (in cool).
E,
e.
ay.
R,
r.
ai'-rey.
F,
f.
ay'-fey.
s,
G,
'hay.
s.
ai'-sey.
&
H,
h.
ah'-tchey.
T,
t.
tay.
I,
i.
ee (in seen).
ir,
u.
oo (in moon).
J,
i-
'h5'-tah.
V,
V.
vay.
L,
L
ai'-ley.
X,
z.
ai'-kees.
LI,
U
ail'-yey.
Y,
y,
ee-gree-ai'-gah.
M,
m.
ai'-mey.
z,
z.
thay'-tah.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
27
PRONUNCIATION.
A correct pronunciation is the first and most essential
consideration in speaking a foreign tongue.
Learn the pronunciation, if possible, from a native.
The following rules will assist the learner, with or
without a teacher, to acquire a correct pronunciation in a
comparatively limited time.
The Vowels.
1. The vowels have but one quality of sound each.
(Compare the observations on e and o.)
2. The vowel sounds predominate over those of the
consonants; that is to say, the vowels must always be
sounded in a very sonorous and full manner, while those of
the consonants are subordinate, and are frequently smothered,
and even suppressed.
3. The vowels are a, e, i (y), o, and u.
4. They are pronounced as follows • ,
a. like our open or Italian a {d) in far- Pronounce:
malo = md!-l5 ; dar = ddrr; mas = mds, betas = bo'-ids :
aoto = dk'-to ; alto = dl'-td; andar = dn-ddrr'; arado =
d-rd'-dd.
e, like our long a (5) in pale. Pronounce ; mesa =
tnd'-sd; Ae&o — dd'-dd ; cole^a. = ko la'-gd; creo = krd'-d ;
era = d'-rd ; lea = /a'-a / medico = md'-dee-kb.
28
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
a. Before a final n or r the Spanish e sounds like our
e in there, where, &c. Pronounce : comer = kd-mair';
saber = sd-bair'; poner = pd-nair' ; temer = tai-mair^;
traer = trd-air'; volver = vol-vair*.
b. The final e, although retaining its a quality, is given
short like our^y in merry, thirsty, &c. Pronounce; triste =
tree'stS (never trisif-iay) ; alegrarse = d-laigrdr'-se,
1 (y) is sounded like our i in police, machine, &c.
Pronounce: mira = mee'-rd ; ira = ee'-rd ; libro = lee'-brd ;
a-xtd^o =■ d-mee^-gd; conmigo = kon-mee'-gd; criado = kree-
&'-dd; dia& = dee'-ds ; ^o=fee'-nd,
o is sounded like our long o (d) in note, lone, &c.
Pronounce: mono = md'-rid ; tesoro = iai-sd'-rd ; foso =
fd'-sd; medico = tnai'-dee-kd; modo = md'-dd; mismo =
tneed-md ; otro = d'-trd.
u is sounded like our oo in room, moon, ooze, &c.
Pronounce: uno = oo'-nd; muro = tnoo'-rd ; dtil = oo'-teel;
musa = mod-sd; nuevo = noo-aV- vd ; reunir = rai-oo-need ;
su = soo.
a. u is silent after q and g (= qu, gn) when employed
Ijefore the so-called weak vowels e or i (= que = kay; qui
= kee; gue = gay; gui = gee (pronounce the g hard as in
get, tiger, &c.). Pronounce: snexxa =: gair'-rd ; oonseguir
kdn-sai-geed: %\dsL—gee'-d; Axo%\xexi& = drdg'ay-ree'-d; que =
kay; quiere = kee-ai'-re; quieto = kee-ai'-to.
b. u must, however, be pronounced in the above men¬
tioned position when marked with a diaeresis (U). It must
then be sounded like gw. Pronounce: vergdenza = vair-
gwain'-thd ; argUir = dr-gweer'. (Compare the observations
on o, g, j. and q.)
y as a vowel sounds like the Spanish i. When standing
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
29
alone or at the end of words it is a mere substitute for the
Spanish i ; i. e. y = muy = moo^-ee; ley = lai'-ee.
At the beginning of words or syllables {between vowels)
y is considered a consonant and is pronounced like our y in
yes, year, &c. Thus: yo = yd; ja.=:yd; leyes = lay'-
yais; reyes = rai-yais.
Influence of the Vowels on c, g, j, and q.
t
The five vowels are divided into
the strong = a, o, n, and
the weak = e and L
A.
Their phonetic influence on c, g, J, and q is as follows :
t, C before the strong vowels sounds like k: ca, co, cu = kd,
kd, koo.
2. C " " weak vowels " " 1h (in thin): ce, ci
= thai, thee.
3. G " " strong vowels " " hard g (in go) ; ga,
go, %Mi—gd,gd,goo.
4. G " " weak vowels " " a guttural ^h: ge, gi
= ^hai, 'hee.
5. Gu " " weak vowels " " hard g (in go) : gue,
gui = gay, gee.
6. Qu " " weak vowels " " ^: que, qui = kay,
kee.
B.
When u has the diaeresis (= tt), and whenever it is not
mute it is pronounced kw or gw, as the case may be.
30 the meisterschaft system.
We have, therefore, the following combinations:
Vowels.
1. Like k : ca, que, qui, co, cu = ka, kay, kee, ko, koo.
2. Like th: za, ce, ci, zo, zu = tha, thay, thee, tho, thoo.
3. Like gh i ga, gue, gui, go, gu = gh 'd, ghay, ghee, ghd, ghoo.
4. Like 'h : ja, ge, gi, jo, ju = ''hd, ''hay, 'hee, 'ho, 'hoo,'
Diphthongs.
1. Like kw: cua, cue, cui, cuo = kwd, kivay, kwee, kwb.
2. Like gw : gua, giie, giii, guo = gwd, gway, gwee, gwd.
3. Like 'hw : jua, jue, jui, juo = 'hwd, 'hway, 'hwee, 'hwo.
Diphthongs.
Besides the simple vowel sounds, there are compound
sounds in Spanish ; but though pronounced as one wave of
sound, they always preserve the alphabetical sound of each
of the vowels composing them. Illustrations of their pro¬
nunciation will be found in the phonetic pronunciation.
Consonants.
B, b.
B and V have practically the same sound, though the
Castilians do not give either of them the full English sound.
B before vowels, and especially in the middle of a word, is
sounded almost like the English v.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
.31
Pronounce:
abra = W-br'd.
alfombra = dl-fom'-bra.
abogado = d-vd-gd'-do.
debo = dai'-vd.
^obetiia.&ot=gd-vair-nd-dor^.
escribir = ais-kree-veer'.
C, c.
C, c before the strong vowels, a, o, u, and before con¬
sonants has the sound of k in English.
Pronounce :
casa = kd-sd.
cosa = bd'-sd.
cube = koo'-bd.
claro = kld'-ro.
¥
creo = krai'-d.
class = kld-sL
C, 0 before the weak vowels e and i sounds like our
th in thin, think, &c. Mexicans and Cubans pronounce it
like s.
Pronounce :
cera = thai'-rd.
cinco = theen'-kd.
declr = dai-theer'.
conoce = kd-rid^-thi.
cocina = kd-thee'-nd.
acento =d-thain'-td.
CO are found together only before the vowel i, and are
pronounced dth, as : accion = dk-thee-on'.
Ch, ch.
Ch, ch has the same sound as the English ch in church,
chair, &c.
Pronounce:
chupa = choo'-pd.
mucho = moo'-cho.
cuchara = koo-chd'-rd.
marchar = tndr-chdr'.
noche = no'-chi.
chico = ched-kd.
32
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
D, d.
D, d has the sound of our d. The Castilians, however,
do not give it the decided English sound, but pronounce it
more like a smothered th (in though). This is especially the
case at the end of words — where the foreigner hardly hears
it — and in the endings ado, edo, ido, odo, udo.
Pronounce:
arde = ar'-"'L
marido = ma-red-"^0.
olvidado = ol-vee-"' a'-"'d.
verdad = vair-"^ a'*'.
Madrid = md-"^ reef'*,
usted = oos-tai"''.
F, f.
P, f has the same sound as the English f.
G, g (hard) and Gil, gfU.
G, g is pronounced hard like our g in go:
a. before other consonants ;
b. before the strong vowels a, o, u;
e. gu before the weak vowels e and i, i. e. gue — gay
and gui = ghee.
Pronounce :
gate = gd'-to.
gorro —gor'-ro.
gula = god-la.
Note that in the combinations of gua and guo it is to
be pronounced like gwa and gw6. This is also the case
before e and 1 when the diaeresis has been placed over u,
viz., gue, gui =■ givay, gwee.
Pronounce .•
agua = d'-gmd. aguero = d-gwai'-ro.
guante = gwdn'-te. etntiguedad = dn-tee-gwai-"'d"'',
lengua = laird-gmd. lingiiista = leen-gwees'-td.
globe = glo'-vo'.
guerra = gair'-rd.
guinda = gheen'-"'d.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
33
G, g (guttural).
G, g before the weak vowels e and i has a peculiar
guttural sound for which we have no equivalent in English.
It sounds like a strongly aspirated h ='h, and must be learned
from a native. (Compare the remarks on J, j.)
Pronounce:
gente = ^hain'-te.
general = 'hai-nai-rdl'.
aflige = d-flee'-he.
gigante = 'hee-gdn'-ti.
g^nero = 'hay'-nai-ro.
legislatura = lay-hees-ld-too'-rd,
H, h.
H, h is totally silent, and only very slightly aspirated
before ue. This, however, is imperceptible to the majority of
foreigners.
Pronounce:
hombre = ond-bre.
bablo = db'-ld.
bacer := d-thair'.
bermano = air-md'-no.
bilo = ee'-lo.
buevo = hoo-ay^-vo.
J, j.
J, J has the same peculiar guttural sound before all
vowels which g has only before e and i. Many modern writers
have discarded the guttural use of g altogether, and use
only j.
Pronounce;
jam As = 'hd-mds'.
jefe = ^haV-fi.
bijo = ed-ho.
Jornada = *hor-ndl-dd.
junta = ^hoon'-td.
jurar = hoo-rdr'.
L., 1.
L. 1 has the same sound as the English /.
3
34
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
L.1, II.
LI, 11 has a liquid sound, and is pronounced like Vy
The Mexicans and Cubans pronounce it like y in yes.
Pronounce:
ella = ail'-yd (or ai'-yd).
calle = kdl'-yS (or kd'-yt).
lleno = Vyai'-nd (or yaV-
no).
muralla = tnoo-rdl'-yd (or moO'
rd'-ya).
llevar = Vyai-vdr' (or yai-vdr').
polio = pdl'-yd (or pff-yo).
M, m.
M, m sounds as in English.
N, n.
N, n has the same sound as the English «.
N, u.
N, fi is liquid ; it is pronounced like ti'y and is always
written with ttV^fe (").
Pronounce;
afio = dn'-yo. \ montafia = mon-tdn'-yd.
ensefiar = ain-sain-ydr'.
niflo = neen'-yo.
oto&o = o-ton'-yd.
pafluelo = pdn-yoo-aP-Zo.
P, p.
P, p sounds as in English,
Q, <!•
Q, q is always followed by u and e or I, and has the
sound of k.
Pronounce:
aqui = dM.
querido = kai-re^"'e
queia = kai'-^hd.
pequefio = pai-kain' -yd.
toque = to'-ke.
poquisimo = po-kee'-see-m^.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
35
R, r.
R, r is trilled more than in English, not so much so
between two vowels as when standing immediately before or
after a consonant. At the beginning of words, and at the
end of them, it has a rough, rolling sound, and when the r
is doubled both letters must be heard very distinctly.
Pronounce:
rosa = rd'-sa.
ara = a'ra.
tore = to'-rd.
cara = kd'-rd.
bombre = onJ-VrL
arde = drr'-"'i.
perla = pairr^-ld.
hablai = db-ldr',
perro = pair'-ro,
error = air-ror',
roto = ro'-to.
torre = tor^-ri.
S, s.
S, 8 must always be-pronounced with the sharp, hissing
sound of our s in seen, scene. (Never like s in position^
Pronounce:
famoso = fd-md'-so.
mesa = mai'-sd.
nosotros = nd-so'-irds,
penso = pain'-sd.
sombrero = som-braV-rd,
T, t.
T, t sounds as in English.
V, V.
V, V has the same sound as the English v.
X, X.
X, X is pronounced as in English — that is, ks. Thus:
exacto = aik-sdk'-to.
36
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
Z, z is pronounced li
the Spanish c before e ai
the strong vowels a, o, u.
Pronounce;
zapato = thd-pa^-to.
zarzuela = thdr-thoo-ai'-ld.
zorra = thor'-rd.
If z*
the English th in thin (or like
i). This letter precedes only
brazo = brd^-thd.
razon = rd-thotJ.
taza = tdi-thd.
Tonic Accent,
It is an impossibility to describe the peculiar inflection
of Spanish voices. Inflection is to a language what melody
is to music, or color to a picture. Correct inflection must be
heard first, and then imitated. By observing the following
rules, however, the student will approximate to correct pro¬
nunciation.
I. Words ending in a vowel or a diphthong have the
accent on the penultimate syllable (unless otherwise marked).
Thus:
etro = o'-tro.
manteca = man-tay'-kd.
constante = kons-tdn'-te.
memento = mo-maM-td.
odio = o-dee-o \
l\Mvia.=Pyoo'-vee-d' {oxyoo'-vee-a).
2. Words ending in a consonant have the accent on the
last syllable (unless otherwise marked). Thus :
general = 'hai-nai-rdl'.
sefior = sain-yorK
comer = ko-mair'.
salud = sd-lod'''.
picador = pee-kd-"'or'.
piston = pees-ionK
* This mark (^) denotes that the diphthong must be pronounced in
one wave of sound, though both vowels ard heard distinctly.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
3;
Exceptions.
X. Words in the plural retain the accent of the same
words in the singular. Thus:
Singular,
hombre = dm'-brl.
padre = pd'-"'ri.
general = ^hai-nai-raP.
seSor = sain-yor'.
Plural,
hombres = dmJ-bris,
padres = pa'•"'res,
generates = 'hai-nai-rd'-Us.
seQores = sain-yo'rSs,
2. In the conjugation of verbs the penultimate syllable
gets the accent, unless otherwise graphically marked by a
written accent. Thus;
tomamos, we take,
tomais, you take,
toman, they take.
Thus;
tdmo, I take,
tdmas, thou takest.
tdma, he takes.
3. Proper names in ez accentuate the Penult.
Fernandez = fair-ndn'-deth,
Perez = pai'-rith, &c.
Other rules and illustrations will be found in the prac¬
tical lessons.
The Written Accent.
In all accented words, the rules given for the tonic
accent are superseded, and the written accent is the only
guide of the reader.
The acute accent (') is the only one used in Spanish.
It is used —
I. To mark an irregularly accented syllable ; thus ;
vAlido = vd'-lee-do. melancdlico = mai-ldn-kd'-lee-ko,
azdcar = d-thoo'-kdr, par^ntesis = pd-rain'-tai-sees.
38
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
2. To distinguish homonyms t
Be, one's self.
8i, if. 1
te, thee.
B^, I know.
Bf, yes,
t^, tea.
3. To distinguish certain pronouns and adverbs, when
used in questions or exclamations. We give only a few of
them now, reserving the rest for later lessons. Thus;
There are four rules in Spanish for the division of words
into syllables.
1. A single consonant between vowels begins a syllable:
ro-sa = ro'-sd; ca-sa = kd'-sd ; va-ca = vd'-kd ; ho-ra =
vi-no = vee'-no.
2. The letters ch, 11, rr are considered simple con¬
sonants, and must not be divided : ca-lle = kdl'-yai (or
kd'-yat) j mu-cba-cbo = moo-chd'-cho ; ca-ba-llo = kd-vdV-yo
(or kd-vd'-yd) ; tie-rra = iee-ai'-r'rd.
3. Two separable consonants standing between vowels
are divided : puer-ta = poo-air'-td ; gus-to = goos'-td.
4. Diphthongs or triphthongs cannot be divided : bue-no
ss boo-aV-nd ; gra-cio-so = grd-thee-o'-so.
Other rules will be given later.
como, as.
cuando, when,
cuanto, as much,
donde, where,
que, which, that,
quien, who.
c6mo, how i
cudndo, when ?
cudnto, how much ?
ddnde, where?
qud, what?
quidn, who ?
Division of Syllables,
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
39
Punctuation,
Punctuation in Spanish is the same as in English, except
that in questions and exclamations the inverted marks are placed
at the beginning besides the regular signs being used at the
end of such sentences:
I Que quiere usted ? What do you want ?
I Venga la lista 1 Bring the bill of fare I
I Cdmo llueve! How it rains 1
41
MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
PART I.
42
THE MEISTERSEHAFT SYSTEM.
I.
FOUNDATION SENTENCE.
I should like to leave by the first train
to-morrow morning. Will you have the kindness
to give me. my account now, and to call me
very early?
*
I should like to leave by the first train
to-morrow morning.
I
should like {or, would like)
to leave
by; through
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
43
I.
FOUNDATION SENTENCE.
To quisiera ealir per el primer tren
Y6 kee-see-ai'-ra sa-leer' por ail pree-mair' train
manema por la manana. ^Tendria usted la
man-ya'-na por la man-ya'-na. tain-dree'-a oos-tai""' la
bondad de darme ahora mi cuenta, y Uamarme
b6n-"'a">' d6 dar'-m6 a-o'-ra mee kwain' -ta, ee ya-mar'-mS
muy temprano?
moo'ee taim-pra'-no ?
1.
To quisiera salir por el primer tren
Yo kee-see-ai'-ra sa-leer' por ail pree-mair' train
manana por la manana.
man-ya'-na por la man-ya'-nii.
Yo (jyj)
quisiera {kee-see-aV-rS)
salir (sd-leer*)
por {for)
44
THE MEISTERSCHAFT sySTEM.
the*
first
train
to-morrow
by
the»
morning *
to-morrow morning *
1. I should like to leave,
2. I should like to leave to-morrow.
3. I should not (w*) like to leave.
4. I should not like to leave to-morrow morning.
5. I ® should not like to leave by the first train.
6. I should like to leave by this (esie) train.
7. Would you {ustecT) like to leave to-morrow ?
8. When (cudndo) would you like to leave ?
1 El is the masculine definite article. Compare the grammatical
remarks.
* La is the feminine definite article.
® The Spaniards never use this word in saying: Good morning.
They always use: Good day, buenos dias (boo-ai'-nos dee'-as).
* Idiomatic Spanish used for "to morrow morning."
® The negation no, not, must always be placed before the verb, as:
yo no quisiera salir, I should not like to leave. Yo no quisiera escribir
(ais-kree-veer'), I should not like to write.
* The accompanying personal pronouns in the conjugation of verbs,
J, thou, he, she, we, they are generally left out, especially when the sen¬
tence is sufficiently clear without them.
' Usted is a contraction of vuestra merced (voo-ais'-tra mair-
thai''''), your Lordship, your Honor. This form is always written in an
abbreviated manner, viz., V. fsonietimes Vd.), and is always used for our
von when ^'wt perSbn is addressed. The plural (you, meaning several
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
45
manana {mdn-ya'-na)
por (J>dr)
la (/a) ®
manana* (mdn-yd-^ii)
manana por la manana * (mdn-yd'-nd por Id mdn-yd'-nd).
I. Yo quisiera salir.
8. Yo quisiera Salir manana.
3. Yo no ® quisiera salir.
4. Yo no quisiera salir manana por la manana.
5. No quisiera' salir por el primer tren.
6. Quisiera salir por este tren.
7. i Quisiera usted' {oos-tai"'') salir manana ?
8. I Cuando (kwdn'-do) quisiera V. {oos^tai""') salir ?
persons) is ustedes (oos-tai'-*'>@s), a contraction of vuestras mercedes
(voo-ais'-'tras mair-thai'-^ais), your Lordships. This form is generally
written V.V.
V always requires the verb in the third person singular; while
V. y. must be followed by the third person plural.
Thus, quisiera uded, generally written quisiera V. f means would you
like ? — I No quisiera V. ? — Would you not like ? Tiene V. (tee-ai'-iiS
oos-tai""') ?— Have you ? — i No tiene V. ?— Have you not ?
In the plural these same sentences would be: < Quisieran V. V.
(kee-see-ai'-ran oos-tai'-"" ais) ?— Wouldymi like ?—i No quisieran V.V..'
Would you not like? — < Tienen V. V. (tee-ai'-nain oos-tai-''"" ais) ? —Have
you I — < No tienen V.V. 1 — Have you not
Observe, also, that though the accompanying pronouns in the conju¬
gation of verbs may be left out (compare Note 6), usted and ustedes
must always be expressed.
46
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
9. Would you like to leave by the express train (el tren
expreso) ?
10. Would you not like to leave by the first train to-morrow
morning ?
11. Why (porque) would you like to leave by the first
train ?
12. Why would you not like to leave by steamer
(vapor) ?
13. r should like to go (ir) tC' (<£) Mexico (Mejico).
14. Would you not like to go (ir) to Mexico by steamer
(vapor) ?
15. No,^ I should like to go to Mexico by the express train
(el tren expreso).
16. Would you like to go to-morrow morning, gentlemen
(caballeros") ?
17. No, we (nosotros^) should like (quisieramos *) to start by
the first train.
18. I should like to go to (d) the (la) station (estacion).
1 No means no as well as not.
* Caballero (ka-va-yai'-ro), Sir, and caballeros (ka-va-yai'-ros),
tlemen are considered more polite than the usual senor (sain-yor') Sir,
and sehores (sain-y5'-rais), gentlemen.—It has already been observed
(compare rules on pronunciation) that the Castilians say = ka-val-yai'-ro,
ka-wal-yai'-ros.
* The personal pronouns in the nominative are:
Observe that td, thou, and its plural vosotros, ye, are only employed
between relatives and most intimate friends; also in the sacred style a.rd
in poetry. Foreigners employ only usted and ustedes which, as pre¬
viously observed, require the third person of the verb.
Singular.
yo (yo) I.
nosotros (no-so'-tros), we.
vosotros (v6-s6'-tr6s), ye.
ellos (ai'-yos), they (masc.)
ellas (ai'-yas) they (fem.).
ustedes (V.V.), you.
Plural.
tu (too), thou,
el (ail), he (it),
ella (ai'-ya), she.
usted (V.) you.
TH^SPANISH LANGUAGE. 49
9. i Quisiera V. (^s-ta^') salir por el tren exp
prai'-so) ?
-'-d
10 I No quisiera (pos-tai"^) salir por el primer tren ma-
nana por la manana ?
11. i Porqu^ {po'^-kay') quisiera V. {tjs-iai"") salir por el
primer t;en ?
12. I Porqud \pdr-kay') no quisiera V. (pos-tai"") salir por
vapor (vd-pdr') ?
13. Yo quisiera ir a M^jico (per d mat'- hee-kd).
14. i No quisiera V. ir (per) k M^jico por vapor
(vapor') ?
15. No,' yo quisiera ir a M^jico por el tren expreso
(aix-prai'-sd).
16. iQuisieran V.V. (pos-tai'''-ais) salir manana por la
manana, caballeros (kd-vd-yai'-ros ?
17. No, nosotros' quisieramos* salir por el primer tren (nd-
so'-tros kee-see-ai'-rdmos sd-leer' por ail pree-mair' train).
18. Quisiera ir d la estacion (per d Id ais-td-thee-dn').
-L
^ The personal pronouns are usually omitted in the conjugation, unless
required on account of ambiguity, emphasis, or distinctness. I have
frequently employed them for the purpose of making the student ac¬
quainted with them.
I Quisiera is the Conditional, which is frequently employed in Spanish
express a wisA or modest request.
Quisiera is derived from the irregular verb querer (kai-rair'), to be
twilling, to desire, to wisli^ to like. Other forms will be given later, but the
I Conditional should be learned now.
Singular.
Iquisiera (kee-see-.,i-'ra), I should
like.
|[ quisieras (Vee-see-ai'-ras), thou
'l wouldst liki
r quisiera J would
, like * ,
Plural.
quisi^ramos (kee-see-ai'ra-mos),
we should like,
quisi^rais (kee-see-ai'-ra-ees), ye
would like,
quisi^ran (kee-see-ai'-ran), they
would like.
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
46
, a wish {desearia V. to go bj (en) this (este) train ?
tiy which (cudl) train would you wish (desearta V.) to
go?
21. Why (porque) should you want to go by steamer to
Mexico ?
22. At what time (d que hard) would yoo (plural) like to
start to-morrow?
23. We- want (deseamos ^ to start by the first tram.
24. At what time do you want (desea V.) to go to the
depot (paradero) ?
25. To which depot (d qui paradero) do )^u want to go ?
To the Southern or the Northern? ( = to that [a/]
of the [//(?/'] South \_Sur'\, or [6'} to that of the North
[A^rfe] ) ?
2.
I. W^en (cudndo) do you wisii to dine (corner). Sir?
2. I want to dine now (ahora).
3. What (que) do you want to eat (comer) ?
^ Desearia, I should wish, is the Conditumal of the regular verFj'
desear, to wish. It is conjugated:
Singular.
desearia (dai-sai-a-ree'-a), I should
wish.
desearias (dai-sai-a-ree'-asj thou
wouldst wish,
desearia (dai-sai-a-ree'-a) he would
wish.
uiar vertii
Plural.
deseariamos (dai-sai-a-ree'-a-mos), ]
we should wish,
deseariais (dai-sai-a-ree'-i-ees), ye
would wish,
desearian (dai-sai-a-ree'-an), they
would wish.^
Observe that the' au.xiliary to do is not employed Njn .fuestiom and
negations m Spanish, as: No hablo (no a'-blo), I do not sp/(Literally:
./not s^ai.) i Habla V. (a'-bla oos-tai"^) t Do you ILiteially:
Sgeai you ?)
V
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
49
19. i Desearia V.* {dai-sai-d-ree'-a) ir en este tren ?
20. jPor cual (kwal) tren desearia V. ir (dai-sai-d-red-d
oos-tai"" eer) ?
21. i Porqud (^por-kai') desearia V. ir 4 M^jico {Mai'-hee-kd)
por vapor (vd-por') ?
22. iA que hora (a kai 6'-ra) desearian V.Y. salir manana
(dai-sai-d-red-dn oos-tai'-"'ais nd-leer' mdn-yd'-nd) 1
23. Deseamos ® {dai-sai'-d-mos) salir por el primer tren.
24. iA qu6 hora desea V. (a kai d'-rd dai-sai'-d oos-tai''') ir
al paradero (a/pd-ra-'''ai'-ro)'i
25. jA qu6 paradero desea V. ir? Al del* Sur d al del
Norte (a/ dail soor 0 dl dail nor'-Ji) ?
2.
1. i Cudndo desea V. comer, caballero (kwdn'-do dai-sai'-d
oos-tai^' kd-mair kd-vd-yai'-ro) ?
2. Deseo comer ahora (d-d'-rd).
3. i Qud desea V. comer, caballero ?
® Deseamos is the first person of the plural of the present indica¬
tive. It is regular in its conjugation.
Singular. . Plural.
deseo (dai-sai'-o), I want. deseamos (dai-sai'-a-mos), we want.
Ueseas (d5i-sai'-as),thou wantest. deseais (dai-sai'-a-ees),>'^ want,
desea (dai-sai'-a), he wants. desean (dai-sai'-an), they want.
' Del, of the or from the, is the possessive case or genitive, and al, to
the, is the dative case of the definite masculine article. The singular
of el tren is declined : Nom. el tren, the train.
Gen. del tren, of the train.
Pat. al tren, to the train.
\ Acc. el. tren, the train.
Compare the gramTiatical remarks on the article.
4
50 THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
4. Do you wish to dine in {en) your {su room {cuarto) ?
5. No, I do not want to dine in my {mi) room.
6. What do you want for breakfast, Sir ? (Literally: What
do you want to breakfast \almorzat^. Sir) ?
7. Would you like some ham (= a little \un poc6\ of [</<?]
ham \Jamon\ ) ?
8. Would you not like some ham for your breakfast ( = for
\pard\ the breakfast \el almuerz6\ ) ?
9. I want some fish, {pescado) and a cup {una taza) of
coffee {cafe).
10. I want some fish, a couple {un par) of eggs {huevos\
and a cup of coffee.
11. Do you want a cup of coffee or {S) tea (=of tea,
de te) ?
12. Do you want to dine at once {al momenta), gentlemen?
13. Yes {si), we want to dine now {ahora),
14. At what time {d que hard) do you want your (= the)
breakfast to-morrow?
15. We should like to breakfast {almorzar) very {muy) early
{temprano).
16. I should like to leave by the next {proximo) train. I
want to dine at once {al momenta).
1 The conjunctive possessive adjectives ought to be thoroughly com
mitted to memory:
my, •
thy,
his,
her,
its,
your,
Sin^ilar.
I mi (mee).
tu (too).
su (soo).
Plural.
mis (mees).
tus (toos).
SUS (spCto;.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
51
4. i Desea V. comer en su' cuarto {ain soo kwar'-t^ ?
5. No, no deseo {dai-sai'-o) comer en mi cuarto {ain mee
kwdr'-to).
6. i Que desea V. almorzar, senor (al-mor-thdr' sain-yor') ?
7. i Quisiera V. un poco de jamon pd'-kd dai ^hd-
mon') ?
8. iNo quisiera V. un poco de jamon para el almuerzo
{pd'-rd ail dl-moo-air'-tho) }
9. Yo deseo un poco de pescado y una taza de caf6 {pais-
kd' ""o ee oo'-nd id'-ihd dai kd-fai').
10. Deseo un poco de pescado, un par de huevos (pan pdr
dai hoo-ai'-vos), y una taza de caf^.
11. i Desea V. una taza de caf^ <5 de t6 {0 dai tat)'i
12. I Desean V.V. comer al momento (dl md-main'-to),
caballeros ?
13. Sf (see), deseamos comer ahora (d-d'-rd).
14. <Aqu6 hora desea V. el almuerzo manana ?
15. Quisieramos almorzar muy temprano
faimprd'nd).
16. Quisiera salir por el proximo (pro'-xee-md) tren. Deseo
comer al momento.
They stand before the noun they qualify, as : mi casa (ka'-sa), my
house; su padre (pa'-dre) their (fr your) father.
Your is expressed by su when the address is carried on by usUd.
The feminine of nuestro is nuestra, and of vuestro, vuestra.
Singular.
Plural.
nuestros (noo-ais'-tros).
vuestros (voo-ais'-tios).
sus (soos).
j Other rules vjll be given later.
52
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
17. Waiter (^zo), we wish to dine now.
18. We want {quermios^ a couple of fried {/ritos^) eggs
and some ham immediately {inmediaiamente).
19. We want a couple of soft boiled eggs (hunmpasados*
por agua).
zo. My friend (amtgo) wants a couple of hard boiled eggs
(Literally : a couple of boiled [<r<?adcfs] eggs).
21. Don't you want to take {tomar) a cup of coffee or
tea ?
22. Don't you want to take your* coffee now ( = the coff<
now) ?
23. Yes, I want to take my* { = the) coffee now.
24. Do you want to dine at {en) the public table {/a mesa
redonda) i
25. No, we want to dine in our {nuestro) room.
3.
I. Don't you want to take your coffee now ?
1 Queremos, we want, is the first person plural of the indicative
present. It is derived from the irregular verb querer, to wanf, to 7oish,to
like. It is conjugated:
^ingular. Plural.
quiero (kee-ai'-ro), I want. queremos (kai-rai'-mos), we wa-t.
quieres (kee-ai'-rais), thou wantest. quereis (kai-rai'-ees), ye want,
quiere (kee-ai'-re), he wants. quieren (kee-ai'-rain), they wan' .1
Quiero is. much stronger, more commanding in its meaning, th.."
deseo, which means I wish, I desire. . 4
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
53
^ 7. Mozo (mo'-thJ), deseamos comer ahora,
18. Queremos ^ (kai-rai'-mos) un par de hqevos fritos'
{free'-tos) y un poco de jamon inmediatamente
( een-mai-dee-d-td-main'-ti).
19. Queremos un par de huevos pasados* por agua
{pd-sd'-dds por d'-gwa).
20. Mi amigo quiere un par de huevos cocidos {mee d-
mee'-gd kee-ai'-ri can pdr dai hoo-ai'-vds ko-thed-
dds).
31. <No desea V. tomar (Jo-mdr') una taza de caf6 6 de
te {dai tai) ?
22. iNo desea V. tomar el* caf6 ahora?
23. Sf, yo deseo tomar el * caf6 ahora.
24. Quieren V.V. comer en la mesa redonda {ain Id mad¬
id rai-"' dn'-'* d) ?
25. No, nosotros deseamos comer en nuestro cuarto {ain
noo-ais'-ira iwdr'-id).
3.
I. < No desea V. {dai-sai'-d oos-tai"'') tomar el caf6 ahora ?
^ Adjectives jigree in gender and number with the nouns they
qualify : un huevo frito, a fried egg; huevos fritos, fried eggs; una
linda casa (oo'-na leen'-<''a ka'-sa), a pretty house ; lindas casas, pretty
houses.
The adjective stands generally after the noun qualified.
' pasados por agua means literally passed through water.
* When there can be no possible doubt as to the person referred to,
the Spaniards prefer the definite article to the possessive pronoun.
54
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
2. Yes, I wish to take my coffee now, because I am
very thirsty. (Literally : Because \j)orque^ I have ^
\tengo\ much \miuha\ thirst \sed^^.)
3. Are you thirsty? (= .Saw you thirst ?)
4. No, I am not thirsty, but I am very hungry. ( = I have
not thirst, but \j>ero] I have much hunger [hambrel.)
5 Waiter {mozo), I am very hungry, and (y) I wish to
dine now.
6. Waiter, my friend (w/ amigo) is very hungry. We want
a couple of soft boiled eggs and some ham immedi¬
ately {inmediatamenie).
7. We are ( = we have \tenemos\) very hungry. We want
to breakfast- {almorzar) at once {al momentd).
8. What is the matter with you ?' (Literally: What have
you ?)
g. What is the matter with your brother ? * (= What has
his [j«] brother of his worship \de V.'\ ?)
10. Is anything the matter with you ? (= Have you some"
thing \alguna cosa^ ?)
11. Nothing is the matter with me. ( = I have noi nothing.®)
1 Tengo is the first person singular of the indicative present of
tener, to have. It is conjugated:
Singular. Plural.
tengo (tain^go), I have. tenemos (tai-nai'-mos), we have,
tienes (tw-ai'-nais), thou hast. teneis (tai-nai'-ees),_j'i? have,
tiene (tee-ai'-ne), he has. tienen (tee-ai'-nain), they have.
- The verb tener, to have (like the French verb avoir), is used for
many idiomatic expressions for which we use the verb to be. We say,
/am warm, / am cold, 1 am right. The Spaniards in all such phra.ses
use the verb, I have warm, I have cold, I have right, &c.
Learn the following:
tengo hambre, I am hungry. | tengo calor (ka-16r'), I am warlv*
tengo sed, I am thirsty, | tengo frio (free'^o), I am cold. \\
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
55
2. Sf, deseo tomar el caf6 ahora, porque tango ^ mucha
sad " {por'-kai tain'-go moo'-chd sai"').
3. ^ Tiene V. sad {tee-ai'-ni oos-tai"" sai"') ?
4. Noj no tango sad, paro tango mucha hambra (J>ai'-ro
tain'-go moo'-chd dm'-bri).
5. Mozo, tango mucha hambra, y {ee) dasao comer
ahora.
6. Mozo, mi amigo (tnee d-mee'-go) tiana mucha hambra.
Nosotros quaramos un par da huavos pasados por
agua {d'-gwd) y un poco-de jamon inmadiatamanta.
7. Tanamos mucha hambra. Dasaamos almorzar al
momanto.
8. (Qu6 tiana V. ? *
9. I Qu6 tiana su harmano da V. * (soo air-md'-no dai
oos-tai"'') t
^o. i Tiana V. alguna cosa {dl-goo'-nd ko'-sd) ?
II. No® tango nada® (nd'-"'d).
tongo razon (ra-thon'), I am
Vight.
ten go miedo (mee-ai'-"'o), I am
afraid (= I have fear).
IS t,
api:
eqt
de,
1
na
tengo sueno (soo-ain'yo), I am
sleepy (= I have sleep),
tengo vergUenza (vair-gwain'-tha),
I am ashamed {=I have shame.).
® The verb tener has also the meaning of "toail." Thus : What alls
yoir ? or, What is the matter with you ? j Qu6 tiene V. ?— Something
he matter with me, Tengo algo, or, Tengo alguna cosa.
* Since su can mean his, her, its, their, your, the genitive case of the
ircpriate personal pronoun is added, whenever its meaning might be
lirocal; as, Su libro de 61, his book (= his boiJk of him); su libro
v., your book (=his book of his worship.)
® Contrary to the "Eiglish grammar, — where two negations produce
trong assertion, — rlie Spaniards use a double negation ; as : No quiero
la, I do not want anything.
56
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
12. What is the matter with her? ( = What has she)?
13. Nothing is the matter with her. ( = She has not
nothing.)
14. She has the tooth-ache. ( = She has ache \dolor\ of
teeth \cle muelas^.)
15. I do not want to go to the («/) depot i^paradero) ; I
have a headache ( = pain of \iei2A, dolor de cabezd).
16. What do you want to do {hacer') }
17. Will you do me ^ a favor (un favor) ?
18. Will you do it ? ^
19. Why {porqu/^) won't you do it ?
20. I want to write (escribir) a {una^) letter {carta). Where
is the paper ? (= Where \donde\ have you the
paper [<f/papel'\ ?).
21. What sort {que espede) of paper do you want?
22. Have you not any WTiting-paper ( = paper of letters,
papel de cartas ^) ? I want to write a letter Jo {£) my
■ agent {agente).
23. Do you not want to go out shopping (= to go [//'] to
[i] make \Iiacer'\ your purchases comprasj) ?
24. I want to do my shopping to-morrow (= to go ^
make my purchases to-morrow).
25. When do you want to make your purchases ?
—— res.
' The pronouns me (me), me; te (te) thee; le (le), him, hei
him, to her; lo (15) it, him; nos (nos) us; os (os) you; les (1,5.
them, to them; los (16s), las (las), them and se (se) himself, herself, th j
selves, are placed a/ter the infinitive. The verb and pronouns are ah
written in one word in such a case, as : No quiere verme (vair'-me)
does not want to see me. — No quiero hablarles (a-blar'-lais), I do
want to speak to them.
^ Porqu6 (with acute accent) means why; po -que (without an acc ^
signifies because.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
57
12. <Qud dene ella {ai'-ya)>
13. Ella no dene nada.
14. Ella tiene dolor de muelas {dd-lor' dai moo-aV-Ias).
15. No quiero ir al paradero (J>a-rd-"'ai'-ro) ; tengo dolor
de cabeta {dd-lor' dai kd-vai'-tha).
16. i Qu6 quiere V. hacer {d-thair') ?
17. Quiere V. hacerme ^ un favor {d-thair'-ml oon fd-
vor') ?
18. ;Quiere V. hacerlo ' {d-thair'-lo)"*
19. i Porqu6 ^ no quiere V. hacerlo ?
20. Quiero escribir una* carta {ais-kree-veer' od-nd kdr'-td).
i Donde tiene V. ef papel {"•m"''i fee^i'-ni oos-tai'"
ail pd-paiV) ?
21. < Qu6 especie {ais-pai'-thee e) de papel desea V.?
22. < No tiene V. papel de cartas?* Quiero escribir una
carta i mi agente {mee d-hain'-tl).
23. i No desea V. ir {eer') i. hacer sus compras {soos
kom'-prds) ?
^4. Yo deseo ir a hacer mis compras mafiana.
< Cudndo desea V. ir a hacer sus compras ?
yoiia xhe indefinite article a, an, is rendered by un before a masculine, and
•5'/ una before a feminine noun; as, un hermano (oon air-m'a'-n5), a
'Other; una hermana (oo'-na air-ma'-na),a sister.
>P1* Nouns ending in an unaccented vowel form the plural by adding s ;
eqi:
de el hermano, the brother. L los hermanos, the brothers.
la hermana, the sistg^ 1 las bermanas, the sisters.
*')mpare the grammat'Cal remarks on the declension.
Dl
58
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
26. Why don't you want to make your purchases to-day ?
(= Why will you not make your purchases to-day,
hoy ?)
27. My agent wants to make his purchases this morning,
( = to-day in the morning \Jioy par la mahana ).
28. I want to do my shopping this morning. Won't you
do me the favor of accompanying fne {de" acompa-
harme) ?
29. What do you want to buy {comprar)}
30. I want to leave for (para) the interior (el interior) of
the country (pais).
31. I should like to buy some (algunos) necessary articles
(= articles necessary, articulos necesarios).
32. What articles are (son) necessary for such a (=that
ese) journey (viage) ?
33. What articles are necessary for a journey into the
(al) interior ?
34. Will you do me the favor of going with me (con-
migo ?
35.- Don't you want to accompany me to the Spanish
store (= to the store Spanish, d la tienda espahola) ?
I should like to buy some cloth ( = cloth [^paho'] ).
36. Have you any good cloth (=good (buen) cloth)?
37. What sort (clase) of cloth do you want? We have
it at all prices. (= We have at [d or de"] all \_todos']
prices \^precios^ )
1 Like the Germans, the Spaniards do not say this morning, but
always to-day in the morning, hoy per la manana.
^ After el" favor the infinit'ive "with de is used, as: Will you do
me the favor to come with me, quiere V. ' rme el favor de Vfnil
conmigo
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE,
6i
26. I Porqu^ no desea V. hacer sus compras hoy
(This expresses almost the same meaning as ir d hacer sus cot,
27. Mi agente desea hacer sus compras hoy por la
mahana.^
28. Deseo ir a hacer mis compras hoy por la mahana.
i No quiere V. hacerme el favor de acompanarme
{a-thair'-mi ailfd-vor' dai d-kom-pdn-ydr'-n. ?
29. i Qu6 desea V. comprar. (^ai dai-sa^-d oos-tai"'' kom-
prdr') ?
30. Deseo salir para el interior del pais (pd'-rd ail em-
tai-ree-or' dail pd-ees').
31. Quisiera comprar algunos artfculos necesarios {dl-goo'-
nds dr-tee'-koo-los nai-thai-sd'-ree-os).
32. <Qu^ artfculos son necesarios para ese viage (Jiai dr¬
ied-koo-los son nai-thai-sd'-ree-os pd'-rd ai'-st vee-d'-hd) ?
33. < Qu6 artfculos son necesarios para un viage al interior ?
34. I Quiere V. hacerme el favor de ir conmigo' (kon-med-
goy.
35. <No desea {dai-sai'-a) V. acompanarme 4 la tienda
espahola {d Id tee-ain'-"'d ais-pdn-yd'-ld) ? Quisiera
comprar pano (^pdn'-yo).
36. jTiene V. buen pano {boo-ain'pdn-yo)"*
37. i Qu6 clase {kai kld'-se) de pano desea V ? Or, i Qu6
especie {ais-pai'-thee-P) de pano quiere V. ? Tenemos
4 {or, de) todos precios (to'"'ds prai'-thee ds).
' The preposition con, with, is used in a peculiar manner with the
personal pronouns mi (mee) me; ti (tee) thee; si (see) to him, viz.;
conmigo (kon-mee'-go), with me; contigo (kon-tee'-go), with thee ; con-
sigo (kon-see'-go) with him.
jg THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
26. '
GRAMMATICAL REMARKS.
Exercises, and Words used in Common Conversation.
1.
The Articles^
We have two articles; the Definite el, the, for the mas¬
culine, la, the, for the feminine form, and the Indefinite un,
a, an (masculine), una, a, an (feminine).
Declension of the Articles.
Masculine.
Singular.
Plural.
Singular.
Nom. el
los
la
Gen. del
de los
de la
Dat. al
& los
dla
Acc. el
los
la
Feminitu.
las.
the
A las, to the, or at the.
las, the.
Masculine.
Nam. un
Gen. de un
Dat. &. un
Acc. un
Feminine.
una, a.
de una, of a, or from a.
k una, to, or at a.
una, a.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
6l
Masculine.
el padre (J>d'-"'ri), the fa¬
ther.
el hijo lee'-ho), the son.
el hermano {air-md'-nd) the
brother,
el tio {tee'-o), the uncle,
el "pximo (J>ree'-mo),t\iQ cousin-
un nino, a child, a boy.
un muchacho {moo-chd'-cho),
a boy.
el abuelo {d-voo-ai'-lo), the
grandfather,
el nieto (nee-ai'to), the grand¬
child.
el marido {md-ree'-"'o), the
husband,
el esposo {ais-pd'-so), the hus¬
band.
el sobrino (sd-vre^-no), the
nephew,
el cunado (koon-yd^-H), the
brother-in-law.
-un hon.bre {dm'-brd), a man.
el yerno (yair'-nd) the son-
in-law.
Feminine.
la madre (md'-'^rl), the
mother,
la hija (ee'-'hd), the daughter,
la hermana {air-md'-nd), the
sister.
la tia {tee'-d), the aunt,
la prima {pree'-md), the
cousin (female),
una nina (neen'yd), a girl,
una muchacha {moo-chd'-chd),
a girl.
la abuela {a-voo-ai'-ld), the
grandmother,
la nieta {nee-ai'-td), the grand¬
child (female),
la muger {moo-^hair'), the
wife j a woman,
la esposa {ais-pd'-sd), the wife.
la sobrina {sd-vree'-nd), the
niece.
la cunada {koon-yd'-"'d) the
sister-in-law.
una muger {moo-'hair'), a
woman,
los parientes {pd-ree-ain'-tais),
the relatives.
62
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
Remarks on the Article.
1. The so-called neuter article lo is used only in corh
nection with adjectives taken in an indejinite sense. This form
has no plural. Thus :
lo male (lo ma'-lo) the evil; that which is bad.
lo bueno (ioo-ai'-no), the good ; that which is good.
lo hermoso (air-mo^-so), the beautiful; that which is
beautiful.
2. For the sake of euphony, the masculine article el is
used before feminine nouns which begin with an accented
a or ha, as": el ave (d'-vl)—instead of la ave — the bird;
el agua (d'-gwa) — instead of la agua — the water ; el hambre
(dm'-bre) — instead of la hambre — the hunger.
But if the accent does not rest on the a or ha, the
feminine article must be employed, as : la amiga (d-mee'ga)
the (female) friend.
2.
Nouns.
Spanish nouns have tivo genders, — the masculine and the
feminine.
The gender oi a noun may be determined in part by its
signification, and in part by its ending.
Nouns ending in o are generally masculine, and those
ending in a, feminine (except those which designate males).
Compare the examples given. .
\
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
63
Plural of Nouns.
I. Nouns ending in an unaccented vowel form their
Plural by adding s, as:
el padre, the father,
el nino, the child,
ia tia, the aunt.
los padres, the fathers.
' los ninos, the children,
las tias, the aunts.
2. Nouns ending in a consonant, or in an accented^vowel
(except /) form their plural by adding es, as:
el general {^hai-nai-rdP), the
general,
la muger {moo-heir^'), the wo¬
man.
el pan i^pari), the bread,
la flor {flor), the flower,
el tisii (Jee-soo'), the tissue,
el rubf (roo-vee'), the ruby.
los generales, the generals.
las mugeres, the women.
los panes, the loaves of bread,
las flores, the flowers,
los tisUes, the tissues,
los rubles, the rubies.
3. Nouns ending in s remain unchanged, provided their
last syllable is short.
If the last syllable is long they add es.
la crisis {kree'-sees), the crisis,
el ju6ves {^hoo-ay'-vais),Th\irs-
day.
el martes {mdr'-tais), Tues¬
day.
el francos {/rdn-thais') the
Frenchman,
el inglds (eeng-lais') the Eng¬
lishman.
las crisis, the crises,
los ju^ves, on Thursdays.
los martes, on Tuesdays.
los franceses, the Frenchmen.
los ingleses, the Englishmen.
64 THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
4. Nouns ending in z change the same into c and add
es in the plural, as:
el juez {'hoo-aith'), the judge, los jueces, the judgfes.
la voz (voth), the voice. las voces, the voices,
la paz {path), the peace. las paces, the conditions of
peace.
la luz {loath), the light. las luces, the lights.
Words ending in y add es, as:
el rey {rai'-ee), the king. los reyes {rai'-yais), the kings,
el buey {boo-af^), the ox. los bueyes {boo'ai'^yais), the
oxen.
la ley {lai'-ee), the law. las leyes {lai'-yais), the laws.
6. Forms of salutation are used in the plural only;
buenos dias {boo ai'-nds dee'-ds), good day.
buenas tardes {boo-ai'-nds tdt'-dais), good evening,
buenas noches {boo-ai'-nds nd-chais), good night.
3.
Translate the following
Exercise
into English, and then back again into Spanish (without
using the book) •
1. iQu6 quieren V.V. hacer, sefiores?
2. I Porqu6 no quieren V.V. hacerme el favor de venil
conmigo manana?
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
65
3. Mi hermana quisiera ir hoy a comprar unos guantes
{gwdn'-tais, gloves).
4. iQuiere V. hacerme el favor de dar (ddr, to give)
estos {(Aese) guantes d mi primo ?
5. ^Quiere V. tener la bondad de Ilevar {yai-vdr', to
take), estos paquetes (J>d-kai'-tais, packages) al senor Lopes ?
6. Deseo salir al momento. ^Quiere V. bajar
^hdr', to take down), mi equipage {ai-kee-pd'-hi) ?
* 7. Mozo, quiere V. darme la lista (Jees'-td, the bill of
fare). Deseo comer.
8. i No tiene V. comidas {ko-mee^-""ds, dinners) a precio
fijo (/ee'-'hd, fixed) ?
9. i Quiere V. tener la bondad de decirme {dai-theer'-mi,
tell me) en donde esta (ais-id', is) el despacho {dais-pd'-cho,
office) de papeletas ?
10. ,1 Quiere V. tener la bondad de ensenarme (show
me) una buena fonda ijdn'-"'d, hotel) ?
Vestidos {vais-ted-"'ds).
un vestido (yais-ted-"'d),
un sobretodo {sd-vrai-io'-"'d),
una levita {lai-ved-tO)
un pan talon {pdn-td-ldn'),
los calzones {kdl-thd'-nais^,
el chaleco {chd-lai'-kd),
un sombrero {som-brai' ro),
una gorra fj;dr'-rd),
una corbata (kor-vW-ta),
un corbatin (kdr-vd-teenf),
Articles of Clothing.
a coat J a dress.
an overcoat.
the trousers.
the waistcoat,
a hat.
a cap.
a necktie.
66
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
un cuello (koo-ai'-yo),
las vueltas {voo-aiP-tds),
los punos {poon'-yos),
los guantes {gwan'-tais),
la camisa {kd-mee'-sa),
la camisola (kd-mee-so'-Id),
, el tamisolin {kd-mee'sd-leen'),
los calzoncillos (Jcdl-thon-thee'-yos),
las betas {bo'-tds),
los zapatos (Jhd-pd'-tos),
•las chinelas (chee-naV-Ids),
las medias (tnai'-dee-ds),
los tirantes {tee-rdn'-tais),
un panuelo (^pdn-yoo-at-ld),
el ho\si\\o^(pdi-see'-yd),
la faltriquera (fdl-tree-kai'-rd),
los botones {bo-to'-nais),
los ojales (p-'hd'-lais),
la ropa blknca {rb'-pd bldn'-kd),
la capa {kd'-pd),
una blusa {bloo'-sd).
a collar,
the cuffs,
the cuffs,
the gloves,
the shirt. ^
the flannel waistcoat.
the drawers.
the boots. *
the shoes.
the slippers.
the stockings.
the suspenders.
a pocket-handkerchie(
the pocket.
the buttons,
the buttonholes,
clean linen,
the cloak,
a blouse.
t h k
istersrfitaft
A Short and Practical Method
ACQUIRING COMPLETE FLUENCY OF SPEECH
in the
Spanish Language
By Dr. Richard S. Rosenthal,
Late Birbctor of the "Akacemib fur fremdb Sprachen" in Berlin and
•Leipzig, of the " Meisterschaft College " in London, and Prin¬
cipal of the "Meisterschaft School of Practical
Linguistry'* in New York and Boston.
IN
PART II
BOSTON, MASS:
MEISTERSCHAFT PUBLISHING COMPANY.
Summer Street.
'Estes l're.sK>.
TERMS.
We ha're arranged Dr. Kosbnthal, the author of the "Meia
cerscbaft System," for its introduction in America under his own
supervision, and he baa opened
THE
FOR NON-RESIDENTS.
The Student does not need to leave his home. The lessons of
each language are prepared by the Professor, and printed and sent
in pamphlet shape, to each member of the School, wheiever he
may reside.
Tlie course of study for each language—German, French, Italhm
or Spanish —makes fifteen pamphlets, of three lessons each.
All members of the school have
THE PRIVILEGE
of asking, by letter, questions concerning each lenson, or consult*
ing on any difficulty which may have occurred to them. All exer¬
cises corrected, and all questions answered by return post, by
Di-. Koskijthal, or one of his assistants.
TERMS OF MEMBERSHIP.
Five Dollars is the price for membership in the School, for
each language. This amount ($5,) entitles the member to receive
the fifteen books or pamphlets containing the lessons, also answers
to his auestions. Return postage for the answer must accompany
the question.
State distinctly which language, or languages you desire to study.
There are no extra charges. The price, Five Dollars, pays foi
one language; Ten Dollars foi two languages, etc. All exeiv
cis s and questions must be written on a separate sheet of paper,
asAi must state full address of the pupil.
The remittances must be made in Post-Office Order or Registemd
Letter, addressd to
Meisterschaft Publishing Company
Estes Press, 196 .Summer Street,
SOSfCSTNT.
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
SP^istish:.
PART II.
Copyright, 1883, by Richard S. Kosenthai,,
68
THE MElSiERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
Continuation.
(Part I.)
38. Will you oave (tener') the kindness (Ja bondad) of
showing (ensenar) me samples (^muestras) of fine cloth
( = of clothes fine \jie pahos finds'^ ) ?
39. With pleasure, Sir (=With much pleasure [muchogusto']).
This is very good cloth. ( = Here \aqui] you have
a good cloth.)
4c. Is (es 1) this the finest ( el mas find') which you have?
41. What {cudl) is the price?
42. What is the lowest (= the last \el Ultimo] ) price ?
43. How much {cudntd) do you want a metre ( = for \_por]
the metre, \el metro] ) ?
44. I want to go to Orizaba. What is the price of the
tickets (laspapeletas] ?
45. Which class do you want? First, second, or third?
(= of which class do you want it [la'] ? of first
[primera], second [segunda], or third [tercera])}
46. How much is ( = costs, [cuestd] ) a ( = the) ticket from
(de) here to B ?
r Es is the third person singular of the indicative present of the
auxiliary verb ser (sair), to be. The present is conjugated :
Singular.
soy (so-ee), I am.
eres (ai'-rais), thou art.
es (ais), he is.
Plural.
somos (s6'-m6s), we are.
sois (so'^ees), ye are.
son (son) they are.
® El mas fino, the finest. The Comparison of adjectives is formed
in a very simple manner, viz.:
Positive.
fino m
fina f.
hermoso, w.) beau-
-■!
fine.
Comparative.
mas fino)
mas fina j
mas hermoso) more
el mas hermoso) the most
hermosa,/) tiful. mas hermosa) beautiful.; la mas hermosaj beautiful.
Superlative.
elmasfinoVj^^g^^^^
la mas fina)
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
69
Continuation.
(Part I.)
38. iQuiere V. tener la bondad de ensenarme muestras
de panos finos {tai-nair' la bon-"'d"^' dai ain-sain-
yar'-mi moo-ais'-trds dai J>dn'-yos fee'-nos) ?
39. Con mucho gusto, senor (kon moo'-cho goos'-td sain-
yor'), Aquf tiene V. un buen pano {d-ked tee-ai'-ni
oos-tad''' con boo-aMpan!-yd).
40. < Es 1 este el mas fino ^ que tiene V. ?
41. <Cu41 es el precio?
42. i Cu^ es el liltimo precio {poV-tee-mdprad-thee-o) t
43. i Cuinto quiere V. por el metro (mai'-tro) ?
44. Deseo {dai-sai'-d) salir para Orizaba (p-ree-thd'-vd)
i Cual es el precio de las papeletas (pd-pai-lai'-tds) ?
45. i De qu6 clase la' quiere V.: de primera, segunda 6
tercera {pree-mai'-rd sai-goon'-"'d d tair-thai'-rd) ?
46. I Cuinto cuesta {kwais'-td) la papeleta de aquf i B. ?
* la, her (it) must be used here, because it refers to la papeleta, which
is feminine.
We hsfve already observed that the dative and accusative of the
conjunctive personal pronouns are usually joined to the infinitive of
verbs: other forms of the verbs they precede. (Exceptions and full rules
will be given later.) Thus: Le hablo, I speak to him. — Lo he dado, I
have given U. — Le he escrito una carta, I have written a letter to him.
70
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
FOUNDATION SENTENCE.
Will you have the kindness to give me
my account now, and to call me very early ?
1.
Will you have the kindness to give me
my accoimt now?
Would you have ^
the
kindness '
of; from; to (with the infinitive)
1 i Tendria V. ? is the Indicative of the Conditional Tense and
means " Would you have ? " As the verb tener is very frequently used
in Spanish, I give here the conjugation of the IndiccUive mood of the
different tenses. A full table of the conjugation is found on page 86.
Indicativo.
Presenter
tengo (tain'-go), I have.
tienes (tee^'-nais) thou
hast. ^
tiene (tee-ai'-n6), he has.
tenemos (tai-nai'-mosX we
have.
teneis (tai-nai'-ees),^^ have.
tienen (tePai'-nain), they
have.
Imptrfecio,
tenia (tai-nee'-^), I had.
tenias (tai-nee'-^), thou
hadst
tenia (tai-nee'-S), he had.
teniamos (tai-nee'-a-mos),
we had.
teniais (taUnee'-a-ees)) ye
had.
tenian (tai-nee'-an), they
bad.
Definido.
tuve (too'vS), I bad.
tuviste (too-vees'-t6), thou
hadst.
tuvo (too'-vo), he had.
tuvimos (too-vee'-mos), we
had.
tuvisteis Ctoo-vee'-stai-ees),
ye had.
tuvieron (too-vee-ai'-ron),
they had.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
7\
FOUNDATION SENTENCE.
^Tendria V. la bondad de darme ahcri
Tain-dree'-a oos-tai"'' la b6n-da">' dai dar'-mS a-o'-ra
mi cuenta, 7 llamanne may temprano?
mee kwain'-ta, ee ya-mar'-in8 moo'ee taim-pra'-no ?
1.
^Tendria V. la bondad de darme ahora
Tain-dree'-a oos-tai"^ la b6n-da*'>' dai dar'-ml a-o'-ra
mi cuenta?
mee kwain'-ta ?
Tendria V.i (tain-dree'-d oos-taP'')
la (/a)
bondad ® {bon-dd''')
de ® (dai)
Future.
Xendri (tain-thrai'), I shall
have.
tendras (tain-thi^sO* thou
wilt have,
tendra (tain-thr^')i he will
have.
tendr^mos (tain-thrai-mos),
we shall have,
tendreis (taii>thru'..ees), ye
will have,
tendrdn (tain-tbrSn'h they
will have.
Condicienal.
tendria (tain*three'^)i I
should have,
tendrias (tain«three'*^h
thou wouldst have,
tendria (tain-three-S), he
would have,
tendriamos (tain'three'..a-
mos), we should have.
tendriais (tain-three^d-ees),
ye would have,
tendrian (tain>three'-3n),
they would have.
^ After such expressions as: tendria V. la bondad^ tvould you have
the kindness; quiere V. kacernie el favor^ will you do me the favor, &c.
de must be used together with the infinitive, as : i Tendria V. la bondad
de venir conmigo? Will you have the kindness to come with me ?
• See Note 2.
»
Imperative.
ten (tain), have (tho:k).
tenga dl (tain'-gk ail), let
him have,
tenga V. (tala^-gk V.), have
(you).
tengamos (tain-gS-mos), let
us have,
tened (tai-naithO» l^ave {ye\
tengan (taiu'>^n), let them
have.
72
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
to give
me ; to me ^
now '
my
account ?
1. Will you have the kindness to give me the bill of fare
(/a Hsta de cotnida) ? *
2. Will you have the kindness {or, Have the kindness)
to pass me {pasarme) the salt {la sal), Sir.
3. Will you have the kindness to come with me {conmigo) ?
I want to go to the station {la estadon del ferrocarrU).
4. Will you have the kindness to accompany my^ sister?
she desires to make {hacer) some purchases {algunas
cotnpras).
5. Won't you have the kindness to accompany (= to go
with) my father and my sisters to the Spanish store
{la tienda) ?
6. Will you have the goodness to give him ® {or, to hand
[entregur'] him) this package {estepaquete) ?
7. With pleasure {gusto), Sir.
(Thanks {muchas gradas).
8 \
' I Many thanks {muchtsimas gradas).
^ See Note r, page 56.
2 The adverb is generally placed after the verb. This rule, however,
is frequently broken, but students will do well to adhere to it.
3 La lista de comida, the bill of fare. I use this full expression
in preference to la lista, which is frequently used by itself, but which can
also mean, the list, catalogue, slip of paper, wash-list, &c.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
73
dar (dar)
me* (jniy
ahora^ (d-o'-rd)
mi (mee)
cuenta {kwain'-td) ?
I i Tendria "V. la bondad de darme la lista de comida •
{ko-med-dd) ?
2. ^Tendria V. la bondad {or, Tiene V. la bondad) de
pasarme la sal, senor {pd-sdr'-mi Id sdl, sain-ydr') ?
3. (Tendria V. la bondad de venir conmigo ? Quisiera ir
i la estacion del ferrocarril {fair-rd-kdr-reel').
4. jTendria V. la bondad de acompanar a* mi hermana?
ella desea hacer {ai'-yd dai-sad-d d-thair') algunas
compras.
5. I No tendria V. la bondad de ir con mi padre y mis
hermanas a la tienda espanola {tee-ain'-"'d ais-pdn-
yo'-ld) ?
6. i Tendria V. la bondad de darle® {or, de entregarle) este
paquete {ain-trai-gdr'-le ais'-tipd-kai'-te) ?
7. Con mucho gusto {moo'-cho goos'-to), senor.
g ( Muchas gracias {moo'-chds grd'-thee-ds).
\ Muchfsimas {moo-chee'-see-mds) gracias.
* Active verbs require that 4 be placed before the object when it is a
person, as: Amo 4 Carloita, I love Charlotte.
I No conoce V. 4 esta senora, Do you not know this lady i
Veo al hombre, I see the man.
Me alegro de ver 4 V., I am glad to see you.
® See Note i, page 56.
74
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
9. Will you be kind enough to tell {decir) me where (en
donde') you have bought (ha^ comprado V.) these
handkerchiefs (estos panuelos) ?
10. I would like to sell (vender) some American goods
(efectos americanos) to Mexican merchants (mercaderes
mejicanos).
11. What do you want to sell ?
12. What is your line of business, Sir? (Literally: What
line {clasel of business [negodos'] have you, Sir ?)
13. What articles (articulos) do you want to sell ?
14. Would you have the kindness to tell me what your line
of business is (= which \cudr\ is the line that
you have)?
15. I deal in machinery (=I am [soy] merchant \eomerciante'\
in machines \en mdquinas\ ).
I deal in carpets (en alfombras).
I deal in furniture (en muebles).
I deal in pianos (en pianos).
I deal in agricultural implements (en implementos de agri-
culturd).
I deal in sewing machines (en mdquinas de coser).
I deal in paper (en papet).
I deal in dry goods (en ghteros).
16. I want some information (algunos informes) in regard to
(sabre) this merchant.
1 The verb haber, to have, can be used only as an auxiliary, that is to
say, it is used only for the formation of compound tenses; thus:
Perfecto. Pluscuamperfecto.
he hablado, I have spoken I habia I had 1
has hablado, thou hast spoken. 1 habias thouhadstj®P°^®°*
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
75
9. i Tendria V. la bondad de decirme en donde ha ^ com-
prado V. estos panuelos (dai dai-theer'-mi ain
d komprdl-"^d oos-tai"'' ais'-tos pdn-yoo-aV-Ids)
10. Desearia vender algunos efectos americanos i merca-
deres mejicanos {dai-sai-d-red-d vain-"'air' dl-goo'-nds
ai-faik'-tds d-mai-ree-kd'-nds d tnair-kd-"'aV-rais mai-
'hee-kd'-nds).
11. i Qu6 desea V. vender ?
12. <Qu6 clase de negocios {nai-gd•thee-ds) tiene V., caba-
Ilero ?
13. i Qud artfculos desea V. vender ?
14. i Tendria V. la bondad de decirme cudl es la clase de
negocios que tiene V. ?
15. Soy comerciante en maquinas {so-ee kd-mair-thee-dn'-t^
ain md'-kee-nds).
Soy comerciante en alfombras (dl-fom'-brds).
Soy comerciante en muebles (moo-ai'-blais).
Soy comerciante en pianos {pee-d'-nds).
Soy comerciante en implementos de agricultura (d-gree-
cool-too'-rd).
Soy comerciante en maquinas de coser (kd-sair').
Soy comerciante en papal {pd-pail').
Soy comerciante en gdneros Qhai'-nai-rds).
16. Deseo algunos informes (dl-goo'-nds een-fdr'-mais) sobre
este mercader (or, sobre este comerciante).
Perfecto.
ha hablado, he has spoken,
hemes hablado,we have spoken,
habeis hablado, have spoken,
ban hablado, they have spoken.
Pluscuamperfecto.
habia
habiamos
habiais I
habian I
hablado
he had
we had
ye had
they had
76 THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
17. Don't you want some information about (sobre) our
merchants ?
18. What have you bought ?
19. I bought a new hat {un sombrero nuevo),
20. I should like to buy a pair of shoes. Will you have the
kindness to take (ilevar) me to a shoe-store (una
tienda de calzado, or, una zapaterid) ?
21. What sort of shoes (calzado^ do you want? We have a
large assortment (or, a large stock, gran surtidd) of
boots, and shoes of every kind (de toda close),
22. Have (tenga V.^) the kindness to show (ensenar) me
some boots with (de) double soles (suela doble).
23. Have the kindness to show me some shoes with single
soles (de una sola suela).
24. Will you be kind enough to give me a cup of coffee ?
I am very thirsty.
2.
and to call me very early
and^
1 As well as in English we have numerous expressions in Spanish
which signify the same thing. I have often used synonymous expressions
in different sentences for the purpose of making the pupil acquainted
with them.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
77
17. iNo desea V. algunos infornnes sobre nuestros merca-
' deres (or, nuestros comerciantes) ?
18. i Qu6 ha comprado V. ?
19. He comprado un sombrero nuevo (noo-ai'-vd).
20. Desearia comprar un par de zapatos. ^Tendria V. la
bondad de llevarme (yai-vdr'-mi) a una tienda de
calzado (kdl-thd'-"'o), (or, k una zapateria \thd-pd-tai-
re^-d^ ) ?
21. iQu6 clase de calzado desea V. ? Tenemos gran surtido
(grdn soor-ted-"'d) de botas, y zapatos de toda clase.
22. Tenga V.' la bondad de ensenarme botas de suela doble
(dai soo-ai'-ld dd'-ble).
23. Tenga V. la bondad de ensenarme zapatos de una sola
suela (dai oo'-nd so'-ld soo-ai'-ld).
24. i Tendria V. la bondad de darme una taza de caf^ ?
Tengo mucha sed.
2.
y llamarme muy temprano.
ee ya-mar'-m€ moo'-ee taim-pra'-no.
® Y (ee) and. Observe that before words beginning with i or hi this
y is changed into i. Thus we say: Sabiduria 6 ignorancia son cosas
opuestas, learning and ignorance are opposites.
Padre 6 hijo, father and son.
78 THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
to calP
me
very
early.
1. Have the kindness to call me very early. I should like
to leave by the first train.
2. Waiter, call me {lldmeme^ very early, without (sin) fail
(/alia).
3. Why did you not call me ?
4. Who' is knocking (llama *) at the door (Ja puerta) ?
5. Who is (that) knocking at my (= the) door so early
(= so \tan'\ of the morning \de mahand\ ) ?
1 Llamar is a regular verb (first conjugation), but has a number of
meanings. The Indicative mood of the principal tenses is conjugated:
Presenie,
Futuro,
llanti<7y I call.
llamtfW, I shall call.
llam/u, thou callest.
WzmardSy thou wilt call.
llamd:) he calls.
Ihmard, he will call.
'W^mdmos^ we call.
llatnar^weSf we shall call.
W^mdis ye call.
llanaar/is, ye will call.
Wzxnafiy they call.
Wamardfty they will call.
Imperfecto*
CondiciofuU^
Dzma^at I called.
Wamaria, I should call.
ll&ma^aSt thou calledst.
Wamariasy thou wouldst caU.
llama^a, he called.
Uamariay he would call.
WumdiamoSf we called.
l]ainariafn<?Sj we should <^11,
Wamdiais, ye called.
llamartaisy ye would call.
UzD'id^aftf they called.
UamanaMy they would call.
Definido*
Perfecto,
Uam^, I called.
he
I have
llaina.r/^, thou calledst.
has
thou hast
he called.
ha
llamo^
he has
WamdmoSj we called.
hemos
we have
lizmdsletSf ye called.
habeis
ye have
llamdr^^r, they called.
han
they have
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
79
llamar' {ya-tndr')
me (mi)
muy (moo'-ee)
temprano (taim-pra'-no).
1. Tenga V. la bondad de llamarme muy temprano. Qui-
siera salir per el primer tren.
2. Mozo, lldmeme ® sin falta (seen fdP-ta) muy temprano.
3. i Porqu6 no me ha llamado V.. (no mat d yd-md'-"'d
oos-fat"") ?
4. i Qui6n ® llama ® A la puerta (kee-ain' yd'-md d Id poo-
air^ to) ?
5 j Qui^n llama a la puerta tan de manana {tdn dai
mdn-yd'-na) ?
Pluscttamperfecto.
habia
1 had
hube
11 had
habias
thou hadst
hubiste
1 thou hadst
habia
llanut^
he had
called.
hubo
Wanuido
habianos
we had
hubimos
we had
habfais
ye had
hubisteis
ye had
habian
they had .
hubi^roo.
they had
Perfecto atUerior.
called.
A full table of the conjugation and explanation of the use of the
tenses is given in a later lesson.
® The Imperative is:
llanur, call (thou).
11am; v., call (you).
WaxnaJ, call (ye).
The personal conjunctive pronouns me, te, le, la, lo, nos, os, les, los,
las are placed after the imperative, and are written in one word. (The
same is the case with the infinitive).
® Quidn is an interrogative pronoun, when written with an accent,
and means who ? or whom ?
® Llamar has many meanings. In this connection it signifies"/;
knock."
80 THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
6. It is I.
7. Come in (entre
8. Come in; the door is (esid not locked (cerrada
9. How do you call * that ? (Literally: How calls itself
that, eso ? )
10. How is this called in Spanish?
11. This is called ® a door.
12. This is called (= they call this) a knife (un cuchillo ®) ;
a fork {un tenedor^ ; a spoon {una cuchard).
13. What is your name?' (= How do you call yourself?)
14. My name is Perez (= I call myself Perez).
15. Be kind enough to tell me how this word {esta palabra)
is called in Spanish.
16. Don't you know ® {no conoce P".®) Mr. Yzquierdo?
17. I have not the honor {el honor) of knowing him.
18. Don't you know me ?
1 Entre V. is the imperative of the regular verb entrar to enter.
2 We have two verbs in Spanish which signify to be, viz.: ser and
estar, the use of which is very difficult for English-speaking persons.
Ser must be used when the attribute is permanent, inherent, or
essential, while estar is to be used when the attribute is only tem¬
porary or accidental. Thus we say: La puerta estd cerrada, the door
is locked. The locking of the door is not a permanent state, but only
temporary ; therefore estar must be used.
But: La puerta es tdla, the door is high. The height of the door is
of course permanent. Therefore the verb ser must be used.
We have given the conjugation of the present. Compare the tables
of their conjugations and the grammatical remarks on their use.
8 Passive verbs are conjugated with the auxiliary verb ser, to be. To
this is added the past participle of the active verb (just as in English),
which m gender and number must agree with its subject. We therefore
have to use cerrada (and not cerrado), because la puerta is feminine.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
8i
6. Soy yo (so-ee yo).
7. Entre V.' (ain'-trl oos-ta^"').
8. Entre V.; la puerta no esta'' cerrada" au-/a'
tkair-ra'-*a).
9. i Cdmo se llama* esc (ai'-so) ?
10. i Cdmo se llama esto en espanol {ais-pdn-yoV) ?
11. Esto se llama ® una puerta.
12. Llaman i esto un cuchillo® {pon koo-chee'-yo), un tene-
dor (pon tai-nai-'''dr'), una cuchara (oo'-nd koo-chd'-rd).
13. i Cdmo se llama V. ?'
14. Me llamo Perez (pai'-raitd).
15. iTendriaV. la bondad de decirme como se llama esta
palabra (pd-ld'-brd) en espanol ?
16. i No conoce® (ko-nd'-tht) V. al* senor Yzquierdo (eeth-
kee-air'-"'d) ?
17. No tengo el honor (d-nd/) de conocerle (kd-nd-thair'-le).
18. I No me conoce V. ?
* Active verbs are often used passively with the pronoun se and the
third person singular or plural of the verb, as:
Todo se vende barato en esta tienda, everything is sold cheap in
this store.
I Qu6 se dice en la ciudad ? What is said in town ?
® Sentences 9-15 are idiomatic.
® It has been remarked before that the Spaniards pronounce the
U = ly.
I See Note 4.
® Conoce, is the third person singular of the indicative present of
the irregular verb conocer, to know. The present is :
conozco, I know. conocemos, we know,
conoces, thou knowest. conoceis, ye know,
conoce, he knows. conocen, they know.
• Compare Note 4. page 73.
82
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM,
GRAMMATICAL REMARKS.
The Auxiliary Verb Saber, To Save,
Indicative Mode.
Subjunctive Mode.
Frbsbntb.
Pbsentb.
he,
I have.
haya,*
I may have.
has,
thou hast.
hayas.
thou mayst have.
ha,
he has.
haya.
he may have.
hemos.
we have.
haydmos.
we may have.
habeis.
ye futve.
hayais.
ye may have.
han.
they have.
hayan.
they may have.
Imfbkfbcto.
Impbsfbcto (firstfomt).
habia,!
I had.
hubiera,®
J might have.
habias.
thou hadst.
hubieras.
thou mightst have.
habia.
he had.
hubiera.
he might have.
habfamos.
we had.
hubieramos.
we might have.
habiais.
ye had.
hubidrais.
ye might have.
habfan.
they had.
hubidran.
they might have.
Depinido.
Impbrpbcto {second Jbrm),
hube.a
I had.
hubiese,®
I might have.
hubiste.
thou hadst.
hubieses.
thou mightst have.
hubo,
he had.
hubiese.
he might have.
hubimos,
we had.
hubidsemos.
we might have.
hubisteis.
ye had.
hubieseis.
ye might have.
hubieron,
they had.
hubiesen.
they might have.
Futuro.
Futuro.
habr^,'
I shall have.
hubiere,^
I should have.
habras.
thou wilt have.
hubieres.
thou shouldst have.
habra.
he will have.
hubiere.
he shotdd have.
habremos.
we shall have.
hubieremos.
we should haae.
habreis.
ye will have.
hubi^reis.
ye should have.
habrdn,
they will have.
hubieren.
they should have.
1 a-vee'-a, a-vee'-as, a-vee'-a, &c. » a-vrai', a-vras', a-vra', &c.
a oo'-ve, oo-ve^stS, oo'-vo, &c. * a'-ya, &c.
8 oo-vee ai'-ra, oo-vee-ai'-ras, oo-vee ai'-ra, &c.
® oo-vee ai'-s6, oo-vee ai'-sais, oo-vee ai'-s§, &c.
^ oo-vee ai'-rS, oo-vee ai'-rais, oo-vee ai'-re', &c.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE,
83
Indicative Mode.
Subjunctive Mode.
condicional,
habria, I should have.
habrias, thou wouldst have.
habria, he -would have.
habrfamos, we should have.
habriais, ye would have.
habrian, they would have.
condicional.
hubiera or hubiese,
hubieras " hubieses,
hubiera " hubiese,
hubieramos " hubiesemos,
hubierais " hubieseis,
hubieran " hubiesen.
if I had, &c.
iKFiNiTtvo. Gbrundio. Participio.
haber, to have. habiendo, having. habido, had.
COMPOUND TENSES, TIEMPOS COMPUESTOS.
Indicative Mode.
Subjunctive Mode.
Perfecto Indefinido.
he habido, I have had.
has habido, thou hast had.
ha habido, he has had.
hemos habido, we have had.
habeis habido, ye have had.
ban habido, they have had.
Perfecto Indefinido.
haya habido, I may have had.
hay as habido, thou mayst have had.
haya habido, he may have had.
hayamos habido, we may have had.
hay^is habido, ye may have had.
hayan habido, they may have had.
Pluscoamperfecto.
habia habido, I had had.
habias habido, thou hadst had,
&c. &c.
Pluscuamperfecto (firstform).
hubiera habido, I might have had.
hubieras habido, thou mightst have
&c. had, &c.
Perfecto Anterior.
hube habido, / had had.
hubiste habido, thou hadst had,
&c. &c.
Pluscuamperfecto (secondform).
hubiese habido, I might have had.
hubieses habido, thou mightst have
&c. had, &c.
Futuro Perfecto.
habre habido, / shall have had.
habras habido, thou wilt have had.
&c. &c.
Futuro Perfecto.
hubiere habido, I shall have had.
hubieres habido, thou wilt have had.
&c. &c.
CoNDicioNAL Perfecto.
SI should have
n(iDn& ' # held
. , . \thou wouldst have
habnas habido, j
&c. &c.
CoNDicioNAL Perfecto.
hubiera or hubiese )/should have
habido, ) had.
hubieras or \i\ih\t&ts)thoushouldst
habido, J have had
&c. &c.
84 the meisterschaft system.
Remarks on Uaber.
1. Haber can only be used as an auxiliary preceding
the past participle, as :
He recibido una carta, I have received a letter.
hemes venido de Paris, we have come from Paris.
i han llegado V.V. solos ? have you (pi.) arrived alone ?
2. In interrogative sentences haber must always stand
next to the principal verb, as:
i Ha venido su hermano ? has your brother come ?
i ha pagado V. ? have you paid }
3. Haber de with the infinitive of another verb signifie
— like tener que — duty or obligation, and must be tran
lated by to have to, must, to be to, &c., as:
He de hacer la correspon- I have to attend to the co'
dencia, respondence.
habia de escribir una carta, I had to write a letter.
i qu6 habia de hacer yo ? what was I to do ?
4. Haber can be used impersonally, i. e., in the third
person singular. When followed by que and the infinitive
of some other verb it expresses necessity or obligatiofi, and is
rendered by to be necessary, as:
i Qu6 hay que hacer ? what is to be done ?
ha habido que salir, it was necessary to go out.
5. When used impersonally haber has many idiomatic
meanings and corresponds :
a. to our there is, there are, as :
Presente: Hay hombres en el there are some men in the
jardin, garden.
Imperfiecto i habia fiestas en la there were some festivities in
ciudad, town.
Definido: hubo baile en palacio, there was a ball at the palace.
THE SPANISP LANGUAGE,
85
Futuro: i habrA un baile will there be a ball to-morrow ?
manana ?
Condicional: babria paz en there would be peace in France,
Francia, si. . . if . . .
Note : The Perfecto Ind^nido is ha habido.
b. Hay, &c., signifies time and is frequently to be trans¬
lated by ago, as:
i Cuanto tiempo hay que ( since when are you here ? or,
estan V.V. aquf ? ( how long have you been here ?
hay muy poco tiempo que we arrived a short time ago.
hemos llegado,
''lay ocho dias que le he visto,)
. M saw him a week ago.
ocho dias hA que le he visto, )
%uri<5 hay mucho tiempo, he died a long time ago.
hay ocho anos que esta malo, he has been ill these eight years.
c. Hay expresses distance, as:
i Qu6 distancia hay de aqui how far is it from here to Chi-
a Chihuahua ? huahua ?
no hay Idjos, it is not far.
hay treinta leguas, it is thirty miles.
Exercise.
1. ^No hubiera V. enviado {sent) mas gdneros al senor
Perez ?
2. No, senor, porque no habia pagado {paid) los del ano
pasado {lastyear).
3. i Hay bonito {pretty) teatro en Chihuahua ? — No es feo
{homely, ugly), pero es demasiado {very) pequeno
{small).
80
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
4. i Porqu6 ha hecho (done) V. esto ? — Si hubiese sabido
(known) qui^n (who) es este senor, no lo habria
dicho (said).
5. ^ Qu6 hemes de hacer ahora ?
6. La distancia que hay de Madrid al Escorial no es muy
grande, hay dos horas de ferrocarril (by rail).
7. i Hay cartas para mf (me) hoy ?
8. i Cuanto hay de aqui a la ciudad ?
9. No ha ido (gone) V. 4 la exposicion de Boston (Boston
exposition) ?
10. No, senor; si hubiese tenido (had) dinero (money) habria
ido.
The Auxiliary Verb Tener, To Save.
SIMPLE TENSES.
Infinitivo.
tener, /o have.
Gerundio.
teniendo, having.
Participio Pasivo.
tenido, had.
Indicative Mode.
Subjunctive Mode.
Presents.
tengo, I have.
tienes, thou hast.
tiene, he has.
tcnemos, we have.
teneis, ye have.
tienen, they have.
Presbntb.
tenga, I may have.
tengas, thou mayst have.
tenga, he may have.
tengamos, we may have.
tengais, ye may have.
tengan, they may have.
Imperfecto.
tenia,! I had.
tenias, thou hadst.
tenia, he had.
teniamos, we had.
teniais, ye had.
tenian, they had.
Imperfecto (firstform).
tuviera,2 I should have.
tuvieras, thou shouldst have.
tuviera, he should have.
tuv ieramos, we should have.
tuvierais, ye should have.
tuvieran, they should have.
1 tai-nee'-a. 2 too-vePai'-ra.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. 8/
Dbpinido.
tuve.i / had.
tuviste, thou hadst.
tuvo, he had.
tuvimos, we had.
tuvi'steis, ye had.
tuvieron, they had.
1m perfecto (second form).
tuviese,® / might or should have.
tuvieses, thou mightst have.
tuviese, he might have.
tuviesemos, we might have.
tuvie'seis, ye might have.
tuviesen, they might have.
Futuro.
tendr^, 1 shall have.
tendras, thou wilt have.
tendra, he will have.
tendremos, we shall have.
tendreis, ye will have.
tendran, they will have.
Futuro.
tuviere,® I shall have.
tuvieres, thou wilt have.
tuviere, he will have.
tuvieremos, we shall have.
tuviereis, ye will have.
tuvieren, they will have.
condicional.
tendria,® I should have.
tendrias, thou wouldst have.
tendria, he would have.
tendriamos, we should have.
tendriais, ye would have.
tendrian, they would have.
condiaonal™
tuviera, or tuviese,
tuvieras, " tuvieses,
tuviera, " tuviese,
tuvi^ramos, " tuviesemos,
tuvierais " tuvieseis,
tuvieran, " tuviesen.
1
S;
§
. p
Ihper
ten (tii), have {thou).
tenga (^1), let him have.
tenga V., have (you).
ativo.
tengamos, let us have.
tened, have (ye),
tengan, let them have.
COMPOUND TENSES.
Indicative Mode.
Subjunctive Mode.
Perfecto Indefinido.
he tenido, I have had.
Pluscdam perfecto.
habia tenido, I had had.
Perfecto Anterior.
hube tenido, I had had. ■
Futuro Perfecto.
habr^ tenido, / shall ha ve had.
CoNDicioHAL Perfecto.
habria tenido, / should have had.
Perfecto Indefinido.
haya tenido, I may have had.
Pluscuamperfecto (first form).
hubiera tenido, I might have had.
Pluscuamperfecto (secondform).
hubiese tenido, I might have had.
Futuro Perfecto.
hubiere tenido, I shall have had.
CoNDicioNAL Perfecto.
hubiera or hubiese) / should have
tenido, j had.
t too'-v6. 2 tain-three'-a. ® too-vee-ai'-se. * too-vee-ai'-re.
88
THE MEISXERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
Itemarks on Tenet, To Have.
1. There are two verbs in Spanish corresponding to our
to have, — haber and tener.
2. Haber is used exclusively in the formation of compound
tenses, while tener is used as an active verb indicating posses¬
sion ; (in which case to have may generally be replaced by to
possess or to hold, without affecting the meaning of the sen¬
tence).
Thus we say:
He comprado un sombrero, I have bought a hat (compound
tense).
tengo un sombrero, I have a hat (i. e., I possess a hat),
tuvo amigos. He had (i. e., he possessed) friends.
3. Tener is used idiomatically with the following words :
I am hungry
I am thirsty
I am warm
I am cold
I am sleepy
tengo vergiienza, I am ashamed
tengo miedo de.., I am afraid to..
tengo razon, I am right
Tengo hambre,
tengo sed,
tengo calor,
tengo frio,
tengo sueno.
Literally, I have hunger).
I have thirst).
I have warmth).
I have cold).
I have sleep).
I have shame).
I have fear to..).
I have right).
I have not right).
no tengo razon, I am wrong
tengo gana de .., I have a mind to . .
I qu6 tiene V. ? What is the matter with you ( = What have
you) ?
no tengo nada, Nothing is the matter with me ( = I have
nothing).
tengo algo, Something is the matter with me ( = I have
something).
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
89
I tiene V. algo ? Is anything the matter with you ? ( = Have
you something)?
4. Tener is used in statements or inquiries about the age
of persons, as:
iQu6edad ) . ^ ^ how old are you ? (=What age
i cuantos anos ) \or, how many years] have you) ?
tengo cuarenta y cinco anos, I am forty-five years old.
5. Tener is used in speaking of the size or dimension of
objects, as:
Este rio tiene ochenta) This river is 80 feet broad (= has 80
pi6s de ancho, ) feet of breadth).
6. Tener que with the infinitive of another verb expresses
necessity or obligation, as :
Tengo que escribir una carta, I must write a letter,
tenia que hacer una visita, I was obliged to make a call,
tenemos que salir, we have to start.
Exercise,
1. i Qu6 tiene V. ? Tengo dolor de cabeza.
2. Tenfamos miedo de ese hombre.
3. Tuve la satisfaccion {satisfaction) de verla ayer.
4. Tenemos el honor de anunciarlo {to announce it) a V.
5. i Qud edad tiene V. ? Tengo treinta anos de edad.
6. Yo tendria gana de aprender {learn) el espanol, li
hubiese un profesor de castellano.
7. Tengo que hablar con V. cuando V. tenga tiempo.
8. ! Tenga V. cuidado {care)'
9. No tengo nada que decir. No he tenido intencion
{intention) de ofender {ojfend) d V.
90 THE MF.ISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
10. Tenga V. cuidado con el dltimo escalon {step").
11. i Qud tiene V. ? Tengo los pi6s fries.
12. i Tendr6mos el gusto (^pleasure) de verle este aiio ?
Tenemos esperanzas {hopes), pero eso dependerd {willdepend)
de las circunstancias {circumstances).
13. Buenos dias tenga V., senorita {miss). Tenga V.
buenas tardes. Tenga V. buenas noches.
14. I Tiene V, algo que decirnos ?
15. i Cuando tendrd el gusto de verle en casa? Ten-
drdmos mucho gusto en verle.
Words.
Un ferrocarrll, or, XTn camino
de hierro.
La estacion {ai-std-thee on'),
el paradero {pd-rd-"'ai'-rd),
el indicador,
el itinerario,
el servicio de verano,
el servicio de invierno,
el despacho,
el biilete,
la papeleta,
el despacho de papeletas,
una papeleta de primera clase,
una papeleta de segunda clase,
una papeleta de tercera clase,
I cual es el precio de las pape¬
letas?
Rail Road.
The station; the depot.
the time-table.
the summer time-table,
the winter time-table,
the office.
the ticket.
the ticket-office,
a first-class ticket,
a second-class ticket,
a third-class ticket,
what is the price of the
tickets ?
SUPPLEMENTARY EXERCISES
ADDED BY
The Travelers Insurance Company,
OF
HARTFORD. CONN.
iQai hace cada uno prudente dntes de ir de viaje de una
parte d otro?
Compra una pdliza de seguros de "Travelers Insurance
Co."
iPor qui?
ser pagado por pirdida de tiempo en case de acci-
dente, y para salvar su Emilia si quita la vida.
jCudI es el precio de esta piliza de seguros?
Solammte I5.00 cada ano, $3.00 por tres meses, por cada
SlfOOO de seguro, y ademas de eso #5.00 por semana
miintras que sea berido.
^Es necesario una examinacion por un midko?
No.
^Son heridos d matados por accidente muchos hombres?
Cerca de la sexta parte de todos que se aseguran en " The
Travelers Co."
iSe le paga mucho dinero?
Mas de 13,000.00 cada dia.
^Hay mucho tiempo que lo ha hecho?
Por veintiuno ahos la Companta le ha pagado $14,000,000.
i Podria bacerlo en caso de grandes pirdidas ?
Tiene 13,000,000 fte ibados sobre todas sus obligaciones.
jEn ddnde se compran esas pdlizas?
En todhs las cmdades de los Estados Unidos y del Ca-
nadi.
THE MASOIM ^ HAWLIN
PIANO.
Illustrates the same high standard of excellence
which has always characterized the
MASON & HAMLIN ORGANS,
and won for them the Highest Awards at
^11 "\7\7-orlca.»s SxliHoltlons
since and including that of Paris, 1867.
Organ and Piano Catalogues sent free
to any address.
SOLD ON EASY TERMS, AND RENTED.
MASON & HAMLIN ORGAN & PIANO GO.
BOSTON, MASON & HAMLIN HALL, 154 & 155 Tremont Street.
NEW YORK, 158 Fifth Avenue. CHICAGO, 149 Wabash Avenue.
T H S
tsiterstlkaft
A Short and Practical Method
ACQUIRING COMPLETE FLUENCY OF SPEECH
in the
Spanish Language.
By Dr. Richard S. Rosenthal,
Latr Director of the ''Akaeemie fur fremdb Sprachen" in Berlin and
Leipzig, of the **Mbisterschaft College" in London, and Prin¬
cipal of the " MbISTERSCHAFT School of practical
Linguistry" in New York and Boston.
in kikxeen
PART III.
BOSTON, MASS:
MEISTERSCHAFT PUBLISHING COMPANY,
19G Summer Street.
(Estes Press).
TERMS.
We hare arranged vitb Dr. kobknthai-, the author of the "Meia
cerschaft System," for its introduction in America under his oun
supervision, and he has opened
THE
FOR NON-RESIDENTS.
The Student does not need to leave his home. The lessons oi
each language are prepared by the Professor, and printed and sent
in pamphlet shape, to each member of the School, wherever he
may reside.
Tlie course of study for each language—German, French, Italian
or Spanish —makes fifteen pamphlets, of three lessons each.
All members of the school have
THE PRIVILEGE
of asking, by letter, questions conceiviing each lensmi, or consult¬
ing on any difficulty which may have occurred to them. All exer¬
cises corrected, and all questions answered by return post, by
Dr. Kosektbai., or one of his assistants.
TERMS OF MEMBERSHIP.
Five Dollars is the price for membership in the School, fot
each language. This amount ($5,) entitles the member to leceive
the fifteen books or pamphlets containing the lessons, also auswero
to his Questions. Return postage for the answer must accompany
the question.
State distinctly which language, or languages yon desire to study.
There are no extra charges. Tlie price. Five Dollars, pays foi
one language; Ten Dollars foi two languages, etc. All exer-
cis s and questions must be written on a separate sheet of paper,
atAi must state full address of the pupil.
The remittances must be made in Post-Office Order or Registered
Letter, addressd to
Meisterschaft Publishing Company,
Este.s Press, 196 .Summer Street,
BOSTOTNT.
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
8FA.3Sri8H.
PART III.
Copyright, 1883, by Richard S. Rosenthal.
92
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
Continuation.
(Part II.)
19. I have not the honor to know you.
20. Do you know him ?
21. I know (conozco') him by sight (de vista).
I know him by name {de nombre).
I know him by reputation {de famei).
Idiomatic Sentences with tener,
1. How old are you ? ( = What age \edad'\ have you ? or.
How many [cudntosl years [anos) have you ? )
2. How old is your brother {su hermano de V., or, el
hermano de V.) ?
3. I am thirty-four years' old ( = I have thirty-four \treinta
y cuatr6\ years).
4. My brother is twenty-five years old (= has twenty-five
\yeinte y cinco'\ years).
1 See Note 8, page 81.
® Leam the whole conjugation of tener as given.
» We can say either su hermano de V.,or, el hermano de V., or when
the sense of the sentence cannot be mistaken for his, but clearly indicates
your, su hermano.
« The cardinal numbers must be learned as early as possible. They
are:
uno (oo'-no), one.
dos (dos), two.
tres(trais), three,
cuatro (kwa'-tr5), four,
cinco (theen'-ko), five.
8eis(sai'-ees)) six.
siete (see-ai'-te), seven,
ocho (o'-cho), eight.
nueve (noo-ai'-v€), nine,
diez (dee'-aith), ten.
once (on'-the), eleven,
doce (tk5'.thl), twelve,
trace (trai'-thS), thirteen,
catorce (k^-tor'«th§), four-
teen.
quince (keen'-the), fifteen.
diez y seis (dee'-aith ee
sai'-ees), sixteen,
diez y siete (dee'-aith ee
see-ai'-te), seventeen,
diez y ocho (dee'-aith ee
o'-cho), eighteen,
diez y nueve (dee'-aith ee
noo-ai'-ve), nineteen.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
93
Continuation.
(Part II.)
19. No tengo el honor de conocer k V. (kd-no-thair'd 00s-
tai-"").
20. Le conoce V, ?
/ Le conozco ^ de vista (lai kd-noth'-kd dai vees'-td).
21. < Le conozco de nombre (ndm'-vrt).
^ Le conozco de fama (Jd'-ma).
Idiomatic Sentences with tener^
I.
[ < Qu6 edad {ai-"' d '*') tiene V. ?
I Cu4ntos anos (kwdn'-tds dn'-yds) tiene V. ?
(i Qu6 edad tiene el * hermano de V. ?
(i Cuantos anos tiene su hermano de V. ?
3. Tengo treinta y cuatro^ anos (trai-een^-td ee kwd'-trd
dn'-yds).
4. Mi hermano tiene veinte y cinco anos (vai-een'-tl ee
theen'-kd dn'-yds).
veinte (rai-een'-U), twenty,
veinte y uno, twenty-one.
veinte y dos, twenty-two.
veinte y tres, twenty-three,
veinte y cuatro, twenty-four,
reinte y cinco, twenty-five,
veinte y seis, twenty-six.
veinte y siete, twenty-seven,
veinte y ocho, twenty-eight,
veinte y nueve, twenty-nine,
treinta (trai-een'-ta), thirty,
cuarenta (kw5-rain'-ta), forty,
cincuenta (theen-kwatn'-ta), fifty,
sesenta (sai-sain'-t^), sixty,
setenta (sai-tain'-tM), seventy,
ochenta (o-chain'-ta), eighty.
Boventa (n5-vain'-tS), ninety.
ciento (thee-ain'-to), one hundred,
ciento y uno, a hundred and one.
ciento y diez, a hundred and ten.
doscientos (dos-thee-ain^'-tos), two hundred,
trescientos (trais-thee-ain'-tos) three hun.
dred. ^
cuatrocientos (kvra-tro-thee-ain'-tos) four
hundred.
quinientos (kee-nee-ain'-tos), five hundred.
8eiscientos(sai-ees-thee-ain'-t5s), six hundred,
setecientos (sai-tai-thee-ain'-tos), seven hun¬
dred. ^
ochocientos (5-cho-thee-ain'-tos), eight hun¬
dred. ^
novecientos (no-vai-thee-ain'-tos), nine hun-
d L>d.
mil (meel), thousand.
94
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SVSTEM.
5. How old is your mother ?
6. This very day {hoy mismo) she is sixty-six [sesenia y
years old.
7. What may be his age (= what age can he \_puede have ?)
8. How old can that {esa) girl (muchacha) be ?
9. She is only {solamente) ten {diez) years old.
10. She cannot be more {mas) than {^"^ eight {pcho).
11. How old are you? I shall soon {pronto, ox, luego) be
fifteen {quince).
12. What may be your aunt's {su tia) age ? She is about
{cercd) forty {cuarentd) years old.
13. Are you not acquainted with ( = do you not know)
Mr. Aguado ? — Yes, he is an intimate friend of mine
( = he is my intimate \}niim6\ friend). We love each
other {nos queremos*) like {como) brothers.
14. I should like to be acquainted with him. What is his
profession ? ( = What profession \_profesion'\ has he ?)
15. He is a very intelligent {or, active \muy hdbil'] ) mer¬
chant.
16. Have you had any news {noticias) from your brother
( = from your Mr.^ brother) ?
17. Yes, we have had good news from our brother.
18. Who informed you of this? ( = Who has given \dado'\
you this news ?)
1 Puede is the third person singular of the indicative present of the
irregular verb poder, to be able. It is conjugated :
puedo (poo-ai'-"'o), T can. podemos (po-tfai'-mos), we can.
puedes (poo-ai'-''?is), thou canst. podeis (iio-''iai'-ees), ye can.
puede (poo-ai'-'t'e), he can. puaden (poo-ai'-thain), they can.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. 95
5. i Qu4 edad tiene su madre de V. ?
6. Hoy mismo (o-ee mees'-mo), tiene sesenta y seis anos {sai-
sain'-ta ee sai'-ees dn'-yds).
7. I Qu6 edad puede ^ tener (^poo-aV-"'& tai-nair') ?
8. i Qu6 edad puede tener esa muchacha {ai'-sd moo-chd'-
cha) ?
9. Tiene solamente diez anos {so-td-main'-ti dee'-ais dn'-yds).
10. No puede tener mas de'^ ocho anos (mds daid'-chd dn'-
yds).
11. iQu6 edad tiene V. ? Tendrd pronto {or, Luego \loo-ai'-
gd'\ tendrd) quince anos {keen'-thd dn'-yds).
12. i Qu^ edad puede tener su tia {tee'-a) ? Ella tiene cerca
{thair^-kd) cuarenta {kwd-rain'-td) anos.
13. i No conoce V. al senor Aguado {d-gwd'-"'d) ? — Sf, es
mi amigo fntimo {mee d-mee'-gd een'-tee-mo). Nos
queremos ® como hermanos.
14. Desearia conocerle. l Qu6 profesion {prd-fai-see-on')
tiene ?
15. Es un comerciante muy hdbil {kd-mair-thee-dn'-ti mo'^ee
d'-veet).
16. < Ha tenido {a tai-nee'-'"d) V. noticias {nd-tee'-thee-ds) de
su senor * hermano de V. ?
17. Si, hemos {ai'-mds) tenido buenas noticias de nuestro
hermano.
18. i Qui6n ha dado {"'d'-"'d) d V. esa {ai'-sd) noticia ?
' Than after a comparative is usually given by que. But after mas
we must use de when a numeral follows.
' Quiero as I have stated before, means also to like or to love.
* As a term of politeness the Spaniards say in speaking about other
persons' relatives, " your Mr. father; your Mrs. mother; your Miss
sister, &c.
96
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
19. I have this news on good authority {de buenaparte).
20. What date is to-day? ( = What day [_dta^ of the month
have we to-day) ? To-day is (es) Sunday
{domingd), the first of May {mayo).
21. How is the first day of the year called ?
22. The first day of the year is called New-Year ( = calls
itself the day of the new year \ano nuevo'] ).
FOUNDATION SENTENCE.
How much have I to pay to this driver,
Sir ? I had him for two hours, and he
demands five dollars an hour, which seems
very dear to me.
1.
How much* must' I pay' to this driver.
Sir?
' Cuinto, how much, must have the accent in questions.
' Tengo que, I must. There is no verb in Spanish which corre¬
sponds to the English I must. All constructions with " 1 musty or " 1
have to," or " /am obliged to," are expressed either by tener que 01 haber
de with the verb in the infinitive, as i
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
97
19. Tengo. esa noticia de buena parte {or, de buen conducto).
20. < Qu6 dia del {dee'-ddail mais)x%xi&vao%\ioy {o-ee)'i
Hoy es domingo {do-meenf-go), el primero {pree-mai'-
rd) de mayo {md'-yo).
21. i Cdmo se llama el primer dia {pree-mair' ded-a) del ano ?
22. £1 primer dia del ano se llama el dia del ano nuevo
{noo-ai'-vd).
FOUNDATION SENTENCE.
^Cuwto tengo que pagar este cochero,
kwan'-to taiu'-go kai pa-gar' a ais'-t8 k6-chai'-r5
caballero? 7o le he ocupado per dos horas, 7
ka-va-yai'-ro ? Yo lai ai o-koo-pa'-"'o por dos o'-ras ee
pide cinco pesos por hora, 7 me parece
ail pee'-"'e theen'-ko pai'-sos por o'-ra ee me pa-rai'-th8
mu7 caro.
moo-ee ka'-ro.
1.
I Cu^to * tengo' que" pagar ^ ^ este cochero,
kwan'-to tain'-go kai pa-gar' a ais'-t8 ko-chai'-ro,
caballero ?
ka-va-yai'-ro ?
Tengo que ir, I must goj I have to go.
He de ir, I must go ; I have to go.
Tengo que llamar, I must call; I have to call.
He de llamar, I must call; I have to call.
Compare the sentences of this lesson.
• Study the first conjugation as given in the grammatical remarks,
Part IV.
93
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
I. How much have I to pay to the shoemaker {zapatero) for
your shoes {botitos) ?
3. How much must I pay to the cabman for taking (Jlevar)
us to the theatre {teatro^ ?
3. When must you go to the Bank {Banco) ?
4. I must go to the bank at once {mmediatamente).
5. My friend has to go to the bank at once ; he wants {or,
he needs {necesita'] ) to cash {hacer efectivd) this draft
{letrd).
6. Can you {puede V.) cash this draft for me, sir?
7. I need some Mexican money {dinero) and have nothing
but {no — sino) American (with me) ; can you not
cash this draft for me ?
8. When must I send {enviar) these goods {efectos) ?
9. Must I send these goods at once ?
xo. Have you to send a despatch {despacho) to your agent
{agente) ?
11. You must send a despatch, because {pues) I am {estoy)
obliged {obligado) to leave this evening {tarde).
12. When must I ship {embarcar) these goods to you?
13. You (will) have to ship these goods at once; we need
them immediately {en seguida).
14. Don't you want to do your shopping this morning?
15. I cannot go out {salir) ; I have a great deal (= much)
to do at home {en easa).
16. Can you not come with me ?
17. I am very sorry {/o siento mucho), but {perd) I have a great
deal to do. I am {estoy) very busy {ocupado) to-day.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
-99
1. iCudnto tengo que pagar al zapatero por sus botitos
{bd-tee'-tos) ?
2. I Cudnto tengo que pagar al cochero por llevarnos al
teatro {yai-vdr'-nds altai-d'-lrb)?
3. i Cuando tiene V. que ir (eer) al Banco ?
4. Tengo que ir al Banco inmediatamente (een-mai-dee-d-td-
main'-ti).
5. Mi amigo tiene que ir al Banco inmediatamente ; desea
{or, necesita) hacer efectiva esta letra {nai-thai-see'-id
d-thair' ai-faik-tee'-vd ais'-td lai'-trd).
6. i Puede V. hacerme efectiva esta letra, caballero ?
7. Necesito dinero mejicano l^'^ee-nai'-rd mai-'hee-kd'-nd), y
no tengo sino {see'no) americano. ^ No puede V.
hacerme efectiva esta letra ?
8. i Cuando tengo que enviar {ain-vee-dr') estos efectos ?
9. I Tengo que enviar estos efectos al momento ?
10. i Tiene V. que enviar un despacho a su agente {dais-pd'^
chd d soo d-hain'-tl) ?
11. V. tiene que enviar un despacho, pues {poo-ais') estoy
obligado {o-vlee-gd'-"'d) a salir esta tarde {tdrr'-"'i).
12. i Cudndo tengo que embarcarle {aim-vdr-kdr'-U) estos
efectos ?
13. V. tiene que embarcar estos efectos inmediatamente;
nosotros los necesitamos en seguida {ain-sai-gee'-"'d).
14. I No desea {dai-sai'-d) V. hacer sus compras hoy por la
manana ?
15. No puedo salir j tengo mucho que hacer en casa
{kd'-sd).
16. i No puede V. venir conmigo ?
17. Lo siento {see-ain'-to) mucho, pero {pai'-rd) tengo mucho
que hacer. Hoy estoy muy ocupado {o-koopd'"'d).
lOO
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
18. My sister will be very happy (= will have much pleasure,
{gusto]) to {m) accompany you, when you want
{desee^) to do your shopping.
19. I must go to the post-office (Correo) now, as {J>ues) I am
expecting (= I expect {espero] ) some letters.
20. Do you expect any {algunas] letters from Boston ?
21. Yes, I expect to get (Jener) some letters from our house.
22. I cannot do anything ( = I cannot do nothing {nada])
without authority ( = without {sin] being authorized,
{estar autorizado^).
23. I need a power of attorney ( = a power, un poder) from
our firm. I cannot do anything without authority.
24. The power of attorney must he {ser) signed (^firmadd) by
a notary public {un notafio publico).
25. This power of attorney must he signed and witnessed
{atestiguado) by a notary {un escribano ; otherwise
(de otra manerd) it is {es) not valid (vdlido).
2.
1. Shall we have to write to-morrow ?
2. How much shall I have {habrd') to {de'') pay to the
washerwoman {lavanderd) ?
1 Desee is the so-called Subjunctive mood, a form of the verb which
is but rarely used in English conversation, and the use of which in a
foreign tongue is consequently difficult for English-speaking persons.
The subjunctive mood is used chiefly in clauses dependent on a verb
which expresses possibility, doubt, command, or emotion.
For the present, this general hint must suffice, as we shall have
frequent opportunities in later lessons to give full and concise rules.
In the above sentence we must employ the subjunctive after cuando,
because an hidcfinite future time is implied, and a possibility and uncer¬
tainty is thereby expressed. Thus we say:
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
lOI
18. Mi hermana tendri (tain-drd') mucho gusto (^goos'-to)
en acompanar {a-kdm-pdn-ydr') i V., cuando desee '
(dai-sai'-e) hacer sus compras.
19. Tango que ir al Correo (kor-rai'-o) ahora, pues espeiG
(ais-pai'-rd) algunas cartas.
20. i Espera V. algunas cartas de Boston ?
21. Si, espero tener algunas cartas de nuestra casa.
22. No puedo hacer nada sin estar autorizado (nd'-"'d seen
ais-tdr' d-oo-id-ree-tha'-""o).
23. Necesito tener un poder {pd-thair') de nuestra casa. No
puedo hacer nada sin estar autorizado.
24. El poder tiene que ser firmado por un notario pdblico
(sairfeer-mW-"'dpdr oon nd-ta'-ree-dpoo'-blee-kd).
25. Este poder tiene que ser firmado y atestiguado (d-tais-
(ee-gwd'-"'d) por un escribano ® (ais-kree-vd'-nd); de
otra manera no es valido (dai d'-trd md-nai'-rd nd ais
vd'-lee-"'d).
2.
1. jTendrdmos que escribir manana ?
2. I Cudnto habrd ® de ® pagar a la lavandera {Id-vdn-
""ai'-rd) ?
Lo comprari cuando tenga dinero, I shall buy it when I have
money.
A full list of similar conjunctions after which the subjunctive mood
has to follow, will be given later.
® Escribano or notario piiblico are synonymous, though escribano
is more frequently used.
' Compare Note 2, page 96. Of course, the constructions with
tener que may just as well be used in this and the following sentences.
The pupil must carefully commit the whole conjugation of haber to
memory.
I02
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
3. What have we to do at present ?
4. We must go to town {d la ciudad').
5. Why are you in such haste ? ( = Why have you so
much \tanta'\ haste \^prisd\ ) ?
6. I have a great deal to do. I am very busy to-day.
7. I have so much to do that I have not a moment to spare
(= that I cannot lose \perder\ an instant \un insiante] ).
8. Have you any good cambric handkerchiefs {panuelos de
batistd) ?
9. I have every thing {todo lo que^ you can (V. pueda^
desire (in that line). I have a very full assortment
( = an assortment of every thing \todd^ ).
10. Don't you need anything else ? ( = Have you not need
\necesidad[\ of something [alguna cosal more) ?
11. Do you wish anything else ?
12. Do you want* anything more? (= Have you need of
other [otra'] things) ?
13. Will you come to town with me?
14. With pleasure. What have you to do in town (en la
ciudad ) ?
15. I must go to a dry-goods store ( = to [the] house of the
merchant of dry-goods [^dneros de mod<i\ ). I have to
make some purchases.
16. What have you to buy? (= What is that which you
must buy)?
1 All that, everything which, are always expressed by todo lo que.
2 Pueda is the subjunctive mood of the irregular verb poder, the
indicative of which we have given in a former lesson. It is conjugated:
pueda (poo-ai'-"'a), I may be able. podamos (p5-''"a'-mos), we may be
puedas (poo-ai'-^'as), thou mayst
be able.
pueda (poo-ai'-"'a), he may be
able.
able.
podais (p5-""a'-ees), ye may be able,
puedan (poo-ai'-"'an), they may be
able.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE,
103
3. i Qud hemos de hacer ahora ?
4. Hemos de ir d la ciudad (thee-oo-"'a"'').
5. I Porqu^ tiene V. tanta (tdn'-td) prisa {pree'-sd) {or, priesa
\j>ree-ai'-sd'\ ) ?
6. Tengo mucho que haqer {d-tkair'). Hoy estoy may
ocupado (p-koo-pd"''d).
7. Tengo tanto que hacer, que no puedo perder un instante
{pair-"'air' con een-stdn'ti).
8. i Tiene V. buenos panuelos de batista {pdn-yoo-ai'-lds di
vd-tees'-ta) ?
9. Tengo todo lo que^ V. pueda" desear {dai-sai-dr').
Tengo un surtido de todo {soor-tee"''-d di to"'d).
10. i No tiene V. necesidad {nai-t/tai-see-"'df''') de alguna cosa
mas {mds) ?
ti. i Desea {dai-sai'-a) V. alguna cosa mas ?
12. I Tiene V. necesidad ® de otra cosa ?
13. 4 Quiere V. venir conmigo d la ciudad {ihee-oo-"'d"'')}
14. Con mucho gusto. iQud tiene V. que hacer en la
ciudad ?
15. Tengo que ir d casa del mercader de g^neros de moda.
Tengo que hacer algunas compras.
16. I Qud es lo que tiene V. que comprar ?
The suljunctive mood is used in relative sentences to express a general
or indefinite or uncertain statement, as:
BuscodunhombrequecgaitrSienviar I I am looking for a man willing to
estos efectosal momenta, | send these goods at once.
' Sentences 11, 12 are synonymous. I have preferred to give the
same meaning in various styles, so that the pupil may not consider him¬
self bound to but one mode of translation, but may get a certain freedom
of expression.
104 the meisterschaft system.
17. I want to buy a cambric dress {un tunico or, un vestido dt
batistd).
18. Have n't you to buy something too (Jambien)!
19. Nothing particular (nada departicular). I should like to
get ( = to buy) some small things {tinas quinqui-
llerias) : thread {hilo), cotton {algodon), pins {aljileres),
needles (agujas)^ and some other articles (cosas) of
that sort {clase).
20. I shall be very happy to (en) accompany you when you
want (desee^) to make your purchases. What do you
want to buy ?
21. I want to buy goods for export (para exportar) to the
United States (los Estados Unidos) •, (for import
[importar'] to the United States).
22. I want to buy coffee, cocoa (cacao), wool (lanas), oil
(aceites), cocoa-nuts (cocos), fruit (frutas), mahogany
(caoba), cedar-wood (cedro), &c.
23. Do you want to buy for (al) cash (contado) ?
24. I want to buy partly ( = one part, una parte) for cash
and partly to exchange Mexican for American goods
( = to exchange \cambiat^ the other part \otrci\ in
Mexican products \j>roductos'\ for \_por~\ American).
3.
Phrases with Hahlar.
I. Do you speak Spanish?
(I speak a little (un poco).
\ I speak it a little.
' Compare Xote i, page too.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. I05
17. Quisiera comprar un tdnico {too'-nee-ko) de batista {or, un
vestido de batista).
18. i No tiene V. tambien {tdm-bee-ain') necesidad de com¬
prar alguna cosa ?
19. Nada de particular (^pdr-tee-koo-ldr'). Desearfa comprar
Unas quinquillerias {keen-kee-yai-ree'-ds): hilo, algodon,
alfileres, agujas y otras cosas de esta clase {ee'-lo, dl-
g5-"'on', dl-fee-lai'-ris, d-goo'-^kds ee d'-trds kd'-sds de aid-
id kid'-si).
20. Tendr^ mucho gusto en acompanar i. V. cuando desee^
(dai-sai'-i) hacer sus compras. < Qu6 quiere V. com¬
prar ?
a I. Quiero comprar efectos para exportar {aix-pdr-tdr') i los
Estados Unidos; (or, para importar a los Estados
Unidos [^pd-rd eem-pdr-tdr'd Ids ais-td'-"'os oo-nee'-"'ds'\).
7,2. Yo quiero comprar caf^, cacao, lanas, aceites, cocos,
frutas, caoba, cedro, &c. (kd-kd'-o, d-thai-ee'-tais, kd'-
kds,froo'-tds, kd-d'-vd, thai'-"'rd,
23. I Quiere V. comprar al contado (kon-td'-"'d) ?
24. Deseo (dai-sai'-d) comprar una parte (pdr-'ti) al contado,
y cambiar (kdm-vee-dd) otra en productos mejicanos
por americanos.
8.
Phrases with Hahlar.*
I. I Habla V. espanol ?
^ ( Hablo un poco.
f Lo bablo un poco.
® Compare pages 116 and 117.
I06 THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
G-RAMMATICAL REMARKS.
The Auxiliary Verb Ser, To he.
SIMPLE
TENSES.
Infinitivo.
Gerundio.
Participio.
ser,
to be,
siendo,!
being.
sido,® been.
Indicative Mode.
Subjunctive Mode.
Presbnte.
Presents.
soy,
I am.
sea,®
I may be.
eres.
thou art.
seas.
thou mayst be.
es.
he is.
sea.
he may be.
sotnos,
we are.
seamos.
we may be.
sois.
ye are
seals.
ye may be.
son.
they are.
sean.
they may be.
Imperfecto.
Imperfecto (first form.)
era.
I was.
fuera,®
I might be.
eras.
thou wast.
fueras.
thou mightst be.
era.
he was.
fuera.
he might be.
^ramos.
we were.
fueramos.
we might be.
erais.
ye were.
fuerais.
ye might be.
eran.
they were.
fueran.
they might be.
Definido.
Imperfecto (secondform).
fuf,'
I was.
fuese,^
I might be.
fuiste.
thou wast.
fueses.
thou mightst be.
fue.
he was.
fuese.
he might be.
fuimos.
we were.
fuesemos.
we might be.
fuisteis.
ye were.
fueseis.
ye might be.
fueron.
they were.
fuesen.
they might be.
F uturo.
F uturo.
sere,*
I shall be.
fuere,®
I should be.
seras.
thou wilt be.
fueres.
thou shouldst be.
sera,
he will be.
fuere,
he should be.
seremos
we shall be.
fueremos.
we should be.
sereis.
ye will be.
fuereis.
ye should be.
seran.
they will be.
fueren.
they should be.
1 see-ain'-"'6. * sai-re'. t foo-ai'-sS.
2 see'-'''o. ' sai'-a. 8 foo-ai'-ri.
8 foo-ee'. 8 foo-ai'-i'd.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
condicional.
seria,' I should be.
serias, thou wouldst be.
seria, he would be.
seriamos, we should be.
serials, ye would be.
serian, they would be.
CoNDiaONAL.
fuera or fuese,
fueras " lueses,
fuera " fuese,
fueramos " fuesemos,
fuerais " fueseis,
fueran " fuesen.
(if) I were,at (if)
I should be, &C.
Imperative Mode.
se,^ be (thou).
sea,' let him be.
sea v., be (you).
seamos,' let us be.
sed, be (ye),
sean,® let them be.
COMPOUND TENSES.
Indicative Mode.
Subjunctive Mode.
Perfbcto Indkfinido.
he sido, / have been.
Pluscuamperfecto.
habia sido, I had been.
Perfecto Anterior.
hube sido, / had been.
Futuro Perfecto.
habr^ sido, / shall have been.
CoNDiciONAL Perfecto.
habria sido, / should have been.
Perfecto Indefinido.
haya sido, / may have been.
Pluscuamperfecto {firstfarm).
hubiera sido, / might have been.
Pluscuamperfecto (secondfarm).
hubiese sido, I might have been.
Futuro Perfecto.
hubiere sido, / shall have been.
CoNDicioNAL Perfecto.
hubiera or hubiese) / should have
sido, J been.
The Auxiliary Verb Estar, To he.
SIMPLE TENSES.
infinitivo. Gerundio. Participio.
estar, to be. estando, being. estado, been.
Indicative Mode.
Subjunctive Mode.
Presente.
estoy, lam.
estas, thou art.
esta, he is.
estamos, we are.
estais, ye are.
estAn, they are.
Presente.
este, I may be.
estes, thou mayst be.
este, he may be.
estemos, we may be.
esteis, ye may be.
esten, they may be.
' sai-ree'-a. * sai. ' sai'-a. < sai'-a-mos. ® sai'-an.
I08 THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
Imperfecto.
estaba, I was.
estabas, thou wast.
estaba, he was.
estabamos, we were.
estabais, ye were.
estaban, they were.
Imperfecto [^rstform).
estuviera, I might be.
estuvieras, thou mightst be.
estuviera, he might be.
estuvieramos, we might be.
estuvierais, ye might be.
estuvieran, they might be.
Dceinido.
estuve, I was.
estuviste, thou wast.
estuvo, he was.
estuvimos, we were.
estuvisteis, ye were.
estuvieron, they were.
Imperfecto (secondform).
estuviese, I might be.
estuvieses, thou mightst be.
estuviese, he might be.
estuviesemos, we might be.
estuvieseis, ye might be.
estuviesen, they might be.
Futoro.
estare, I shall be.
estaris, thou wilt be.
estari, he will be.
estaremos, we shall be.
estareis, ye will be.
estaran, they will be.
Futuro.
estuviere, / should be.
estuvieres, thou shouldst be.
estuviere, he should be.
estuvieramos, we should be.
estuviereis, ye should be.
estuvieren, they should be.
condicional.
estaria, / should be.
estarias, thou wouldst be.
estaria, he would be.
estariamos, we should be.
estariais, ye would be.
estarian, they would be.
condicional.
estuviera or estuviese,
estuvieras " estuvieses,
estuviera " estuviese,
estuvieramos " estuviesemos,
estuvierais " estuvi&eis,
estuvieran " estuviesen.
&
jS
p
Imper
esta, be [thou).
este, let him be.
este V. be [you).
ativo.
estemos, let us be.
estad, be (ye),
esten, let them be.
COMPOUND TENSES.
Indicative Mode.
Subjunctive Mode.
Perfbcto Indefinido.
he estado, I have been.
pluscuamperfbcta
habia estado, / had been.
Perfecto Anter:or.
hube estado, / had been.
Futuro Perfecto.
habre estado, I shall have been.
CoNDiciONAt. Perfecto.
, , . , ( / should have
hsdria cstdciO) t hgcft
Perfecto Indefinido.
ha3ra estado, I may have been.
Pluscuamperfecto \ first form).
hubiera estado, I might have been.
Pluscuamperfecto (secondform).
hubiese estado, I might have been.
Futuro Perfecto.
hubiere estado, I should have been.
CoNDiaoNAL Per fecto.
hubiera or hubiese \ [if) / had
estado, ) been.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. I09
Remarks on Ser and Estar.'
There are two verbs in Spanish corresponding to our verb
to be, — ser and estar. Their proper use presents great dif¬
ficulties to English-speaking persons, which — to a certain
extent — will be removed by the following rules:
I. Ser is used when the attribute is natural, inherent, or
essential, that is to say when the person or thing spoken of is
likely to remain where it is, what it is, or as it is. It therefore
must always be employed when the nationality, rank, profes¬
sion, employment, dignity, inherent mental or bodily quality is
described, as:
this gentleman is a judge,
this gentleman is a Frenchman,
this gentleman is a bookseller,
this gentleman is tall,
this gentleman is small,
iron is hard,
this plant is poisonous,
this girl is pretty.
Este senor es juez,
este senor es frances,
este senor es librero,
este senor es alto,
este senor es chico,
el hierro es duro,
esta planta es venenosa,
esta niha es bonita.
a. Ser is used to indicate possession, origin, or material.
as:
Aquella casa es mia, y esta es
de Don Pedro,
esas plumas son de Juan, y
esta carta es para V.,
el sombrero es de aquel
caballero,
la casa es de marmol,
el reloj es de oro,
that house is mine and this
Don Pedro's {or, this belongs
to Don Pedro),
these pens belong to John, and
this letter is for you.
the hat belongs to that gentle¬
man.
the house is marble ( = of
marble),
the watch is of gold.
110
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
b. Ser is used when speaking of the time of day or night
or to express the number of things or persons, as:
eran noventa discfpulos, there were ninety pupils.
2, Estar must always be employed when the attribute is
only temporary or accidental, that is to say when a change may
take place or may, at least, be reasonably expected. Thus we say:
Yo estoy aquf, I am here, that is to say : I am here just now,
but at any moment it may occur to me, or I may be obliged
to go somewhere else. But: i Qui^n ea aquella senora ? Who
is this lady? Ser must be employed, and not estar, because,
whoever the lady may be, she will always remain a female.
a, Estar is used therefore to express the state of health,
as :
i Cdmo esta V.? how do you do ?
estoy bueno, I am well.
^desde cuando estd V. malo ? since when have you been ill?
b. Estar is used in connection with certain adjectives to
express emotions, feelings, or a state of being, as :
Estoy contento, I am satisfied,
estoy triste, I am sad.
esta sopa estAcaliente, this soup is warm,
esta pan estA frio, this bread is cold,
el vino estA agrio, the wine is sour.
i Qu6 hora es ?
es la una,
son las diez y cuarto,
what time is it ?
it is one o'clock,
it is a quarter past ten ( = ten
and a quarter).
es de dia,
es de noche,
es tarde,
es temprano.
it is day.
it is night,
it is late,
it is early.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
Ill
c. Estar is used to express temporary existence in a certain
locality, as:
ZbtA en el caf^, he is at the caf^.
yo eatoy aqui, I am here.
Ids sold ados estar^ aqui the soldiers will be here to-
manana, morrow,
el estaba a la puerta, he was at the door.
d. Estar is used to express intention or willingness to do a
thing, as ;
Estoy para salir, I intend to go out
e. Estar is used before adverbs or adverbial expressions
denoting condition, as;
Mi sombrero estd de moda, my hat is the fashion (in the
fashion).
i estA V. de priesa ? are you in a hurry ?
f. Estar is used as auxiliary in the conjugation of verbs
in the Gerundio, as:
Estoy leyendo un libro,
Juan estaba escribiendo una
carta,
los discipulos estaban estu-
diando su leccion,
los barqueros estarAn car-
gando sus navios con
naranjas,
Ser and Estar Compared'
To make the difference between ser and estar still clearer
we give the following examples:
Esta puerta es alta, this door is high,
esta puerta estA cerrada, this door is locked.
I am reading a book.
John was writing a letter.
the pupils were studying their
lesson.
the skippers will load their
vessels with oranges.
112
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
We must say es alta, because its height is an inherent and
almost unchangeable attribute of the door in question. But we
must use estA cerrada, because its being locked is merely
temporary.
For this reason many adjectives have an entirely different
meaning when used with ser or estar :
Inherent Quality.
Ser bueno, to be good j to be
kind-hearted,
ser malo, to be bad.
ser vivo, to be lively,
ser contento, to be of a con¬
tented nature,
esto es muy alto, this is very
high.
el vino de Concord es agrio.
Concord wine is sour.
Temporary State.
Estar bueno, to be well; to be
in good health,
estar malo, to be ill.
estar vivo, to be alive,
estar contento (to happen) to
be satisfied,
esto estA muy alto, this hap¬
pens to be placed very high,
este vino esta agrio, this wine
is (happens to be) sour.
Exercise.
1. i Ha estado V. d la exposicion de Paris'? Sf, senor,
estuve en Paris quince dias, y he visto (seen) toda la expo¬
sicion.
2. i Habra V. visto muchas cosas nuevas (new things) ?
En verdad (really) he visto algunas invenciones (inventions)
muy bonitas, y estoy muy contento.
3. I Qu6 hora es ? aquf no hay ningun reloj. Son las
diez menos (less) cuarto, y no hay tiempo para salir.
4. i Estd la comida (dinner) en la mesa (table) ya (al¬
ready) ? La sopa esta servida (served).
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
"3
5. Buenos dias, caballero, cdmo estd V. ? Yo estoy muy
bien, gracias, y V. ?
6. Yo, gracias 4 Dios (Go^), estoy bueno, pero tengo
noticias {news) que no son buenas.
7. i Qud hay pues {then) ? < Ha habido alguna disgracia
{misfortune) en su casa de V. ?
8. No, senor, no es esto, gracias k Dios, estamos todos
buenos.
9. I Pues qud hay ? Es que el senor Diaz, me ha dicho,
que el dinero del Gotardo estara perdido {lost).
10. Amigo ! es muy facil {likely) que el senor Diaz haya
dicho la verdad {the truth).
11. 5 Buenas noches tenga V.! j Tenga V. muy buenas !
12. (Qu6 esti V. haciendo {doing) tan tarde ? Estoy
escribiendo una carta k mi agente.
13. < Y su hermano de V. qu6 hace {does) ? Estd estu-
diando {studying) en sus libros.
14. Y ese jdven {young man), que V.V. tienen en su
casa, ^ qu6 esta haciendo {doing) aqul en este pais {country) ?
15. Es un pobre {poor) chico {lad) que tuvo que salir
de su patria {native country) por necesidad, pues {as) sus
padres {hisparents) han muerto {died).
16. i Y qu6 hace 61 aqui ? Esti estudiando el castellano
y al mismo {at the same) tiempo hace la correspondencia {the
correspondence) para nuestra casa en aleman {German).
17. iTiene facilidad {aptitude) para hablar y escribir el
aleman ? Si, senor, tiene bastante {enough) facilidad, pues ha
aprendido {learned) el aleman aun {even) con su madre que
era de Hanover.
114
the meisterschaft system.
Words.
Un ferrocarril, or, XTn camiuo
de hierro.
< Cuanto cuesta la papeleta de
aquf 4 B. ?
una papeleta de Ida y vuelta
{ee"^-d ee voo-aiP-ta).
i cuanto cuesta la papeleta de
ida y vuelta ?
el equipage {ai-keepa'-hf).
Ids equipages {ai-kee-pd'-'hais),
el despacho de equipages,
facturar,
marcar,
registrar,
quiero marcar mis equipages,
el conocimiento,
tenga V. la bondad de darme el
conocimiento por mi equipage,
la sala de los viajeros,
el salon de descanso,
un tren,
un convoy,
un tren directo,
el tren expreso,
un tren ordinario,
el primer tren,
el proximo tren,
salir.
Railroad.
how much is a ticket from
here to B. ?
a return-ticket; an excur¬
sion ticket,
how much is an excursion
ticket ?
[ the baggage.
the baggage office; the bag¬
gage room.
to check.
I want to check my baggage,
the check.
please give me a check for
my baggage.
the waiting-room.
a train.
a direct train,
the express train,
a common train; an ac¬
commodation train,
the first train,
the next "train,
to start.
SUPPLEMENTARY EXERCISES
ADDED BY
[he Travelers Insurance Company,
OF
HARTFORD. rONN.
^Qii4 hace cacla uno prudente antes de ir de viaje de una
parte a otro?
Compra una pdliza de seguros de "Travelers Insurance
Co."
^Por qu6?
Para ser pagado por p^rdida de tiempo en caso de acci-
dente, y para salvar su familia si quita la vida.
i Cudl es el precio de esta pdliza de seguros ?
Solamente I5.00 cada ano, $3.00 por tres meses, por cada
91,000 de seguro, y ademas de eso $5.00 por semana
midntras que sea herido.
^Es necesario una examinacion por un mddico?
No.
jSon heridos d matados por accidente muchos honrbres?
Cerca de la sexta parte de todos que se aseguran en " The
Travelers Co."
^Se le paga mucho dinero?
Mas de $3,000.00 cada dia.
iHay mucho tiempo que lo ha hecho?
Por veintiuno aiios la Compahia le ha pagado $14,000,000.
i Podria hacerlo en caso de grandes pdrdidas ?
Tiene $2,000,000 de fondos sobre todas sus obligaciones.
^En donde se compran esas pdlizas?
En todas las ciudades de los Estados Unidos y del Ca-
nadL
THE MASON HAWLIN
PIANO.-^—
Illustrates the same high standard of excellence
which has always characterized the
MASON & HAMLIN ORGANS,
and won for them the Highest Awards at j
^11 "W orld's Exlxitoltlonsl
since and including that of Paris, 1867.
Organ and Piano Catalogues sent frm
to any address,
SOLD ON EASY TERMS, AND RENTED.
MASON & HAMLIN ORGAN & PIANO CO ^
BOSTON, MASON 4 HAMLIN HALL, 154 4 155 Tremoiit Stet.
NEW YORK, 158 Fifth Avenue. CHICAGO, 149 Wabash Avei
T H K
A Short and Practical Method
ACQUIRING COMPLETE FLUENCY OF SPEECH
Spanish Language.
By Dr. Richard S. Rosenthal,
Late Director of the "Akademie fur premde Sprachen" in Berlin and
Leipzig, of the " Meisthrschaft College" in London, and Prin¬
cipal of the " MeISTERSCHAFT School of practical
Linguistry" in New York and Boston.
in fifteen
PART IV.
BOSTON, MASS:
MEISTERSCHAFT PUBLISHING COMPANY,
196 Summer Street.
(Estes Pre.ssL
TERMS.
We here amag^ with Dr. kobkhthal, the author of the "Meia
<e?schaft System," for its introduction in America under his onn
supervision, and he has opened
THE
FOR NON'RESIDENTS.
The Student does not need to leave his home. The lessons oi
each language are prepared by the Professor, and printed and sent
in pamphlet shape, to each member of the School, wheiever he
may reside.
Tlie course of study for each languid—'German. French, Italian
or Spanish —makes fifteen pamphlets, of three lessons each.
All members of the school have
THE PRIVILEGE
of asking, by letter, questions concerning eaeh letison, or consult¬
ing on any difficulty which may have occurred to them. All exer¬
cises corrected, and all questions answered by return post, by
Or. Kossnthal, or one of his assistanta.
TERMS OP MEMBERSHIP.
Five Dollars is the price for membership in the School, fot
each language. This amount ($5.) entitles the member to receive
the fifteen books or pamphlets containing the lessons, also answers
to his Questions. Return postage lor the answer must accompany
the question.
State distinctly which language, or languages you desire to study.
There are ho extra charges. The price. Five Dollars, pays foi
one language; Ten Dollars foi two languages, etc. All exer*
cis s and questions must be written on a separate sheet of paper,.
aiAi must state full address of the pupil.
The remittances must be made in Post-Office Order or Registered
Letter, addressd to
Meisterschaft Publishing Company,
Estes Press, 196 .Summer .Street,
BOSTOTXr.
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
PART IV.
Copyright, 1883, by Richard S. Rosenthal.
Ii6
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
Continuation.
(Part III.)
3. Can you speak Spanish ? ( = Know you \sabe^ V.^ to
speak Spanish) ?
4. I know hardly anything. ( == I know almost \casi'\
nothing).
5. I speak it sufficiently (bastante) to (^pard) make myself
{me) understood ( = understand, entender).
6. Does your agent speak Spanish ?
7. He speaks it pretty well {bastante bien).
8. He speaks it sufficiently to get along {para darse^ d
entender).
9. Do you not speak English {ingUs) ?
10. Very little, sir.
11. I understand {entiendo^) it slightly, but I do not speak it.
12. Speak loud {alto). — Speak louder. — Do not speak so
{tan) loud.
13. Speak Spanish to me * ( = speak to me in Spanish).
14. I try {procure) — as much as I can {cuanto puedo) — to
listen ( = to hear [<?/>] ) to Spaniards.
15. My agent tries — as much as he can — to listen to
Spaniards when they talk ( = speak) among {entre)
themselves {ellos).
^ Sabe is the third person singular of the indicative present of the
irregular verb saber, to know. It is conjugated:
86 (sai), I know. sabemos (sa-vai'-mos), we know,
sabes (sa'-vais), thou knowest. sabeis (sa-vai'.ees), know,
sabe (sa-vg), he knows. saben (sa'-vain), they know.
Saber can never be used in the sense of " to know a person = to be
acquainted with a person." In such cases conocer must be employed.
< Sabe V. ? is used in the sense "can you ?" when mental actions are
meant. (Of course, what is said here about i sabe V. ? refers with equal
force to the whole verb saber.)
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. WJ
Continuation.
(Part III.)
3. i Sabe ^ V. {sd'-vi oos-ta^'") hablar espanol ?
4. No s6 ^ casi nada ( no sai kd'-see nd'-"'d).
5. Lo hablo bastante (vds-tdn'-tf) para hacerme entender
(ain-tain-"'air').
6. i Habla espanol su agente {d-hain'-tS) de V. ?
7. Lo habla bastante bien.
8. Lo habla bastante para darse" d entender.
9. i No habla V. inglds ?
10. Muy poco, senor.
11. Lo entiendo' (ain-tee-ain'-"'o) un poco, pero no lo hablo.
12. Hable V. alto. Hable V. mas alto. No hable V. tan
alto.
13. Hableme * (d'-blai-mi) V. en espanol.
14. Yo procuro {pro-koo'-ro) cuanto puedo, oir {p-eer') d los
espanoles (ais-pdn-yo'-lais).
15. Mi agente procura, cuanto puede, oir d los espanoles
cuando hablan entre ellos (ain'-tri ai'-yos).
® The infinitive, with the preposition 4, is used after dar, to give, as :
He gave me to understand, me did 4 entender.
® Entiendo is the first person singular of the indicative present of
the irregular verb entender, to understand. It is conjugated:
entiendo (ain-tee-ain'-iio), I under¬
stand.
entiendes (ain-tee-ain'-">ais), thou
understandest.
entiende (ain-tee-ain'-'^S), he un¬
derstands.
* Compare Note i, page 56.
entendemos (ain-tain-""ai'-mos), we
understand,
entendeis /ain-tain-"'ai'-ees),_j'f un¬
derstand,
entienden (ain-tee-ain'-'''ain), they
understand.
Il8 THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
16. Do you understand ? — Do you understand me ? Do
you not understand me ?
17. Do you understand what I say {digo^) to you?
18. Do you understand * me now ?
19. Will you do me the favor to say it once more ( = to
repeat, de repetir) ?
20. I did not understand you.
21. Did you not understand me?
22 Do you understand what he says?
23 No, I do not understand it. I do not speak English.
24 Do not speak so loud. Speak softly {pajd). Speak
softer.
25. You do not speak distinctly {clard). One does not
understand you.
26. With {con or £) whom are you talking ( = speak you) ?
27. Are you speaking to me ? (= Is it to me you are
speaking ?)
28. Of what are you speaking ?
29. What do you say ?
30. Have the kindness to repeat what you said ( = what you
have said \dicho'\ ).
31. Did you not say so (it [/o] ) ? No, I did not say so.
1 Digo is the first person singular of the indicative present of the
irregular verb decir, to say, to tell. It is conjugated :
digo (dee'-go), I say. decimos (dai-thee'-mos), we say.
dices (dee'-thais), thou sayest decis (dai-thees'), ye say.
dice (dee'-the), he says. dicen (dee'-thain), they say.
2 Comprender is conjugated regularly. While all verbs ending in
ar belong to the first conjugation, those in er belong to the second, and
those in ir to the third conjugation.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. II9
16, i Entiende V. ? < Me entiende V. ? i No me entiende V. ?
17. i Entiende V. lo que le digo ^ {dee'-go) ?
„ (; Me entiende V. ahora ?
18. <
(I Me comprende " V. ahora ?
19. i Quiere V. hacerme el favor {or, i quiere V. tener la bon-
dad) de repetir {rai-pai-teer') ?
( Yo no le he entendido {ain-tain-"'ed-"'d) a V.
20. <
^ Yo no le he comprendido {com-prain-"'ee'"'o) i. V.
21. < No me ha entendido V. ?
22. i Entiende V. lo que 61 dice ?
23. No, no lo entiendo. Yo no hablo ingl6s.
24. No hable V. tan alto. Hable V. bajo (vd'-^hd). Hable
V. mas bajo.
25. V. no habla claro. No se le entiende a V.
26. i A qui6n {or, con qui6n) habla V. ?
(i Habla V. conmigo ?
^ i Me habla V. a mi {mee) ?
28. i De que habla V. ?
29. i Qu6 dice {dee'-thi) V. ?
30. Tenga V. la bondad de repetir {rai-pai-teer') lo que ha
dicho {dee'cho).
31. I No lo ha dicho V. ? No, yo no lo he dicho.
The present indicative is conjugated :
comprendo, I understand. comprendcmos, we understand.
camprendcs, thou understandest. comprendeis, ye understand.
comprende, he understands. comprendcn, they understand.
The student ought to commit the whole second conjugation to memory.
Observe that all the endings are printed in fat type.
I20
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
32. Who says so ? Every one ( = the whole world \todo el
mundo\ ) says so.
33. Are you sure (seguro) of what you are saying?
34. Are you sure of it [de esd) ? Yes, nothing can be ( = is)
more certain {ciertd).
35. You have a very good pronunciation. ( = You have
very good pronunciation \_pronunciacion\ ).
36. How is this word (J>alabrd) pronounced pronuncid) i
37. You pronounce well.
38. She pronounces well, does she not ( = is it not truth
\yerda(d\ ) ?
39. You speak very rapidly (muy de prisd).
40. Of whom were you talking when I came in (entrk ') ?
41. The German language {la lengua alemand) is spoken in a
great part (una gran parte) of Europe (Europd).
42. The Spanish tongue {el idioma espanol) is spoken in Spain
(Espand), in Mexico, in Central and South America*
(la America central y del"^ sur) and in many colonies
(colonias) of Asia (As/a) and Africa (Africa).
43. Do you know the names of the countries (paises) where
the Castilian language (la lengua castellana) is
spoken ?
44. Do you like (le gusta a V.) the Spanish language ?
45. Yes, sir, I like it better (mas) than any (ningun) other
(otro) tongue (idioma).
* Entr^ is the defimdo of entrar. — This tense is used especially in
the narrative style, and denotes an action which took place but once, or
when the exact time is designated.
The imperfecta is used to express an action which was going on when
another action or event took place, as in the above sentences.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
121
32. jQui^n dice eso? Todo el mundo (moon'-"'d) lo dice.
33. I Esta V. seguro {sai-goo'-rd) de lo que dice ?
34. i Esti V. seguro de eso ? Si, nada es mas cierto
{thee-air*-to).
35. V. tiene muy buena pronunciacion (^pro-noon-thee^a-
thee-on').
36. i Cdmo se pronuncia esta palabra ?
37. v. pronuncia bien.
38. Ella {ai'-ya) pronuncia bien, < no es verdad ?
39. V. habla muy de prisa.
40. i De quidn hablaba V. cuando entr6 ? ^
41. La lengua alemana {lain'-gwd d-lai-md'-nd) se habla en
una gran parte de Europa (ai-oo-ro'-pa).
42. El idioma {ee-"'ee-d'-md) espanol se habla en Espana (ais-
pan'-yd), en M6jico {maV-hee-kd)^t.n la" America cen¬
tral {d-mai'-ree-kd "'ain-trdl') y del" sur (soor), y en
muchas colonias del Asia y del Africa.
43. <Sabe V. cdmo se llaman yd'-mdn) \os paises (^pd-ee'-
sais) donde se habla la lengua castellan a {kd-stai-
yd'-na) ?
44. i Le gusta k V. la lengua castellana ?
45. Sf, senor, k mi me gusta mas que ningun otro idioma
{neen-goon' o'-tro ee-"'ee-d'-md).
Other rules on the use of the tenses will be given later.
® Names of countries, cities, and tcrwns are masculine when ending
in o, or in a consonant, and feminine when ending in a.
122
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
FOUNDATION SENTENCE.
Continuation.
I had him for two hours, and he demands
five dollars an hour, which seems very dear
to me.
him
have '
occupied engaged; employed
for 3
two
hours
and
1 The nominative of the personal pronouns is generally omitted,
except when we want to make an emphatical distinction, or desire to
avoid ambiguity.
® He ocupado is the so-called Perfecto indeiinido. — This tense is
used to describe an action which has been but lately performed, as: he
leido estas cartas, I have read these letters. Full rules on the use of the
tenses are given in a later lesson.
® For, for ; in behalf of; for the sake of; by; through ; on account
of. This preposition is used to express:
a. the price, as: VendiS su caballo (ka-va'-yo) por dos mil reales, he
sold his horse for two thousand reales. — A un duro por docena, at a
dollar a dozen.—I Cudnto quiere V. por metro? How much do you
want per meter ?
b. the time, as : Salgo de Madrid per un mes, I leave Madrid for a
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
123
FOUNDATION SENTENCE.
Continuatton.
To le he ocupado per dos horas, y el pide
Y6 le ai 6-koo-pa'-"'6 por dos 6'ras ee ail pee'-"'e
cinco pesos por hora, y me parece muy
theen'-ko pai'-sos por o'-ra ee mai pa-rai'-the moo'^ee
caro.
ka'-ro.
Yo* (jo)
le {li)
he® (at)
ocupado ® (d-koo-pa'-"'o)
por® (por)
dos (dos)
horas (d'-rds),
y(ee)
month. — Me ausento por seis semanas (sai-ma'-nas), I shall be absent for
six weeks.
e. the aim, motive, and means, as : Lo hace por temor, he acts so (he
does it) from fear. — Mdgalo V. por caridad, do it for pity's sake.—
Trabajo (tra-va'-'ho) por alcancar premio, I work in order to obtain
wages.
d. With passive verbs it is used—like the French par — to express a
bodily action (not a mental one), as : Este cuadro fui pintado por Murillo,
this picture was painted by Murillo.—Este libro fue escrito por Cervantes,
this book was written ij* Cervantes. — Esta carta fui traducida por mi
agente, this letter was translated by my agent.
Few words are used with greater latitude than por, especially in
idiomatic sentences, where its original meaning often disappears entirely.
124
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
he
demands;^ asks
five
dollars (weighing one ounce')
per
hour
and
me, to me
it seems ®
much; very *
dear.
r. I had * this driver two hours, and he demands ten dol¬
lars.
2. How much does he want ® an hour i
3. What is your fare {tarifd), driver?
4. Cabman, drive (lUve) ® me to the Bank and then (despues)
to the railway station.
^ Pide is the third person singular of the indicative present of the
irregular verb pedir, to ask for, to demand. — It is conjugated :
pido (pee'-"'6), I demand. I pedimos(pai-"'ee'-mos),wedemand.
pides (pee'-"'ais), thou demandest. pedis (pai-"'ees'), demand,
pide (pee'-'hg), he demands. | piden (pee'-^'ain), they demand.
Other irregular forms are given later, and a full list of all the irregular
verbs will be found in the last part of the " Meisterschaft System."
^ Repeat the regular verb of the second conjugation.
3 The adverbs muy and mucho must be well distinguished by the
student. The latter (mucho) can be used only with verbs, while the
former may be employed with any word ; as:
Es muy hombre de bieny es muy he is a very good man, and a great
mi amigo, friend of mine.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
125
61 (aif)
pide 1
cinco (theen'-ko)
pesos (j>ai'-sos)
per (por)
hora (ff-ra)
y
me (mat)
parece" (pd-raP-thP)
muy * (mo^ee)
caro (kd'-ro).
1. Yo he ocupado (or, empleado,* aim-plai-a'"'o) este
cochero por dos boras (or durante dos boras), y el
pide diez pesos.
(i Cuanto pide 61 por bora ?
2. <
(i Cuanto gana' 61 por bora ?
3. Cocbero : i cual es su tarifa (td-ree^-fa) ?
4. Cocbero : 116veme ' al Banco, y despues (dais-poo-aiP) al
paradero del ferrocarril.
■ these things do not please me
much. (I do not like these
things very much).
muy de manana, very early in the morning.
muy alprincipio, at the very beginning.
^ Observe that the Spaniards — like the French — have no word for
the English "to drive" (in a carriage). Therefore instead of saying in
the " Foundation Sentence " : " He has driven me for two hours," we
had to translate : " I have employed him for two hours."
® Ganar is a regular verb of the first conjugation, and means
literally to gain.
® What form is this?—Llevar means literally "to take." We
employ this word for our " to drive." The irregular verb conducir is
also frequently used in this sense.
Estaj cosas no me gustan mucho.
126
THE MEISTERSCHAFX SYSTEM.
5. What is your fare ?
6. What! That is impossible (Jmposible) ! I shall not pay
you ^ such an exorbitant price ( = I do not pay you
that exorbitant price {eso ^predo exorbitant^ ).
7. Drive me to the Hotel (la fondd) of Madrid, cabman.
8. Drive me to the inn nearest (d la fonda mas cercd) to the
(del^) depot.
9. Waiter, do you know Mr. Garrido ?
10. Yes, sir, I am well acquainted with him.
11. In which street (calle) does he live (vive) ? He lives in
Palm Street (la calle de la Palma).
12. Is it near here (= near from [^cerca de^ here [aquf\ ) ?
No, sir, it is very far (lejos) ; if (rf) you will allow me
( V. lo permite*), I '11 accompany you.
13. If you will allow me, I '11 show you his house.
14. Thanks, but I shall take a hackney-coach ( = coach of
hire \coche de alquiler'] ).
15. Let us take a carriage (un carruaje).
16. Here (ahi) comes (viene^) a coach.
17. Driver, are you engaged ? ( = is taken the carriage) ?
1 The pronoun le generally accompanies V., as : Yo le day d V.,
I give you. — Yo le pago d V., J pay you. — i Le parece d V. ? Does
it seem to you ? — iQuiin le ha dado esto d su hermano?— Who gave
this to your brother ? (Observe the extreme peculiarity of the last
phrase !)
- The Spaniards say: that exorbitant price, eso precio exorbitante. —
The masculine form is : ese, that one; esos, those : feminine, esa, that
one: esas, those : neuter, eso, that; that thing. Ese, esa, eso refer to
the person or object nearest to the person spoken to, while este, esta, esto,
this, designate the person or object nearest to the speaker.
® Cerca belongs to the prepositions which require de after them, that
is to say, they govern ihs genitive (possessive) case. We give here only
the following, and refer the student to the lesson on " The Prepositions ":
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
127
5. i Cual es su tarifa ?
6. iQu6! Eso.es imposible {eem-po-see'-vle) \ Yo no le ^
page i V.i eso ® precio exorbitante {aix-dr-vee-tan^-te).
7. Cochero: ll^veme V. k la fonda de Madrid.
8. Lleveme V. k la fonda mas cerca del * paradero.
9. Mozo: iconoce V. al senor Garrido {Gdr-ree'-"'d) ?
10. Sf, senor, le conozco muy bien.
11. iEn que calle vive {kW-ye vee'-i4) ? Vive en la calle de
la Palma {pdl'-md).
12. iEsti cerca {thair^-ka) de aquf? No, senor, es muy
16jos {laV-hos) •, si V. lo permite * (^pair-mee'te) le
acompanar6 {d-kdm-fdn-yd-rP),
13. Si V. lo permite, le ensenar6 su casa.
14. Muchas gracias; pero tomar6 coche de alquiler {to-md-ri'
kd'-chi dai dl-kee-lair').
15. Tomemos un carruaje (kdr-roo-d'-he).
16. Ahf viene ® un coche {d-ed vee-ai'-nd oon ko'-chi).
17. iCochero! < est4 tomado el carruaje?
ademAs de (a-"'ai-mas') beside.
Antes de (an'-tais), before (refers
to time or order),
cerca de (thair'-ka), near to, about.
lAjos de (lai'-'hos), far from,
delante de (""ai-lan'-te), before
(refers to place).
* Repeat the conjugations of regular verbs.
® Viene is the third person singular of the indicative present of the
irregular verb venir, to come. The present is conjugated:
despues de ('hais-poo-ais'), after
(refers to time or order).
detrAs de (''■ai-tras'), behind (re¬
fers to place),
fuera de (foo-ai'-ra), outside, be¬
yond.
vengo (vain'-go), I come,
vienes (vee ai'-nais), thou comest.
viene (vee ai'-n8), he comes.
venimos (vai-nee'-mos), we come,
venis (vai-nees'), come,
vienen (vee ai'-nain), they come.
128
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
18. How much do you charge for driving us to the Universal
Hotel {al Hotel Universal), corner (esquina) of Refuge
Street (del Refugio *) and the Bridge (Puente) of the
Holy Spirit (del Espiritu Santo ?
19. Drive quickly (= in good step \d buen * pas6\ ) and you
shall have a present (a tip \j>ropina'\ ).
20. Drive ( = go \yaya V.*'] ) rapidly (de prisa), and I will
give you a nice pourboire. (The customary ' tip ' or
present given to waiters, drivers, porters, &c.).
21. Drive* slower (mas despacio). Don't go so near to the
river (rio).
22. Drive by (por) a shorter cut ( = by a road {eamino'\
more short [eorto] ).
23. Stop (pdrese V.) here; we are going (vdmos *) to get
out ( = descend \bajat^ ).
24. Stop at (en) this house.
25. Say ( = man \hombre'\ )! Stop here. I must get out for
a moment \momento'\ ). ( = I am going [poy^] to get
out for a moment.)
2.
1. I have a favor to ask ® of you.'
1 El refugio means the refuge. This is the name of a street in the
City of Mexico.
^ El Puente del Espiritu Santo, the Bridge of the Holy Spirit.
The name of a bridge (and of a street) in Mexico,
s The following adjectives:
bueno (voo-ai'-n5), good; ninguno (neen-goo'-n5), none; no
malo (mii'-lo), bad, ill; one ;
algpino (al-goo'-no), some one; any primero (pree-mai'-ro), first;
one; postrero (po-strai'-ro), last;
drop the o be/ore a masculine noun in the sini^elar, but preserve it when thev
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. T29
18. i Cudnto pide V. por llevarnos al ' Hotel Universal'
(p-tail' oo-nee-vair-sdP), esquina de las calles del Re-
fdgio 1 y Puente del Espfritu Santo ® (ais-kee'-nd dai Ids
kd'-yais dail rai-foo'-hee-d ee poo-ain'-t^ dail ais-pedree-
too sdnf-td) ?
19. Lldvenos V. a buen® paso {pd'-sd) y tendra V. propina
(^pre-pee'-nd).
20. Vaya (vW-ya) Y.* de prisa y le dard una buena propina.
21. Vaya V.^ mas despacio (dais-pd'-ihee-d). No vaya V.
tan cerca del rio {ree'-d).
22. Vaya V. por un camino mas corto (kd-mee'-ndmds kdr'-td).
23. Parese V. aquf; vamos ® a bajar (vd'mds d bd-'hdr').
24. Parese V. en esta casa.
25. Hombre: pdrese V. aquf; necesito bajar un momento
( Voy ® d bajar un momento).
2.
I. Tengo un favor que pedirle ® a V.'
are placed after the noun ; as: <•/ primer hombre, the first man; ningun
dinero, no money; algun libra any book. But, un hombre male, a bad man.
^ Vaya V. is the imperative of the irregular verb ir to go.
* Vamos is the first person plural of the indicative present of the
irregular verb ir to go. The present is conjugated :
voy (vo ee'), I go. vamos (va'-mos), we go.
vas (v'as), thou goest. vais (va'-ees),^^ go.
va (va), he goes. van (van), they go.
® What form of the verb is this ?
' The first, second, and third sentences mean the same thing.
9
I30
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
2. I have to ask you a favor.
3. I have to beg a favor of you.
4. Allow me to ask (or, may I ask) a favor of you.
( = Allow me (permttame^ V.) that I may ask \_pida^'\
you a favor).
5. How much do you want (charge, ask) for this machine ?
6. That seems to me very (excessively [^mastadol ) dear.
7. It seems all right (bien) to me.
8. That does not seem correct to me. ( = It does not
seem to me that that is correct.)
9. Does n't it seem to you (or, don't you think) the weather
is going to clear ( = that the weather [el tiempo'\ is
going [seva'\ to [a] clear [aclarar"].
10. No, it does not seem so (asi) to me. (I do not think so).
11. Don't you think it is going to rain (Hover) ?
12. I think it is going to snow (nevar).
13. What is the matter with you (que lepasa d V.) ? You do
not look well. ( = It seems that you are ^ not well).
14. What is the matter with him? He looks very ill (en-
fermo).
15. Is anything the matter with you ? You are pale (pdlido.)
16. Nothing is the matter with me, but I am very anxious
(ansioso) about (por^ my friend, Mr. Camacho.
17. I don't know what is the matter with me.
' Fida is the first person singular of the subjunctive present of
pedir, to ask for. It is conjugated:
pida (pee'-"'a), I ask.
pidas (pee'-'''as), thou askest.
pida (pee'-^ia), he asks.
pidamos (pee-"'a'm6s), we ask.
pidais (pee-*''a'-ees),^<r ask.
pidan (pee'-"^an), they ask.
The subjunctive mood must be used after all verbs expressing a com¬
mand, wish, desire, permission, entreaty, or fear, as :
Permitame V. que le haga una allow me to ask you a question,
pregunta.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
131
2. Tengo que pedirle a V. un favor.
3. Tendria que pedirle d V. un favor.
4. Permftame^ V. que le pida* un favor.
5. iCuanto pide V. por esta maquina ?
6. Me parece demasiado (dai-md-see-W^o) caro.
7. Me parece bien.
8. No me parece que eso esta bien.
9. i No le parece d V. que el tiempo se va d aclarar {d-kld-
rdr') ?
10. No, no me parece asf.
11. i No le parece d V. que va d Hover (yd-vair') ?
12. Me parece que va d nevar (nai-vdr').
13* < le pasa d V. ? (or, qud tiene V.) ? Parece que no
estd * V. bien.
14. iQud tiene dl? Parece que estd muy enfermo
mo).
15. < Tiene V. alguna cosa ? Estd V. pdlido (pW-lee-'''d).
16. No tengo nada; pero estoy muy ansioso (dn-see-o'-so') por
mi amigo, el senor Camacho (kd-mW-cho).
17. No s€ lo que tengo.
deseo que mis hijos apprendan I desire my children to learn three
tres 6 cuatro lenguas vivas. or four living tongues,
temo que no venga a tiempo. I am afraid he will not come in time.
^ Questions in regard to health are given with estar (as we have
seen already). Hardly any of my sentences contain questions and an¬
swers after the manner of guide-books. I always form numerous sentences
with regard to certain grammatical difficulties or idiomatic expressions,
so that the student may get familiar with them. He will be astonished to
see how easily he can thus apply them in any manner required.
132 THE MEISTEKSCHAFT SYSTEM.
GRAMMATICAL REMARKS.
First Conjugation.
Model Verb — Hahlar^ To Speak.
SIMPLE TENSES.
Infinitivo.
habl-ar, to speak.
Gerundio.
habl-ando, speaking.
Participio.
habl-ado, spoken.
Indicative Mode.
Subjunctive Mode.
habl-o,
habl-as,
habl-a,
habl-amos,
habl-ais,
habl-an,
habl-aba,
habl-abas,
habl-aba,
habl-ibamos,
habl-^bais,
habl-aban,
habl-6,
habl-aste,
habl-6,
habl-amos,
habl-dsteis,
habl-aron,
hablar-6,
hablar-is,
hablar-^,
hablar-6mos,
hablar-6is,
hablar-dn.
hablar-ia,
hablar-ias,
hablar-ia,
hablar-iamos,
hablar-fais,
hablar-ian.
Prbsente.
I speak,
thou speakest.
he speaks,
vie speak.
ye speak,
they speak.
Imperfecto.
I was speaking,
thou wast speaking,
he was speaking,
we were speaking.
ye were speaking,
they were speaking.
Definido.
I spoke,
thou spokest.
he spoke,
we spoke.
ye spoke,
they spoke.
Futuro.
I shall speak,
thou wilt speak,
he will speak,
we shall speak.
ye will speak,
they will speak.
condicional.
I should speak,
thou wouldst speak,
he would speak,
we should speak.
ye would speak,
they would speak.
habl-e,
habl-es,
habl-e,
habl-emos,
habl-eis,
habl-en,
Presbnte.
J may speak,
thou mayst speak,
he may speak,
we may speak.
ye may speak,
they may speak.
Imperfecto (firstform).
habl-ara, 1 might speak.
habl-aras,
habl-ara,
habl-dramos,
habl-^rais,
habl-aran.
thou mightst speak,
he might speak,
we might speak.
ye might speak,
they might speak.
Imperfecto (second fomi).
habl-ase, I might speak.
habl-ases,
habl-ase,
habl-^semos,
habl-iseis,
habl-asen,
habl-are,
habl-ares,
habl-are,
habl-dremos,
habl-6reis,
habl-aren.
hablara
hablaras
hablara
habliramos
habldrais
hablaran
thou mightst speak,
he might speak,
we might speak.
ye might speak,
they might speak.
Futuro.
I should speak,
thou shouldst speak,
he should speak,
we should speak.
ye should speak,
they should speak.
condicional.
or hablase,
" hablases,
hablase,
habl4semos,
habl^seis,
hablase n.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
^33
Impel
habl-a, speak (thou).
habl-e, let him speak.
habl-e V., speak.
ativo.
habl-emos, let us speak.
habl-ad, speak (ye),
habl-en, let them speak.
COMPOUND TENSES.
Perfecto.
he hablado, I have spoken.
Pluscuam perfecto.
habia hablado, 1 had spoken.
Perfecto Anterior.
hube habladq, I had spoken.
Futuro Perfecto.
habre hablado, J shall have spoken.
CoNDiciONAL Perfecto.
habria I should have spoken.
Perfecto.
haya hablado, I may have spoken.
Pluscuamperfecto (first fomi).
hubiera hablado, I might have spoken.
Pluscuamperfecto (secondform).
hubiese hablado. I might have spoken.
Futuro Perfects.
hubiere hablado, I shall have spoken.
CoHDicioNAL Perfecto.
hubiera or hubiese hablado, (if) I
had spoken.
Second Conjugation.
Model Verb Vender, To Sell.
Infinitivo.
Gerundio.
Participio.
vend-er.
to sell.
vend-iendo
, selling.
vend-ido, sold.
Indicative Mode.
Subjunctive Mode.
Presente.
Presents.
vend-o.
I sell.
vend-a.
I may
vend-es.
thou sellest.
vend-as.
thou mayst
vend-e,
vend-emos
he sells,
we sell.
vend-a, he may
vend-amos, we may
sell.
vend-eis.
ye sell.
vend-ais.
ye may
vend-en.
they sell.
vend-an.
they may
Imperfecto.
Imperfecto (first form).
vend-ia.
I was
vend-iera.
I might
vend-ias.
thou wast
vend-ieras
thou mightst
vend-la, he was
vend-iamos, we were
selling.
vend-iera, he might
vend-i6ramos, we might
sell.
vend-iais.
ye were
vend-idrais, ye might
vend-ian.
thev were
vend-ieran, they might
134
THE MEXSTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
Definido.
vend-i,
vend-iste,
vend-i6,
vend-imos,
vend-isteis,
vend-ieron,
vender-6,
vender-6s,
vender-4,
vender-6mos,
vender-6i8,
vender-in,
Isold,
thou soldest.
he sold,
we sold.
ye sold,
they sold.
Futuro.
I shall
thou wilt
he will
we shall
ye will
they will
sell.
condicional.
vender-ia, I should
vender-ias, thou wouldst
vender-ias, he would
vender-iamos, we should
vender-iais, ye would
vender-ian, they would
sell.
Imperfecto (second form).
vend-iese, I might
vend-ieses, thou mightst
vend-iese, he might
vend-i6semos, we might
vend-i6seis, ye might
vend-iesen, they might
Futuro.
vend-iere, / should
vend-ieres, thou shouldst
vend-iere, he should
vend-i6remos, we should
vend-i6reis, ye should
vend-ieren, they should
condicional.
vendiera or vendiese.
sell.
sell.
vendieras
vendiera
" vendieses,
" vendiese.
vendi6ramos " vendi^semos.
vendi6rais
vendieran
" vendi6seis,
" vendiesen.
vend-e,
vend-a,
vend-a V.,
sell (thou),
let him sell,
sell (you).
Imperativo.
vend-amos,
vend-ed,
vend-an.
let us sell,
sell (ye).
let them sell.
COMPOUND TENSES.
Perfecto.
he vendido, I have sold.
p luscu am per fecto.
habia vendido, I had sold.
Perfecto Anterior.
hube vendido, I had sold.
Futuro Perfecto.
habrd vendido, I shall have sold.
condicional Perfecto.
habria vendido, I should have sold.
Perfecto.
haya vendido, I may have sold.
Pluscuamperfecto (frst/arm.)
hubiera vendido, / might have sold.
Pluscuamperfecto (secondform).
hubiese vendido, I might haze sola.
Futuro Perfecto.
hubiere vendido, I should have sold.
CoNDicioNAL Perfecto.
hubiera or hubiese vendido, (if) I
had sold.
the spanish language.
135
Third Conjugation.
Model Verb Vivir, To Livcm
SIMPLE TENSES.
Infinitivo.
viv-ir, to live.
Gerundio.
viv-iendo, living.
Participio.
viv-ido, lived.
Indicative Mode.
Subjunctive Mode.
Prbsbntb.
Presents.
viv-o,
I live.
viv-a.
I may live.
viv-es,
thou livest.
viv-as.
thou mayst live.
viv-e,
he lives.
viv-a.
he may live.
viv-imos,
we live.
viv-amos.
we may live.
viv-is,
ye live.
viv-ais.
ye may live.
viv-en,
they live.
viv-an.
they may live.
Imperfecto.
Imperfecto (Jirst/orm).
viv-ia,
I was
viv-iera.
I might
viv-ias,
thou wast
viv-ieras.
thou mightst
viv-ia,
he was
viv-iera.
he might
live.
viv-iamos,
we were
living.
viv-idramos.
we might
viv-iais,
ye were
viv-idrais.
ye might
viv-ian,
they were
viv-idran.
they might
'
Definido.
Imperfecto (secondform).
viv-i,
I lived.
viv-iese.
I might
viv-iste,
thou livedst.
viv-ieses.
thou mightst
viv-i6,
he lived.
viv-iese.
he might
live.
viv-imos,
we lived.
viv-idsemos
we might
viv-lsteis.
ye lived.
viv-idseis.
ye might
viv-ieron.
they lived.
viv-iesen.
they might
Futuro.
Futuro.
vivir-6.
I shall
viv-iere.
I should
vivir-ds.
thou wilt
viv-ieres.
thou wouldst
vivir-d.
he will
viv-iere.
he would
live.
vivir-dmos.
we shall
live.
viv-idremos
we should
vivir-dis.
ye will
viv-idreis.
ye would
vivir-dn.
they will
viv-ieren.
they would
CONDICIONAL.
condicional.
vivir- ia.
I should
viviera
or viviese.
s
vivir-ias.
thou wouldst
vivieras
" vivieses.
vivir-ia, he would
vivir-iamos, we should
live.
viviera
vividramos
" viviese,
" vividsemos.
I
9?
p
vivir-iais.
ye would
vividrais
" vividseis.
vivir-ian.
they would
vivieran
" viviesen,
136
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
Impel
viv-e, live [thou).
viv-a, let him live.
viv-a v., live [yoti).
1
ativo.
viv-amos, let us live.
viv-id, live (ye),
viv-an, let them live.
COMPOUND TENSES.
Perfecto.
he vivido, / have lived.
pluscu am perfecto.
habia vivido, / had lived.
Perfecto Anterior.
hube vivido, / had lived.
Futuro Perfecto.
habr^ vivido, I shall have lived.
CoNDicioNAL Perfecto.
habria vivido, J should have lived.
Perfecto.
haya vivido, I may have lived.
Pluscuamperfecto (Jirsi/orm).
hubiera vivido, / might have lived.
Pluscuamperfecto (secoTtdform).
hubiese vivido, I might have lived.
Futuro Perfecto.
hubiere vivido, I should have lived.
CoNDicioNAL Perfecto.
hubiera or hubiese vivido, (if) I
had lived.
Conjiigation of the Regular Verbs.
1. All verbs in Spanish end in ar, er, or ir.
2. Verbs of the first conjugation end in ar.
" " second " " er.
« third " " ir.
3. By striking off these endings we get the stem of the
verb, as: am-ar, to love (stem am-); com-er, to eat (stem
com-) ; recib-ir, to receive (stem recib-).
4. To the stem we add the verb-endings of the different
tenses, persons, and modes.
Table of Verb-Endings,
Infinitivo.
Gerundio.
Participio-
i.
-ar.
- ando.
- ado.
2.
-er,
- iendo,
- ido,
3-
- ir,
- iendo,
- ido.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
137
Indicative Mode.
Subjunctive Mode.
prbsbntb.
prbsemtb.
I.
2.
3-
1.
2.
3-
- 0.
- 0.
- 0.
- e.
- a.
- a.
- as.
- as.
- as.
- es.
- as.
- as.
- a.
- e.
- e.
- e.
- a.
- a.
- amos.
- emos.
- imos.
- emos.
- amos.
- amos.
- ais.
- eis.
- fs.
- eis.
- ais.
- ais.
- an.
- en.
- en.
- en.
- an.
- an.
Impbrfbcto.
Imperfecto {Jirsi form).
I.
2.
3-
I.
2.
3-
- aba.
- fa.
- fa.
- ara.
- iera.
- iera.
- abas.
- fas.
- fas.
- aras.
- ieras.
- ieras.
- aba.
- fa.
- fa.
- ara.
- iera.
- iera.
-abamos.
- famos.
- famos.
- Aramos.
- iAramos.
- iAramos.
- abais.
- fais.
- fais.
- Arais.
- iArais.
- iArais.
- dban.
- fan.
- fan.
- Aran.
- iAran.
- iAran.
Dbfinido.
Impbrfbcto {second form).
I.
2.
3»
I.
2.
3-
-f.
-f.
- ase.
- iese.
- iese.
- aste.
- iste.
- iste.
- ases.
- ieses.
- ieses.
-6.
- io.
- i6.
- ase.
- iese.
- iese.
- amos.
- imos.
- imos.
- Asemos.
- iAsemos.
- iAsemos.
- Asteis.
- fsteis.
- fsteis.
- Aseis.
- iAseis.
- iAseis.
- aron.
- ieron.
- ieron.
- asen.
- iesen.
- iesen.
Futoro.
Futuro.
I.
2.
3-
I.
2.
3-
- e.
-A.
-A.
- are.
- iere.
- iere.
- As.
- As.
- As.
- ares.
- ieres.
- ieres.
-A.
-A.
-A.
- are.
- iere.
- iere.
- Amos.
- Amos.
- Amos.
- Aremos.
- iAremos.
- iAremos.
- eis.
- Ais.
- Ais.
- Areis.
- iAreis.
- iAreis.
-An.
- An.
- An.
- aren.
- ieren.
- ieren.
condicionau
Imperativo.
I.
2.
3-
I.
2.
3-
- fa.
- fa.
- fa.
- a.
- e.
-e.
- fas.
- fa.
- famos.
- fais.
- fas.
- fa.
- famos.
- fais.
- fas.
- fa.
- famos.
- fais.
-e (V.).
- emos.
- ad.
-a(V.).
- amos.
- ed.
-a(V.)
- amos.
-id.
- fan.
- fan.
- fan.
- anfV.V.).
-an (V.V.).
-an (V.V.).
138
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
Words.
Un ferrocarril, «7r, XJn camino
de hierro.
Quiero salir por el primer tren,
<a qu6 hora sale el prdximo
tren ?
i a qu6 hora sale el tren expreso
para M^jico ?
un vagon,
el caro,
el conductor,
el portador,
un haul (vd-ooP),
una maleta,
un saco de noche,
una sombrera,
el locomotivo,
Railroad.
I want to leave by the first
train.
at what time does the next
train leave ?
at what time does the ex¬
press train leave for
Mexico ?
a carriage,
the car.
the conductor,
the porter,
a trunk.
a travelling-satchel,
a travelling-bag.
a hat-box.
the engine.
Iia Mesa y Las Comidaa.
La mesa {mai'-sd),
una silla (see'-yd),
el mantel {mdn-taiV),
los manteles (plur.),
la servilleta {sair-vee-yai'-td),
un cubierto {koo-vee-air'-td),
un tenedor,
un cuchillo (koo-chee'-yd),
una cuchara {koo-chd'-ra).
Table and Meals,
the table,
a chair.
the table-cloth.
the napkin,
a cover,
a fork,
a knife,
a spoon.
SUPPLEMENTARY EXERCISES
ADDED BY
The Travelers Insurance Company,
OF
HARTFORD. rONN.
iQu6 hace cada uno-prudente antes de ir de viaje de una
parte a otro?
Comijra una pdltza de seguros de "Travelers Insurance
Co."
^Por qu6?
Para ser pagado per p^rdida de tiempo en caso de acci-
dente, y para salvar su £imilia si quita la vida.
i Cudl es el precio de esta p6\iza. de seguros ?
Solaniente $5.00 cada ano, $3.00 por tres meses, por cada
SI,000 de SegUrO, y ademas de eso ^^5.00 por seinana
mi^ntras que sea herido.
iEs necesario una exaininacion por iin medico?
No.
iSon heridos d matados por accidente muchos hombres?
Cerca de la sexta parte de todos que se aseguran en " The
Travelers Co."
^Se le paga mucho dinero?
Mas de 93,000.00 cada dla.
^Hay tnucho tiemi>o que lo ha hecho?
Por veintiuno anos la Compania le ha pagado $14,000,000
i Podria hacerlo en caso de grandes pdrdidas ?
Tiene $2,000,000 de foadOB sobre todas sus obligaciones.
iEn ddnde se compran esas pdlizas?
En todas las ciudades de los Estados Unidos y del Ca¬
nada.
THE MASOIM ^ HAMLIN
PIANO.
Illustrates the same high standard of excellence
which has always characterized the
MASON & HAMLIN ORGANS,
and won for them the Highest Awards at
-A.11 Gri-e«.t "V\7" orlcSL's lESxlxlloitlorLS
since and including that of Paris, 1867.
Organ and Piano Catalogues sent free
to any address.
SOLD ON EASY TERMS, AND RENTED.
MASON & HAMLIN ORGAN & PIANO CO.
BOSTON, MASON & HAMLIN HALL, 154 & 155 Treinoiit Slntl.
NEW YORK, 158 Fifth Avenue. CHICAGO, 149 Wabash Avenm.
THE
A Short and Practical Method
ACQUIRING COMPLETE FLUENCY OF SPEECH
Spanish Language.
By Dr. Richard S. Rosenthal,
Late Director of the '^Akacemie fur fremdb Sprachen" in Berlin anp
Leipzig, of the Meisterschaft College'* in London, and, Prin¬
cipal of the " Mbistbrschaft SchOOL of practical
Linguistry" in New York, and Boston.
IN KIE^TEKN
PART V
BOSTON, MASS:
MEISTERSCHAFT PUBLISHING COMPAN\,
196 Summer Street.
(Estes Press).
TERMS.
We.have arranged with Dr. Kosknthal., the author ot the '"Meis
cerschaft System," for its introduction in America under his ot*n
supervision, and he has opened
THE
I'lML
%\l
L
FOR NON-RESIDENTS.
The Student does not need to leave his home. The lessons ol
each language are prepared by the Professor, and printed and sent
in pamphlet shape, to each member of the School, wheiever he
may reside.
The course of study for each language —German. French. Italitt
or Spanish —makes fifteen pamphlets, of three lessons each.
All members of the school have
THE PRIVILEGE
of asking, by letter, questions concerning each lettson, or consult¬
ing on any difficulty which may have occurred to them. All exer¬
cises corrected, and all questions answered by return post, by
Dr. Kosenthai., or one of his assistants.
TERMS OF MEMBERSHIP.
Five Dollars is the price for membership in the School, foi
%ach language. This amount ($5,) entitles the member to receive
fie fifteen books or pamphlets containing the lessons, also answers
to his Questions. Return postage for the answer must accompany
the question.
State distinctly which language, or languages you desire to study.
There are no extra rharr/es. The price. Five Dollars* pays foi
one language; Ten Dollars foi two languages, etc. All exer-
lis s and questions must be written on a separate sheet of paper,
>1.(1 must state full address oi the pupil.
The remittances must be made in Post-Office Order or Registered
Letter, addressd to i
Meistersch^ft Publishing Company
Este.s Pre.ss 196 Summer Street.
BOSTON
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
PART V.
Copyright, 1883, by Richard S. Bosenthai..
I40
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
Continuation.
(Part IV.)
18. I don't know what is the matter with me, but I do not
feel {no me siento) ^ well.
19. Have the kindness to send for a physician {medico^.
20. Can you recommend {recomendaiy me a good physician ?
21. Don't you know a good physician who speaks'' English?
22. If {si) I do not feel better {mejor) 3 to-morrow morning,
you will have to send for a physician.
23. Have the goodness to send for a physician, as (J>u£S) I
feel very ill {muy mat).
24. How are you ? {or, how do you do) ?
25. How is your wife {su sehora de V.) ? How is your hus¬
band {su senor esposo de Vi) ?
26. I am well, thar.k you {para servir d V. = to serve you).
Thanks, I a(n very well. I am so so {tateuat), thank you.
27. How do you feel to-day ?
2S. Do you not feel better ? (Don't you feel any better?)
29. No, on the contrary {J>or el contrario), I feel much worse.
30. I am very sorry ( = I feel it much \lo siento muclto'] ).
What ails you ?
31. I have taken cold ( = a cold [un constipadd) ).
32. My sister has taken cold. Will you be kind enough to
send for a physician who speaks English ?
1 Siento is the first person singular of the indicative present of the
irregular verb sentir, to feel. The present is conjugated :
siento (see ain'-to), I feel. scntimos (sain-tee'-mos), we feel,
sientes (see ain'-tais), thou feelest. sentis (sain-tees'). feel,
sicnt: (see ain'-t6), he feels. sienten (see"I'n'-tain), they feel.
- Why must the subjunctive mood be used here.> See Note 2,
page 102.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
141
Continuation.
(Part IV.)
18. No lo que tango, pero no me siento ' bieu {se^ain'-td
bee-ain').
19. Tenga V. la bondad de enviar por nn medico {mai'-"'ce-kd).
20. i Me puede V. recomendar a un buen medico?
21. j No conoce V. un buen medico que liable ^ ingl6s ?
22. Si no me siento mejor* (waz-'/z^r') manana por la ma-
fiana, V. lendra que enviar por un medico.
23. Tenga V. la bondad de enviar por un medico, pues me
siento muy mal.
24. ^Cdmo esta V. ? i Cdmo estan V.V. (^Plural) ?
25. ^Cdmo esta su senora de V.? < Cdmo esta su seiior
esposo de V. ?
26. Estoy bueno, para servir a V. Estoy muy bien, para
servir d V. Estoy tal cual, para servir a V.
27. • ( Cdmo se siente V. boy?
28. i No se siente V. mejor?
29. No, por el contrario (kbn-trd'-rec-o) estoy mucho pcor
(Jiai-dr').
30. Lo siento mucho. i Qud tiene V. ?
31. He tomado un constipado (kdn-stee-pd'-"'d).
32. Mi hermana ha tomado un constipado. l Tendria V. la
bondad de enviar por un mddico que liable inglds ?
® The following adverbs have an irregttlar comparative and super¬
lative :
bien, well; mejor, better; lo mejor, muy bicn, best, very well,
mal, badly; peor, worse; lo peor, muy mal, worst, very badly,
mucho, much; mas, more ; lo mas, muy mucho, muchisimo, most,
poco, little; m£nos, less; lo m6nos, muy poco, poquisimo, least.
142 THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
33. Since (desde) when have you felt ill? ( = Since when do
you feel indisposed, indispuestd) ?
34. Since last night ( = yesterday \_^ayer\ night). When leav¬
ing the theatre I was in a perspiration, and I took cold
(= At going out [salir^'\ of the theatre I was
[estabaperspiring [sudando ®], and I have taken cold).
35. Do you think it is serious, doctor? ( = that this is
serious \_grave^ )?
36. Do you think I shall be ill long ( = many days) ?
37. I should like to consult (consultar) a physician in regard
to (sobre) my illness {mi enfermedad^^,
38. I have been shivering {temblando*) the whole night {toda
la noche). You must give me some medicine. ( = It
is necessary {es menester^) that you (may) give {de'^)
me some medicine {medicind).
1 The Injinilive, with al (dative case), is frequently used instead of
a subordinate clause beginning" with a conjunction of time, as when, after,
as, for instance:
Al salir de casa me encontre con when I left the house I met my
mi amigo, friend,
partimos al amanecer, y llegamos we left at daybreak, and arrived
al anochecer, when night set in.
2 The Present Participle, or Gerund, ends in ando in verbs of the
first conjugation ; and in iendo in the second and third conjugation.
These endings are added to the stem of the verbs; thus we have :
hablar, hablando, to speak, speaking,
vender, vendiendo, to sell, selling,
escribir, escribiendo, to write, writing.
The present participle is used in" connection with the verb estar,
similar to our English mode, as :
estoy hablando, I am speaking,
estaba escribiendo, he was writing,
he estado leyendo, I have been reading.
Other rules in regard to the peculiar use of the present participle
follow later.
® All nouns terminating in dad, tad, tud, and cion are feminine.
(These are mostly derived from the Latin.)
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
143
33. ^ Desde cuindo se siente V. indispuesto (een-"'ees-poo-ais'-
34. Desde ayer noche {d-yair' no'-chi). A1 salir ^ (sd-ker') del
teatro {tai-d'-trd) estaba^ sudando- {soo-"^dn'-"'o) y he
tornado un constipado.
35. i Cr^e (kraV-i) V. que esto es grave, doctor {grd'-vi "'ok.
tor') ?
36. i Cr6e V. que estar^ enfermo muchos dias ?
37. Quisiera consultar (kdn-sool-tdr') a un medico sobre mi
enfermedad ® {ain-fair-mai-"'d"').
38. He estado temblando * toda la noche. Es menester ®
(mai-nai-siair') que me d6 ® V. aiguna medicina {mai-
"'ee-thee'-na).
la verdad, the truth. la nacion, the nation,
la libertad, the liberty. la enfermedad, the infirmity; sick-
la virtud, the virtue. ness.
* See Note 2, page 142.
Though the forms with tener que or haber de are most generally
used for our "must," the Spaniards employ frequently the imper.-onal
expressions es menester que, or es necesario que, or es precise
que, with the subjunctive mood following. The literal version of these
expressions would be " it is necessary that." As .
es menester que vaya V. a bus- you must 'go and get the phy-
car al medico, sician.
Es necesario que lo haga V. pronto, you must do it soon,
es precise que saiga V. de aqui you must leave here as soon as
cuanto antes, possible.
' Dd is the third person singular of the subjunctive present of the
irregular verb dar, to give. It is conjugated.
Presente
to) ?
dey (""o-ee), I give,
das (""as), thou givest.
Indicativo.
Sitbjuntivo.
dd ('hai), I may give,
des (""ais), thou mayst give.
da ("'a), he gives,
dames (""a'-mos), we give,
dais (""a'-ees), ye give,
dan ("'an), they give,
dd ("'ai) he may give,
demos (••'ai'-mos), we may give,
deis C^'ai'-ces), ye may give,
den ('hain), they may give.
144
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
39. You must get me some medicine. ( = It is necessary
that you [may] go [r^ayd for some medicine).
40. You must take this prescription to the drug-store. ( =
It is necessary that you [may] take \llcve F.] this pre¬
scription \esta receta\ to the drug-store \la botica\ ).
2.
1. Waiter, we want to breakfast {almorzar) very early. We
leave {salimos^) by the first train.
2. At what time does the next train leave {sale'")!
3. At what time does the express train leave for (^para^)
Mexico ?
4. At what time does the steamer start ?
5. The steamer leaves in {dentro de*) half an hour {ntedia
hora), gentlemen.
6. From which pier (tnuelle) does the steamer start ?
' The subjunctive mood vaya V. must be used according to rule
given in Note 5, page 125.— We have stated before' that the verb ir. to
go, is very irregular in the formation of its tenses. The f-rescnt (indica¬
tive and subjunctive) is conjugated :
Pkescnte.
Indicaiivo.
voy (vo-te), I go.
vas (vas), thou goest.
va (va), he goes,
vamos (vii'-mSs), we go.
va's (va'-ees), go.
van (van), they go.
Siibjiint:vo.
vaya (va'-ya), I may go.
vayas (vii'-yas), thou m it-.st go.
vaya (va'-ya), he may go.
vayamos (va-ya'-mos), we may go.
vayais (va-yii'-ees), ye mav go.
vayan (va'-yan), they may go.
2 Salimos is the first person plural of the indicati\ e present of the
irregular verb salir, to leave. The present is conjugated:
Pkesente.
Indicatho.
salgo (--ar-go), I leave,
sales (sii' lais), thou leavest.
sale (sa'-le), he leaves.
Subyuntivo.
saiga (sal'-ga), 1 may leave,
saigas (sal'-gas), thou mayst leave,
saiga (sal'-ga), he may leave.
"THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
39. Es menester que vaya V.' por alguna medicina.
14s
40. Es menester que lleve V. esta receta d la botica {lai-
thai'-td d Id vd-tee'-ka).
2.
1. Mozo, queremos almorzar muy temprano. Salimos^
{sd-ke'-mos) por el primer tren.
2. i A que libra sale {sd' le) el prbximo tren?
3. I \ qub hora sale el tren expreso para ® Mdjico ?
4. I A qub hora sale el vapor (vd-por') ?
5. El vapor sale dentro de * media hora, caballeros.
6. I De qub muelle {moo-ai'-ye) sale el vapor ?
Indicativo.
saUnio3 (sa-lee'-m5s), we leave,
sails (sa-lees'), ye leave,
salcn (sa'-laiii), they leave.
Snbjuntivo.
salgatnos'sal ga'-mcs), w e may leave,
salgais (sal ga'-ees), ye may leave,
salgan (sal'-gan), they may leave.
® Para signifies for in the sense of ftirfose, aim, end, diredion, or
destination, and means Jor, to, in order to, fot the ^ur^ ose of; it sigi i.lcs
also relationship of one thing to another, as :
Esta carta es para V., This letter is for you.
sera muy bueno para soldado, he will do veiy well for a soldier,
'pienso partir para la Kusia, I think to leave for Ru>sia.
partire para Espana en el mes de I shall leave for Spain in the month
agosto,
pagare para primero de mayo,
para principiante no lo ha hecho
mat,
Maria es muy alta para su edad,
of August.
I shall pay on the first of May.
For a beginner he has not done it
badly
Mary is very tall for her .>gc.
* dentro de, within, governs the g' nitive ease, as : dentro de dos
horas, within two hours. See Note 3, page ii6.
146 the meisterschaft system.
7. Have the kindness to tell me where {en donde) the ticket
office {el despacho de papeletas is
8. Where is the baggage office {el despacho de equipajes) ?
9. I want to check {marcar) my baggage. Where is the
baggage-office ?
10. Be kind enough to give me a ( = the) check {conoct-
mientd) for my baggage.
11. How much is(=i:osts, cuestd) a ( = the) ticket from
here to Chihuahua?
12. How much is an excursion ticket ( = the ticket of going
and returning \Ja papeleta de ida y vueltd\ ) ?
13. How long {por cuanto tiempd) is the excursion ticket
good (vdlidd) ?
14. Will you have the kindness to call {despertdr^) me very
early ?
15. At what hour shall I call you? ( = At what time do
3'ou wish that I may call 3"ou) ?
16. Call me at 3 a.m. {d las tres de la manana) as I do not
like {no me gusto) to travel {viajar) in {co7t) the heat
{el color) of the day.
17. Have 3'ou any change {camblo) with 3-00 (consigo')? I
want to pay this driver and I have not money enough
( = and I have not the sufficient \cl suficiente\ ).
' Papeleta is commonly used for ticket in Cuba, Mexico, and South
America; while the real word, un billetc, means lottery-ticket in these
countries.
- Despertar means to wake, to awaken, to call. It belongs to a very
large class of irregular verbs of the first conjugation which insert an i
before the o of the stem in the following moods, tenses, and persons:
а. in the singular of the present tense, both in the indicative
and subjunctive mood;
б. in the third person plural of the same tense in the indica¬
tive and subjunctive;
c. the same persons of the imperative.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
147
7. i Tiene V. la bondad de decirme en donde esta el des-
pacho de papeletas ^ {pa-pai-lai'-tds) }
8. i Cual es el despacho de equipajes {ai-kee-pii'-'hais) ?
9. Yo quiero marcar {tndr-kdr') mi equipaje. i Donde esta
el despacho de equipajes ?
10. Tenga V. la bondad de cbrme el conocimiento {kd-nd-
t/iee-mee-ain'-td) por mi equipaje.
11. iCuanto cuesta la papeleta de aqui k Chihuahua?
12. I CuAnto cuesta la papeleta de ida y vuelta (ee'-"'d ee voo-
ail'-td) ?
13. I Por cuanto tiempo es valida la papeleta de ida y vuelta ?
14. Tendria V. la bondad de despertarme ^ muy temprano ?
15. I A. qu^ hora desea V. que le despierte (^''aispeT-air'-ti) ?
16. Despi^rteme V. a las tres de la manana, pues no me gusta
viajar (vee-d-^hdr') con el calor del dia.
17. I Tiene V. algun cambio consign ° {kdm'-vee-5 kdn-seP-go) ?
Necesito pagar a este cochero y no tengo el suficiente
{soo-fee-thee-ain'-te).
Indicativo presente.
despierto, I wnke.
despiertasi thou wakest.
All other forms are conjugated in the regular way. Thus we have;
Jinperativo,
despierta (tu)wake thou!
despierte (^1). let him wake!
despierte V., wake (nou) 1
despertemosy let us wake!
despertad, wake {ye'!
despiertan V.V.jvaks (you
plur.) 1
despierta, he wakes
despertamos, we wake^
despertais,^^ wake,
despiertan, they wake.
Subjuntivo presente.
despierte, I may wake,
despiertes, thou mayst
wake.
despierte, he may wake.
despertemos,wemay wake,
desperteis,^^ may wake,
despierten, they may wake.
^ See Note 3, page 59.
148
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
18. How much money have you ( = do you carry \trae' )
with you ?
19. I have only {solo) twenty reales which are at your dis¬
posal ( = and they are at your disposal [disposL-io/i] ).
20. Have the kindness to inform my agent ( = to write to
my agent).
21. Shall I write or send a despatch {un despacho) r
22. You must send a despatch as I am obliged to leave this
afternoon.
23. I must have a power of attorney {un poder). How many
witnesses must you have to a signature ? ( = How
many witnesses \_testigos'\ need you that may sign
\_firmen ^ ] it) ?
24. Is this your signature {firma) ?
25. We must have two witnesses to your signature. ( = We
need that there may be \haya^'\ two witnesses to tes¬
tify \^para acreditar\ to your signature). You must go
to the Consulate and procure {procurdr) them there
{alii).
26. Ihsive the tooth-2iCh& {dolor demuelas^). Can you recom¬
mend me a good dentist {un dentista) ?
27. There is {hay*) an excellent dentist in this street.
1 Learn the present of the irregular verb traer, to bring, to carry.
Snbjuntivo presente.
traiga (tra-ee'-ga), I may bring,
traigas (trii-ee'-gas), thou mayst bring,
traiga (tra-ee'-ga), he may bring,
traigamos (tra-ee-ga'-mos), we may bring,
traigais (tra-ee-ga'-ees). may bring,
traigan (ira-ee'-gan), they may bring.
2 Why must the subjunctive mood be used here t
* Muela means literally bjci tooth, molar tooth. — It can also mean
the grindstone or the mill-dam.
* Haber can be used impersonally, meaning there is. It is con¬
jugated :
Indicativo presente.
traigo tra-ee'-go), I bring,
traes (tra'-ais), thou bringest.
trae (tra'-e), he brines,
traetnos (tra-ai'-mos), we bring,
trasis (tra-ai'-ees),^'e bring,
tracn (tra'-ain), they bring.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. 149
18. iQu6 dinero trae * V. consigo (fiai "'ee-nai'-rd trd'-i oos-
tai''' kon-see'-gd) ?
19. Tengo solo veinte reales, y estan a su disposicion (raid''
lais ee ai-stdn'd soo '''ees-pd-see-thee-dn').
20. Tenga V. labondad de escribir a mi agente.
21. i Escribir^ <5 enviar6 un despacho ?
22. V. tiene que enviar un despacho, pues estoy obligado
a salir esta tarde.
23. Necesito tener un poder. i CuAnto testigos (tais-tee'-gos)
necesita V. que lo firinen ^ (feer'-tnain) ?
24. I Es esta su firma ?
25. Necesitamos que haya ® (d'-yd) dos testigos para acredi-
tar su firma. V. tiene que ir al Consulado y por-
curarlos allf.
26. Tengo dolor de muelas ® (moo-ai'-lds), < Me puede V.
recomendar i un buen dentista ?
27. En este calle hay* un excelente dentista.
hay, there is ; there are.
habia, there was; there were,
hubo, there was; there were,
habri, there shall or will be.
Hay hombres en el jardin,
habia fiestas en la ciudad,
hubo baile en palacio,
habrd sieinpre guerra in M^jico,
habria paz en Mejico . . .
there should or would
be.
habria,
hubiera,
hubiese,
ha habido, there has been; there
have been,
habia habido, there had been.
Examples.
there are some men in the garden,
there were some festivities in town,
there was a ball at the palace,
there will always be war in Mexico,
there would be peace in Mexico if . . .
For other meanings of hay, see grammatical remarks about haber.
150 THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
28. He is a Mexican, but he studied (estudid) in Philadelphia,
and speaks English very finely.
29. You must send a letter to my employer {mi dependiente)
Mr. Cervera. Write to him that I am very ill and
that I cannot leave my room {salir de mi cuartd).
30. I want to engage {enconirdr ^ ) a good guide {guia).
31. I want to engage a good and honest {/lonrado) man who
understands {entienda^) English and Spanish, and who
is familiar {este familiarizado) with {en) the country.
32. I should like to sell some American goods to Mexican
merchants. I would like to engage a good man who
knows {conociera*) the market in general {en general)^
33. Mr. Pina is well versed {muy entendidd) in the matter
{la materia).
34. I want to have reliable information about the financial
standing of this merchant. ( = I want to know with
reliability \con reaiidad") the financial standing \el
estadofinanciero\ oi this merchant).
35. This merchant is worthy of full confidence ( = is of
entire \eniera'\ confidence \conJianzd) ].
36. Can you inform {informar) me of {sobre) his solvency
{solvencid) ?
1 Encontrar means literally to meet, but is used for " to employ " in
regard to any other but menial labor.
2 The Subjunctive mood must be used here for reasons given in
Note 2, page I02. — Entender belongs to those irregular verbs which
insert an i before the e of their stems in the following (largely printed)
tenses and persons :
Imperative.
entiende (td)» understand
(thou)!
entienda (^l), let him under¬
stand. [(yoii)l
entienda (V.), understand
Indicativo presenie.
entiendo, I understand.
entiendes, thou understand-
Sitbjuntivo presente-
entienda, I may understand
entiendas, thou mayest un-
est. derstand.
entiende, be understands, 'entienda, hemay understand.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. I51
28. El es mejicano, pero estudid en Filadelfia y habia muy
bien el inglds.
29. Es menester que V. envie una carta d mi dependiente, el
senor -Cervera. Escn'bale que estoy muy malo y que
no puedo salir de mi cuarto.
30. Deseo encontrar ^ un buen guia {gee'-d).
31. Deseo encontrar qn hombre bueno y honrado que en-
tienda^ el inglds y el espanol, y que estd familiarizado
en el pais (^fd-mee-Iee-d-ree-t/id'-"'d ain ailpd-ees').
32. Desearia vender algunos efectosamericanos d mercaderes
mejicanos. Quisiera encontrar un hombre bueno que
conociera® el mercado en general Qhai-nai-rdP).
33. El senor Pina {peen'-yd) es muy entendido en la materia
(md-tai'-ree-d).
34. Deseo saber con realidad el estado financiero {fee-ndn-
thee-ai'-ro) de este comerciante.
35. Este comerciante es de entera confianza (ain-iai'-rd kon-
fee-dn'-thd).
36. i Puede V. informarme sobre su solvencia (sol-vain!-
thee-d) ?
Indicativo presente.
entendenios, we understand.
eptendeis, ye understand,
entienden, they understand.
Imperativo.
entendamos, let us under*
stand.
entended, understand I
entiendan, (V V.), under*
stand (you, plur.) !
Subjuntivo presente.
entendamos, we may under* <
stand.
entendais,^^ may understand,
entiendan, they may under¬
stand.
® Conociera is the subjunctive mood of the conditional of the irregular
verb conocer, to know. It is conjugated :
conociera (k5-no-thee ai'-ra) I should know,
conocieras (ko-no-thee ai'-ras) thou wouldst know,
conociera (k5-no-thee ai'-ral, he would know,
conocidramos (ko-no-thee ai'-ra-mos), we should know,
conocidrais (ko-no-thee ai'-ra-ees), would know,
conocidran (ko-no-thee ai'-ran), they would know.
152
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
37. Do you stand in commercial relations with him ? ( =
Have you commercial relations [rdaciones comerciales'\
with him) 1
38. He belongs to a good family ( = he is of good family),
and his house is very solid {sclida).
39. I should like to have the addresses {las direcciones) of all
the Mexican merchants in my line ( = who are in
relationship [en relacioii] with my business-affairs [mis
negodos'\ ). I am a dealer in agricultural implements.
40. I want to sell for cash {al contadd). To good merchants
we give three months' credit ( = we give them credit
\crJditd\ for three months).
41. For cash we will give ten per centum discount ( = the
discount [el descuento\ of ten per centum).
42. On all cash-payments {todos lospagos al contadd) we give
a ( = the) discount of fifteen per centum.
43. What do you charge for these goods ?
44. How much do you charge for packing (empaquefar) these
goods ?
45. By which steamer will you send these goods ?
46. Can you send these goods by the next steamer ?
47. We prefer {preferimos^) to send these goods by rail.
48. We prefer you would send these goods by sailing vessel
{buque de vela).
49. We want you to send these goods in the cheapest way
possible (par la via mas barata).
50. We want you to send these goods as rapidly as possible
( par la via mas r dpi do).
1 Prefarimos is the first person plural of the indicative present of
the irregular vei l) preferir, to prefer. It is conjugated :
prefiero (prai-fee-ai'-ro), I prefer,
prefieres (prai-fee-ai'-rais), thou preferrest.
prefiero (urai-fee ai'-re), he prefers.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. I53
37. i Tiene V. relaciones comerciales con ?
38. Es de buena familia, y su casa es niuy sdiida.
39. Desearfa te.ier las direcciones {""ee-raik-ihee^o'-nais) de
todos los comerciantes mejicanos que esten en relacion
con mis negocios. Soy comerciante en impleinentos
de agricultura.
40. Yo deseo vender al contado. A buenos comerciantes
nosotros les dar6mos cr6dito por tres meses {mai'-
sais).
41. Por contado dar6mos el descuento de diez por ciento.
42. En todos los pagos al contado, dar6mos el descuento de
quince por ciento.
43* i lleva V. por estos efectos ?
44. i Que lleva V. por empaquetar {aim-pd-kai-tdr') estos
efectos ?
45. iPor que vapor enviara V. estos efectos?
46. I Puede V. enviar estos efectos por el prdximo vapor ?
47. Nosotros preferimos' enviar estos efectos por ferrocarril.
48. Nosotros preferimos que V. envie ^ estos efectos por
buque de vela (boo'-ke di vai'-ld).
49. Nosotros deseamos que V. envie estos efectos por la via
(t'ed-d) mas barata {vd rd'-td).
50. Deseamos que V. envie estos efectos por la via mas
rapida.
preferimos (prai-fai-ree'-mos), we prefer,
preferis (prai-fai-rees'), ye prefer,
prefieren (prai-fee-ai'-rain), they prefer.
* The subjunctive mood must he used here. See Note I, page lao.
154
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
GRAMMATICAL REMARKS.
Exercise.
In an HoteL
1. i Es aquf la fond a de Madrid ?
2. Me ban hablado de su fonda de V. i Tiene V. un
cuarto claro {light) y quieto (kee-ai'-t5, quiet) ?
3. Quisiera un cuarto claro y quieto que d6 {gives) a la
calle.
4. Quisiera un cuarto con vista (view) al mar {ocean).
5. i Cuales son los preclos de sus cuartos de V. ?
6. i Puede V. darme una cama {heel) con mosquitero
{mosquito net) ?
7. i No tiene V. un cuarto desocupado {unoccupied) en
el primer piso (pee'-so,yfwA) ?
8. Veamos (vai'-a-mos, let us see) si la cama es buena,
que {/or) es lo mas esencial (ai-sain-thee-aF, main thing).
9. I Podremos (fut. of poder, can we) alojarnos {get
lodgings) aquf?
10. Si, seiior, tenemos bonitos cuartos y buenas camas.
11. i Qu^ nos dara V. {willyou give) de cenar (supper) ?
12. D6nos V. {give us) un par de pichones {pigeons), un
pedazo de jamon y upa ensalada (salad).
13. Todo estara lue^o pronto {will soon be ready), no
tengan V.V. cuidado.
14. Haga V. {make) por que cenemos cuanto antes {as
soon as possible).
15. Senores, la cena estd ya {already) en la mesa.
16. Vamos (let us go) a cenar para acostarnos {to retire)
temprano.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. 155
17. Muchacho, despidrtame (call me) manana muy tem«
prano; me he de levantar (get up) al romper (at break)
el dia.
18. iNecessitan V.V. algo mas?
19. i Estan prontos nuestros cuartos ? < Estan hechas
(lAade) las camas ?
20. < Esti V. seguro (sure) de que las sabanas (sheets)
estan bien secas (dry) ?
Journey (Viaje) by (por) Rail.
1. Waiter, at what time does the train leave for Orizaba ?
2. At ten o'clock, sir.
■ 3. It is^ (already, y<x) nine o'clock; call (me) a porter
(un mandadero) to carry my baggage ( = who may take me
my baggage).
4. Get me (busqueme V.) a carriage to take me to the
station ( = which may take me to the station).
5. At once, sir ( = I go [I'oy] running \corriendo\ ) ; I shall
be back in five minutes ( = I am returned \jle vuelta'\ in five
minutes \_minutos'] ).
6. The carriage is at the door. ( = Already is the car¬
riage at the door.)
7. Take my baggage down (abajo), waiter. All right
( = is well).
8. Hurry up, driver ( = take us in good trot \d buen
pasdl ) ; I am afraid (or, I fear \_temo'\ ) we shall be late
- ( = that we will arrive [llegar/mos] very late).
9. No fear, sir (uo tcnga V. cuidado). Jlere we are
(hdmos aqui) at the station.
156
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
10. Let US take {tomar) our tickets. Where is the ticket-
office ?
11. Whicli class shall we take? Whichever you like (Ja
que V. quiera), though (auuque), I should prefer {^preferir) to
travel second class (= to go in a second-class carriage [en
cache de la segunda clase'] ).
12. Very well ( = it is very well) ; it makes no difference -
to me ( = to me it is indifferent [mdiferente] ) ; let us get our
tickets ( = let us go to take the tickets).
13. What is the price for excursion-tickets ?
14. Have children to pay full prices (= the children pay
[the] full fare [asieuto entero'\ ) ?
15. They do not pay at all up to four years of age.
( = Nothing they pay to [hasta'] the age of four years).
16. All aboard (nl cache, sehares) 1
Ohservations on Certain Itegular Verbs.
Certain orthographical changes take place in the follow¬
ing regular verbs:
O O
1. Verbs ending in gar insert u before e, as :
Infmitivo. Subjunct. presente. Dejinido.
pagar to pay. pague, pagues, pague, &c. pagu^.
2. Verbs ending in car change c into qu before e, as:
Infinitivo. Subjunct. presente. Definido.
tocar to play. toque, toques, toque, &c. toqu^.
3. Verbs ending in zar change z into c before e, as :
Infinitivo. Subjunct. presente. Dfinida.
rezar, to pray. reoe, reces, rece, &c. rec^.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
157
4. Verbs ending in cer or cir change c into z before o or
a, to preserve the soft sound, as:
Injinittvo. Indicat. pnsente. Dcfinido.
veneer to vanquish. venzo, &c. venza, &c.
resarcir to compensate, resarzo. resarza, &c.
5. Verbs ending in ger or gir change g into j before o or
a, as:
Infinitivo. Ind. presente. Subj. presente.
coger to take cojo, &c. coja, &c.
erigir to erect. erijo &c. erija, &c.
6. Verbs ending in guir change gu into g, and verbs end¬
ing in quir change qu into c before o or a, as:
Infinitivo. Ind. presente. Subj. presente.
distinguir to distinguish, distingo, &<;. dislinga, &c.
delinquir to offend. delinco, &c. delinca, &c.
7. Verbs ending in cer or cir preceded by a vowel insert
before the stem-ending a z as often as the stem meets an a or
an o, as:
conocer to know.
Indicat. Pres. conozco {but: conoces, conoce, conocemos,
&c.).
Suljunet. Pres. conozca, conozcas, conozca, conozcamos,
conozcais, conozcan.
Imperativo. conozca, conozcamos, conozcan.
lucir to shine, to display.
Indicat. Pres. luzco {Init: luces, luce, lucimos, &c.).
Subjnnet. Pres. luzca, luzcas, luzca, luzcaunos, luzcais, luzcan.
Imperativo. luzca, luzcamos, luzcan.
8. The following six regular verbs have an irregular
participio passado:
158
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
Abrir, to open,
cubrir, to cover,
descubrir, to discover,
escribir, to write,
imprimir, to print,
romper, to break.
Infinitivo.
Parlicipio pass ado.
Abierto, opened,
cubierto, covered,
descubierto, discovered,
escrito, written,
impreso, printed,
roto, broken.
Exercise,
1. Qu6 instrumento toca V.? En algun tiempo toqu^
el piano, pero ahora ya no lo toco.
2. i Ea pues (very well) Don Juan ! Aquf hay un piano;
i no tendria V. gana de tocar algo, V. que toca tan (so) bien.
3. Caballero, es favor que V. me hace (do), yo no soy
tan fuerte (strong, clever) en el piano como V. cree (krai'-e,
believe), pero si V. lo desea, tocar^ algo.
4. i Ha leido (lai-ee"*o, read) V. los periodicos (papers)
de anoche (to-night) ? Si senor, y creo que la republica
francesa (French) conlinuara (will continue), teniendo como
tiene ahora por presidente el Sehor Grdvy.
5. Senores, distingamos bien ; yo tainbien creo (I believe)
que el Senor Gr^vy es muy digno (worthy) de ser presidente,.
y que es hombre para eso, pero ....
6. La nacion (nation) francesa ha hccho (made) una
experiencia (experience) tal que no habra necesidad de temer
(to fear) por la paz (peace).
7. i Cree V. que Porfirio llegara pronto? No creo que
Uegue hoy.
8. i Donde estuvisteis hoy por la mafiana ? Estuvimos
the spanish language.
159
corriendo {running) por los campos {fields), cogiendo flores
{flowers).
9. Mi padre ha dicho {said) que tu vencerias todas las
difficultades {difficulties) con facrlidad {facility), si tuvieses
mas paciencia {patience).
10. Cristobal Colon {Christopher Columbus) ha descu-
bierto la America.
11. Temiendo {fearing, afraid) estoy que mi agente no
Uegue i tiempo {in time) para ir al teatro.
12. La razon {reasop) manda {demands) que venzamoa
nuestras pasiones {passions).
Conjugation of the Passive Verb.
Model Verb, Ser Uamado, — To he called.
SIMPLE TENSES.
Infinitivo.
(Uamado, a )
®"|lamados.asi *<> >"
Gerundio.
(Uamado, a 1
illamados,
Participio.
Uamado, Ilamada; llamados, llamadas, having been called.
Indicative Mode.
Subjunctive Mode.
Presents.
I am called, &c.
soy Uamado, a.
eres Uamado, a.
es Uamado, a.
somos llamados, as.
sois llamados, as.
son llamados, as.
Presents.
/ may be called, &c.
sea Uamado, a.
seas Uamado, a.
sea Uamado, a.
seamos llamados, as.
seals llamados, as.
sean llamados, as.
l60 THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
Imperfecto.
Imperfecto (/irst form).
/ Tc.jj callei/, &c.
I might be cullea, &c.
era llaiiiado, a.
fuera liamado, a.
dramas llamados, as.
fueramos llamados, as.
Definido.
Imperfecto (second form).
/ was called, &c.
I might be called, &c.
fui llamado, a.
fuese llamado, a.
fuimos llamados, as.
fuescmos llamados, as.
Futuro.
F uturo.
/ called, &c.
/ should be called, &c.
sere llamado, a.
fuere llamado, a.
seremos llamados, as.
fueremus llamados, as.
condicional.
conoicional.
I should he called, &c.
(ff) f were called, &c.
seria llamado, a.
fuera or fuese llamado, a.
seriamos llamados, as.
fueramos cr fuesemos llamados, as.
COMPOUND TENSES.
Perfecto.
Perfecto.
/ have been called, &c.
/ may have been called, &c.
he sido llamado, a.
haya sido llamado, a.
hemos sido llamados, as.
hayamos sido llamados, as.
Pl.u sen am perfecto.
puustuampcrfecto (Jirst form).
/ had been called, .Sic.
/ might have been called, &c.
hahia sido llamado, a.
hubiera sido llamado a.
hal.iamos sido llamados, as.
hubieramos sido llamados, as.
Perfecto Anterior.
Pluscuamperfecto (secondfortd).
/ had been called, &c.
I might have been called, &c.
hube sido llamado, a.
hubiese sido llamado, a.
hubimos sido llamados, as.
hubiesemos sido llamados, as.
Futuro Perfecto.
Futuro Perfecto.
I shall have been cal ed. &c.
I should have been called, &c.
habre .sido llamado, a-
hubiere sido llamado, a.
habremos sido llamados, &c.
hubie.emos sido llamados, as.
CoNDicioKAL Perfecto.
CoND-cioNAL Perfecto.
I should have been railed, &c.
(If)I had been called. &c.
Iiabria sido llamado, a.
hubiera hubiese sido llamado.a
habriamos sido llamados, as.
hubieramos or hubiesemos sido
llamados, as.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. '
l6l
Jtemarks on the Passive,
1. The passive participle must agree in gender and
number with the subject of the sentence, as :
Estos niuos son amados, These children are loved,
estas seuoras han sido siempre these ladies have always been
muy estimadas, verj' much esteemed.
2. By after passive verbs or participles is given by por,
except when the verb denotes feeling or emotion when it is
rendered by de, as:
Este libro fu6 escrito por Cas- This book was written by Cast-
tellar, ellar.
este cuadro fu6 pintado por this picture was painted by
Murillo, Murillo.
este escritor es estimado de this writer is esteemed by
muchos, many.
3. Active verbs are often used passively with the pronoun
86 in the third person singular or plural, as:
Estas manzanas se venden a These apples are sold at very
precios muy altos, high prices,
esta casa se alquild hace mas this house was let more than
de un mes, a month ago.
No 86 puede ver nada, nothing can be seen.
Exercise.
1. Los documentos aquellos {those) fuercn firmados
pero no se sabe por quien (yvhom).
2. A mf no me importa (/ do not care) que lo haya
firmado quienquiera {whosoever).
162
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
Words.
La Mesa y Las Comidas. Table and Meals.
Un plato,
un trinchero,
1 A plate.
una fuente,
a dish.
un vaso,
a glass.
una botella {vd-iai'-ya).
a bottle.
una jarra {'■hdr'-ra),
un jarro (^hdr-rd),
1 a pitcher ; a jug.
una taza,
una jicara (^/lee'-kd-ra),
1 a cup.
una savilla (sd-vee-'yd),
1 a saucer.
un platillo {pld-tee'-yo),
una cucharita {de caff).
a tea-spoon.
el sal,
the salt.
el salero {sd-lai'-ro).
the salt-cellar.
el aceite {d-ihai-ee' te).
the oil.
el vinagre,
the vinegar.
la pimienta (^pee-mee-ain'-td).
the pepper.
la mostaza,
the mustard.
la salsa,
the sauce.
las comidas {ko-med-"''ds),
the meals.
el almuerzo (dl-moo-air'-"'d),
the breakfast.
almorzar.
to breakfast.
la comida.
the dinner.
comer.
to eat; to dine.
la cena {thai'-no).
the supper.
cenar,
to sup. ^
la lista,
the bill of fare.
el pan.
the bread.
SUPPLEMENTARY EXERCISES
ADDED BY
The Travelers Insurance Company,
OF
HARTFORD. FONN.
i Qu^ hace cada uno prudente dntes de ir de viaje de una
parte i otro?
pompra una pdliEa de seguros de "Travelers Insurance
Co."
^Por qu^?
Para ser pagado por pdrdida de tiempo en caso de acci-
dente, y para salvar su familia si quita la vida.
^Cudl es el precio de esta p61iza de seguros?
Solamente #5.00 cada ano, #3.00 por tees meses, por cada
8f,000 de segUro, y ademas de eso $5.00 por setnana
mi^ntras que sea herido.
iEs necesario una examinacion por un medico?
No.
^Son beridos 6 matados por accidente muchos hombres?
Cerca de la sexta parte de todos que se aseguran en " The
Travelers Co."
^Se le paga mucho dinero?
Mas de $3,000.03 cada dia.
iHay mucho tiempo que lo ha hecho?
Por veintiuno ahos la Compahia le ha pagado $14,000,004
i Podria hacerlo en caso de grandes pdrdidas ?
Tiene $2,000,000 de fondos sobre todas sus obligaciones.
^En ddnde se compran esas p61izas?
En todas las ciudades de los Estados Unidos y del Ca
aadi.
THE MASON $( HAMLIN
PIANO.
Illustrates the same high standard of excellence
which has always characterized the
MASON HAMLIN ORGANS,
and won for them the Highest Awards at
^11 C3rx-©«.t "V\7" orld's ESxlil'toitions
since and including that of Paris, 1867.
Organ and Piano Catalogues sent free
to any address,
SOLD ON EASY TERMS, AND RENTED.
MASON & HAMLIN ORGAN & PIANO 00.
BOSTON, MASON & HAMLIN HALL, 154 & 155 Treinont Street.
NEW YORK, 158 FItth Avenue. CHICAGO, 149 Wabash Avenue.
THE
A Short and Practical Method
ACQUIRING COMPLETE FLUENCY OF SPEECH
Spanish Language.
By Dr. Richard S. Rosenthal,
Late Director of the "Akacemie fur fremde Sprachbn" in Berlin «nr
Leipzig, of the Meistekschaft College'* in London, and Pr:n
cipal of the ''meisterschaft School of practical
Linguistry " in New York and Boston.
IN FIF^EKN
PART VI
BOSTON, MASS:
MEISTERSCHAFT PUBLISHING COMPANV.
196 Summer Street.
(Estes I'res..:)-
TERMS.
We hare arranged with Dr. Boseitthal, the anther of the "Meis
(crscbaft System," for its introdnction in America under his onn
supervision, and be has opened
THE
FOR NON-RESIDENTS.
The Stndent does not need to leave his home. The lessons of
each language are prepared by the Professor, and printed and sent
in pamphlet shape, to each member of the School, whetever he
may reside.
The course of study for each language—German. French, Italian
or Spanish —makes fifteen pamphlets, of three lessons each.
All members of the school have
THE PRIVILEGE
of asking, by letter, questions concerning each lesson, or consnlt*
ing on any difficulty which may have occurred to them. All exer¬
cises corrected, and all questions answered by return post, by
Dr. Koseethai., or one of his assistants.
TERMS OF MEMBERSHIP.
Five Dollars is the price for membership in flie School, for
Vich language. This amount ($5,) entitles the member to receive
fie fifteen books or pamphlets containing the lessons, also answers
to his ouestions. Return postage for the answer must accompany
the question.
State distinctly which language, or languages you desire to study.
There are no extra charges. The price, Five DoUars. psys for
one language; Ten Dollars foi two languages, etc. All exer-
tis> s and questions must be written on a separate sheet of paper,
Si.d must state full address of the pupil.
The remittances must be made in Post-Office Order or Registered
Letter. addres.sd to
Meisterschaft Publishing Company,
Estes Press 196 Summer Street.
BOSTON
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
SPANISH.
PART VI.
Copyright, (883, by Richard S. Rosenthal
164 THE MEtSTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
FOUNDATION SENTENCE.
Please tell him to bring me these
things at half past five at the latest,
as I need them at six o'clock.
1.
Please tell him to bring me these
things at half past five at the latest.
Pray, please ^
' S:rva is the third person singular of the Imperative of the irregular
verb servir, to serve, to wait upon. Servir belongs to a class of irregular
verbs of the third conjugation which change the e of their stems into
in the following persons and tenses; i. e. serv- is changed into sirv-.*
Gerundio sirviendo, serving.
Participio servido, served.
Indicative Mode. Presente. Subjunctive Mode.
sirvo,
I serve.
sirva.
I may serve.
sirves,
thou servest.
sirvaSy
thou mayest serve.
sirve,
he serves.
sirva,
he may serve.
servimos.
we serve.
sirvamos,
we may serve.
servis,
ye serve.
sirvais,
ye may serve.
sirven,
they serve.
sirvan,
they may serve.
Imperfecto.
servia.
I served.
sirviera,
I might serve.
servias^
thou servedst.
sirvieras,
thou mightst serve.
servia,
he served.
sirviera,
he might serve
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
165
FOUNDATION SENTENCE.
Sirvase V. decirle que me traiga estas
seer'-va-sS oos-tai""' dai-theer'-lS kS mS tra'-ee-ga ais'-tas
ccsas & las cinco 7 media A mas tardar,
ko'-sas a 1^ theen'-ko ee mai'-'''ee-a a mas tar-"*ar'
pues las necesito a las seis.
poo-ais' las nai-thai-see'-to a lu sai'-ees.
1.
Sirvase V. decirle que me traiga estas
seer'va-s6 oos-tai">' dai-theer'-Ie k6 mi tra'-ee-ga ais'-tas
cosas d las cinco y media a- mas tardar.
ko'-'ias a las theen'-ko ee mai'-"'ee-a a mas tar-"ar'.
Sfrtase V.' (seer'-vd-s^ oos-tai"")
serviamos,
serviais,
Servian,
servi,
serviste,
sirvid,
servimos,
servisteis,
sirvieron,
servird,
servirds,
serviri,
servirdmos,
servirdis,
servirin,
we served.
jfe served,
they served.
I served,
thou servedst.
he served,
we served.
ye served,
they served.
sirvieramos,
sirvierais,
sirvieran,
Definido.
sirviese,
sirvieses,
sirviese,
sirviesemos,
sirvieseis,
sirviesen.
I shall serve,
thou wilt serve,
he will serve,
we shall serve.
ye will serve,
they will serve.
Futuro.
sirviere,
sirvieres,
.sirviere,
sirvieremos,
sirviereis,
Sirvieren,
we might serve.
ye might serve,
they might serve.
I might serve,
thou mighfst serve,
he might serve,
we might serve.
ye might serve,
they might serve.
I should serve,
thou sliouldst serve
he should serve,
we should serve.
ye should serve,
they should serve.
166 THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
tell him ^
that ®
to me
he may bring ®
these
things
at^
the
five®
Condicional.
serviria.
I should serve.
sirviera
or
sirviese,
55%
servirias.
thou wouldst serve.
sirvieras
<r
sirvieses,
serviria.
he would serve.
sirviera
it
sirviese^
(fi
n
serviriamos
we should serve.
sirvieramos
a
sirviesemos,
3
n
serviriais.
ye would serve.
sirvierais
ti
sirvieseis^
cu
r
servirian.
they would serve.
sirvieran
it
sirviesen.
Imperativo.
sirve (tii).
serve (thou).
sirvamos,
let us serve.
sirva (el).
let him serve.
seiWid,
serve
sirva V., serve.-
sirvan (ellos),
let them serve.
It is in-
1 Decir is an irregular verb of the third conjugation,
fleeted :
Gerundio diciendo, saying.
Participio dicho, said.
Pres. Ind. digo, dices, dice, decimos, decis, dicen.
Pres. SubJ. diga, digas, diga, digamos, digais, digan.
Imperf. decia, decias, decia, deciamos, deciais, decian.
1 Imp.Subj. dijera, dijeras, dijera, dij^ramos, dijdrais, dijeran.
Definido. dije, dijiste, dijo, dijimos, dijisteis, dijeron.
2 Imp. Subj. dijese, dijeses, dijese, dij6setnos, dij^seis. dijesen.
Puturo. dire, diris, dird, dirdmos, dirdis, dirin.
Put. Subj. dijere, dijeres, dijere, dijdremos, dijdreis, dijereiL
Condic. diria, dirias, diria, diriamos, diriais, dirian.
Imperat. di, diga, digamos, decid.
2 After verbs expressive of a command, desire. Wish, entreaty, per¬
mission, concession, fear, or caution, the subjunctive mode with que is
used t
THE SPANISH JuANeUAGE.
*67
decirle * (dai-theer'-li)
que® {ki)
me {me)
traiga ® {trd''ee-gd)
estas {ais'-tds)
cosas {kd'-sds)
aV)
las {Ids)
cinco ® {theen-ko)
Don Pedro dice que V. vaya a su
casa,
deseo que jnis hijos aprendan tres
lenguas vivas,
te ruego que me hagas este favor,
temo mucho que no venga.
Don Pedro commands you should
go to his house.
I wish my sons to learn three living
tongues.
I beg you (thee) to do me this favor.
I am afraid he is not coming-
' Traiga is the third person singular of the Present Subjunctive.
It is derived from the irregular verb traer, to bring;
Gerundio trayendo, bringing.
Participio traldo, brought.
Pres. Ind. traigo, traes, trae, traemos, traeis, traen.
Pres. Suhj. traiga, traigas, traiga. traigamos, traigais, traigan.
Imperf. traia, traias, trai'a, traiamos, traiais, traian.
1 Imp. Suij. trajera, trajeras, trajera, traj^ramos, trajdrais, trajdran.
Defin. traje, trajiste, trajo, trajimos, trajisteis, trajeron.
2 Imp. Subj. trajese, trajeses,trajese,trajdsemos, trajdseis, trajescn.
Put. traere, traeras, traera, traeremos, traereis, traer-an,
Cond. traeria, traerias, traeria, traeriamos, traeriais, traerian.
* At, when relating to time, is expressed by 4.
® The word dclock is not expressed in Spanish when the hour or
time of day is indicated. They use the article la before una to express
one o'clock, and las before the other hours. (The word hora being
understood, the feminine article has to be used.) Thus we say:
Es la una, it is one o'clock,
son las dos, " two "
" tres, " three "
" cuatro, " four "
" .cinco, " five "
" seis, " six "
Son las siete,
" ocho,
" nueve,
" diez,
" once,
" doce.
it is seven o'clock.
" eight "
" nine "
*' ten «
" .eleven "
" twelve "
168 THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
and
half
at
most
to delay
at the latest.
1. What is the use of this ? (= For [/araj what serves this ?)
2. This is good for nothing (<7r, This is of no use to me = This
does serve me for nothing).
3. He has been of a great deal of use to me. (= He was to
me very useful \util'\ ).
4. It is of no use to stop here any longer. Let us ride
ahead. (= One cannot \no se' puede'\ stop here mtuh
time. (Let us \^djenos\ continue \seguir\ forward
\adelante'\ ).
5. What is the use of this object ? (= What {dial) is the
object \el objeto) of this ?)
6. Will you be kind enough to do me this favor {este favor) ?
7. Please visit my father every day, without fail; he is very
ill. {— Please go \sirvase V. />] to visit \t<isitar'\ my
father all the days \todos los dias"] without fail [sin
falta'\ ; he is very ill).
8. Please ask {preguntarf) the {al) shoemaker if he can
bring my boots to-day.
9. When the servant {el criadd) brings (subjunct.) my clothes
[la ropd\, tell him to serve breakfast.
1 The use of se with active verbs has been explained on page 81,
note 4.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
169
y ^
media (mai'-"'e-a)
a (a)
mas {mas)
tardar {tdr-"'dr')
a mas tardar.
1. I Para qu6 sirve esto ?
2. Esto no me sirve para nada.
3. El me fu6 muy dtil.
4. No se * puede parar aquf mucho tiempo. D6jenos seguir
adelante {dai'-^hai-nds sai-gheer' d-"'ai-ldn'-ti).
5. i Cuil es el objeto de esto ?
6. jTendria V. labondad de hacerme este favor? or, j Si'r-
vase V. hacerme este favor ?
7. Si'rvase V. ir i visitar a mi padre todos los dias, sin falta ;
esta muy malo.
8. Si'rvase V. preguntar al ^ zapatero si puede traer hoy mis
botas.
9. Cuando el criado traiga la ropa, dfgale V. de servirme el
almuerzo.
® Preguntar, to ask, must be. followed by &. A full list of the
peculiar constructions of a number of verbs is given in a later lesson.
I/O THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
10. Have the kindness to saddle (ensillar) my horse im¬
mediately (= to saddle me the horse [el cabaUo\
immediately).
11. Be kind enough to tell him to send me a Mexican bit
for my horse (= that he may send me a Mexican bit
[un bocado\ for [para'\ my horse).
12. This American bit is not of the slightest use to me.
(= This American Li; does not serve me for
nothing).' '
13. Tell the (a/) coachman to drive me to the depot as
quickly as possible. (= Tell * you to the coachman
that he may take me as quickly as possible \lo mds
aprisa posible] to the depot)
14. Please tell the doctor to call daily on my father ; I am
afraid he is very ill. (= Please tell * to the doctor that
he may come [venga to see my father all the days,
as [pues'\ I fear [temo\ that he may be* very ill).
15. Please tell the waiter to bring me my breakfast at half-
past five at the latest (= Have the .goodness to tell'
to the waiter that he may bring me the breakfast at
the Jive and half [media^ at the latest).
1 Usted is — as we have noticed before — frequently used in connec¬
tion with its substitute le in the so<alled pleonastic construction, when
joined to the same verb:
Le dire a V., I shall tell you.
I que le pasa a V. ? what is the matter with you ?
le busco a V. I am looking for you
< le he servido 4 V. a su gusto ? have I served you according to your
taste ?
Le and se are frequently used in Spanish not only with usted, but with
a noun:
A mi padre le parecid muy caro, it seemed very dear to my father,
a mi hermana se lo habia dicho, he had told it-tamy.sister.
2 Venga is the third person singular, of the Present .Subjunctive of
the Irregular verb venir, to ctmet
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
10. Tenga V. la bondad de ensillarme {ain-see-ydr'-mi^) el
caballo inmediatamente.
ir. Tenga la bondad de decirle que me envle un bocado
mejicano para mi caballo.
13. Este filete americano no me sirve para nada.
13. Di'gale^ V. al cochero que me lleve lo mas aprisa
(d'pre^-sd) posible al paradero.
14. Tenga la bondad de decirle * al Doctor que venga ^ k ver
k mi padre todos los dias, pues temo que est^ ® muy
malo.
15. Tenga la bondad de decirle' al mozo que me traiga el
almuerzo a las cinco y media a mas tardar.
Gerundio viniendo, coming.
Participio venido, come.
Pres. Jnd. vengo, vienes, viene, venimos, venis, vienen.
Pres. Suhj. venga, vengas, venga, vengamos, vengais, vengan.
Imperf. venia, venias, venfa, veniamos, venfais, vem'an.
1 Imp. Subj. viniera, vinieras, viniera, vini6ramos, vini6rais, vinieran.
Defin. vine, viniste, vino, vinimos, vinisteis, vinieron.
2 Imp. Subj. viniese, vinieses, viniese, vini^semos, vini^seis, vini-
isen.
Put. vendr6, vendris, vendrd, vendr^mos, vendr6is, vendrin.
Put, Subj. viniere, Vinieres, viniere, vini^remos, vini^reis, vini-
6ren.
Cond. vendria, vendrias, vendria, vendriamos, vendriais,
vendrian.
Imperat. ven, venga V., vengamos, venid.
* See note 2, page 166.
172
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
16. Will you be kind enough to repair my saddle for me?
(= Could you \_podria V.^'] have the kindness to
repair [componer^ me my saddle [^silld] ) ?
17. Have the kindness to repair my reins {mis riendas) (my
stirrups \niis estribos"} ).
18. My belt is broken. (= My belt \mi cinchd\ has itself
broken \roto^'\). Will you have the kindness to
repair it ?
19. The breakfast is served, sir, and madam is waiting
{aguarda) for you.
20. Ah {pues), have the kindness to walk {pasar) into (d)
the other room {habitacioti) with me.
21. With pleasure. — Good morning, madam (= madam
\_sehora mia *] may you have very good day).
22. Good morning, sir. I am very glad you are going to
breakfast with us. (= Very welcome \jTiuy bien venido\
sir. I am very glad about {de"] that [que') you will
accompany [subjunct.^] us to breakfast).
' The irregular verb poder, to be able, must be learned now.
Gerundio pudiendo, being able.
Participio podido, able.
Pres. Ind. puedo, puedes, puede, podemos, podeis, pueden.
Pres. SubJ. pueda, puedas, pueda, podamos, podais, puedan.
Imperf. podia, podias, podia, podiamos, podiais, podian.
1 Imp. SubJ. pudiera, pudieras, pudijra, pudi^ramos, pudi^rais,
pudieran.
Defin. pude, pudiste, pudo, pudimos, pudisteis, pudieron.
2 Imp. Suhj. pudiese, pud'";ses, pudiese, pudidsemos, pudi^seis,
pudiesen.
put. podre, podras, podra, podremos, podreis, podrin.
Put. SubJ. pudiere, pudieres, pudiere, pudi^remos, pudi6reisi
pudieren.
Cond. podria, podrias, podria, podriamos, podriais, podrian.
® Compare page 2, note i66.
* The absolute possessive adjectives are:
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
173
16. I Podria ^ V. tenet la bondad de componerme mi silla
(see'-jra) ?
17. Tenga V. la bondad de componerme mis riendas (mis
estribos).
18. Mi cincha se ha roto.® < Podria V. tenet la bondad de
componerla ?
19. Senor, el almuerzo esti servido, y la senora aguarda
i V.
20. Pues, sfrvase V. pasar conmigo a la otra habitacion.
21. Con mucho gusto. — Senora mia,® tenga V. muy buenos
dias.
22. Muy bien venido, caballero. Me alegro mucho de que
nos acompan^ * a almorzar.
Singular.
rnio, mia,
tuyo, tuya,
suyo, suya,
nuestro, nuestra,
vuestro, vuestra,
suyo, suya,
mios, mias,
tuyos, tuyas,
suyos, suyas.
nuestros, nuestras, our.
vuestros, vuestras, your.
[ their.
Plural.
my.
thy.
his.
her.
its.
your
suyos, suyas.
i your.
These absolute forms are employed in direct address, but without the
definite article :
amigo mio, my friend (my dear friend),
hijo mio, my son (my dear son [in letters] ).
muy senores mios, gentlemen (Dear Sirs [in letters] ).
Compare the grammatical remarks on the possessive pronouns in a later
lesson.
* The Subjunctive Mode must be used after terms denoting emotion,
such as joy, grief, vexation, or regret:
i74
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
43. Pray take a seat {asientd).
24. Be seated {sientese V.^).—John, bring a chair (a« asiento)
for the (at) gentleman.
2.
1. What o'clock is it ? (What time is it?)
2. Can you tell me what time it is ?
3. I cannot tell you ® fexactly {exactamenie or d puHto Jijd).
4. Do you know* what time it is ? — I don't know.'
Me alegro que lo sepas,
siento que no hayamos podido
venir.
I am glad you know it.
I regret that we were not able to
come.
1 Sentar, to sit, is an irregular verb. It belongs to a class of .verbs
of the first conjugation which insert i before the e of the root (sen = sien]
in the following tenses and persons, viz.:
in the singular of the Present Indicative j
in the third person plural of the Present Indicative;
in the same persons of the Present Subjunctive;
in the same persons of the Imperative.
Thus we have:
Presente.
Indicativo.
siento,
sientas,
sienta,
sentamos,
sentais,
sientan,
sienta (tu),
siente (el),
siente V.,
I sit.
thou sittest.
he sits,
we sit.
ye sit.
they sit.
sit (thou),
let him sit.
sit.
siente,
sientes,
siente,
sentemos,
senteis,
sienten.
Imperative.
sentemos,
sentad.
Subjuntivo.
I may sit.
thou mayst sit.
he may sit.
we may sit
ye may sit.
they may sit.
let us sit.
sit (ye).
sientan (ellos), let them sit.
A full list of irregular verbs belonging to this class is given in a later
lesson.
2 For euphony's sake, the Spaniards never use le le, le la, or le lo
(and their plurals), but say se le, se la, se lo, se les, se los, se las.
tHE SPANISH LANGUAGE. 17^
23. Sfrvase V. fotnar asiento^
24. Sientese V.^ — Juan, traiga V. un asiento al senor.
2.
1. i Qu6 hora es ?
2. i Puede V, decirme qu6 hpra es ?
C No puedo decirselo ® a punto fijo {fee^-^ho).
No le puedo decir exactamente.
4. ^ Sabe V.® qu6 hora es ?— No lo s6.®
Compare the grammatical remarks on the use of the personal pronouns
in a later lesson.
® Saber, to know, is very irregular in its conjugation. Its Present
stem is sep, its Preterite stem sup, and its Future stem sabr.
Indicative Mode. „ , Subjunctive Mode.
Presente.
86,
1 know.
sepa.
I may know.
sabes.
thou knowest.
sepas.
thou mayst know.
sabe.
he knows.
sepa.
he may know.
sabemos.
we know.
sepamos.
we may know.
sabeis.
ye know.
sepais.
ye may know.
saben.
they know.
Sepati,
they may know.
Imperfecta.
sabia.
I knew.
supiera.
I might know.
sabias.
thou knewest.
supieras.
thou mightst know.
sabia.
he knew.
supiera,
he might know.
sabiamos.
we knew.
supi^ratnos.
We might know.
sabiais.
ye knew.
supi^rais,
ye might know.
sabian,
they knew.
supieran.
they might know.
Definido.
supe.
I knew.
supiese.
I might know.
suplste.
thou knewest.
supieses.
thou mightst know.
supo.
he knew.
supiese.
he might know.
supimos,
we knew.
supi^semos.
we might know.
supisteis,
ye knew.
supi6seis.
ye might know.
supieron.
they kneW:
supiesen.
they might know.
176
THE MEISTEKSCHAFT SYSTEM.
5. Please ^ tell me what o'clock it is. (=Do me the favor of
telling me what time it is.)
6. It is one o'clock.^
7. It is a quarter past one. (= It is the one and quarter^
8. It is half-past one. (= It is the one and half.)
9. It is only (it is not later than [no es mds que'\ ) half-past one.
Futurb.
sabr^.
I shall know.
supiere.
I should know.
sabris
thou wilt know.
supieres.
thou wouldst know
sabri.
he will know.
supiere.
he would know.
sabr^mos.
we shall know.
supi^remos,
we should know.
sabr^is.
ye will know.
supi6reis.
ye would know.
sabrin.
they will know.
supieren,
they would know.
Condicional.
Imperativo.
sabria.
I should know.
sab: (tu),
know.
sabrias.
thou wouldst know.
sepa (el),
let him know.
sabria,
he would know.
sepa v.,
know.
sabriamos, we should know.
sepamos.
let us know.
sabriais.
ye would know.
sabed.
know (ye).
sabrian.
they would know.
sepan (ellos)
let them know.
Cerundio
Participio
sabiendo, knowing,
sabido, known.
Observe that saber means to know things, objects of thought, &c, conocer
means to know persons, to be acquainted with them.
t Hacer, to do, to make, has the Present stem hag, the Preterite stem
hie, and the Future stem har. Thus we have :
Indicative Mode.
hago.
I do.
haces.
thou doest.
hace.
he does.
hacemos,
we do.
haceis,
ye do.
hacen,
they do.
hacia.
I did.
hacias,
thou didst.
hacia.
he did.
haciamos,
we did.
haciais.
ye did.
hacian.
they did.
Presents. Subjunctive Mode.
haga, I may do.
hagas, thou inayst do.
haga, he may do.
hagamos, we may do.
hagais, ye may do.
hagan, they may do.
Imperfecta.
hiciera, I might do.
hicieras, thou mightst do.
hiciera, he might do.
hici^ramos, we might do.
hici^rais, ye might do.
hicieran, they might do.
'fHE SPANISH LAN3UA3E,
177
5. Hagame V.* el favor de decirme que hora es.
6. Es la una.''
7. Es la una y cuarto.
8. Es la una y media.
9. No es mas que la una y media.
Definido.
hice,
hiciste,
hizo,
hicimos,
hicisteis,
hicieron,
har£,
hards,
hard,
hardmos,
hardis,
hardn,
I did.
thou didst,
he did.
we did.
ye did.
they did.
I shall do.
thou wilt do.
he will do.
we shall do.
ye will do.
they will do.
hiciese,
hicieses,
hiciese,
hicidsemos,
hicidseis,
hiciesen.
Futuro.
hicidre,
hicieres,
hiciere,
hicidremos,
hicidreis,
hicieren.
I might do.
thou mightst do.
he might do.
we might do.
ye might do.
they might do.
I should do.
thou wouldst do.
he would do.
we should do.
ye would do.
they should do.
haria,
harias,
haria,
hariamos,
hariais,
harian.
Condicional
I should do.
thou wouldst do.
he would do.
we should do.
ye would do.
they would do.
Gerundio
Participio
haz (tul,
haga (el),
haga v.,
hagamos,
haced,
hagan (ellos).
Imperativo.
do (thou),
let him do.
do.
let us do.
do (j/r).
let them do.
haciendo, doing,
hecho, done.
' Compare Note 5, page 167. It is five minutes past one is given by
es la una y cinco (minutos): it is ten minutes fast two, son las do.s y
diez; it is a quarter past two, son las dos y cuarto; it is half-past two,
son las dos y media. — While thus far we add, we now begin to
subtract; it is twenty-five minutes to two, son las dos m^nos veinte y
cinco; it is a quarter to two, son las dos m^nos cuarto, &c.
Instead of las doce (12 o'clock) the Spaniards can also say es
mediodia (it is mid-day), es medianoche (it is midnight).
178
THE MF.ISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
GRAMMATICAL REMARKS.
(^Continuation Part V.)
Exercise.
3. Las piezas (J>ieces) que tocaron anoche en el concierto
(concert') fueron compuestas (composed) por un pobre nidsico
(musician) de mucho talento.
4. j Cdmo se llama aquel hombre que tiene una grandi'si-
ma (pery large) cigarrerfa (cigar store) en esta calle ?
5. En Inglalerra (England) se compra mejor por seis
reales que en Espana per veinte.
6. i Qu4 se ha de hacer ahora ?
7. Manana se vendera la casa de mi tio.
8. I Encontrardmos (sAall we find) coches en la estacion
de Cadiz para ir a B. ?
9. Si, senores; se ha establecido (established) un ser-
vicio de omnibus para todos los pueblos (smallplaces) k cuatro
leguas (miles) de circunferencia (circumference).
10. iSe entra por aqui a la sala de los viajeros (vee-a-
'hai'-r5s, travellers) ?
11. Esta sala esta hecha (built) con mucho gusto (taste),
12. ^Aqud hora se deben (must one) enviar los equi-
pajes ?
13. i Adonde se ha de ir para enviar un parte telegrafico
(a telegraphic despatch) ?
El almuerzo.
I. Sea V. bien venido. — i Qu6 es lo que me propoi*
ciona (procures) el honor de su visita ?
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. ^79
2. Vengo {/come) a hablar a V. de un excelente negocio.
3. Perdone V. {pardon) que le interrumpa {interrupt),
pero es la hora de mi almuerzo. — i Ha almorzado V. ?
4. Todavia no {notyet).— V. llega 4 tiempo ; almorzara
V. conmigo.
5. Hagame V. {do me) el gusto de almorzar conmigo, y
despues {afterwards) hablar^mos de negocios todo jo que
V. quiera.
6. I Esti pronto el almuerzo ? — Sf, senor, el almuerzo
esti en la mesa.
7. La mesa est4 servida. Pasemos {let us go) al comedor
{dining-room).
8. i Qud puedo ofrecerle {offer you) 4 V. ? — < Toma V.
td 6 caf4 ?
9. Yo prefiero {prefer) el caf4.
10. Permita V. que le ofrezca {offer) una taza de caf4.
11. Muchfsimas gracias.— Tenga V. la bondad de
pasarme la mantequilla.
12. Ahf tiene V. panecillos {rolls) y tostadas {toast),
i Cu41 le gusta 4 V. m4s ?
13. Tomar4 un panecillo. —Prefiero una tostada.
14. Permftame V. que le sirva {help you) un poco de
jamon.
15. Permftame V. que le sirva un poco de este polio.
16. D6me V. muy poco.
17. < Le gusta 4 V. el jamon ?
18. Espero que el caf6 est4 4 gusto de V. — Es excelente,
senor.
19. i Es el cafdbastante fuerto {strong) ? — Es esquisito.
2 3. i Tiene V. bastante azucar ? — Si po tiene jpastante
dfgalo V. sin ceremonia.
i8o
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
The Reflexive Conjufjation,
Reflexive or pronominal verbs are conjugated with two
personal pronouns, the first (expressed or understood) being
the subject, and the second the object, as:
Yo me divierto or me divierto, I amuse myself,
61 se engaiia or se engana, he deceives himself.
Pronouns accompanying the Reflexive Verb.
me, myself. nos, ourselves.
te, thyself. vos, yourselves.
( himself, herself, (themselves,
ee, ( se, J •
( itself, yourself. ( yourselves.
Almost any verb may be used reflexively in Spanish,
which sometimes occasions a slight modification in their
meaning, as:
dormir ; dormirse, to sleep ; to go to sleep.
ir ; irse, to go ; to go away.
caer j caerse, to fall; to fall down.
Model Verb: Alaharse, to Praise One's self.
SIMPLE TENSES.
Infinitivo.
alabarse, to praise one's self.
Gerundio.
alabandose, praising one's self
Indicative Mode.
Subjunctive Mode.
Presente.
I praise myself, &C.
me alabo.
te alabas.
se alaba.,
nos alabamoa
vos alabais.
se alaban.
Presente.
/ may praise myself, &c.
me alabe.
te alabes.
se alabe.
nos alabemos.
vos alabeis.
se alabeii.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. l8l
Imperfecto.
Imperfecto (firstform).
/ praised myself, &c.
I might praise myself, &c.
me alababa.
me alabara.
te alababas.
te alabaras.
se alababa, &c.
se alabara, &c.
Definido.
Imperfecto (serond form )
I praised myself, &c.
I might praise myself, &c.
me alabe.
me alabase.
te alabaste.
te alabases.
se alabo, &c.
se alabase, &c.
Ft'turo. ,
Futuro.
I shall praise myself, &c.
I should praise myself, &C.
me alabare.
me alabare.
te alabaras.
te alabares.
se alabara, &c.
se alabare, &c.
condicional.
condicional.
I should praise myself, &c.
(Tf) I praised myself, &c.
me alabaria.
me alabara or alabase.
te alabarias.
te alabaras or alabases.
se alabana, &c.
se alabara or alabase, &c.
Imperativo.
alabate, praise thyself.
alabemonos, let us praise ourselves.
alabese, lei him praise himself.
alabaos, praise yourselves.
alabese V , praise yourself.
alabense, let them praise themselves
COMPOUND TENSES.
Indicative Mode.
Subjunctive Mode.
Perfecto.
Per fecto.
/ have praised myself, &c.
I may have praised myself, &c.
me he alabado.
me haya alabado.
te has alabado.
te hayas alabado.
se ha alabado.
se haya alabado.
nos hemos alabado.
nos hayainos alabado.
OS habeis alabado.
OS hayais alabado.
se han alabado.
se hayan alabado.
Pluscuamperfbcto.
Pluscuam perfecto (firstform).
I had praised myself, &c.
I might hav0praised myself, &c.
me habia alabado, &c.
me hubiera alabado, &c.
Perfecto Anterior.
Pluscuamperpecto (secondform).
I had praised myself, &c.
/ might have praised myself, &c.
me hube alabado, &c.
me hubiese alabado, &c.
i82
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
/ shall have praised myself, &c.
me habr^ alabado, &c.
condicional Perfecto.
Futueo Perpecto.
Fotoro Perpecto.
I should have praised myself, &c.
me hubiere alabado, &c.
CoNDiaoNAL Perpecto.
/ should have praised myself, &c.
(If) I had praised myself, &c.
me hubiera or hubiese alabado, &c.
me habria alabado, &c.
Observations on the Meflexive and the Passive Verb.
I. The pronouns which are generally placed before the
verb may also stand after it, forming but one word with the
verb, as:
2. The B of the first person plural and the d of the
second person plural are dropped in the Imperative, as;
Figur^monos (for figur^mosnos), let us imagine,
am^monos (for am^mornos), let us love each other.
3. The number of essentially refleadve verbs is small,
but accidentally reflexive verbs may be formed in an unlim¬
ited number, as almost any verb can be used reflexively in
Spanish.
4. Many verbs are reflexive in Spanish which are not so
in English, as;
alegrarse, to rejoice. equivocarse, to be mistaken,
figurarse, to imagine. enganarse, to be deceived,
disgustarse, to be displeased, burlarse, to .laugh at.
Divertfmonos,
equivoqudme.
equivocdse,
heme equivocado.
we amuse ourselves.
I made a mistake,
he made a mistake.
I have made a mistake.
figuraos (for figurados).
imagine (ye)\
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
183
3. Permanently refleocive verbs may be conjugated imper¬
sonally with se (the dative of the pronoun serving to distinguish
the person'), as;
Personal Inflection.
Impersonal Inflection.
me figuro,
te figuras, ^
se figura, |-
V. se figura, —
nos figuramos, ^
OS figurais,
se figuran, ~
V. V. se figuran, 0
se me figura,
se te figura,
se le figura,
se le figura A V.,
se nos figura,
' se OS figura,
se les figura,
se les figura A V. V.'
itfigures itself to me, &c.
/ imagine,
thou tmaginest,
he imagines,
you imagine,
we imagine,
ye imagine,
they imagine,
you imagine.
6. The passive voice is but little used nowadays. It is
mostly replaced by the reflexive verb used personally, as:
El dinero se gand, the money was won.
el dinero se perdid, the money was lost,
las casas se h^n vendido, the houses have been sold,
eso no se puede decir, that cannot be said,
aqul se habla Espahol, Spanish spoken here,
se hacen cobros y pagos, collections and payments made,
se cambia toda clase de mo- all kinds of coin exchanged,
neda,
se compran valores de la government securities bought.
dduda publica,
se prohibe fijar carteles, " post no bills."
7. Reflexive verbs, when used with plural persons, ex¬
press sometimes a mutual or reciprocal action in Spanish, as:
Se han escrito muchas cartas, they have written many letters
to each other.
todos los indivi'duos de esta all the members of this family
familia se quieren. are fond of one another.
184 the meisterschaft system.
8. In such cases uno & otro or mutuamente is fre¬
quently added for distinctness' sake, as :
Se aman el uno al otro, they love each other,
nos amamos mutuamente, we love each other.
9. The reflexive pronoun is used in Spanish when the
object of the verb is a part of the body or refers to articles oj
dress, as:
Me pongo el sombrero, I put on my hat.
^1 se lava la cara, he washes his face.
me quito los guantes, I take off my gloves.
Exercise.
1. La lengua alemana se habla "en una gran parte de
Europa. El idioma espanol se habla en Espana, en M^jico,
en la America central y del sur {south'), y en milchas colonfas
del .\sia y del Africa.
2. Yo acostumbro {am accustomed) de levantarme {get
up) temprano y de acostarme {to go to bed) tarde.
3. Ayer ([a-yair'] yesterday) manana me sentia {Ifelt)
malo, pero ahora estoy bien otra vez {again).
4. El mayor mal {e7'il) de los males es tratar {treat)
con animales {Spanish proverb).
5. I Sabe Y. como se llaman los paises donde se habla
la lengua castellana ?
6. i Cual sera pues el mimero de los que hablan el cas-
tellano ?
7. El ndmero es mayor de lo que V. cree {hrai'-f),
pero ahf ^here) tengo un libro que trata sobre ese particular
{specialty).
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. l8S
8. i A ver (let me see') ! i Qu6 libro es este ? Aquf estd;
lea V. pues, lea V. (read) !
9. De las lenguas que mas se hablan en el mundo
son:
En primer lugar {place) el ingles, que lo hablan 100 milliones de hombres.
en segundo lugar el aleman, " " 90 " "
en tercer lugar el espanol, " " 60 " "
y por ultimo (lastly) el trances, que solo hablan 50 " "
10. ! Caramba (Ah 1 Strange !) ! no lo hubiera creido si
no lo hubiese visto (seenl)
11. Ya me lo sabia (kneu!) yo que V. dudaria (would
doubt) y se burlaria acaso (perhaps), si yo se lo hubiera
dicho (said).
12. i De quidn tiene V. este libro tan (so) interesante?
Tenga V. la bondad de prestarmelo para poderld leer. Si,
senor, con muchfsimo gusto.
13. i Gracias ! i Quiere V. ahora venirse conmigo d
tomar un vaso de cerveza ? Muchisimas gracias, tengo que
quedarme (to staj) en casa y escribir una carta.
Del Iievantarse.
1. Who is there ?
2. Who is that knocking at my door so early (= Who
knocks at the door so early) ?
3. Open the door. It is I.
4. It is not locked (= locked with key (eerrada eon
Uavc\) ; come in !
5. Get up 1 What laziness (= what laziness \J>ereza'\
is that)!
lS6 THA MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
6. What time is it ? It is eight o'clock.
7. I went to bed {me he acostadv) Very late; I- am' not
well'.
8. I have not closed {pegadd) my (= the) eyes ipjos) all
night ( = in all the night).
9. It is time {es hard) to get up. I did not know {110
sabia) what time it was.
10. I shall get up at once (= at once \al instante'] I
get up).
11. I am going {voy) to {d) get up.
12.' With your permission {con licencia de V.) I am going
to dress {pestirme).
13. Is your master up ? (= Has risen your master
{amo'] ) ?
14. He is still abed ( = Still [aun] is he in the bed).
15. My master is not up yet (= Not is [estd\ risen the
master).
16. At what time do you generally {generalmente) get up ?
17. At six o'clock, both summer and winter (= as well
{tanto'\ in summer [en verano'] as in winter [como en inviemd\ ).
18. Tell {diga V.) your master that I have been here to
see him (= to speak to him).
SUPPLEMENTARY EXERCISES
APDED BY
The Travelers Insurance Company,
OF
HARTFORD. CONN.
^Qii6 hace cada tmo prudente antes de ir de viaje de una
parte i otro?
Compra una pdiiza de seguros de "Travelers Insurance
Co,"
^Por qu6?
Para ser pagado por pdrdida de tiempo en ease de acci-
dente, y para salvar su familia si quita la vida.
i CuAl es el precio de esta p61iza de seguros ?
Solamente $5.00 cada ano, $3.00 por tres meses, por cada
SljOOO de segurOf y ademasde eso 115.00 por semana
midntras que sea herido.
j£s necessuio una examinacion por un medico?
No.
tSon heridos d matados por accidente muchos hombres?
Cerca de la sexta parte de todos que se aseguran en " The
Travelers Co."
tSe le paga tnucho dinero?
Mas de $3,000.00 cada dia.
iHay mucho tiempo que lo ha hecho?
Por vemtiuno anos la Compahia le ha pagado $14,000,001
i Podria hacerlo en caso de grandes pdrdidas ?
Tiene $2,000,000 &e fondos sobre todas sus obligaciones.
jEn ddnde se compran esas pdlizas?
En todas las ciudades de los Estados Unidos y del Ca
nadd.
THE MASON ^ HAMLIN
PIANO.
Illustrates the same high standard of excellence
which has always characterized the
MASON & HAMLIN ORGANS,
and won for them the Highest Awards at
.iSLll Qrr©a,t "W orlca.'js IE3xli±l3l1;lorLS
since and including that of Paris, 1867.
Organ and Piano Catalogues sent free
to any address.
SOLD ON EASY TERMS, AND RENTED.
MASON & HAMLIN ORGAN & PIANO GO.
BOSTON, MASON & HAMLIN HALL, 154 & 155 Tremont Street.
NEW YORK, 158 Fifth Avenue. CHICAGO, 149 Wabash Avenue.
THE
isterscfjaft
A Short and Practical Method
ACQUIRING COMPLETE FLUENCY OF SPEECH
Spanish Language.
By Dr. Richard S. Rosenthal,
Late Director of the "Akalemie fur fremde Sprachen" in Berlin and
Leipzig, of the Meisterschaft College" in London, and Prin
cipal of the " Meisterschaft School of practical
Lincuistry" in New York and Boston.
in fifteen earts
FART VII.
BOSTON, MASS:
MEISTERSCHAFT PUBLISHING COMPANY.
196 Summer Street.
(Estes Press).
TERMS.
We IxaTe arranged with Dr. Kosehthal, the author ol the "Meis
cerschaft System," for its introduction in Ameiica under his own
supervision, and he has opened
THE
FOR NON-RESIDENTS.
The Student does not need to leave his home. The lessons oi
^h language are prepared by the Professor, and printed and sent
in pamphlet shape, to each member of the School, wheiever he
may reside.
Tlie course of study for each language—German. French, Italian
or Spanish —makes fifteen pamphlets, of three lessons each.
All members of the school have
THE PRIVILEGE
of asking, by letter, questions concerning each lenson, or consult¬
ing on any difficulty which may have occurred to them. All exer-
chies corrected, and all questions answered by return post, by
Di-. Kosenthal, or one of his assistants.
TERMS OF MEMBERSHIP.
Five Dollars is the price for membership in the School, for
tach language. This amount ($5.) entitles the member to receive
fie fifteen books or pamphlets containing the lessons, also answers
to his Questions. Return postage for the answer must accompany
the question.
State distinctly which language, or languages you desire to study.
There are no extra charges. The price, Five Dollars, pays foi
one language; Ten Dollars foi two languages, etc. All exer-
ii? s and questions must be written on a separate sheet of paper,
Si.d must state full address of the pupil.
The remittances must be made in Post-Office Order or Registered
Letter, addressd to
Meisterschaft Publishing Company,
Estes Press 196 Summer Street.
BOSTON
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
PART VII.
JOFYRIGHT, 1883, BY RICHARD S. EOSENTKAl.
188 THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM
Continuation.
(Part VI.)
10. It is a quarter to two. (= They are the txvo less [mlr
quarter.)
11. It is twenty-five minutes to three. {=. They are the three
less twenty-five.)
12. It is precisely four o'clock. (= They are the four on the
faint \en funto).)
13. It is about (cerca de) four.
14. It is about six o'clock. (= They are the six, a little more
or less [poco mds b menos).)
15. It is past nine. (= They are more than [mds de^'\ nine.)
16. It is twenty minutes past ten. (= They are the ten and
twenty minutes.)
17. What o'clock is it?—It is justgoingto strike three. (=The
three are on the point [estdn para") to strike [dar') ;
or, soon S^pronto') they will give [dardn^") the three.)
1 After mSs and m^nos than must be given by de when a numeral
follows; in all other cases it is rendered by que.
2 Dar, to give, is inflected irregularly:
Indic/'^ive Mode. Presente Subjuncti'/e Mode.
doy,
I give.
de.
I may give.
das,
thou givest.
des.
thou mayest give.
da.
he gives.
de.
he may give.
damos.
we give.
demos.
we may give.
dais.
ye give.
deis.
ye may give.
dan.
they give.
den.
they may give.
Imperfecta.
daba.
I gave.
diera.
I might give.
dabas.
thou gavest.
dieras.
thou mightst give
daba.
he gave.
diera.
he might give.
dabamos.
we gave.
dieramos.
we might give.
dabais.
ye gave.
di£rais.
ye might give.
daban,
they gave.
dieran.
they might give.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
IS9
Continuation.
(Part VI.)
'Son las dos m6nos cuarto.
11. Son las tres m^nos veinte y cinco {mtnmos).
12. Son las cuarto en punto.
13. Son cerca de las cuatro.
14. Son las seis poco mas 6 m^nos.
15. Son mis de* las nueve.
16. Son las diez y veinte minutos.
17. <Qu^ hora es? — Las tres estan para dar (or. Pronto
daran ® las tres).
Definido.
dl, I gave,
diste, thou gavest
diese, I might give,
dieses, thou mightst give.
did, he gave,
dimos, we gave,
disteis, ye gave,
dieron, they gave.
diese, he might give,
didsemos, we might give,
didseis, ye might give,
diesen, they might give.
Future.
dard, I shall give,
daras, thou shalt give.
diere, I should give,
dieres, thou wouldst give.
data, he shall give,
daremos, we shall give,
dareis, ye shall give,
daran, they shall give.
diere, he would give,
didretnos, we should give,
didreis, ye would give,
dieren, they would give.
Condicional.
Imperative.
daria, I should give,
darias, thou shouldst give,
daria, he should give.
da (tu), give,
de (ei), let him give,
de v., give.
I go THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
18. Do you know what time it is ? — It has struck C^an dado)
three.
19. What time is it striking there ?— Twelve.
20. Did you not hear the clock strike ? (= Have you not
heard ^nido^ striking [dar) the hour ?)
21. One never hears any clock here.— I did not hear the
clock strike.
22. Tell me, pray (Je ruego), what time it is (= the hour
which it is). — It is nine a.m. {de la manana). (It is
nine p. M. [do la tarde, ox, de la noche'\.)
23. What o'clock may it [podra) be ? — It has just struck
five. (= They finished [acaban\ off [di^ striking five.)
darwmos, we should give,
darlais, ye would give,
darian, they would give.
Imperativo.
demos, let us give,
dad, give ^ye).
den (ellos), let them give
Gerundio dando, giving.
Participio dado, given.
^ Oir, to hear, is irregularly inflected:
Indicative Mode.
Presente.
Subjunctive Mode.
5igo,
I hear.
oiga.
I may hear.
oyes.
thou hearest.
oigas.
thou mayest hear
oye.
he hears.
oiga.
he may hear.
oimos.
we hear.
oigatnos,
we may hear.
ois,
ye hear.
oigais.
ye may hear.
oyen,
they hear.
oigan.
they may hear.
Imperfecta.
oia,
oias,
ofa,
oiamos,
oiais,
oian.
I heard,
thou heardest.
he heard,
we heard.
ye heard,
they heard.
oyera,
oyeras,
oyera,
oy^ramos,
oy^rais,
oy6ran,
I might hear,
thou mightst hear
he might hear,
we might hear.
ye might hear,
they might hear.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
l8. (Sabe V. qu6 hora es ? — Han dado las tres.
191
19. < Que hora esta dando ? — Las doce.
20. i No ha oido V. dar la hora ?
21. Aquf no se oye^ ningun reloj. — No he oido dar la
hora.
22. Dfgame v., le ruego, la hora qu6 es. — Son las nueve
de la manana. — (Son las nueve de la tarde \or, de
la noche].)
23* < bora podra ser ? — Acaban de " dar las cinco.
Dejinido.
oi.
I heaid.
oyese.
I might hear.
oiste.
thou heardest.
oyeses.
thou mightst hear.
oy6.
he heard.
oyese.
he might hear.
olmos.
we heard.
oy6semos.
we might hear.
oisteis.
pe heard.
oy^seis,
ye might hear.
oySron,
they heard.
oyesen.
they might hear.
Future.
oir^.
I shall hear.
oyere.
I should hear.
oiras,
thou wilt hear.
oyeres,
thou shouldst hear.
oiri.
he will hear.
oyere.
he should hear.
oiremos.
we shall hear.
oy^remos.
we should hear.
oireis.
ye will hear.
oy^reis.
ye should hear.
oirin.
they will hear.
oyeren.
they should hear.
Condicional.
Imperativo.
oiria.
I should hear.
oye (tii).
hear.
oirias.
thou wouldst hear.
oiga (el).
let him hear.
oiria.
he would hear.
oiga v..
hear.
oiriamos.
we should hear.
oigamos.
let us hear.
oiriais.
ye would hear.
Old,
hear (ye).
orian.
they should hear.
Sigan (ellos), let them hear.
Gerundio oyendo, hearing.
Participio oido, heard.
* Acabar de corresponds to the French venir de, and signifies out
fust, just now :
Acabo de recibir su carta, I just received your letter,
acabo de oir de su Uegada, I have just heard of his arrival.
192 THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
24. Do me the favor to tell me what time it is. I think my
watch is slow {atrasado").
25. I believe my watch is (too) fast {adelantadd).
26. Your watch is five minutes (too) slow. — Your watch is
five minutes (too) fast.
27. On the contrary {por el contrarid), your watch is five
minutes (too) fast. — (Your watch is five minutes
[too] slow.)
28. Does your watch go {anda ') well ? — No, sir, my watch ^
does not go {va^^ well; it gains {adelanta) a quarter
of an hour every day (= every \cada\ twenty-four
hours).
' Andar expresses a general, undefined going ; while ir means ta go
for a definite purpose or in a specific direction. Andar is therefore
generally used of animals or inanimate objects (as a watch, machine, &c.),
while ir is used of persons.
The Preterite stem of andar is anduv. It is inflected:
Indicative Mode. Presente. Subjunctive Mode.
ando.
I go.
ande,
I may go.
andas.
thou goest
andes.
thou mayst go.
anda.
he goes.
ande.
he may go.
andamos.
we go.
andemos,
we may go.
andais.
ye%o.
andeis,
ye may go.
andan.
they go.
anden.
they may go.
Imperfecta.
andaba.
I went.
anduviera.
I might go.
andabas.
thou wentest.
anduvieras.
thou mightst go
andaba.
he went.
anduviera.
he might go.
andabamos.
we went.
anduvi^ramos.
we might go.
andabais.
ye went.
anduvidrais.
ye might go.
andaban.
they went.
anduvieran.
they might go.
Definido.
anduve,
I went.
anduviese.
I might go.
anduviste.
thou wentest.
anduvieses.
thou mightst go
anduvo.
he went.
anduviese.
he might go.
anduvimos,
we went.
anduvi6semos.
we might go.
anduvisteis
ye went.
anduvieseis,
ye might go.
anduvieron.
they went.
anduviesen,
they might gtx
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
193
24. , Hagame V. el favor de decirme qu6 hora es. — Creo que
mi reloj esta atrasado.
25. Creo que mi reloj esta adelantado.
26. Su reloj esta atrasado cinco minutos. (Su reloj esta
adelantado cinco minutos.)
27. Por el contrario, su reloj esta cinco minutos adelantado.
(Su reloj esta cinco minutos atrasado.)
28. iAnda* bien su reloj deV. ? No, senor, mi reW no
va* bien ; adelanta un cuarto cada veinte y cuatro
boras.
Futuro.
andar^,
I shall go.
anduviere,
I should go.
andards
thou wilt go.
' anduvieres.
thou shouldst go
andara,
he will go.
auduviere,
he should go.
andaremos
we shall go.
anduvidremos
we should go.
andareis.
ye will go.
anduvidreis.
ye should go.
andaran,
they will go.
anduvieren,
they should go.
Condicional.
Imferativo.
andaria,
I should go.
anda (tii).
go (thou).
andarias,
thou wouldst go.
ande (el).
let him go.
andaria,
he would go.
ande V.
go-
andariamos, we should go.
andemos,
let us go.
andan'ais^
ye would go.
andad,
go {ye}.
andarian.
they would go.
anden.
let them go.
Gerufdio ......
Parlidpio ......
. . . andado, gone.
• We find reloj, rel6, and relox indifferently used in Spanish.
' Ir, to go (compare andar), is
one of the most irregular verbs ir
the Spanish language.
Indicative Mode. _ . Subjunctive Mode.
Presente.
voy.
I go
vaya,
I may go.
vas,
thou goest.
vayas.
thou mayst go.
va,
he goes.
vaya.
he may go.
vamos.
we go.
vayamos.
we may go.
vais,
ye go.
vayais,
ye may go.
van.
they go.
vayan,
they may go.
194
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
29. Look at (mire V.) your watch. — It does not go ; it has
(= it is) stopped (paradd). I forgot (olvide) to wind it
up (dark cuerda i).
30. My watch is out of order (descompuestj or desarregladd).
31. Something is out of order in my watch. (= My watch
has something out of order.)
32. Something is undoubtedly (sin duda) broken.
33. No, sir, this watch seems (parece) all right (muy buend).
It is not wound up. Wind it up.
34. I believe the chain (la cadend) of my watch is broken
rompib).
35. Have it mended (= Send it \mandelo V.) to repair).
36. I am going to send it to the watchmaker. — Can you
recommend me a good watchmaker ?
37. Send it to the Spanish watch-store (relojerid) of Fer¬
nando Cambra, No. 1, Liberty Street.
38. Is he a good watchmaker? Yes, sir. — Does he charge
(pide ^) very high ?
Imperfecta.
iba, I went,
ibas, thou wentest.
fuera, I might go.
fueras, thou mightst go.
iba, he went,
ibamos, we went,
ibais, ye went,
iban, they went.
fuera, he might go.
fu6ramos, we might go.
fu6rais, ye might go.
fueran, they might go,
Definido.
ful, I went,
fuiste, thou wentest.
fuese, I might go.
fueses, thou mightst go.
fu6, he went,
fuimos, we went,
fuisteis, ye went,
fueron, they went.
fuese, he might go.
fu6semos, we might go.
fu6seis, ye might go.
fuesen, they might go.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
195
29. Mire V. su reld. No anda ; esta parade. Olvidd darle
cuerda.'
( Mi reld esta descompuesto.
30- s
( Mi reld esta desarreglado.
31. Mi reld tiene alguna cosa descompuesta.
32. Sin duda se ha roto algo {or. Sin duda tiene dentro
alguna cosa rota).
33. No, senor, este reloj parece may bueno. No tiene
cuerda. Dele V. cuerda.
34. Creo que se rompid la cadena de mi reloj.
35. Mandelo V. componer.
36. Voy a mandarlo al relojero.—i Me puede V. recomendar
a un buen relojero ?
37. Mandelo a la relojerfa espanola de Fernando Cambra,
Calle de la Libertad, Numero i.
38. (Es buen relojero? Si, senor.—^Pide(/^^'-//%^^) muy caro?
Futtiro.
ire,
I shall go.
fuere, I should go.
iras,
thou wilt go.
fueres, thou shouldst go
ira,
he will go.
fuere, he should go.
iremos.
we shall go.
fudretnos, we should go.
ire is,
ye will go.
fudreis, ye should go.
iran,
they will go.
fueren, they should go.
Condicional.
Imferativo.
irfa,
I should go.
ve (tu), go (thou).
irias.
thou wouldst go.
vaya (el), let him go.
in'a,
he would go.
vaya V., go.
in'amos,
we should go.
vamos, let us go.
"liais.
ye would go.
id, go [ye).
Irian,
they would go.
vayan (ellos), let them go.
^ Cuerda means literally the chain of a clock or a watch.
^ Pedir, to demand, changes the e of its stem fed into i in the fol¬
lowing persons and tenses :
196
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
39. Yes, he charges a great deal, but one can depend on his
work (= one can depend \depender'\ of what he does).
40. My watch does not go; can you exzmine' {exatninar) it ?
41. It is dirty ; it must be cleaned (= it is necessary
[^es menester\ to clean \limpiar'\ it.)
42. How long will you have to keep itI shall need it on
Tuesday.
43. It needs a great deal of much) repair (pompostura), sir.
44. Why! — Yes, your watch is a lever-escapement watch
(un dncord), and a spring {un muelle) has broken
(paltado), which must be put in anew which it is
necessary to put \_poner] new).
45. Will it cost ^ much ? Thirty reales.—And will it be soon
repaired {compuesto) ? In a week (= eight days), at
the latest.
Indicative Mode. Presente. Subjunctive Mode.
pido,
I demand.
pida.
I may demand.
pides,
thou demandest.
pidas.
thou mayst demand.
pide.
he demands.
pida.
he may demand.
pedlmos,
we demand.
pidamos.
we may demand.
pedis,
ye demand.
pidais.
ye may demand.
piden,
they demand.
pidan.
they may demand.
Imperfecta.
pedi'a,
I demanded.
pidiera.
1 might demand.
pedi'as,
thou demandedst.
pidieras,
thou mightst demand.
pedi'a,
he demanded.
pidiera.
he might demand.
pediamos.
we demanded.
pidi^ramos, we might demand.
pediais.
ye demanded.
pidi^rais.
ye miglit demand.
pedian.
they demanded.
pidieran.
they might demand.
Definido.
pedi'.
I demanded.
pidiese.
1 might demand.
pediste.
thou demandedst.
pidieses.
thou mightst demand.
pidid.
he demanded.
pidiese.
he might demand.
pedimos.
we demanded.
pidi^semos, we might demand.
pedi'steis.
ye demanded.
pidi^seis.
ye might demand.
pidiSron,
they demanded.
pidiesen.
they might demand.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
197
39. Sf, pide muy caro, pero se puede depender de \o que
hace.
40. Mi reloj no anda ; i puede V. examinarlo?
41. Estd sdcio, caballero ; es menester limpiarlo.
42. iCuanto tiempo lo tendri V? Lo necesitaria para
Martes.
43. Neceslta raucha compostura, caballero.
44. Cdmo! — Sf, porque su reloj es un ivncora, y le ha
saltado un muelle {moo-ai'-yl) que es necesario poner
nuevo.
45. ^Costara' mucho? Treinta reales. — estard pronto
compuesto ? Dentro de ocho dias, d mds tardar.
Future
pedire, I shall demand. pidiere, I should demand,
pediras, thou wilt demand. pidieres, thou shouldst demand,
pedira, he will demand. pidiere, he should demand,
pediremos, we shall demand. pididrennos, we should demand,
pedireis, ye will demand. pididreis, ye should demand,
pedirin, they will demand. pidieren, they should demand.
pedin'a,
pedirias,
pediria,
pediriamos,
pediriais,
pedirian,
Condicionat.
1 should demand,
thou wouldst demand,
he would demand,
we should demand.
ye would demand,
they would demand.
Gerundio
Participio
Imperdtivo.
pide (tu), demand (thot).
pida (el),
pida v.,
pidamos,
pedid.
let him demand,
demand,
let us demand,
demand (ye).
pidan (ellos), let them demand.
. pidiendo, demanding.
. pedido, demanded.
^ Costar, to cost, belongs to a class of irregular verbs of the first
conjugation which change the o of their stem (cost) in ue in the following
tenses and persons :
a. in the singular of the Present Indicative and Subjunctive;
b. in the third person of the plural of the Present Indicative and
Subjunctive ;
e. in the same persons in the Imperative.
All other forms are regular. Thus we have :
198
the meisterschaft system.
46. Can't it be (done) sooner {dnies) ?
47. That is impossible, because I must regulate it (pbservarle).
48. Try to regulate it well before {antes efe) handing it back
{devolve}^ to me.
49. I '11 leave it with you, and will come back {volverd) for it
next week {la semana que viene).
50. It shall be attended to to your satisfaction. (= It will
become \guedard~\ to satisfaction.)
51. At what time does the first train leave for Barcelona ?
52. Have any changes been made in the hours of departure?
(= Have they changed [cambiadd^ the hours of the
departures [/ar salidas'] ) ?
53. When does the first steamer leave for Cadiz ?
54. Every Monday at seven a. m.
55. How long does it take to cross ? (= How much time
lasts {dural] the crossing [la travesia\ ?)
56. Four days; because the steamer touches at Valencia,
Alicante, Almeria, and Malaga (= because the steamer
«
makes port [hace escala\ in Valencia, &c.).
57. Can I get a cabin {un camarote) in the first steamer
which leaves (= which may leave) ?
58. At what time have I to send my baggage aboard
{d bordo) ?
Presente.
cuesto, - I cost,
cuestas, thou costest.
cueste, I may cost,
cuestes, thou mayst cost.
cuesta, he costs,
costamos, we cost,
costais, ye cost,
cuestan, they cost.
cueste, he may cost,
costemos, we may cost,
costeis, ye may cost-
cuesten, they may cost
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE,
I9Q
46. i No podra ser antes ?
47. Es imposible, poi que hay que observarle.
48. Trate V. de observarle bien antes de devolvermelo.
49. Se le dejo {daV-hd) k V,, y volverd por 61 la semana
que viene.
50. Quedara i satisfaccion.
51. i A qu6 bora sale el primer tren para Barcelona?
52. i Han cambiado las horas de las salidas ?
53. i Cuindo sale el primer vapor para Cadiz ?
54. Todos los Idnes a las siete de la manana.
55. i Cuanto tiempo dura la travesia ?
56. Cuatro dias, porque el vapor hace escala en Valencia,
Alicante, Almeria y Malaga.
57. iPuedo tener un camarote en el primer vapor que saiga?
58. ( A qu6 bora se ba de enviar el equipaje a bordo ?
Imperaiivo.
cuesta (tii), cost (thou),
cueste (ei), let him cost,
cueste v., cost.
costemos,
costad,
cuesten.
let us cost,
cost [ye).
let them cost
200
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
GRAMMATICAL REMARKS.
Impersonnl Verbs.
Impersonal Verbs are employed in the third person singu¬
lar, without any pronoun.
Impersonal Verbs are inflected according to the conju¬
gation indicated by their infinitive.
I. Kevar, nevando, nevado, to Snow.
Indicative Mode.
nieva,
nevaba,
nev6.
nevard,
nevaria,
ha nevado,
habia nevado,
bubo nevado,
babrd nevado,
babria nevado.
it snows,
it was snowing,
tt snowed,
it will snow,
it woidd snow,
it has
it had
\wheii) it had
it will have
it would hast
Subjunctive Mode.
nieve, it may snow.
nevara, it might snow.
nevase, it might snow.
nevare, it should snow.
nevara, (if) st snmoed.
baya nevado, it may
bubiera nevado, it might
bubiese nevado, it might
bubiere nevado, it should
bubiera nevado, (if) it had snowed
2. Llover, lloviendo, llovido, to rain.
Indicative Mode.
Subjunctive Mode.
llueve.
it rains.
llueva.
it may rain.
llovia.
it was rainy.
lloviera.
it might rain.
llovid.
it rained.
lloviese.
it miiiht rain.
lloverd,
it will rain.
lloviere.
it should rain.
lloveria.
it would rain.
lloviera.
(if) it rained.
3. Amanecer, amaneciendo, amanecido, to dawn.
Indicative Mode.
Subjunctive Mode.
amanece.
it daauns.
amanezca.
it may dawn.
amanecia.
it was dawning.
amaneciera.
it might dawn.
amanec'd.
it dawned.
amaneciese,
it might dawn.
amanecerd,
it will dawn.
amaneciere.
it should d.iwn.
amaneceria,
it would dawn.
am aneciera.
(if) it dawned.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. 201
4. List of the—most common Impersonal Verbs.
Infinmtive.
iNPICAr. Presente.
Participio.
amanecer, to dawn.^
amanece.
amanecido.
anochecer, to grow dark
anochece.
anochecido.
oscurecer, to grow dark.
oscurece.
oscurecido.
granizar, to haii.
graniza.
g^anizado.
helar, to freeze
hiela.
helado.
deshelar, to thaw.
deshiela.
deshelado.
Hover, to rain.
Hueve.
Hovido.
Hoviznar, to drizzle.
llovizna.
lloviznado.
nevar, to snow.
nieva.
nsvado.
relampaguear, to lighten.
relampaguea.
relampagueado.
tronar, to thunder.
truena.
tronado.
1 ventiscar, to storm.
ventisca.
ventiscado.
5. Some personal verbs are used impersonally, as :
Bastar, to suffice.
convenir, to agree; to
suit.
gustar, to please.
disgustar, to displease.
fastidiar, to vex.
importer, to be of im¬
portance.
parecer, to seem.
placer, to please.
displacer, to displease.
basta que V. lo diga, it is sufficient that
you say so. [do it.
( conviene hacer esto, it is expedient to
(Juan me conviene, John suits me.
me gusta comer a la una, I like to dine
at one.
me disgusta oir tal, it displeases me to
hear such a thing,
me fastidia guardar la cama, it vexes
me that I have to keep abed,
importa decirselo, it is important to tell
him so.
parece hacer frio hoy, it seems to be
cold to day.
me place, it pleases me ; I like to.
me displace, it displeases me ; I dislike
to.
' Amanecer is sometimes used personally, as: Amanecimos en
Burgos, we arrived in Burgos at daybreak.
202
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
Buceder, to happen.
valer, to be worth.
sucede muchas veces que ... it hap¬
pens often that. . .
mas vale tarde que nunca, better late
than never.
6. The English impersonal expression " it is " is vari¬
ously rendered :
a. By es with adjectives, adverbs, or nouns, as :
Ea cierto; asf es,
es menester; es preciso,
es de dia,
es verdad,
es mentira,
b. By estd to denote accidental state, as :
Estd lloviendo, it is raining.
c. By bace, it makes, with reference to the weather, as :
i Qud tiempo hace ? what kind of weather is it ?
it is certain ; so it is.
it is necessary,
it is daylight,
it is true,
it is false.
hace buen tiempo,
hace mal tiempo,
hace calor,
hace frio,
hace or hay sol,
hace or hay luna,
hace dia,
hace noche,
hace viento,
hace lodo,
hace polvo.
it is fine weather.
it is bad weather.
it is warm.
it is cold.
the sun shines.
the moon is shining.
it is daylight.
it is night.
it is windy.
it is muddy.
it is dusty.
d. By hay with reference to distance, as :
i Cuanto hay de aquf al how far is it from here to the
banco > bank ?
THE SPANISH LANGUAG^®* ^5
Exerciset letter remain un-
1. Estando ayer tarde en el " Mount Wa.
mi amigo, llovfa, relampagueaba, tronaba y granL
2. El invierno pasado no ha nevado demasu
muck), pero helaba tanto y por tanto tiempo que*it
{/aie) estaba completamente {completely) helado.
3. Suceden cosas may estranas {strange) en este mundv
{world).
4. Celebro {I am glad) hallarle {to find you) k V., pues
tengo que decirle algo que le gustara.
5. Eh el verano amanece a las tres y media y anochece
d las nueve.
6. La noche pasada ha hecho luna llena {full).
7. No se enfaden {get angry) V.V. senores, pues no hay
motive {reason) para ello.
8. Esta noche ha helado bastante, ahora esta lloviznando
y al mismo {same) tiempo hace un frio que hay que temer por
los irboles frutales {fruit trees) que estan en flor {blooni).
9. iQud hermoso {beautiful) tiempo hace hoy, no es
verdad ?
10. <Qud tiempo hard (w7/ it be) manana? V. puede
estar seguro que hard mal tiempo.
11. Abra V. la ventana {windoui) y vea V. {see) qud
tiempo hace. Esta helando. [ {harbor).
12. Si hace buen viento, llegardmos manana al puerto
13. < Hace hoy frio ? Hace muchfsimo frio. Tenemos
quince grades {degrees) bajo {below) cero {zero).
14. Hace un dia muy hermoso. *
15. iLlueve? No llueve ; pero estd para Hover. Lllo-
verd todo el dia.
16; Empieza {it begins) a oscurecer d las cuatro.
202
4eisterschaft system.
the
Buceder, to happf
The Adjective.
valer, to ^^jectives agree in gender and number with the noun
lify, as :
.o nuevo, the new book,
o-ros nuevos, new books.
una casa nueva, a new house
casas nuevas, new houses.
2. The plural of adjectives is formed like the plural of
nouns, viz. by adding s to vowel-endings, and es to consonant
or accented vowel-endings, always changing z into c before
es, as :
Plural.
frescos, frescas, fresh,
espanoles, espaholas, Spanish,
felices, felices, happy,
comunes, comunes, common.
Singular.
fresco, fresca,
espanol, espanola,
feliz, feliz,
comun, comun.
Formation of the Feminine.
i. The feminine of adjectives is generally formed by
changing the final o into a, or by adding a to the consonant
terminations an, on, and or, as :
Bueno, buena, good,
malo, mala, bad.
chico, chica, small.
holgazan, holgazana, lazy,
burlon, burlona, roguish.
hablador,habladora, talkative.
Note. — Mayor greater, manor, smaller, and anterior
form an exception to this rule.
2. 'Adjectives referring to nationality and ending in a
consonant add a for the fetninine, as :
Frances, francesa, French,
aleman, alemana, German.
ingles, inglesa, English,
espanol, espa5olc^ Spanish.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
205
3. Adjectives ending in any other letter remain un- •
changed in the feminine, as :
Un hombre cort^s, a polite man.
una mujer cort^s, a polite woman,
un objeto baladi', an insignificant object,
una cosa baladi, an insignificant matter,
el trabajo es facil, the work is easy,
la cosa es facil, the matter is easy.
4. When an adjective refers to two or more nouns in the
singular, it must be placed in the plural, and in the masculine
plural when the nouns are of different genders, as :
El padre y su hijo son buenos, the father and his son are
good.
el padre y la madre son buenos, the father and the mother
are good.
Peculiarities of some Adjectives.
I. The following adjectives lose the final o when stand¬
ing before a masculine noun singular, as :
Bueno, good. tercero, third,
malo, bad. uno, one.
postrero, latter, last. alguno, some, any.
primero, first. ninguno, none, not any.
Examples.
Un buen hombre, a good man. el tercer dia, the third day.
un mal caballo, a bad horse. un perro, one dog.
el postrer duelo, thelast pang. ' algun dinero, some money,
el primer dia, the first day. ningun libro, no book.
. 206
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
2. Grande, great, large, santo, holy, and ciento, a hun¬
dred, lose the last syllable;
Un gran ^ peligro, agreat peril,
una gran casa, a great house.
San Pedro, St. Peter. [diers.
cien soldados, a hundred sol-
jSToTE. — Santo is not abbreviated before the following
four names of Saints :
Santo Domingo, St. Dominique.
Santo Tom6, St. Timothy.
Santo Toribio, St. Toribius.
Santo Tomas, St. Thomas.
Position of the Adjective.
1. The adjective stands generally after the noun quali-
ned, as :
El hombre prudente, the prudent man.
la planta venenosa, the poisonous plant,
la piedra preciosa, the precious stone,
la mujer alta y hermosa, the tall and handsome woman,
los colores blancos, verdes y the white, green, and black
negros, colors.
2. There are many cases when the adjectives are
placed be/ore the nouns, though a satisfactory reason cannot
always be adduced for them. It is almost entirely a matter
of style.
The following rules will be found useful:
a. Numeral adjectives are generally placed before the
noun:
La tercera casa, the third house,
el primer tomo, the first volume.
^ Grande loses the final syllable before any noun beginning with a
consonant.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
207
b. Adjectives which are used in a figurative sense, or
when used in an exclamatory manner are usually placed before
the noun, as:
Un delicioso viaje, a delightful journey,
admirable accion ! admirable action!
3. All adjectives denoting color, nationality, taste, or
shape, and all participles used aJjectively are placed after the
noun, as:
El mdsico aleman,
la industria francesa,
la pintura espanola,
los inventus americanos,
un zapatero viejo y ciego,
un sombrero nuevo,
una madre amada,
una posicion perdida.
the German musician,
the French industry,
the Spanish picture,
the American inventions,
an old and blind shoemaker,
a new hat.
a beloved mother,
a lost position.
4. Some adjectives have different significations according
to their position, as:
Una buena noche, a good night,
mal negocio, bad business. ■
negra accion, dark deed,
varios papeles, various papers.
pobre autor, a miserable writer,
cierta dpoca, a certain period.
noche buena, Christmas,
un jdven malo, a wicked youth,
un vestido negro, a black dress,
papeles varios, miscellaneous
papers,
autor pobre, a poor author,
noticia cierta, reliable news.
These rules may serve merely to guide the student. By
placing the adjectives before the nouns more weight and
emphasis is given, — as, for instance, in the following passage
from Cervantes:
Era una hermosa
It was a beautiful
manana; apenas
morning; hardly
habia el rubicundo
had the red-cheeked
2o8
the meisterschaft system.
Apolo tendido por la ancha y espaciosa tierra las doradas
Apollo stretched over the wide and spacious earth the golden
hebras de sus hermosos cabellos, y apenas los pequenos y
threads of his beautiful hair, and hardly the small and
pintados pajarillos con Sus arpadas lenguas habian saludado
many-colored birds with their harp-like voices had saluted
con dulce y meliflua armonia la venida de la rosada aurora,
with sweet and lovely harmony the arrival of the rosy Aurora,
cuando el famoso caballero Don Quijote de la Mancha, dejando
when the renowned knight, Don Quijote from Mancha, leaving
las ociosas plumas, subio sobre su famoso caballo Rocinante,
the idle feather-beds, mounted upon his famous horse Rocinante,
y comenzo a caminar por el antig^o y conocido campo
and commenced to travel through the ancient and well-known field
de Montiel.
of Montiel.
Comparison of Adjectives,
1. The Comparative is formed by placing mtis, more, or
mdnos, less, before the positive, as :
caro, dear j mas caro, dearer; mdnos caro, less dear.
2. The Superlative is formed, either by placing el, lo,
la mds or mdnos before the positive, or by adding isimo, isima
to the positive with the elision of its last Vowel, as:
Caro, dear; el mas caro, the dearest j
muy caro or cailsimo, very dear.
The former is called the relative superlative, and the latter
the absolute superlative.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
209
We therefore have :
1 Positive.
docto, doctos,)^^^^^^^
docta, doctas, j
Comparative.
mas docto, mas doctos 1 more
mas docta, mas doctas, j learned.
Relative Superlative.
el or lo mas docto,
la mas docta, the most
los mas doctos, learned.
las mas doctas,.
Absolute Superlative.
doctisimo,
doctlsima, learned.
doctisimos,
doctlsimas.
3. The comparative is followed by que than, as:
Su primo es mas rico que mi your cousin is richer than my
hermano, brother,
tengo me'nos libros que V. I have fewer books than you.
Note. — After mas and m^nos, than is rendered by de
when a numeral follows, as :
Tuve mas de cien duros, I had more than a hundred dollars.
4. If the sentence which contains the comparison is
followed by a verb, de lo que must be employed in place of
que, as:
Federico es mas desdichado
hoy de lo que era un ano
hace,
Don Felipe es mayor de lo
que parece,
este comerciante tiene m^nos
dinero de lo que V. cree,
estavaca da mas leche de la'
que daba el mes pasado.
Frederick is more unhappy
to-day than he was a year
ago.
Don Philip is older than he
seems.
this merchant has less money
than you think,
this cow gives more milk than
sne gave last month.
1 De la referring to leche (fern.').
2IO
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
5. The Comparative of equality — as — as — is given by
tan — como with adjectives or adverbs, and by tanto (tantos,
tanta, tantas) —como with nouns (or tanto — cuanto when a
verb follows), as :
El es tan instruido como V.,
61 es tan elocuente como
Ciceron,
tiene tanta hacienda cuanta
(como) tenia su padre,
6. Four adjectives have, besides their regular compara¬
tives and superlatives, a Latin or irregular form. They are:
he is as educated as you.
he is as eloquent as Cicero.
he possesses as large a fortune
as his father.
Positive.
bueno, a, good,
malo , a, bad, poor,
grande, great, large,
pequeno, a, small, little.
comparativl
mejor (rarely mas bueno)
peor ( " mas malo),
mayor or mas grande,
menor or mas pequeno ,
E.
better.
worse, poorer,
greater, larger,
smaller, less.
rmejor;
■2 peor; ^
«"■ mayor;
0
V
menor;
Rl
"mejores,
peores,
mayores,
menores,
ilative Superlative.
(rarely€\, la, lo mas bueno, a,)
( " el,la, lomasmalo, a,)
or, el, la, lo mas grande,
los, las mas grandes,
or, el, la, lo mas pequeno, a,
los, las mas pequenos, as.
the best. [est.
the worst, poor-
the greatest,
largest, oldest
the smallest,
least, youngest.
bonisimo, a,
malisimo, a,
grandisimo, a,
pequenisimo, a.
Absolute Superlative.
or muy bueno, a, {rarety optimo, a,)
muymalo, a, ( " pesimo, a,)
muy grande, ( " maximo, a,)
muy pequeno, a, ( " minimo, a,)
very good,
very bad, poor,
very large, great,
very small, little.
SUPPLEMENTARY EXERCISES
ADDED BY
The Travelers Insurance Company,
OF
HARTFORD. CONN.
I Qu6 hace cada uno prudente antes de ir de viaje de una
parte a otro?
Compra una pdliza ,de seguros de "Travelers Insurance
Co."
^Por qu^?
Para ser pagado per p^rdida de tiempo en caso de acci-
dente, y para salvar su familia si quita la vida.
^Cudl es el precio de esta pdliza de seguros?
Solamente $5.00 cada afio, $$.00 por tres meses, por cada
SI,000 de seguro, y ademas de eso 1^5.00 por semana
mi^ntras que sea herido.
^Es necesario una examinacion por un mddico?
No.
iSon heridos 6 matados por accidente muchos hombres?
Cerca de la sexta pdrte de todos que se aseguran en " The
Travelers Co."
iSe le paga mucho dinero?
Mas de $3,000.03 cada dia.
^Hay raucho tiempo que lo ha hecho?
Por veintiuno anos la Compania le ha pagado $14,000,00$
i Podria hacerlo en caso de grandes p^rdidas ?
Tiene $3,000,000 de fondos sobre todas sus obligaciones.
iEn donde se compran esas p6lizas?
En todas las ciudades de los Estados Unidos y del Ca
nada.
THE MASON ${ HAWLIN
——PIANO.
Illustrates the same high standard of excellence
which has always characterized the
MASON 6L HAMLIN ORGANS,
and won for them the Highest Awards at
.^11 C3rr©a,t '\7%7' orld's :E3z!s:l3.i1c>ltioxxs
since and including that of^Paris, 1867.
Organ and Piano Catalogues sent free
to any address.
SOLD ON EASY TERMS, AND RENTED.
MASON & HAMLIN ORGAN & PIANO GO.
BOSTON, MASON & HAMLIN HALL, 154 & 155 Tremnt SIrest.
NEW YORK, 158 Fifth Avenue. CHICAGO, 149 Wabash Avenue.
THE
hht
-
A Short and Practical Method
of
ACQUIRING COMPLETE FLUENCY OF SPEECH
in the
Spanish Language.
By Dr. Richard S. Rosenthal,
Late Director of the "Akalemie fur fremdb Sprachen" in Berlin anc
Leipzig^ of the *'Meisterschaft College" in London, and Prin
ciPAL of the " Mbisterschaft School of Practical
Linguistry" in New York and Boston.
IN
PART VIII.
BOSTON, MASS:
MEISTERSCHAFT PUBLISHING COMPANY.
196 Summer Street.
(Estes Pres.s).
TERMS.
We hare arranged with Dr. Kosbnthal, the anther of the "Meis
ccTscbaft System," for its introduction in America under his onu
supervision, and he has opened
THE
FOR NON-RESIDENTS.
The Student does not need to leave his home. Tlio lessons of
^h language are prepared by the Professor, and printed and sent
in pamphlet shape, to each member of the School, wheiever he
may reside.
Hie course of study for each langu^^e—German. French, Italian
or Spanish —makes fifteen pamphlets, of three lessons each.
All members of the school have
THE PRIVILEGE
of asking, by letter, questions concei-ning each lenson, or consult¬
ing on any difficulty which may have occurred to them. All exer¬
cises corrected, and all questions answered by return post, by
Dr. KosEiTTHAr., or one of his assistants.
TERMS OF MEMBERSHIP.
Five Dollars is the price for membership in the School, tor
tacb language. This amount ($5,) entitles the member to receive
tie fifteen books or pamphlets containing the lessons, also answers
to his ouestions. Return postage for the answer must accompany
♦be question.
State distinctly which language, or languages yon desire to study.
There are no extra charges. The price, Five DollarSf pays foi
one language; Ten Dollars foi two languages, etc. All exer-
lis s and questions must be written on a separate sheet of paper,
ri.d must state full address of the pupil.
The remittances must be made in Post-Oflfice Order or Registered
Letter. addres.sd to
Meisterschaft Publishing Company,
Este.s Press 196 Summer Street.
BOSTON
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
PART VIII.
Copyright, 1883, by Richard S. Rosenthal.
212
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
FOUNDATION. SENTENCE.
Continuation.
As I need them at six o'clock.
As, because, for
them
I need
at
the
six
at six o'clock.
1. When do you need {or, want) this money ?
2. Do you need these goods at once ?
3. We need these goods immediately; please ship {embarcar')
them by the next steamer (= by the first steamer).
4. I need a new hat.
5. I need a travelling cap, too ; have you any ?
6. Don't you need anything else ? — Nothing at present.
7. Do you know a good tailor (sastre) who will not charge
too much (= who may not be \no sea'] very dear) ?
8. Yes, sir, I know one who will treat (= serve) you well.
9. I need a coat. (I need a full suit [un vestido completo] ).
Will you please measure me (= take me measure
\medidd\ ).
10. Can you also measure me for {de) a pair of pantaloons
and a waistcoat ?
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
213
FOUNDATION SENTENCE.
Continuation.
Pues las necesito d las seis.
poo-ais' las uai-thai-see'-to a las sai'-ees.
Pues (J>oo-ais')
las (Ids)
necesito (nai-ihai-see'-io)
k (d)
las (Ids)
seis (sai'-ees)
a las seis.
r. i Cuando necesita V. este dinero ?
2. j Necesita V. estos efectos inmediatamente ?
3. Necesitamos estos efectos inmediatamente; tenga la
bondad de embarcarlos por el primer vapor.
4. Necesito un sombrero nuevo.
5. Necesito tambien una gorra de viaje j i tiene V. ?
6. < Nada mas necesita V. ?— Por ahora no.
7. i Conoce V. i un buen sastre que no sea (sai'-d) muy
caro?
8. Sf, senor •, conozco k uno que le servira a V. bien.
9. Necesito una levita. (Necesito un vestido completo.)
Sfrvase V. tomarme medida.
10. ^ Puede V. tambien tomarme medida de un pantalon y
de un chaleco ?
214
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
11. Show me your newest goods (^gineros) for pantaloons and
waistcoats.
12. Don't forget {olvide f.") that I need the coat on {J>ard)
Sunday, without fail {sin faltd).
13. I 'II bring it Sunday morning.
14. When you bring me the coat, I 'II give you some {varios)
articles of clothing {vestidos) to repair (= that \_para
que\ you may repair them).
15. This despatch needs ipr, requires \requiere^'\') our im¬
mediate attention {aiencion).
16. You need not order {ordenar) any silk or woollen goods
(= goods of silk or wool [efectos de seda 6 land\ ),
as we have a sufficient stock on hand (= as we have
sufficient quantity \suficiente can(idad'\ in store [en
almacen'\ ).
r Requerir, to request, to require, to need, to investigate is conjugated
irregularly like herir, to strike (with a weapon), which is generally chosen
as paradigm.
Indicative Mode. Presente. Subjunctive Mode.
hiero,
I strike.
hiera,
I majr strike.
hieres,
thou strikest.
hieras,
thou mayest strike.
hi ere,
he strikes.
hiera.
he may strike.
herimos,
we strike.
hiramos.
we may strike.
heris,
ye strike.
hirais,
ye may strike.
hieren,
they strike.
hieran.
they may strike.
Imperfecto.
herfa,
I struck.
hiriera.
I might strike..
herias,
thou struckest.
hirieras.
thou mightst strike.
herfa,
he struck.
hiriera,
he might strike.
heriamos.
we struck.
hiridramos.
we might strike.
heriais.
ye struck.
hiridrais.
ye might strike.
hevian.
they struck.
hirieran.
they might strike.
Definido. ■
hen',
I struck.
hiriese.
I might strike.
heriste,
thou struckest.
hirieses.
thou mightst strike.
hirid,
he struck.
hiriese,
he might strike.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
215
11. Ens^neme V. sus g^neros mas nuevos para pantalones y
chalecos.
12. No olvide V. que necesito la levita para el domingo sin
falta.
13. La traer^ el domingo por la manana.
14. Cuando me traiga V. la levita, le dar6 a V. varios vestidos
p^ra que los repare.
15. Este despacho necesita requiere') nuestra inmediata
atencion.
16. No necesita V. ordenar nlngunos efectos de seda 6 lana,
pues tenemos suficiente cantidad en alinacen.
herimos,
berLsteis,
hirieron,
herire,
heriras,
heriri,
heriremos,
herireis,
heririn,
we struck.
ye struck,
tliey struck.
I shall strike,
thou wilf strike,
he will strike,
we shall strike.
ye will strike,
they will strike.
hiri^semos, we might strike,
hiri^seis, ye might strike,
hiriesen, they might strike-
Futuro.
hiriere,
hirieres,
hiriere,
hiri^remos,
hiri^reis,
hirieren,
I should strike,
thou wouldst strike,
he would strike,
we should strike.
ye would strike,
they would strike.
heriria,
herirfas,
heriria,
herirfamos,
heririais,
heririan,
Condicional.
I should strike,
thou wouldst strike,
he would strike,
we should strike.
ye would strike,
they would strike.
hiere (tu),
hiera (el),
hiera V.,
hiramos,
herid,
hieran (ellos).
Imperath'o.
strike.
let him strike,
strike.
let us strike,
strike (ye).
let them strike.
Cerundio hiriendo, striking.
Participio herido, struck.
Observe that herir means ta strike with a weapon, with intent to wound
or kill. Otherwise, to strike, i. e. to give a blow or blcnvs, is expressed by
dar un golpe d dlguien, or by dar golpes d dlguien.
2i6 the meisterschaft system.
17. If you need anything in this line {esta Itnea), we can
just now oiler (o/recer) you extra terms {mejores ter-
minos), as we want to sell out {realizar) our entire
stock (surtido) of German fancy-goods {quincallerta).
18. He needs this money badly {mucho) ; send it to him
(envieselo) at once, as he is without {sin) funds {fondos).
19. He is in great need {muy necesitado) of mofiey.
20. You need not be in such a hurry {tan deprisd) ; you have
plenty of time {mucho tiempo) ; the train does not
leave till {hastd) a quarter-past eight.
21. Please ring {tocar) the bell {Ja campanilld), if you should
need anything.
22. Thank you, I have everything I want at present {al
prsscnte ).
23. You need {debe V.) not get angry {incomodarse) with me ;
I had not the slightest {la mas ligera) idea {idea) of
offending you.
24. I do not feel {me hallo) well; I am ill, and want a phy¬
sician to attend me.
25. I have been told about Doctor Montana. Will you
please get him for me (= Will you' go to seek \buscar\
him for me \_de mi parte) ) ?
' The irregular verb querer, to witt, to be willing, to want, to desire,
to like, to be fond of, ought to be learned novi'.
Indicative Mode.
quiero,
quieres,
quiere,
queremos,
quereis,
quieren.
Presente.
Subjunctive Mode.
I wish,
thou wishest.
he wishes,
we wish.
ye wish,
they wish.
quiera,
quieras,
quiera,
queramos,
querais,
quieran,
I may wish,
thoir mayest wish,
he may wish,
we may wish.
ye may wish,
they may wish.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
217
17. Si V. necesita algo en esta Ifnea nosotros podemos ahora
ofrecer a V. mejores tdrminos, pues deseamos realizar
todo nuestro surtido de quincallen'a alemana.
18. El necesita mucho este dinero j envfeselo al momento,
pues se halla sin fondos.
19. El esta muy necesitado de dinero.
20. No necesita V. estar tan deprisa; tiene V. mucho tiempo;
el tren no sale hasta las ocho y cuarto.
21. Tenga V. la bondad de tocar la campanilla si necesita
algo.
22. Gracias: tengo todo lo que necesito al presente.
23. No debe V. incomodarse conmigo; yo no he tenido la
mas ligera idea (/ee-'Aai'-rd eeihai'-d) de ofender
24. No me hallo bien ; estoy enfermo y deseo que me asista
un facultative {or, un mddico).
25. Me ban hablado del doctor Montana. < Quiere V.* ir d
buscarle de mi parte ?
i V.
Imperffcto.
quen'a, I wished,
querias, thou wishedst.
quisiera, I might wish,
quisieras, thou mightst wisn.
queria, he wished,
quen'amos, we wished,
queriais, ye wished,
querian, they wished.
quisiera, he might wish,
quisi^ramos, we might wish.
quisi6rais, ye might wish.
quisieran, they might wish.
Definido.
quise, I wished,
quisiste, thou wishedst.
quisiese, I might wish,
quisieses, thou mightst wish.
quiso, he wished,
quisimos, we wished,
quisisteis, ye wished.
quisiSron, . they wished,
quisiese, he might wish.
quisi6semos, we might wish,
quisi^seis, ye might wish,
quisiesen, they might wish.
2i8
the meisterschaft system.
26. If you do not know where (adonde) he lives, any (cual-
quier) apothecary {/armaceutico) will tell you.
27. Good day, Doctor. I need you (= I need ^your assist¬
ance \asistencid\). Will you have the kindness to
examine (examinar) me.
28. Where do you feel in pain (= What pains [^due/e^^ yo") ?
29. Everywhere (Jodd), but especially (^principalmente) in the
stomach (pi vientre) and in the head.
30. Since when have you felt (= do you feel ill ?
querr^, I shall wish,
querras, thou wilt wish,
querra, he will wish,
querremos, we shall wish,
querreis, will wish,
querran, they will wish.
Condicional.
querria, . I should wish,
querrias, thou wouldst wish,
querria, he would wish,
querriamos, we should wish,
querrlais, ye would wish,
querrian, they should wish.
Futuro.
quisiere,
quisieres,
quisiere,
quisi^remos,
quisiareis,
quisieren.
1 should wish,
thou wouldst wish,
he would wish,
we should wish.
ye would wish,
they would wish.
Imperativo.
quiere (tii),
quiera (el),
quiera V.,
queramos,
quered,
quieran (ellos).
wish.
let him wish,
wish.
let us wish,
wish (ye).
let them wish.
Gerundio queriendo, wishing.
Partidpio querido, wished.
^ Doler (doliendo, dolido), to pain, is irregular in the following per
sons and tenses:
Pres. Ind. duelo, dueles, duele, dolemos, doleis, duelen.
Pres. Suhj. duela, duelas, duela, dolamos, dolais, duelan.
Imperat. duele, duela V., dolamos, doled, duelan.
All other tenses are regularly inflected.
® Sentir, ts feel, to perceive, is an irregular verb.
Indicative Mode. Presente. Subjunctive Mode.
siento,
sientes,
siente,
sentTmos,
sentis,
sienten,
I feel.
thou feelest.
he feels,
we feel.
ye feel,
they feel.
sienta,
sientas,
sienta,
sintamos,
sintais,
sientan.
I may feel,
thou mayst feeL
he may feel,
we may fed.
ye may feel,
they may feel.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. 2ig
26. Si no sabe V. adonde vlve, cualquier farmaceutico (/ar-
md-that~"00'-tee-ko') se lo dira a V.
27. Buenos dias, senor Doctor. Necesito de su asistencia
de V. Si'rvase V. examinarme.
28. I Qu6 le duele^ a V. ?
29. Todo, pero principalmente el vientre y la cabeza.
30. jDesde cuando se siente V.^ indispuesto ?
sentia,
sentias,
sentia,
sentiainos,
sentiais,
sentian,
senti,
sentiste,
sintid,
sentimos,
sentisteis,
sintieron,
sentire,
sentiras,
sentira,
sentiremos,
sentireis,
sentiran,
I felt.
thou feltest. •
he felt,
we felt.
felt,
they felt.
I felt.
thou feltest.
he felt,
we felt.
ye felt,
they felt.
I shall feel,
thou wilt feel,
he will feel,
we shall feel.
ye will feel,
they will feel.
Imperfeclo.
sintiera,
sintieras,
sintiera,
sinti^ramos,
sinti^rais,
sintieran,
Definidff.
sintiese,
sintigses,
sintiese,
sintigsemos,
sintigseis,
sintiesen,
Futuro.
sintiere,
sintieres,
sintiere,
sintigremos,
sintigreis,
sintieren.
I might feel,
thou mightst feel,
he might feel,
we might feel.
ye might feel,
they might feel.
I might feel,
thou mightst feel,
he might feel,
we might feel.
ye might feel,
they might feel.
I should feel,
thou wouldst feel,
he would feel,
we should feel.
ye would feel,
they would feel.
Condieional.
sentiria, I should feel,
sentirias, thou wouldst feel,
sentiria, he would feel,
sentiriamos, we should feel,
scntiriais, ye would feel,
sentirian, they would feel.
Imperativo.
siente (tu),
sienta (el),
sienta V.,
sintamos,
sentid,
feel.
let him feel,
feel.
let us feel,
feel (ye).
sientan (ellos), let them feel.
220
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SVgTEM.
31. Sine? last night. J have been a long time in the sun
(a/ so/) [in the rain, d la lluvid\.
32. I am unable to keep on my feet {tenerme en pie).
33. Let me see your (pt) pulse (J>ulso). Show me your
tongue (la lengua).
34. Do you think it serious, Doctor ?
35. Do not alarm yourself (= Quiet yourself \iranquilizese
F.] ) ; your state {cstado) is not in the least dangerous
{peligroso). All the trouble you are experiencing
proceeds from change of climate and nourishment.
(= All that you are experiencing [es/d V. experimen-
tandol proceeds \_proviene'\ from the change \delcambio^
of climate and food [alimentos'\.
36. Here is my prescription ; send it to the drug-store.
37. They will send you a potion {una pocion) of which you
will take a spoonful every hour (every two hours)
(= which you will take by spoons [d cucharadasj every
hour). I shall come back {volvere'^) to-morrow.
.38. I am very glad to see ^ you.
1 Volver (volviendo, vuelto), to return, is irregular in the following
persons and tenses :
Pres. Ind. vuelvo, vuelves, vuelve, volvemos, volveis, vuelven.
Pres. Subj. vuelva, vuelvas, vuelva, volvamos, volvais, vuelvan.
Imperat. vuelve, vuelva V., volvamos, volved, vuelvan.
All other forms are regularly inflected.
Ver (formerly written veer), to see, is irregular.
Indicative Mode.
Presente.
Subjunctive Mode.
I may see.
thou mayst see.
vemos,
veo,
ves,
ve,
ven,
veis,
I see.
thou seest.
. he sees,
we see.
ye see.
they see.
veais,
vean,
veamos,
vea,
veas,
vea.
he may see.
we may see.
ye may see.
they may see.
THE SPANrSH LANGUAGE.
221
31. Desde ayer noche. He estado mucho tiempo al sol (a la
lluvia).
32. No puedo tenerme en pid.
33. V^amos el pulso. Ens^neme V. la lengua.
34. < Cree V. que esto es grave, doctor ?
35. Tranquih'zese V.; so estado de V. no es nada peligroso.
Todo lo que esta V. experimentando proviene del
cambio de clima y de alimentos.
36. Hd aquf mi receta; enviela V. i la botica.
37. Le traeran 4 V. una pocion que tomara V. 4 cucharadas
cada bora (cada dos boras). Manana volver4.'
38. Tengo mucbo gusto 4 ver ^ 4 V.
Imferfecto.
veta,
I saw.
viera,
I might see.
veias,
thou sawest.
vieras,
thou mightst see.
veia,
he saw.
viera,
he might see.
veiamos.
we saw.
vieramos,
we might see.
veiais,
ye saw.
vierais,
ye might see.
vpian,
they saw.
vieran,
they might see.
Definido.
vi.
I saw.
viese,
I might see.
viste.
• thou sawest.
vieses,
thou mightst see.
vi6,
he saw.
viese,
he might see.
vimos,
we saw.
viesemos.
we might see.
visteis,
ye saw.
vieseis.
ye might see.
vieron.
they saw.
viesen.
they might see.
Future.
vere,
I shall see.
viere.
I should see.
ver4s,
thou wilt see.
vieres.
thou wouldst see.
veri,
he will see.
viere.
he would see.
veremos,
we shall see.
vieremos.
we should see.
vereis,
ye will see.
viereis.
ye would see.
verin,
they will see.
vieren.
they would see.
222
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
39. I was very glad to hear (= to know) that your partner
{socio) is better.
40. He was very glad to hear that you were out of (Juera
de) danger {peligro).
41. I am very glad of it {de elld).
42. I should be delighted to have you take dinner with me.
43. I should be very happy to {en) accept {aceptar) your
kind {bondadosa) invitation {invitacion), but unfortu¬
nately {desgraciadamente) I have an important business-
engagement (= I am engaged [estoy tomprometidoi] in
an important business).
44. Can you not postpone {posponer i) it ?
45. r am very sorry, but it is quite impossible.
Condicional.
veria, I should see.
verias, thou wouldst see.
vena, he would see.
ven'amos, we should see.
verlais, ye would see.
verfan, they would see.
Cerundio
Pariicipio
Jmperativo.
ve (tii),
vea (el),
vea v.,
veamos,
ved,
vean (ellos),
see.
let him see.
see.
let us see.
see (ye).
let them see.
viendo, seeing,
visto, seen.
' The simple verb poner, to put, to place has the Present stem pong,
the Preterite stem pus, and the Future stem pondr. It is conjugated:
Indicative Mode.
Subjunctive Mode.
pongo,
pones,
pone,
ponemos,
poneis,
ponen,
ponia,
ponias,
ponia,
ponfamos,
poniais,
ponian.
I put.
thou puttest.
he puts,
we put.
ye put.
they put.
I put.
thou puttedst.
be put.
we put.
ye put.
they put.
Presente.
ponga, I may put.
pongas,
ponga,
pongamos,
pongais,
pongan,
Imperfecto.
pusiera,
pusieras,
pusiera,^
pusi6ramos,
pusi^rais,
pusieran.
thou mayst put
he may put.
we may put.
ye may put.
they may put.
I might put.
thou mightst put.
he might put.
we might put
ye might put.
they might put.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. 323
39. Me he alegrado mucho saber que su socio esti mejor.
40. El se alegrd mucho saber que V. estaba fuera de peligro.
41. Me alegro mucho de ello.
42. Tendria mucho gusto en que V. comiera conmigo.
43. Tendria mucho gusto en aceptar su bondadosa invitacion,
pero desgraciadamente estoy comprometido en un
importante negocio.
44. i No puede V. posponerlo ? ^
45. Lo siento mucho, pero verdaderamente es imposible.
Defittido.
puse,
I put.
pusiese,
I might put.
pusiste,
thou puttedst.
pusieses.
thou mightst put.
puso,
he put.
pusiese,
he might put.
pusimos,
we put.
pusi6semos,
we might put.
pusisteis,
ye put.
pusi6seis,
ye might put.
pusieron,
they put.
pusiesen,
they might put.
Futuro.
pondrd.
I shall put.
pusiere,
I should put.
pondris,
thou wilt put.
pusieres,
thou wouldst put
pondrd,
he will put.
pusiere,
he would put.
pondr6mos,
we shall put.
pusidremos,
we should put.
pondr^is,
ye will put.
pusi^reis,
ye would put.
pondrdn,
they will put.
pusieren,
they would put.
Condicional.
pondria, I should put.
pondrias, thou wouldst put.
pondria, he would put.
pondriamos, we should put.
pondriais, ye would put.
pondrian, they would put.
Cerundio
Participia
Imperativo.
pen (tii), put.
ponga (el), let him put.
ponga v., put.
pongamos, let us put.
poned, put (ye)-
pongan (ellos), let them put.
. . . poniendo, putting.
. . . puesto, put.
224
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
GRAMMATICAL REMARKS.
The Absolute Superlative.
Observe that
1. Adjectives ending in co or go form their superlative
in qulsimo and gulsimo to preserve their original hard sound
of c and g, as :
Rico, rich ; riqufsimo, very rich,
vago, vague ; vaguisimo, very vague.
2. Adjectives in z change z into o, as :
Feliz, happy; feiici'simo, very happy.
3. Adjectives ending in io drop these letters, so that
the repetition of 1 may be avoided in the superlative, as :
Limpio, clean ■, limpfsimo, very clean,
necesario, necessary; necesari'simo, very necessary.
Exceptions are :
Agrio, sour ; agriisimo, very sour,
frio, cold ; frii'simo, very cold,
pio, pious ; pifsimo, very pious.
4. Adjectives ending in ble change it into bilisimo, as:
afable, affable ; afabilfsimo, very affable,
amable, amiable; amabilfsimo, very amiable,
noble, noble; nobilfsimo, very noble.
5. Adjectives which have ie in the syllable before the last
elide the i, as :
Cierto, certain ; certfsimo, very certain,
tierno, tender ; ternfsimo, very tender,
ardiente, ardent: ardentfsimo, very ardent,
valiente, brave ; valentisimo, very brave.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
225
6. A few superlatives in
derivation, as :
Acre, acrimonious; acerrimo.
aspero, harsh; asp^rrimo.
c^lebre, celebrated; celebe-
rrimo.
integro, disinterested; integ6-
, rrimo. •
libre, free; lib^rrimo.
pobre, poor; pauperrimo.
salubre, healthful, salub^rri-
mo.
fuerte, strong ; forti'simo.
nuevo, new ; novfsimo.
pio, ) devoted ; pienti'si-
piadoso,) mo.
7. The superlative in isi
emphatic than that formed w
preceded by the indefinite ar
ployed for elegance' sake, as
is a very brave man {not: es
errimo and isimo are of Latin
amigo, friendly J amicfsimo.
antiguo, ancient; antiquisimo.
benefice, beneficent; benefi-
centfsimo.
benevolo, benevolent; benevo-
lenti'simo.
cruel, cruel; crudelfsimo.
fie), faithful; fideli'simo.
magni'fico, magnificent; mag-
nificenti'simo.
bueno good ; bonfsimo.
sabio, wise; sapienti'simo.
' > sacred; sacratfsimo.
sagrado,)
.0 is always stronger and more
h muy. If the superlative is
cle, the form in isimo is em-
es un valenti'simo hombre, he
1 muy valiente hombre).
Exercise.
1. ^Es esta su nina mayor, <5 tiene V. otra mayor aun
{yet) ?
2. Esta es la mayor de mis ninas, pero tengo un nino
mayor y una chiquita {little one) menor de edad.
3. I Cuanto ha costada ya el ferrocarril del San Gotardo ?
4. Me ha dicho un ingeniero {an engineer), que son mas
de cien millones.
226
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
5. I Qui^n es aquel caballero ? Es el senor Sangrado,
medico celeb^rrinio de la ciudad.
6. i Y qui^n es el otro caballero con aquellos anteojos
(spectacles) tan grandotes ?
7. i Ah amigo! aquel es el sapienti'simo y munificen-
ti'simo doctor Godinez, el mas habil pedante de toda la
universidad (university).
8. i Parece que hay hombres muy c^lebres en esta!
Si, sehor, los hombres mas grandes y mas doctos del mundo
estan aqui.
9. I Hay hombres cdlebres en su pais de V. ? Los
hombres mas c^lebres que habia, eran Don Miguel Cervantes,
Lope de Vega, Murillo, Velasquez, Herrera, &c.
10. iSon llorecientes aun las artes de la escultura
(sculpture) y pintura (painting) ?
11. No son tan florecientes como en otro tiempo, pero
en Espana hay siempre dinero para eso.
12. Race frio en Espaha ? No hace tanto como por
aquf, pero en Castilla la vieja, Asturias y Galicia hace muy
bastante.
13. i Hay buen vino en Espana ? Hay de todo ; los
mejores vinos son de Alicante, Montilla, San Ldcar, Jer^z y
Malaga.
14. i Y los inferiores, cuales son ? Los de Toro, Aragon,
Valencia, &c., pero los mas inferiores y tambien (also) los
mas baratos son los de Cataluna.
15. i Tienen comparacion (conrparison) los vinos inferi¬
ores de Cataluna con los de por aquf ?
16. No, senor, los vinos de este pais son bastante agrios,
algunos hay que son agrii'simos, y los de Espaha no son
agrios, a no ser (except) que scan vinagre ya.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
-227
Numerals,
The cardinal numbers answer to the question, How
many ?
Qardinal
Numbers.
I
uno, a.
28
veinte y ocho or vpinti-
2
dos.
ocho.
3
tres.
29
veinte y nueve, &c.
4
cuatro.
30
treinta.
S
cinco.
40
cuarenta.
6
seis.
50
cincuenta.
7
siete.
60
sesenta.
8
ocho.
70
setenta.
9
nueve.
80.
ochenta.
10
diez.
90
noventa.
II
once.
100
ciento (contract.: cien).
12
doce.
lOI
ciento y uno, a.
«3
trece.
102
ciento y dos.
14
catorce.
103
ciento y tres, &c.
'5
quince.
200
doscientos, as.
i6
diez y seis or dieciseis.
300
trescientos, as.
'7
diez y siete or diecisiete.
400
cuatrocientos, as.
i8
diez y ocho or dieciocho.
500
quinientos, as.
19
diez y nueve or diecinueve.
600
seiscientos, as.
20
veinte.
700
setecientos, as.
21
veinte y uno, a, or veintiuno, a
800
ochocientos, as.
(contraction : veintiun).
900
novecientos, as.
22
veinte y dos or veintidos.
1,000
mil.
23
veinte y tres or veintitres.
10,000
diez mil.
24
veinte y cuatro or veinti-
100,000
cien mil.
cuatro.
200,000
doscientos, as, mil.
25
veinte y cinco or veinticinco.
500,000-
quinientos, as, mil.
26
veinte y seis or veintiseis.
1,000,000
unmillon (orvm cuento).
27
veinte y siete or veintisiete.
2,000,000
3,000,000
L _ , .
dos millones.
tres millones.
228
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM,
Peculiar Use of the Cardinal Numbers.
1. Uno, una agrees with its noun in gender; before a
masculine noun or its adjective it loses the final o, as :
Uno de los libros es mio, one of the books belongs to me.
un hombre, una mujer y un a man, a woman, and a child,
niiio,
un buen amigo es bastante one good friend is sufficient for
para mi hijo, my son.
2. Ciento is changed into cien when standing before
any noun or adjective (masculine as well as feminine), as :
Cien hombres y cien mujeres, one hundred men and one
hundred women,
cien bonitos caballos, one hundred pretty horses,
cien buenas yeguas, one hundred good mares.
Followed by a numeral, ciento remains unchanged, as:
Tengo ciento y tres vacas, y I have one hundred and
ciento y veinte buques, three cows and one hun¬
dred and twenty ships.
3. From doscientos to novecientos the terminations os
and as must be used according to the noun they refer to, as:
Doscientos soldados heridos, two hundred wounded soldiers,
doscientas treinta escopetas, two hundred and thirty guns.
4. The conjunction y is placed only before the last
number, as:
Novecientos veinte y nueve, nine hundred and twenty-nine.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. 229
5. Eleven hundred, twelve hundred, eighteen hundred, &c.,
cannot be given as in English, but must be rendered by mU,
as:
Mil y ciento, eleven hundred ;
mil y doscientos, twelve hundred :
mil y ochocientos, eighteen hundred, &c.
6. With exception of primero, the first, the Spaniards
use the cardinal numbers for dates, as :
What date is to-day ?
I Qu6 dia del mes tenemos hoy ?
<4cuantos del mes estamos hoy ? |
tenemos el diez, el doce, el quin- it is the roth, the 12th, the
ce de junio, 15th of June.
i qu6 dia es hoy ? Liines, martes, what day is to-day ? Mon¬
day, Tuesday.
estamos a tres de febrero, it is the 3d of February.
7. The age is expressed by tener and edad, age, as :
I Qu6 edad tiene V. ?
how old are you ?
i cuantos anos tiene V. ? )
tengo cuarenta y cjnco anos I am forty-five years (old),
(de edad),
mi hermana murid a los diez my sister died at ten years of
arios de su edad, age.
8. To express the time of the day, the Spaniards use the
article la before una {one o'clock) and las before the other
numerals (without expressing o'clock), as :
( Qud hora es ? what o'clock (what time) is it ?
es la ^ una, it is one o'clock.
^ La must be used on account of hora, hour, which, though not
expressed, is understood.
230
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM
es la una y cuarto,
es la una y media,
son las dos,
son las dos menos cuarto,
tres,
cuatro,
cinco,
seis,
siete,
ocho,
nueve,
diez,
once,
doce,
es mediodia,
es media noche,
i i que hora vendrd V. ?
& las doce en punto,
a las seis de la manana,
d las seis de la tarde,
it is a quarter past one.
it is half-past one.
it is two o'clock.
" a quarter to two.
" three o'clock.
" four "
" five
" six- • "
" seven "
" eight "
" nine "
" ten "
" eleven "
" twelve "
"" noon (mid-day).
" midnight,
at what time will you come ?
at 12 o'clock precisely,
at 6 A.M.
at 6 P.M.
9. The preposition which we place before dates, or
days of the week, &c., is not rendered in Spanish, in place of
which the definite article is used, as ;
Murid el cuarto de mayo, he died on the 4th of May.
el domingo, on Sunday,
los lunes, on Mondays.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
231
The Ordinal Numbers.
The ordinal numbers show the order of a series.
Ordinal
Numbers.
. 1st
jtrimero, a (contract.: primer).
30th
trigesimo, a.(tree-hai'-see-
2d
segundo, a
mo).
3'J
tercero, a (contract. : tercer).
3'St
trigesimo primo, &c.
4th
cuarto, a.
40th
cuadragesimo, a (twa-
5th
ciuinto, a (kcen'-to).
drd-hai'-see-mo).
6th
l exto, a (or sesto, a).
50th
quincuagesimo, a (ieen-
7 th
!.eptimo, a (or setimo, a).
kwct-^hai'-see-mo).
8ih
octavo, a.
60th
sexagesimo, a.
9th
nono, a (or noveno, a).
70th
septuagesimo, a.
loth
decimo, a.
8cth
octogesimo, a.
nth
undecimo, a.
90th
nonagesimo, a.
12 th
duodecimo, a.'
100 th
centesimo, a.
13th
decimo tercio.
lOISt
centesimo primo.
14th
decimo cuarto.
200th
ducentesimo, a.
15th
decimo quinto.
300th
trecentesimo, a.
i6th
decimo sexto.
400th
cuadragentesimo, a.
17th
decimo septimo.
sooth
quingentesimo, a.
iSth
decimo octavo.
600th
sexcentesimo, a (or se-
19th
decimo nono.
sentesimo).
20th
vigesimo,a (vce-hai'-see-mo).
700th
septengent^simo, a.
2ISt
vigesimo primo.
Sooth
octogente.simo, a.
22d
vigesimo segundo.
900th
nonagentesimo, a.
23d
vigesimo tercio.
1,000th
milesimo, a.
24th
vigesimo cuarto.
2,000th
dos milesimo, a.
25th
vigesimo quinto.
10,000 th
diez milesimo, a.
26th
vigesimo sexto (sesto).
100,000 th
cien milesimo, a.
27th
vigesimo septimo (setimo).
200,000th
doscientos milesimo, a.
28th
vigesimo octavo.
500,000th
quinientos milesimo, a.
29th
vigesimo nono.
1,000,000th
millonesimo, a.
Remarks about the Ordinal Numbers.
I. Primero, first, tercero, third, postrero, last, drop the
o in the singular before a noun, as :
El primer dia, the first day.
el tercer libro, the third book,
el postrer poema, the last poem.
232
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
la primera or la primer manana, the first morning,
la tercera or la tercer leccion, the third lesson,
i primera or 4 primer vista, at first sight.
2. Primo and tercio are used in place of primero and
tercero in connection with other ordinal numbers, as:
, Trig^simo primo, thirty-first.
septuag^simo tercio, seventy-third.
3. The ordinal numbers without the article are used in
connection with names of sovereigns, as :
Felipe segundo, Philip the Second,
Fernando s^timo, Ferdinand the Seventh,
Leo d^cimo tercero, Leo the Thirteenth.
Fractional Numbers.
Fractional numbers from J to may be expressed by
the ordinals, or by the ordinals with the feminine noun parte.
Fractional
Numbers.
El todo. The whole.
un trezavo.
h
la mitad yr un medio.
TV
un catorzavo.
IV
uno y medio; una y media.
un quinzavo.
un tercio.
I'e
un diez y seis avo.
1
dos tercios.
iS
un diez y siete avo. ,
1
un cuarto.
iV
un diez y ocho avo.
tres cuartos.
un diez y nueve avo.
i
un quinto.
un veinlavo.
i
cuatro quintos.
sV
un treintavo.
i
un sexto.
un cuarentavo.
un septimo.
eV
un cincuentavo.
un octavo of "in ochavo.
un sesentavo.
un noveno.
tV
un setentavo.
un decimo.
w
un ochentavo.
A
on onzavo.
un noventavo.
1*5
nn dozavo.
liir
un centavo or un cent^simo.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
233
Words.
La Mesa 7 Las Comidas.
Table and Meals.
una rebanada,
a slice of bread.
un pedazo,
a piece.
la manteca (^Spaiti),
1 the butter.
la mantequilla {America),
el caf6,
the coffee.
el t6 {tai).
the tea.
el chocolate,
the chocolate.
el lecho {lai'-chd),
the milk.
la crema {krai'-ma).
the cream.
el agua {d'-pwa),
the water.
agua helada,
ice-water.
el azdcar,
the sugar.
un t\Ta.huzon{iee-rd-V0O-t/im'),
a corkscrew.
la sopa,
the soup.
un caldo,
beef-tea.
la carne,
the meat.
la vaca,
beef.
vaca asada.
1 roast beef.
asado de vaca, '
el cocido.
boiled meat.
un biftek.
beefsteak.
un biftek con patatas,
steak and potatoes.
poco asado.
rare.
bien asado.
well done.
la olla {d'-yd),
boiled meat and vegetables,
el carnero.
mutton.
una pierna de carnero asado,
a leg of roast mutton.
una chuleta {choo-lai'-id).
a cutlet.
234
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
rinones de carnero,
kidneys (of mutton)
costillas de carnero,
mutton chops.
la ternera,
veal.
chuleta de ternera.
veal-cutlet.
ternera asada.
roast veal.
el cordero.
lamb.
el puerco.
pork.
el tocino {td-thee'-no).
bacon.
el jamon (^hd-mon'),
ham.
la carne gorda ; lo gordo,
fat meat.
la carne magra; lo magro,
lean meat.
legumbres, ^
verduras, '
1 vegetables.
patatas, j
papas, !
1 potatoes.
patatas fritas.
fried potatoes.
babas, j
frigoles {/ree-^hd'-lais), J
1 beans.
guisantes, j
chkharos, j
1 peas.
nabos,
turnips.
coliflor,
cauliflower.
lechuga.
lettuce.
tomates,
tomatoes.
col,
cabbage.
remolachas, 1
betabeles, ]
• beets.
cebollas,
onions.
batatas,
sweet potatoes.
berengena.
egg-plant.
arroz,
rice.
SUPPLEMENTARY EXERCISES
ADDED BY
The Travelers Insurance Company,
OF
HARTFORD, CONN.
i Qu4 hace cada uno prudente antes de ir de viaje de una
parte 4 otro?
Compra una pdliza de seguros de "Travelers Insurance
Co."
^Por qu6?
Para ser pagado por pdrdida de tiempo en caso de acci-
dente, y para salvar su familia si quita la vida.
^ Cu41 es el precio de esta p61iza de seguros ?
Solamente S5.00 cada ano, $3.00 por tres meses, por cada
$1,000 de seguro, y adetnas de eso 1^5.00 por semana
mi^ntras que sea herido.
^Es necesario una examinacion por un medico?
No.
iSon bcridos 6 matados por accidente muchos hombres?
Cerca de la sexta parte de todos que se aseguran en " The
Travelers Co."
tSe le paga mucho dinero?
Mas de $3,000.&3 cada dia.
illay mucho tiempo que lo ha hecho?
Por veintluno anos la Compania le ha pagado $14,000,004
^ Podria hacerlo en caso de grandes p^rdidas ?
Tiene $2,000,000 de fondos sobre todas sus obligaciones.
iEn donde se compran esas p61izas?
En todas las ciudades de los Estados Unidos y del Ca
nada.
THE MASON $c HAMLIN
PIANO.
Illustrates the same high standard of excellence
which has always characterized the
MASON 6L HAMLIN ORGANS,
and won for them the Highest Awards at
^11 C3rX»©a-t "W"orlc3L'js ExlxiloitloxiS
since and including that of Paris, 1867.
Organ and Piano Catalogues sent free
to any address,
SOLD ON EASY TERMS, AND RENTED.
MASON & HAMLIN ORGAN & PIANO GO.
BOSTON, MASON & HAMLIN HALL, 154 & 155 Tremont Street.
NEW YORK, 158 Fltth Avenue. CHICAGO, 149 Wabash Avenue.
THE
A Short and Practical Method
of
ACQUIRING COMPLETE FLUENCY OF SPEECH
in the
Spanish Language.
By Dr. Richard S. Rosenthal,
Latb Director of the "Akademie fur fremde Sprachen'* in Berlin and
Leipzig, of the Meistbrschaft College" in London, and Prin¬
cipal of the " Mkistbrschaft ScHOOL of practical
Linguistry" in New York and Boston.
IN
PART IX.
BOSTON, MASS:
MEISTERSCHAFT PUBLISHING COMPANA,
196 Summer Street.
(Estes Pres.s).
TERMS.
We have arranged Dr. Bosenthal, the author of the "Meis
terschaft System," for its introduction in America under his ouu
supervision, and he has opened
THE
isUall M
FOR NON-RESIDENTS.
The Student does not need to leave his home. The lessons oi
^h langnage are prepared by the Professor, and printed and sent
in pamphlet shape, to each member of the School, wherever he
may reside.
The course of study for each langnage—German, French, Italian'
or Spanish—makes fifteen pamphlets, of three lessons each.
All members of the school have
THE PRIVILEGE
of asking, by letter, questions concerning eaeh leason, or consnlL
ing on any difficulty which may have occurred to them. All exer¬
cises corrected, and all questions answered by return post, by
Dr. Kosbnthai., or one of ^ assistants.
TERMS OF MEMBERSHIP.
Five Dollars is the price for membership in the 'School, for
%ach language. This amount ($5,) entitles the member to receive
<ie fifteen books or pamphlets containing the lessons, also answers
to his Questions. Return postage for the answer must accompany
the question.
State distinctly which language, or languages you desire to study,
rhere are no extra charges. The price. Five Dollars, pays foi
one langu^^e; Ten Dollars foi two languages, etc. All exer-
lis 8 and questions must be written on a separate sheet of paper,
|i.d must state full address of the pupil.
The remittances must be made in Post-Office Order or Registered
Letter, addressd to
Meisterschaft Publishing Company,
Estes Press 196 Summer Street.
BOSTON
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
PART IX.
Copyright, 1883, by Richard S. Rosenthal
236
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
Continuation. — (Part VIII.)
46. I am very sorry that your sister is ill.
47. I was very sorry to hear that you lost ^ so much (tanto)
money in the failure (/a quiebra) of B. & Co.
48. How much money have you lost by their failure ?
49. I am sorry to say we lost a large amount by it.
50. I am astonished {^yo me sorprendd) that {de que) you
should have done such a large business {tan grandes
negocios) with them, for {pues) their credit was not very
good for some time past (= since it makes some time
\desde hace algun tiempo'\ ).
51. I am astonished to {de) hear you say so {eso).
52. I am very much astonished at that {de elld).
53. I think ^ you are mistaken {equivocado).
54. If I am not mistaken {si no me equivocd), I think I have
the honor of addressing Mr. Velazquez de la Cadena
from Madrid.
1 Perder (perdieiido, perdido), to lose, is irregular in the following
persons and tenses:
Pres. Ind. pierdo, pierdes, pierde, perdemos, perdeis, pierden.
Pres. Silly, pierda, pierdas, pierda, perdamos, perdais, pierdan.
Iniperat. pierde (tu), pierda (el), pierda V, perdamos, perded. pierdan.
2 Creer, to helieve, is regular throughout, except that the diphthongs
ie and id must always be consonantized. Thus we nave:
Indicative Mode. Presente. Subjunctive Mode.
creo.
I believe.
crea.
I may believe.
crees.
thou believest.
creas.
thou mayst believe.
cree.
he believes.
crea.
he may believe.
creemos.
we believe.
creamos.
we may believe.
creels.
ye believe.
creais.
ye may believe.
creen.
they believe.
crean.
they may believe.
Imperfecto.
crei'a.
I believe.
creyera.
I might believe.
creias,
thou believedst.
creyeras.
thou mightst believe.
creia.
he believed.
creyera.
he might believe.
creiamos.
we believed.
creydramos.
we might believe.
creiais.
ye believed.
creydrais.
ye might believe.
creian,
they believed.
creyeran,
they might believe.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
237
Continuation. — (Pakt VIII.)
46. Siento mucho saber que su hermana estd enferma.
47. He sentido mucho saber que V. ha perdido' tanto dinero
en la quiebra de B. y C®.
48. <Qu6 cantidad ha perdido V. en esa quiebra ?
49. Siento mucho decir que hemos perdido una gran cantidad.
50. Yo me sorprendo de que V.V. hayan hecho tan grandes
negocios con ellos, pues su cr^dito no era muy bueno
desde hace algun tiempo.
51. Me sorprendo de oir decir d V. eso.
52. Me sorprendo mucho de ello.
53. Creo ^ que V. esti equivocado.
54. Si no me equivoco, creo que tengo el honor de dirijirme
al senor Velazquez de la Cadena de Madrid.
Definido.
crei',
I believed.
creyese.
I might believe.
crelste,
thou believedst.
creyeses.
thou mightst believe.
creyd,
he believed.
creyese,
he might believe.
crelmos,
vre believed.
crey6semos, we might believe.
creisteis,
ye believed.
crey6seis.
ye might believe.
creyeron,
they believed.
creyesen,
they might believe.
Future.
creere,
I shall believe.
creyere.
I should believe.
creeras,
thou wilt believe.
creyeres.
thou wouldst believe
creera,
he will believe.
creyere.
he would believe.
creeremos,
we shall believe.
creydremos, we should believe.
creereis,
ye will believe.
crey^reis.
ye would believe.
creeran,
they will believe.
creyeren.
they would believe.
Condicional
Imperativo.
creeria,
I should believe.
cree (tii).
believe.
creerias,
thou wouldst believe.
crea (el).
let him believe.
creeria,
he would believe.
crea V.,
believe.
creeriamos,
we should believe.
creamos.
let us believe.
creerfais,
ye would believe.
creed.
believe (ye).
creerian,
they would believe.
crean (ellos
), let them believe.
238 THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
55. He was very much mistaken (= he suffered \_padeciS\
a great mistake) when he made this statement ipsta
relacion) to you.
56. Are you not mistaken ?
57. This is a mistake {una equivocaciori).
58. This is a mistake which {la cual) can easily (fddlmmte)
be corrected {correjir).
59. There is a great mistake in this account.
Familiar Expressions.
1. What is your name?
2. What is the name of the gentleman with whom you were
at the station ?
3. What is the name of the lady to whom you introduced
my friend ?
4. What is the name of this beautiful plant ? I never saw
such a magnificent plant (= a plant of so much mag¬
nificence) in the United States.
5. How do you call this in Spanish ?
6. What is the Spanish for ... ?
7. I beg your pardon {perdone V.), what did you say?
8. I asked you how this object is called in Spanish. ^
9. Would you be kind enough to tell me the meaning {el
significadd) of this word in Spanish ?
10. I did not quite {bien) understand ^ what you were saying.
Have the kindness to repeat it.
1 Entender (entendiendo, entendido), to understand, is irregular in
the following persons and tenses:
Pres. Ind. entiendo, entiendes, entiende, entendemos, entendeis,
entienden.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. 239
rEl se equivocd al hacer esta relacion d V.
55'j El padecid una gran equivocacion cuando hizo esta rela-
V cion a V.
56. i No estd V. equivocado ?
57. Esta es una equivocacion.
58. Esta es una equivocacion, la cual se puede correjir (kor-
rai-'Aeer') facilmente.
59. Aquf hay una gran equivocacion en esta cuenta.
Expresiones Eamiliares.
1. i Cdmo se llama V. ?
2. i Cual es el nombre del caballero con quien V. estaba en
la estacion ?
3. < Cual es el nombre de la senora a quien V. presentd mi
amigo ?
4. jCual es el nombre de esta hermosa planta? Jamas he
visto una planta de tanta magnificencia en los Estados
Unidos.
5. I Cdmo llama V. esto en espanol ?
6. i Cdmo es en espanol . . . ?
7. Perdone V., i qud es lo que V. decia ?
8. Le preguntaba a V. como se llama este objeto en espanol.
9- ^Tendria V. la bondad de decirme el significado de esta
palabra en espanol ?
10. No he entendido' bien lo que V. estaba diciendo. Tiene
V. la bondad de repetirmelo (or, de repetirlo).
Prts. Subj. entienda, entiendas, entienda, entendamos, entendais,
entiendan.
Imperat. entiende (tii), entienda V., entendamos, entended, enti¬
endan (ellos).
All other tenses are formed regularly.
240
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
11. You speak too fast, sir. Please consider {considerar)
that I am a foreigner {extranjero), and speak a little
slower.
12. It is very difficult {dificultosd) for any foreigner to under¬
stand Cubans when they talk to each other.
13. Did you understand what I was saying just now?
14. I did not understand one word when you were talking
Spanish with this Indian woman {esa india).
15. Do you speak Spanish ?
16. I speak it brokenly {maf).
17. I speak it sufficiently (suficientemente) to get on (=to be)
in business and on my travels, but I have great diffi¬
culty (dificultad') in carrying on (= in sustaining
sostener'] ) a conversation.
18. Do you know any Spanish ?
19. I understand it better than I speak it.
20. You want practice {prdcticd).
21. You want more practice.
22. If you had more practice you would soon (^pronto) speak
fluently (^fluentemente).
23. What I want is practice, but I speak it sufficiently to
(para) make myself understood.
24. I have not practice enough.
25. I wish I had more practice.
26. I wish I had more opportunity (oportunidad) to (de) talk
Spanish.
27. I am sorry to say I have no opportunity to converse
(conversar) with Spaniards.
28. Why do you not converse more with my wife ? She
speaks Spanish fluently. (She speaks Spanish like a
native.)
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. 24I
11. V. habla demasiado aprisa, caballero. Tenga la bondad
de considerar que soy extranjero, y liable V. un poco
iTias despacio.
12. Es muy dificultoso para cualquier extranjero entender a
los Cubanos cuando liablan unos con otros.
13. i Entendid V. lo que yo estaba diciendo ahora ?
14. No entendf una palabra cuando V. hablaba espanol con
esa India.
15. < Habla V. espanol ?
16. Lo hablo mal.
17. Lo hablo suficientemente para estar en negocios y en
mis viajes; pero tengo niucha dificultad en sostener
una conversacion.
18. i Sabe V. algun espanol ?
19. Lo entiendo mas de lo que puedo hablar.
20. V. necesita practica.
21. Necesita V. mas practica.
22. Si V. tuviera mas practica hablan'a pronto fluentemente.
23. Lo que yo necesito es prdctica, pero lo hablo suficiente¬
mente para hacerme entender.
24. No tengo practica suficiente.
25. Desearia tener mas practica.
26. Desearia tener mas oportunidad de hablar espanol.
27. Siento mucho decir que no tengo oportunidad de con-
versar con espanoles.
28. ^ For qud no conversa V. mas con mi esposa ? Ella habla
espanol fluentemente. (Ella habla espanol como un
nativo.)
242
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
29. I am afraid (= I fear \temo\ ) of making (cometer) blun¬
ders {disparates) in speaking.
30. You must not be afraid {tener miedd) of making mistakes;
we can only learn {aprender) to speak well by making
mistakes.
31. Excuse me {dispdnseme), you have made a mistake ; allow
me to correct you.
32. You ought to converse frequently {frecuentemente) with
natives and hear how they talk (how they express
\expresan'\ themselves).
33. Let us {ddjenos) speak nothing but (= only) Spanish.
34. My agent has studied the Spanish language for a long
time, and understands it thoroughly {perfectamente).
35. He speaks it as well as {tan bien comd) his mother-tongue
(= his own tongue \supropio idioma\ ).
36. You speak very well indeed {verdaderamente). You must
have studied Spanish for a long time.
1 Corregir to correct, is conjugated like regir, to rule.
Indicative Mode. Subjunctive Mode.
regis,
rigen,
reglmos,
rijo,
riges,
"ge,
he rules,
we rule.
ye rule,
they rule.
I rule,
thou rulest.
Presente.
rija, I may rule,
rljas, thou mayest rule,
rija, he may rule,
rijamos, we may rule,
rijais, ye may rule,
rijan, they may rule.
regia, he ruled,
regiamos, we ruled,
regiais, ye ruled,
regian, they ruled.
regfa, I ruled,
regias, thou ruledst.
Imperpcto.
rigiera, I might rule,
rigieras, thou mightst rule,
rigiera, he might rule,
rigi^ramos, we might rule,
rigi^rais, ye might rule,
rigieran, they might rule.
regi,
registe,
I ruled,
thou ruledst.
Depnido.
I rigiese, I might rule.
I rigieses, thou mightst rule-
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
243
29. Temo cometer disparates hablando.
30. No debe tener miedo a cometer equivocaciones; solo
podemqs aprender a hablar bien cometi^ndolas.
31. Dispdnseme, V. ha cometido una equivocacion, permita- •
me V. corregirlo.^
32. V. debe conversar frecuentemente con nativos y oir como
hablan ellos (como se expresan ellos).
33. D^jenos hablar solamente espanol.
34. Mi agente ha estudiado el idioma espanol por largo
tiempo y lo comprende perfectamente.
35. El lo habla tan bien como su propio idioma.
36. Verdaderamente V. habla muy bien. listed debid haber
estudiado espanol por largo tiempo.
rigid,
he ruled.
rigiese,
he might rule.
reglmos.
we ruled.
rigi6semos,
we might rule.
registeis,
ye ruled.
rigi6seis,
ye might rule.
rigieron,
they ruled.
rigiesen,
they might rule.
Fuiuro.
regire,
I shall rule.
rigiere,
I should rule.
regiras,
thou wilt rule.
rigieres,
thou wouldst rule.
regird,
he will rule.
rigiere,
he would rule.
regiremos,
we shall rule.
rigi6remos.
we should rule.
regireis,
ye will rule.
rigi^reis.
ye would rule.
regiran,
they will rule.
rigieren.
they would rule.
Ccndicional.
Tmperativo.
regin'a,
I should rule.
rige (tii).
rule.
regirias,
thou wouldst rule.
rija (el).
let him rule.
regiria,
he would rule.
rija v..
rule.
regiriamos,
we should rule.
rijamos.
let us rule.
regiriais,
ye would rule.
regid.
rule {ye').
regirian,
they would rule.
rijan (ellos).
let them rule.
244
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
GRAMMATICAL REMARKS.
The Multiplicatives.
The Multiplicatives answer to the question : How many
fold l as:
Simple {seeml-ple), simple,
doble, ) twofold; twice as
duplo, } much,
triple, ) threefold; three times
triplo, ) as much,
cuadruplo, fourfold.
qufntuplo, fivefold,
s^stuplo, sixfold,
s^ptuplo, sevenfold,
dctuplo, eightfold,
ddcuplo, tenfold,
centuplo, a hundredfold, &c.
The Collectives^
Un par (de), a couple of.
una decena, a number of
ten.
una docena, a dozen,
media docena, half a dozen.
una veintena, a score,
una treintena, a score and a
half.
una cuarentena, two score,
una gruesa, a gross.
Una vez, once,
dos veces, twice,
tres veces, three times,
diez veces, ten times,
veinte veces, twenty times,
cien veces, one hundred
times.
: Adverbs.
muchas veces, often, many times,
pocas veces, few times, rarely,
raras veces, seldom,
otras veces, other times,
algunas veces, sometimes,
alguna que otra vez, one time
and another.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
245
En primer lugar, in the first
place.
en segundo lugar, secondly,
en tercer lugar, thirdly,
en cuarto lugar, fourthly,
en quinto lugar, fifthly.
Todos los dias, meses, anos,
todas las horas,
todas las veces,
cada hoia,
cada vez,
cada tres mes,
en sesto lugar, sixthly,
en d^ciino lugar, tenthly.
en vig^simo lugar, twentiethly.
ultimamente, finally, lastly,
y por liltimo, and finally.
every day, month, year.
every hour.
each time.
every hour.
each time.
every three months.
Exercise.
1. El primer dia del ano es el dia de ano nuevo; el
Ultimo dia se llama Silvestre.
2. Vivimos ahora en la segunda mitad del siglo diez y
nueve.
3. Mi amigo ha perdido {lost) el tercer tomo {volume)
del Quijote.
4. I QuiUn es Papa {pope) ahora ? El Papa de hoy es
Leo dUcimo tercero.
5. I Cuando viene su ajente de V. ? Ha dicho que
vendra el primer dia de la tercer semana del mes de
octubre {October).
6. i No ha recibido V. una carta de su ajente en Ma¬
drid ? Sf, senor, ha llegado tarde, pero llegd. Tiene la fecha
{date) del quince de mayo.
246
THE MF.ISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
7. Nueva York {New York) tiene un millon novecientos
mil habitantes {inhabitants), mil calles, cincuenta y un mil
casas, cuatrocientas iglesias, unos noventa hospitales, treinta
y cinco teatros y unos ochenta mil faroles {gas-lights).
8. I Cuanto tiempo ha estado V. en America ? He
estado seis anos en Boston, y tres anos y seis meses en
Filadelfia. -
9. iQud hora es ahora? Son las doce m^nos diez
minutos.
10. iA qu6 hora vendrd su amigo? A las siete de la
mahana.
To Hire a Room.
{Para alquilar un cuarto.)
1. Have you (any) dwellings to let {alquilar) ?
2. I have been told that you have (some) rooms to let.
3. Your house has been recommended to me (= to
me they have recommended [recomendado'] your house).
Have you a room to let ?
4. Yes, Sir, I have several {varios). What sort of a
room {qu^habitacion) do you want ?
5. Do you want a furnished dwelling {una habitacion
amueblada) or an unfurnished one {sin amueblar) ?
6. I need a furnished dwelling.
7. A bedroom and a small parlor {una salita) will be
enough for me {mi bastardn).
9. Will you have the kindness to show me the apart¬
ment ?
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
247
10. With pleasure. Step this way (= through here,
\^por aqut\ ), if you please {si V. gusto). I am going (voy)
to show you the rooms.
11. This is the first floor. It consists, (se com/one) of
seven rooms {piezas) ; an anteroom, a parlor, a dining-room,
and four bedrooms.
12. How much is the rent ? (= What is the price of the
rent \dd alquiler'\ ) ?
13. When can I come ? Can I come to-night ? I am
very badly {mat') situated (= lodged \jilojado\ ) in my hotel.
I have to pay very high ( = I pay very high), and I should
like to leave {salir) as soon as possible {cuanto dntes).
14. I shall send {enviard) my baggage to-morrow
morning.
15. How much do you charge {Neva V.) for this room?
16. How much do you charge a week {por semand) ?
17. How much do you charge for room and board
(= for the room and the eating inclusive {la comida
juntos) ) ?
The Pronouns.
I. Personal Pronouns,
We have two classes of personal pronouns, viz. pronom-
bres absolutes or absolute pronouns and pronombres con-
juntivos or conjunctive pronouns. The latter are used in
the dative and accusative only.
248
THE MEISTEESCHAFT SYSTEM.
Singular.
Plural.
First Person.
Ab olotos.
CoNJUNTIVOS.
A BSOLUTOS.
CONJUNTIVOS.
Nom. yo,
Gen. cle mi,
Dat. a mi,
Acc. —
— I.
— of me.
me, to me.
me, me.
nosotros, as,
de nosotros, "
a nosotros, "
— we.
— of us.
nos, to us.
nos, us.
Second Person.
Nom. tii,
Gen. de ti,
Dat. a tf,
Aec. —
— thou.
— of thee.
te, to thee.
te, thee.
vosotros, as,
de vosotros, "
a vosotros, "
— ye.
— of y^-
os, to ye.
OS, ye.
Third Person {masculine).
Nom. el,
Gen. de el,
D.it. 4 el,
Acc. —
— he, it.
— of him, of it.
le, to him, to it.
le, lo, him, it.
ellos,
de ellos,
a ellos,
— they.
— of them.
les, to them.
los, them.
Third Person {feminine).
Nom. ell a.
Gen. de ella,
Dat. a ella,
Acc. —
— she, it.
— of her, of it.
le, to her, to it.
la, her, it.
ellas,
de ellas,
a ellas.
— they.
— of them.
les, to them.
las, them.
Third Person {address).
Nom. V.
Gen. de V.,
Dat. a v.,
Aec. —
— you.
— of you.
le, to you.
le, \3., you.
V. V.
de V.V.
a V.V.
— you.
— of you.
les, to you.
los, las, you.
Third Person {neuter).
refi.ex1ve Substitute of Thip.d
Person..
Nom. ello.
Gen. de ello,
Dat. a ello,
Acc. —
lo, it.
— of it.
le, to it.
lo, it.
se, one^s self,
de si, "
a si, "
— [themselves- {itself
— 0/himself, herself.
se, to " "
se, himself, &c.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
249
Remarks on the Personal Pronouns.
1. The nominative of the personal pronouns yo, tii, ^1,
ella, &c., is generally suppressed.
It must be expressed in questions, in cases of ambiguity
and on account of emphasis or contrast, as:
i Pago yo d paga dl ? Do I pay, or he ?
i qud he de hacer yowhat have I to do ?
El estudia y ella escribe, he studies and she writes.
2. The absolute personal pronouns must be used when
governed by a preposition or when standing alone in answer to
questions, as:
I Quidn manda aquf ? who commands here ?
i el, ella, V., 6 quidn ? he, she, you, or who ?
I a quidn llama V. ? whom are you calling ?
i a mi, a 61, a nosotros ? me, him, us ?
de V. depende todo, everything depends on you ?
por vosotros he trabajado, I have worked for you.
habla de nosotros, he speaks of us.
esta casa es de ella, this house belongs to her.
3. The conjunctive forms me, te, le, la, lo, se and their
plurals DOS, os, les, los, las are placed before the verb in
Spanish, except in affirmative imperative sentences, or if the
verb stands in the infitiitive or in the present participle
{gerundio).
In the latter three cases the pronouns are placed after
the verb, and merged into one word with it.
Te veo {vai'-o), I see thee,
ella me paga, she pays me.
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
nos did la noticia, he gave us the news,
yo le he escrito la carta, I have written the letter to him.
nos aman,
voy a darie la carta,
ensdfieme V. el libro,
I quiere V. verle ?
I quiere V. verla ?
they love us.
I am going to give him the letter,
show me the book,
do you want to see him ?
do you want to see her ?
4. The English expressions, "// is I" "it is he" &c., are
given by soy yo, es dl, &c. We have therefore :
Presents.
Somos nosotros, it is we.
sois vosotros, it is you.
son ellos, • it is they (jn.).
son ellas, it is they (/.).
Imperfecta.
Eramos nosotros, it was we.
erais vosotros, it was you.
eran ellos, it was they,
eran ellas, it was they.
Soy yo.
it
is I.
eres td.
it
is thou.
es dl,
it
is he.
es ella.
it
is she.
Era yo,
eras tii,
era dl,
era ella.
it was I.
it was thou,
it was he.
it was she.
Examples.
Soy yo que V. vid ayer, it is I whom you saw yesterday.
i es dl que a V. lo ha dicho ? is it he who told you so ?
no es dl, es ella que me lo ha it is not he, it is she who told
dicho, me so.
quidn llama ? Soy yo, who is knocking ? It is I.
5. When mi, ti, si are governed by the preposition con,
re////;, they form conmigo, 7vith me; contigo with thee; consigo,
with himself, herself, itself them.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
251
Pleonastic Construction,
1. To give emphasis, or to amplify the phrase, the con¬
junctive and disjunctive pronouns are used together. The
disjunctive forms are placed first to give greater intensity to
the meaning, as:
Te veo A tl, )
> I see thee.
A ti te veo, )
me pagan A ml, )
S they pay me.
A ml me pagan, )
< a mi qu6 me importa ? what do / care ?
nosotros les queremos A alios, we like them (masc.) and not
y no A alias, them {fem.)
yo la escribf a 61 con prefe- I preferred to write to him.
rencia.
2. Any substantive may replace the disjunctive pronoun
while the pleonastic construction with the conjunctive pro¬
noun remains unchanged, as :
A los Espanoles nos gusta we Spaniards like to gossip,
charlar, or it pleases us Spaniards
to gossip.
le aseguro al commerciante. I assure the merchant.
Inflection and Use of Usted.
1. listed is inflected like any noun.
2. The datives and accusatives of Al and alia, together
with the reflexive pronoun of the third person, are frequently
substituted for usted. This is done to avoid repetition, as:
252 THE MEISTEKSCHAFT SYSTEM.
Oigo a V. mas no le veo, I hear you, but I do not see you.
vengo a ver a V. y a decirle, I come to see you and to speak
to you.
i entiende V. lo que le digo ? do you understand what I tell
you ?
Singular.
Plural.
Norn.
Gen.
Dat.
Acc.
usted, you.
de usted, of you.
a usted, le (subst.), to you.
(a) usted, le, la, " you.
ustedes, you.
de ustedes, of you.
a ustedes, les (subst.), to you.
(a) ustedes, los las (les), you.
Norn
Cen
Dat.
,Acc.
de si, of yourself.
se, a si, toyourse'f.
si, a si, yourself.
de SI, of yourselves.
se, a s{, to yourselves.
se, a SI, yourselves.
3. The substitutes of usted follow the general rules of
position laid down for conjunctive pronouns :
Le digo, I tell you {sifigular).
les digo, I tell you {plural).
voy a decirles, I am going to tell you.
yo se lo ruego, I beg you for it.
4. ITsted and its substitutes are used in the pleonastic
construction, as:
Le dir6 a V. I shall tell you.
i qu6 le pasa a V. ? what is the matter with you ? {ungl)
ique les pasa a V.V. ? " " " «< {plurl)
i puedo pedirle a V. un may I ask a favor of you ?
favor ? -
i le parece a V. que yo do you think that I must go to the
deba ir al Banco ? bank ?
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
253
5. The genitive and dative of usted may take the place
of the possessive adjective :
A los pi^s de V., senora, at your feet, lady.^
beso a V. la mano, caballero. I kiss your hand, Sir.i
6. Usted, as subject, may stand before or after the verb,
but in compound tenses it never separates the auxiliary from the
participle, as we do in English :
V. no sabe or No sabe V. you do not know.
< ha recibido V. la carta ? have you received the letter ?
The Reflexive Pronoun,^
1. The pronouns of the first and second persons have,
as we have seen in the reflexive conjugation, a reflexive
meaning when they refer to the same person as the subject:
Nos preguntamos, we ask ourselves.
te enganas, thou deceivest thyself.
me hallo ocupado, I find myself ( = I am) busy.
2. Pronouns of the third person, ingluding usted refer,
in the oblique cases, to a different person (or thing) from the
subject. Each gender employs the regular substitute se to
express reflexive or reciprocal action on the subject:
* These are formal, but very frequently used, modes of salutation,
which sound rather ridiculous to English-speaking people.
® I have preferred to follow Professor Knapp's plan ("Spanish
GrammarP Boston, 1882), in the arrangement of this and the next chapter.
His grammar is, without question, the best book for reference. It can be
as highly recommended to Spanish students, as Whitney's "German
Grammar" to German learners.
254
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
he deceives him.
he deceives himself,
you deceive her.
you deceive yourself,
he opens it.
it opens itself.
3. The translation of ae is generally omitted as superflu¬
ous in English :
Le engana,
se engana,
V. la engana,
V. se engana,
lo abre,
se abre.
Se marchan en seguida,
ll^veselo,
se propone,
se rompe,
se abre,
se cierra.
they depart at once,
take it.
he proposes,
it breaks,
it opens,
it shuts.
Two Objective Pronouns,
I. When a verb governs t7vo objective pronouns, the
dative must precede the accusative, with the exception of the
reflexive pronoun se, which always stands first, whatever may
be its case, as:
you will give it to me.
he has given it to us.
will you give it to me ? [row.
I will show them to you to-raor
I will write him so (= it to him)
this afternoon.
I told him so.
I am going to tell you (it).
telling me this he cried.
V. me lo dara,
^1 nos lo ha dado,
I me lo dara V. ?
OS los mostrar^ mahana,
se lo escribir6 esta tarde,
se lo he dicho,
voy a deciroslo.
en dici^ndomelo lloraba.
vudlvemelos inmediatamente, send them tp me immediately,
ens^neselos a dl (a ella), show them to him (to her).
the spanish language.
255
2. For euphony's sake, the Spaniards never say le lo,
le le, le la, le les, le los, le las, les lo, les le, les la, &c., but
change it into se lo, se le, se la, &c.
We have, therefore the following
Mutations :
Le le and les le
become
se
le.
le la " les la
a
86
la.
le lo " les lo
ii,
86
lo.
le les " les les
<<
86
lea.
le los " les los
<<
86
los.
le las " les las
«
86
las.
3. As the proper use of two objective pronouns presents
great difficulties to students, I have prepared the following
table, which gives all the different personal pronouns in con¬
nection with le, la, lo, los, les, las, /. e, the third person.
No other form ean occur, and the table will be found very
useful for reference.
First Person with Third. — Order: Dative and Accusative.
Before the
Attached to
Reflexive.
Verb.
the Veeb.
me le,
-mele.
him.
him.
me la,
-mela,
her, it.
her,it.
me lo.
-melo.
i'.
to me.
it.
to myselj.
me los (les).
-melos (les).
them (masc.),
them.
me las.
-melas.
them f fern.),
them.
nos le,
-nosle.
him.
him.
nos la.
-nosla.
her, it.
her, it.
nos lo.
-noslo.
it.
to us.
it.
to ourselves.
nos los (les),
-noslos (les),
them.
them.
1 nos las.
-noslas.
them.
them.
256 THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
StcoND Person with Third. — Order: Dative and Accusative.
te le,
te la,
te lo,
te los (les),
te las,
-tele,
-tela,
-telo,
-telos (les),
-telas.
him,
her, it,
it,
them,
them, .
to thee.
him,
her, it,
it,
them,
them.
to thyself.
OS le,
OS la,
OS lo,
OS los (les),
OS las.
-osle,
-osia,
-oslo,
-oslos (les),
-oslas,
him,
her, it,
it,
them,
them.
to you.
him,
her, it,
it,
them,
them.
to yourself,
lo yourselves.
Third Person with Third.— Order: Dative and Accusative.
se le,
se la,
se lo,
se los (les),
se las.
-sele,
-sela,
-selo,
-selos (les),
-selas.
him,
her, it,
it,
them,
them.
to him.
to her.
to you.
him.
her, it,
it,
them,
thetn.
to himself,
to herself,
to itself,
to yourself.
se le,
se la,
.-e lo,
se los (les),
se las,
-sele,
-sela,
-selo,
-selos (les),
-selas,
him,
her, it,
it,
them,
them.
to them,
to you.
him,
her, it,
it,
them,
them.
to themselves,
to yourselves.
4. The following table gives the reflexive pronoun with
all pronouns, the reflexive being in the accusative case and
the other conjunctive pronouns in the dative:
Reflexive Pronouns with all Persons.—Order: Acc. and Dat.
se me,
se te,
se le,
se (le) a V.,
-seme,
-sete,
-sele,
-se (le), a V.,
himself,
herself,
itself,
themselves.
to me.
to thee.
to him, her, it.
to you.
se nos,
se os,
se les,
se (les) a V.V.,
-senos,
-seos,
-seles,
-se (les) a V.V., .
himself,
herself,
itself,
themselves.
to us.
to you.
to them,
to you.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
Words.
La Mesa y Las Comidas. Table and Meals.
espinacas,
spinach.
esparragos,
asparagus.
alcachofas,
artichokes.
rabanitos,
radishes.
ajo
garlic.
huevos,
eggs.
huevos cocidos,
boiled eggs.
huevos blandos, )
huevos pasados por agua, )
soft boiled eggs.
huevos duros,
hard boiled eggs.
huevos fritos,
fried eggs.
una tortilla de huevos,
an omelet.
ave,
fowl.
un polio, 1
una gallina, 3
; a chicken.
una gallina asada,
roast chicken.
un pavo.
a turkey.
un pato.
a duck.
un pichon.
a pigeon.
pescado.
fish.
ostiones, i
ostras, \
1 oysters.
langosta.
lobster.
postres.
desserts.
helados,
ice-creams.
queso {kai-'sd).
cheese.
pastas,
pastelitos,
1 cakes.
258
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
bi^cochos,
frutas,
naranjas,
fresas,
manzanas,
melocoton.
durazno,
melon,
sandfa,
paras,
cirueias,
uvas,
pina (J>een'-ya).
platano (guineo),
higos,
limones,
bebidas,
caf6 con leche,
con leche,
limonada,
cerveza,
sidra,
vino,
vino tinto (de Burdeos)
hielo.
La Casa.
Una casa,
un palacio,
una casa de campo,
Irs muros.
biscuits.
fruit.
oranges.
strawberries.
apples.
• peach.
melon.
water-melon.
pears.
plums.
grapes.
pine-apple.
banana.
figs.
lemons.
drinks.
coffee and milk.
tea and milk.
lemonade.
beer.
cider.
wine.
claret.
ice.
The House.
A house,
a palace
a villa ; a country-house,
the walls.
SUPPLEMENTARY EXERCISES
ADDED BY
The Travelers Insurance Company,
OF
HARTFORD, CONN.
{Qud hace cada uno prudente antes de ir de viaje de una
parte k otro?
Con)i»:a' una pdliza de seguros de " Travelers Insurance
Co."
^Por qu6?
Para ser pagado per pAdida de tiempo en de acci-
dente, y para salvar su &milia si quita la vida.
I Cu41 es el precio de esta p61iza de seguros ?
Solamente $5.00 cada ano, $3.00 por tres meses, por cada
$1,000 de seguro, y ademasde eso $5.00 por semana
mi^ntras que sea herido.
^Es necesario una examinacion por un medico?
No.
iSon heridos 6 matados por accidente muchos hombres?
Cerca de la sexta parte de todos que se aseguran en " The
Travelers Co."
iSe le paga mucho dinero?
Mas de $3,000.03 cada dia.
^Hay mucho tiempo que lo ha hecho?
Por veintiuno ahos la Compahia le ha pagado $14,000,001
i Podria hacerlo en caso de grandes p6rdidas ?
Tienc $2,000,000 de fondos sobre todas sus obligaciones.
^En ddnde se compran esas pdlizas?
En todas las ciudades de los Estados Unidos y del Ca
nada.
THE MASON ^ HAMLIN
PIANO.
Illustrates the same high standard of excellence
which has always characterized the
MASON & HAMLIN ORGANS,
and won for them the Highest Awards at
^11 C3rr©a,t "W or-lci's DESxlxiloitioxxiS
since and including that of Paris, 1867.
Organ and Piano Catalogues sent free
to any address.
SOLD ON EASY TERMS, AND RENTED.
MASON & HAMLIN ORGAN & PIANO CO.
BOSTON, MASON & HAMLIN HALL, 154 & 155 Tremont Street.
NEW YORK, 158 Fifth AYenue. CHICAGO, 149 Wabash Avenue.
THE
'■^^. A Short and Practical Method
^ ,,.
''..'ica-: of
ACQUIRING COMPLETE FLUENCY OF SPEECH
in the
Spanish Language.
By Dr. Richard S. Rosenthal,
Late Director of the *'Akalemik fur fremdb Sprachkn" in Berlin and
Leipzig, of the *'Meistbrschaft College" in London, and Prin¬
cipal of the " MeISTERSCHAFT School of practical
Linguistry" in New York and Boston.
in fifteen f'-a.rt^
FART X.
BOSTON, MASS:
MEISTERSCHAFT PUBLISHING COMPANA.
196 Summer Street.
(Estes I're.sK).
i
> .-s
TERMS.
hav« arranged with Or. RoaBirT8ai.| the author of the "Me!a
terschaft System," for its introduotiOB to Anerioa under bis own
supervision, and he bae opMied
THB
FOR NON'RBSIDBNTS.
The Student does not need to leave his home. The lessons oi
each language ore prepated^^ the Professor, and printed and sent
to pamphlet shape, to "each roeihber ^ the School, vrbeiever he
may reside.
The course of study for each language-'German. French, ItaUan
or Spanish 'makes fifteen pamphlets, of three lessons each.
All members of the school have
THE PRIVILECB
of asking, by letter, questions concerning each lenson, or consult,
ing on any difficulty which may have occurred to them. All exen-
oises corrected, and all questions answered by return post, by
Dr. RossiTTBAn, or one of his assistants.
TERMS OF MEMBERSHIP.
Five DoUars is the price for membership in the School, for
tacb language. This amount ($5,) entitles the member to receive
fie fifteen books or pamphlets containing the lessons, also answers
to bis questions. Betum postage for the answer must accompany
the question.
State distinctly which language, or languages you desire to study,
rhere are no extra charges. The price, Five Dollars* pays foi
one language; Ten Dollars foi two languages, etc. All exer*
lis s and questions must be written on a separate sheet of paper,
»i.d must state full address of the pupih
The remittances must be made in Post-Offioe Order or Registered
Letter, addressd to
Meistersch/^ft Publishing Company,
Este.s Press 196 Summer Street.
BOSTON.
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
SF^NISH.
PART X.
Copyright, 1883, by Richard S. Bosbnthal.
26o
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
Cofitinuation.— (Part ix.)
37. You pronounce very well.
38. You do not pronounce badly; but you have an unmistak¬
able American accent (an unmistakable foreign accent).
39. He pronounces very badly; he seems to have learned
his Spanish from Mexican Indians.
40. He learned it during his travels through {par) Mexico.
41. I think he pronounces very badly.
42. He does not pronounce distinctly {distintamente) enough.
43. He pronounces very indistinctly {confusamente).
44.. He has a good pronunciation (a bad pronunciation).
45. You put a wr6ng {erradd) accent on {eti) this word.
46. Put the correct {correctd) accent on this syllable {esta si/aba)-
47. Do me the favor to correct me when I make mistakes.
48. You do not use {usd) this word correctly (correctamente).
49. This word is never used in this sense {este sentidd).
50. This word is used in a very different sense.
51. Please repeat what you said just now.
52. Have the kindness to repeat your question {supreguntd),
but be good enough to speak slowly, so that I may
be able to understand it (= because thus I shall under-
53. I was asking you if ... ? [stand it).
54. I asked you if you could do me the favor to {de) translate
(traducir) this English sentence {esta sentencid) for me.
1 We have seen before that all verbs ending in -cer and -cit, preceded
by a vowel, insert z before the stem-ending whenever the stem meets
an a or o:
hid. Pres. parezco (but pareces, parece, parecemos, &c.).
Subj. Pres. parezca, parezcas, parezca, parezcamos, parezcais,
parezcan.
Imperat. (parece) parezca V., parezcamos (pareced), parezcan.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
Continuation. — { Part IX.)
37. V. pronuncia muy bien.
38. V. no pronuncia muy mal; pero tiene un inequfvoco
acento americano (un inequfvoco acento extranjero).
39. Pronuncia muy mal; parece ^ que ^ 1 aprendid el espanol
con indios mejicanos.
40. El lo aprendid durante sus viajes por Mdjico.
41. Yo creo que el pronuncia muy mal.
42. El no pronuncia bien distintamente.
43. El pronuncia muy confusamente. [acion).
44. El tiene una buena pronunciacion (una mala pronunci-
45. V. pone un acento errado en esta palabra.
46. Ponga el acento correcto en esta sflaba.
47. Hagame el favor de corregirme cuando yo haga {or
cometa) equivocaciones.
48. V. no usa esta palabra correctamente.
49. Esta palabra jamas se usa en este sentido.
50. Esta palabra se usa en un sentido muy diferente.
51. Tenga la bondad de repetir lo que ha dicho ahora.
52. Tenga la bondad de repetir su pregunta, pero hagame el
favor de hablar despacio, porque asf lo entenderd.
53. (Le preguntaba 4 V. si . . . ?
54. Le preguntaba a V. si me podia hacer el favor de tra-
ducirme " esta sentencia inglesa.
2 Traducir, translate, is conjugated irregularly.
Indicative Mode. Presente Subjunctive Mode.
traduzco, I translate,
traduces, thou translatest.
traduce, he translates,
traducimos, we translate,
traduci's, ye translate,
traducen, they translate.
traduzca, I may translate,
traduzcas, thou mayst translate,
traduzca, he may translate,
traduzcamos, we may translate,
traduzcais, ye may translate,
traduzcan, they may translate
262
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
55. I asked you if you had read (Jeido^) the latest {el dlttmo)
account {informe) of the Mexican treaty of commerce
{el tratado de comercia) with America, and what you
thought {piensa^V.) of its different provisions {requi-
sitos) ?
56. You want to know if I have read the leading article {el
articulo editorial) in to-day's " Times " {^^El Tiempo^') ?
57. That was my question.
58. That is what I asked.
59. Pray (= I beg you \le suplico'] ), answer my question.
60. Why do you not answer ?
61. This question I cannot answer.
62. I do not know what to answer.
63. I do not know what answer to give you.
64. That is true {verdad). — That is not true.
65. That is correct.
66. That is not quite {tnuy) correct.
traduci'a, I translated,
traducias, thou translatedst.
traducia, he translated,
traduciamos, we translated,
traduciais, ye translated,
traducian, they translated.
Imperfecta.
traduje,
tradujiste,
tradujo,
tradujimos,
tradujistsis,
traduje ron,
traducire,
traduciras,
traducira,
I translated,
thou translatedst.
he translated,
we translated.
ye translated,
they translated.
tradujera, I might translate,
traduj eras, thou mightst translate,
tradujera, he might translate,
traduj^ramos, we might translate,
traduj^rais, ye might translate,
tradujeran, they might translate.
Definido.
tradujese, I might translate,
tradujeses, thou mightst translate,
tradujese, he might translate.
traduj6semos, we might translate,
traduj^seis, might translate,
tradu j esen, they might translate.
I shall translate,
thou wilt translate,
he will translate.
Future.
tradujere, I should translate,
tradujeres, thou wouldst translate
tradujere, he would translate.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
263
55. Le preguntaba a V. si habia leido ^ el ultimo informe del
tratado de comercio mejicano con America, y qu6
piensa ^ V. de sus diferentes requisitos {rai-kee-see'-tds) ?
56. i listed quiere saber si he leido el articulo editorial de
" El Tiempo " de hoy ?
57. Esa fud mi pregunta.
58. Eso es lo que yo pregunto.
59. Le suplico, responda a mi pregunta.
60. i For qud no responde V. ?
61. A esa pregunta yo no puedo responder.
62. No sd qud responder.
63. No sd qud respuesta darle.
64. Eso es verdad. — Eso no es verdad.
65. Eso es (or, Eso esta) correcto.
66. Eso no es (or, Eso no esta) muy correcto.
traduciremos, we shall translate,
traducireis, j/e will translate,
traduciran, they will translate.
Condicional.
traduciria, I should translate,
traducirias, thou wouldst translate,
traduciria, he would translate,
traducirfamos, we should translate,
traduciriais, ye would translate,
traducirian, they would translate.
traduj^remos, we should translate,
traduj^reis, ye would translate,
tradujeren, they would translate.
Imperativo.
traduce (tii), translate,
traduzca (el), let him translate,
traduzca V., translate,
traduzcamos, let us translate,
traducid, translate {ye).
traduzcan (ellos),let them translate.
Cerundio traduciendo, translating.
Participio traducido, translated.
1 Leer, to read, is inflected like creer, to believe; see page 236.
® Pensar (pensando, pensado), to think, is irregular in the following
tenses and persons:
Pres. Ind. pienso, piensas, piensa, pensamos, pensais, piensan.
Pres. Subj. piense, pienses, piense, pensemos, penseis, piensen.
Imperat. piensa (tii), piense V., pensemos, pensad, piensen (ellos).
All other forms are regular.
264 the meisterschaft system.
67. That is substantially (substancialmente) correct.
68. This statement {esta relacion) is utterly (enteramente ot
totalmente) incorrect.
69. Excuse me, that is a mistake {una equivocacion^.
70. That is quite a mistake.
71. I think you are mistaken.
72. Are you not mistaken ?
73. I think you were mistaken in regard to {con respecto a)
this item {esta partida).
74. If I am not greatly {muy) mistaken, I think this item is
an erroneous charge {un cargo errbneo').
75. If I am not mistaken, there is an overcharge {un sabre-
cargo') in this bill.
76. If he asserts {sostiene) this, he is mistaken.
77. I am afraid you are mistaken.
78. I assure {aseguro) you I am not at all mistaken. I have
this news {estas noticias) from the best authority {la
mejor autoridad).
79. Do you know who this gentleman is ?
80. I have known him in Paris.
81. Where did you know him ?
82. I have met him somewhere (= I know him \_por'\ having
seen him in some place \en algunparaje\ ).
83. I do not remember {no me acuerdo) his name.
84. Do you remember my commission (= Do you remember
of what I have charged {encargado\ you) ? — I do not
remember it.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
265
67. Eso es substancialmente correcto.
68. Esta relacion esta enteramente incorrecta (or, Esta rela-
cion esta totalmente errada).
69. Perddneme, esa es una equivocacion.
70. Eso es enteramente una equivocacion.
71. Creo que V. esta equivocado.
72. i No esta V. equivocado ?
73. Creo que V. se equivocd con respecto a esta partida.
74. Si yo no estoy muy equivocado creo que esta partida es
un cargo erroneo.
75. Si no estoy equivocado hay un sobrecargo en esta cuenta.
76. Si 61 sostiene esto, esta equivocado.
77. Temo que V. est6 equivocado.
78. Le aseguro a V. que no estoy del todo equivocado.
Tengo estas noticias de la mejor autoridad.
79. i Sabe V. qui6n es este caballero ?
80. Le he conocido en Parts.
81. < Donde le conocid V. ?
82. Le conozco por haberle visto en algun paraje.
83. No me acuerdo como se llama. (No me acuerdo de su
nombre).
84. ^ Se acuerda V. de lo que le he encargado? — No me
acuerdo.
266 THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
FOUNDATION SENTENCE.
Everything is sold very cheaply in this
store, and I advise you to buy here in case
you need anything.
All, everything
is sold
verj' cheap
in, at^
this establishment, this store,
and
I advise you
that, in order that *
1 En, in, at, on, is mainly used with verbs which indicate rest, as:
Esta en casa, he is at home. = En la mesa, on the table. — En la silla,
on the chair.
a. En signifies also a certain time, as:
Partimos en el mes de enero, we leave in the month of January,
en dos horas llegaremos, we shall arrive in two hours.
b. En is frequently used in connection with the Infinitive or the
Gerund, as :
Se ocupa en leer, he is occupied with reading,
se ocupa en escribir, he is busy writing,
no hay inconveniente en decirlo, it is no harm telling it
en diciendo esto, paso a otras having said so, he passed on to other
cosas, matters.
c. En, in connection with cuanto signifies as regards, as:
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
267
FOUNDATION SENTENCE.
Todo se vende muy barato en este
to'-"'6 se vain'-'^'e moo'-ee va-ra'-to ain ais'te
establecimiento, y se lo participo a Vd.
ais-ta-blai-thee-mee-ain'-to ee se 15 par-tee-thee'-p6 a oos-tai"''
para que en caso de que necesite algo lo
pa'-ra ke ain ka'-so de k6 nai-thai-see'-te al'-g5 15
compre aqm.
k5m'-pi8 a-kee'.
Todo
se vende {si vain'-"'f)
muy barato {moo'-ee vd-rd'-to)
en 1 {aiti)
este establecimiento {aisQi ais-td-blai thee-mee-ain'-to)
y
se lo participo a Vd. {si lopdr-tee-thee'-pd d oos-lai"")
para que® {pd'-rd ki)
En cuanto a mi, no puedo, as far as I am concerned, I cannot do so.
en cuanto a lo que V. dijo, no as regards what you said, I cannot do
puedo hacerlo, so.
The Subjunctive Mood must be employed after a number of
conjunctions in all sentences which express possibility, uncertainty, or an
indefinite future time. Such are:
intes que, before.
a menos que, unless.
a fin de que, to the end
that,
aunque.
aunque, 1
bienque, \ "'""'"Sh.
como, when, as.
S'. )
i,
como SI,
cual si
como quiera que, not¬
withstanding.
contal egat, provided that.
cuando, when.
dado que, granted that.
en caso de que, in case
that.
hasta que, sintil.
hasta donde, as far as.
luego que, as soon as.
mientras, while.
no sea que, lest.
ojala, would that.
para que, in order that.
por-qtie, however.
siempre que, whenei'er.
sin que, withont. {that.
supuesto c\\ie, supposing
268
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
in case that^
you may need
something, anything,
it
you may buy^
here.
1. I wish to buy some silk.
2. Here is some excellent silk which we have just" received
from New York.
3. Is this Lyons silk ?
4. Certainly, madam ; it would be impossible to find {encon-
trar^) a similar quality among American or English
silks (= it would be impossible to find American or
English silks of similar quality \_de cualidadparecidd\
to this).
5. I do not like this shade {este color) very much, I want
something darker {mas oscuro).
6. I want something light {claro); half-dark {semi-oscuro) ;
half-light {semi-claro).
7. I think I have exactly {exactamente) what you want. We
have a very large stock {un gran surfido) of these
goods.
8. I would like to buy some cloth {parid). Have you any
good cloth ?
9. What kind {clase or especie) of cloth do you want ? At
{de) what price ?
1 See Note 2, page 267.
2 See Note 2, page 191.
' Encontrar, to find, is conjugated like contar (contando, contado),
to count.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
269
en caso de que ^ {ain kd'-so ki)
necesite {nai-thai-see'-tf)
algo (al'-gd)
lo {15)
compre^ {kom'-pre)
aquf {ii-kee').
1. Deseo comprar algunos gdneros de seda.
2. Aquf tiene V. excelentes g^neros de seda que acabamos
de ® recibir de New York.
3. i Es esta seda de Lyon ?
4. Ciertamente, senoraj seria imposible encontrar® sedas
americanas <5 inglesas parecidas a esta {or, sedas
americanas <5 inglesas de cualidad parecida k esta).
5. No me gusta mucho este color. Quisiera algo mis
oscuro.
6. Quisiera algo claro (semi-oscuro; semi-claro).
7. Creo que tengo exactamente lo que V. desea. Nosotros
tenemos un gran surtido de estos g^neros.
8. Quisiera comprar pano, senor. < Tiene V. buen pano ?
9. Qu6 clase {or, Qu6 especie) de pafio quiere V. ? ^ De
«
qu6 precio ?
Pres. Ind. cuento, cuentas, cuenta, contamos, contais, cuentan.
Pres. SiibJ. cuente, cuentes, cuente, contemos, conteis, cuenten.
Jmperat. cuenta, cuente V., contemos, contad, cuenten.
All other forms are regular.
2^0
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
10. What price would you want to pay ?
11. We have it at all prices.
12. Show me the best {el mejor).
13. Here are some samples {or, patterns) of fine cloths.
14. Let me see {v^amos) the finest.
15. Is this the finest you have ?
16. Yes, sir, it is d3fed {tenido) in the wool.
17. I do not like this color; this color is not fast (= this
color will soon \_pronto'\ pass [^pasara]).
18. I beg your pardon, it is quite fast (= it will resist
[res/s//rd] well).
19. This color will soon fade (= This color loses [plerde^
soon).
20. Excuse me, sir, it will wear very well (= it will last
[durard] well).
21. Examine the texture {el tejidd) of this cloth ; it is impos¬
sible to find (= to see) anything better; it is very
soft (Jlojo).
22. This cloth is very thin {delgadd).
23. Here is another piece, which is strong {fucrte).
24. I depend {meJio) on {de) you. How much do you charge
a yard (= for the yard [_por la vara'\ ) ?
25. How do you sell it by the yard (= How do you sell the
yard) ?
26. How much do you ask for it ?
27. Five dollars. ,
28. That seems rather dear; tell me your lowest (= the last)
price, for I am not fond of bargaining (= for [por^ue]
it pleases me not to bargain \regatear'\ ).
29. I never ask too much, sir; I have only one price.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
(Qu6 precio quiere V. poner ?
i A cdmo quiere V. pagarlo ?
271
II. Tenemos de todos precios.
i2f. Ensdneme V. el mejor.
13. Aquf tiene V. muestras de panos finos.
14. Vdamos el mas fino.
15. i Es este el mas fino que tiene V. ?
16. Si, senor, estd tenido en lana.
17. No me gusta ese color ; este color pasari pronto.
18. Dispense V., resistird bien.
19. Este color pierde pronto.
20. Perdone V., senor ; durara mucho.
21. Examine V. el tejido de este pano; es imposible ver
cosa mejor ; es muy flojo.
22. Este pano es muy delgado.
23. Aquf hay otra pieza; es fuerte.
24. Me fio de V. ^ A cdmo quiere V. por la vara?
0
25. < A cdmo vende V. la vara ?
26 j Cuanto pide V. por dl?
/
27. A cinco pesos.
28. Me parece caro; di'game V. el liltimo precio, porque no
me gusta regatear.
29.
Caballero, yo nunca pido mas de lo justo ; no tengo mas
que un precio.
2^2
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
G-RAMMATICAL REMARKS.
Two Objective Pronouns.
(Continuation from page 256.)
5. The pleonastic construction is the same for two
objectives as for one ;
Se lo doy a V.
se lo doy i V.V.
k mf me lo han escrito.
se lo he dado k
61 se lo habia dicho k mi
hermana.
k mi hermana se lo habia
dicho.
I give it to you {sing, and plur.).
they wrote me so.
I gave it to him.
.he had-said so to my sister.
Exercise.
1. I Le gusta k V. la lengua castellana? Si, senor, k mf
me gusta mas que ningun otro idioma.
2. Ya {already) se lo he dicho tres veces, pero hasta
{till) ahora no lo ha hecho.
3. i Quie'n llamd anoche k la puerta de la calle tan tarde ?
Yo he sido, pues no tenia la Have de casa conmigo, y no habia
de estarme en la calle toda la noche.
4. I Diga V. {tell), qui6n preguntd {askeif) por mf hoy
por la manana ? Parece {it seems) que eran unos jdvenes
{young) amigos de V.
5. I Ha estado V. en la asamblea {meeting) que hubo
lugar {took place) anoche,? No senor, porque no me gustan
las pol6micas y cuestiones {questions) religiosas.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
273
6. i Le ha pagado A V. Don Carlos lo que le debia
(^07veii) ? No, senor, aun no me ha pagado la mitad, pero
prometib {promised^ de pagarmelo todo dentro de {within)
Unas semanas.
7. i C6mo se llaman aquellos ninos que meten {make)
tanta bulla (noise) dentro de casa ?
8. Creo que sean los sobrinos de Don Juan, los mas
ignorantes de toda la clase.
9. I Qub le parece a V. (what do you think) la brden
(orden) del dia del capitan general (Captain- General) ?
10. A ml me parece ser un disparate (nonsense), y creo
que esto ser la opinion general.
11. i Qud se dice de nuevo ?
12. i No se dice nada de este asunto (affair) ? Se cree
que es verdad.
13. i Podria V. (could you) decirme donde vive sehor
Montana ?
14. Siento mucho (/ am very sorry), que no puedo
decirselo. Alguno de esos hombres podra (yvitl be able)
decirselo.
15. Muchacho, despibrteme (wake me) manana temprano.
Me he de levantar al romper el dia.
16. i Necessitan V.V. de algo, senores ? Buenas noches
les d6 (may give) Dios (God) A Vds., senores.
17. Doy (I give) A V. los buenos dias, senor. iCdmo
lo pasa V. ?
iS. Estoy bueno como V. ve (see).
19. Me alegro mucho (Iam very glad) de ver A V. bueno.
20. Senor Don Juan, tengo el honor de presentarle (to
introduce to you) al senor Don Diego.
21. Caballero, celebro (I am happy in) la ocasion de
conocer A V.
274
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
2 2, Digame V. le ruego (J beg of you; if you please) la
hora que es. Son las dos menos diez minutes.
23. Diga V. 4 la persona que debe acompanarme por la
ciudad, que estoy pronto.
24. Quisiera visitar primeramente las principales calles,
las plazas, los paseos {^public promenades), las tiendas y el
exterior de los monumentos.
23. Cochero, ll^venos V. por las calles de Madrid y de
Cadiz, y parese V. {stof) en la plaza de Paris. Alii (there)
le diremos 4 V. adonde debe ir.
Possessive Adjectives and Pronouns.
1. Possessive adjectives are either conjunetive or absolute.
The conjunctive forms stand before the noun they qualify,
while the absolute adjectives stand after \t. They are inflected
like adjectives.
2. They are varied as follows :
Singular.
Plural.
Conjunct.
Absolute.
Conjunct.
Absolute.
mi,
mio,
mia.
mis.
mios,
mias.
my.
tu.
tuyo.
tuya.
tus.
tuyos.
tuyas.
thy.
his.
her.
su.
suyo,
suya,
sus,
suyos,
suyas,
its.
your.
nuestro,-a,
nuestro,
nuestra,
nuestros,-as,
nuestros,
nuestras
our.
vuestro, -a,
vuestro,
vuestra.
vuestros,-as,
vucstros,
vuestras,
your.
(
their.
su,
suyo,
suya,
sus,
suyos.
suyas, •
your.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
275
their book.
3. Since su, sua can mean his, her, its, their, and your,
and may therefore be dubious as regards its meaning, the
genitive case of the appropriate personal pronoun is fre¬
quently added. Instead of su or bus, el, la, los, or las may
be used, as:
Su libro de 61, his book,
su libro de ella, her book,
su libro de ellos, de ellas,
el libro de ellos, de ellas,
4. Your is expressed by su, sus when the sense of the
sentence sufficiently indicates to what person su refers. It
can also be expressed pleonastically by su (sus) de V. or
de V.V., as :
Tengo su libro de V., )
, > I have your book.
tengo el hbro de v., )
i tiene V. su libro ? have you your book ?
5. When parts of the body or articles of dress are men¬
tioned, the definite article is employed instead of the possessive
adjective, as:
i Qu6 tiene V. en la mano ? what have you in your hand ?
me duele la cabeza, my head aches,
se quita los zapatos, he takes his shoes off.
6. The absolute forms mio, tuyo, suyo, &c., stand always
after the noun. They are used to express greater intensity
or rhetorical effect, as:
Es culpa suya y no mia, it is his fault, and not mine,
es costumbre suya de pagar it is a habit of his to pay
al contado. cash.
7. The absolute forms are used in the address (vocative
case), and when used with nouns in an indeterminate sense
(with a, an, or some, of mine, of thine; &c.), as ;
2^6
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
i Padre mio !
i madre mia!
i pobre muchacho mio !
i querido amigo mio !
Carlos as amigo mio,
I as Don Eusebio pariente
tuyo ?
unos conocidos da V.,
8. It is mine, thine, &c., or it belongs to me, to thee, &c.,
are expressed by ser, to be, with the possessive pronoun, as:
this house is mine.
my father 1
my mother!
my DOor boy !
my dear friend !
Charles is a friend of mine,
is Don Eusebio a relative of
?
yours J
some acquaintances of yours.
Esta casa as mia,
este cuadro as suyo,
esta pluma as de V.,
estos papeles son mios y no
de v.,
this house belongs to me.
this picture belongs to him.
this pen is yours,
these papers are mine, and not
yours.
Exercise.
1. Sus sobrinos de V. son la causa (cause) de nuestra
desgracia.
2. Lo siento, pero no as culpa (fault) mia.
3. iDe qui^n son estas tiendas? — Esta tienda as mia.
y esa as de su primo.
4. i Ha visto V, las composiciones (compositions) de mi
amigo ? — Si, senor, son bastante buenas, pero no son obra
(work) suya.
5. i Qui^n as aquel senor ? — Es un amigo de mi padre
y de su tic de V.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. 277
6. i Qui^n ha hecho (done) esto? — Dos criados suyos
lo ban hecho.
7. Es perjufcio (injury, loss) nuestro, no suyo.
8. Este caballero, vecino (neighbor) mio, es hombre muy
instruido.
9. i De qui^n es esta casa ? — La casa pequena es mia,
y la casa grande es de mi primo.
Tlie Demonstrative Pronouns.
I. The demonstrative pronouns or adjectives agree in
gender and number with the noun they limit, except the
neuter forms. They are :
Singular.
Plural.
Masc.
Fem.
Neut.
Masc.
Fem.
este,
esta.
esto.
this.
estos.
estas.
these.
ese,
esa.
eso.
that.
esos.
esas.
those.
aquel.
aquella,
aquello.
thatyonder.
aquellos.
aquellas.
those yonder.
2. Este, esta, designates the person or object nearest
to the speaker; ese, esa, that which is near the person
addressed j aquel, aquella that which is remote from both :
Este libro que estoy leyen- this book which I am read-
do .. . ing . . .
ese tratado que tiene V. en la. that treatise which you have
mano ... in your hand . . .
aquel folleto que esta sobre la that pamphlet which lies upon
mesa . . . the table ...
2/8
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM,
3. The demonstratives must be repeated before every
noun, as:
Este hombre, esta mujer, y this man, woman, and child
este muchacho estan malos, are ill.
4. Although the demonstratives naturally precede the
nouns, they are placed after them to express sarcasm and
contempt, as:
El hombre este, this man here.
5. The words ciudad, city, and plaza, market, are usually
omitted with esta and esa after the preposition en, in. En
esta means, therefore, here, and en esa, there:
En esta no hay novedad, there is nothing new here
(with us).
i Cdmo van los negocios en How is business there (with
esa ? you)?
6. In reference to time, este denotes the present;
ese, a past period within our recollection; aquel, the past
generally:
Este es el siglo de la ilustra- this is the age of enlighten-
cion, ment.
me acuerdo bien de ese dia, I remember that day well,
aquellos eran tiempos de those were times of great bar-
mucha barbaridad, barism.
7. The neuter forms are esto, this (what I say) ; eso,
that (what you say) ; aquello, that (remote thing in narra¬
tive), as:
Esto es verdad, this is the truth,
eso es una maravilla, that is a wonder.
eso es increible, that is incredible. [else.
eso es broma y nada mas, that is a bad joke and nothing
aquello fud una lastima, that was a pity.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
279
8. The definite article is often used as a demonstrative
pronoun, assuming the gender and number of the noun it
replaces;
Este caballo y el de mi amigo, this horse and that of my
friend.
esta casa y la de mi vecino, this house and that of my
neighbor.
mis libros y los que (or, aque- my books and those which
llos que) 61 tiene, he has.
los que (or, aquellos que) lo those who say so deceive
dicen, se enganan.
themselves.
Itelative Pronouns.
The relative pronouns are :
que, who, whom, which, that, what.
quien (sing.); quienes (pluri), who ; whom ; whoever; whom¬
soever.
el cual; la cual; los ouales ; las cuales, )
> who; which,
el que; la que ; los que ; las que, )
lo cual or lo que, that which ; what.
cuyo; cuya; cuyos ; cuyas, whose, of which ; which.
aquel que; aquella que, the one who; the one which.
aquellos que ; aquellas que, the ones who j those who.
Que.
I. Que refers to persons or things in the nominative and
accusative only; in the other cases it can refer to things
only:
El hombre que viene es mi the man who comes is my
tio, uncle.
28o
the meisterschaft system.
es una mujer que sabe mucho,
los libros que leemos son
buenos,
Ids documentos de que ha-
blabamos son falsos,
el hombre que mas trabaja
no es siempre el que mas
gana,
she is a woman who knows
many things,
the books we are reading are
good.
the documents of which we
were speaking are false,
the man who works most does
not always make the most.
2. Que relating to an accusative does not require the
preposition even when referring to a person. Observe that
the relative must always be expressed in Spanish, as :
He visto al nino que V. es- I have seen the boy (whom)
pera, you expect.
Quien.
1. Quien, quienes—for both genders — refer only to
persons:
Los senores con quienes habl6 the gentlemen with whom I
se han partido, talked have left,
las sehoras a quienes vimos the ladies whom we saw are
son ingleses. English.
Juan era quien firmd estos it was John who signed these
documentos, documents,
he hablado con el muchacho I have spoken with the boy to
de quien son estos libros, whom these books belong.
2. If the noun is immediately followed by the relative
pronoun, it is preferable to use que even of persons, as :
Este es el hombre que'me did this is the man who gave me
el libro, , the book.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
£1 cual, el que.
1. £1 cual, la cual, lo cual, los cuales, and las cuales j
el que, la que, lo que, and las que, are substitutes for quien
and que, and relate, therefore, both to persons and things.
They are employed to avoid ambiguity. Observe that they
take the preposition d when they refer to persons :
La hija de nuestro vecino, la our neighbor's daughter, who
que {or, la cual) nos hablo spoke to us yesterday, died
ayer, ha muerto hoy, to-day.
este es el criado de Dona Ju- this is Dona Jane's servant, of
ana del cual {or, del que) whom we have heard a great
hemosoidocosas muy malas. many bad things,
era la historia de Gil Bias por it was the history of Gil Bias
la que {or, por la cual) he- -by which we have learned
mos aprendido mas de lo more than would appear,
que parece.
2. The article is omitted in cual, cuales,
a. When the relative is separated from the noun by a
verb:
Nunca hemos sabido cual era we have never known what the
la verdadera causa de su real cause of his misfortune
desgracia. was.
b. When it introduces an indirect question :
Es dificil saber cual de los dos it is difficult to know who of
ha ganado mas, the two has gained most. .
To express a comparison:
Estas frutas son cuales espe- these fruits are such as we ex-
rabamos. pected.
d. In exclamations:
i Cual sen'a mi alegria I what would be my joy !
282
the meisterschaft system.
Iio que.
Lo que, that which, what, and todo lo que, all that
relates to an idea, not to a word :
Lo que dl dice no es lo que V. what he says is not what you
piensa, think.
Teresa no sabe lo que quiere. Theresa does not know what
she wants.
no creo nada de todo lo que I do not believe anything at al.
Pedro nos ha dicho, that Peter has told js.
he estado en el campo, lo que I have been in the noun^Tv.
me ha hecho mucho bien. which has done me nucc
good.
Cuyo, ouya.
Cuyo, cuya, whose, of whose, which refers both to oersons
and to things, and takes the gender and the number of the
noun which it precedes :
El hombre de cuyas desgracias the man, of whose misfortunes
V. habld, es amigo mio. you spoke, is a friend of
mine.
los autores cuyos libros leo, the authors, whose books I am
son Espanoles, reading, are Spaniards,
es un hombre con cuyolealdad he is a man on whose faithful-
puede V. contar, ness you may count,
la senora N. es mujer de cuya Mrs. N. is a woman whose no-
nobleza hay mucho que bility of spirit may be
dudar. strongly doubted.
SUPPLEMENTARY EXERCISES
APPEO BY
The Travelers Insurance Company,
OF
HARTFORD. rONN.
hacc cacU uno prudente intes de" ir de viaje de una
parte A otro?
Compra una pdliaa de seguroa de "Travelers Insurance
Co."
^Por qu6?
Para ser pagado por pdrdida de tieropo en caso de accl«
dente, y para salvar su fanailia si quita la vida.
^Cuil es el precio de esta p6liza de seguros?
Sdamente $5.00 cada afio, 53.00 por tres meses, por cada
81,000 de seguro, y adenaas de eso 55.00 por semana
mi^ntras que sea herido,
^Es necesario una examinacion por un mddico?
No.
^Son heridos d matados por accidente muchos hombres?
Cerca de la sexta parte de todos que se aseguran en " The
Travelers Co."
iSe le paga mucho dinero?
Mas de $3,000.00 cada dia.
^Hay mucho tiempo que lo ha hecho?
Por veintiuno afios la Compaftla le ha pagado $14,000,000<
i Podria hacerlo en caso de grandes p^rdidas ?
Tienc $2,000,000 do fondot sobre todas sus obligaciones.
iEn ddnde se compran esas pdlizas?
En todas las ciudades de los Estados Unidos y del Ca¬
nada,
THE WIASOIM ti HAWLIN
PIANO.
Illustrates the same high standard of excellence
which has always characterized the
MASON & HAMLIN ORGANS,
and won for them the Highest Awards at
^11 GH-reat "VCT ox-Id's Elxlxiloition.s
since and including that of Paris, 1867.
Organ and Piano Catalogues sent free
to any address.
SOLD ON EASY TERMS, AND RENTED.
MASON & HAMUN ORGAN & PIANO GO.
BOSTON, MASON & HAMLIN HALL, 154 & 155 Tremont Street.
NEW YORK, 158 Fitth Avenue. CHICAGO, 149 Wabash Avenue.
THE
A Short and Practical Method
ACQUIRING COMPLETE FLUENCY OF SPEECH
IN THE
Spanish Language.
By Dr. Richard S. Rosenthal,
Late Director of the "Akalemie fur fremdb Sprachbn" in Berlin and
Leipzig, of the " Meisterschaft College" in London, and Prin¬
cipal of the *'meistbrschaft School of practical
Linguistry" in New York and Boston.
in kiinreen iparxs
PART XI.
BOSTON, MASS;
MEISTERSCHAFT PUBLISHING COMPANA.
196 Summer Street.
(Este.s Pre.ss).
TERMS.
We have arranged with Dr. KosKirrHAi., the author of the "He!a
cerschaft System," for its introduction in America under his onn
supervision, and he has opened
THE
ieUal Sclil of
FOR NON-RESIDENTS.
The Student does not need to leave his home. Tl»e less<ms ol
each iMiguage are prepared by the Professor, and printed and sent
in pamphlet shape, to each member of the School, •wheiever he
may reside.
The course of study for each language—Cterman, French, ItaUaa
or Spanish—makes fifteen pamphlets, of three lessons each.
All members of the school have
THE PRIVILECE
of asking, by letter, questions concerning eaeh ]e»eon, or consult*
ing on any difficulty which may have occurred to tiiem. All exer-
cif-«s corrected, and all questions answered by return post, by
Dr. KossirTHAi.,,or one of bis assistants.
TERMS OF MEMBERSHIP.
Five Dollars is the price for membei-ship in the School, foi
each language. This amount ($5,) entitles the member to receive
the fifteen books or pamphlets containing the lessons, also auswets
to his ouestions. Return postage for the answer must accompany
the question.
State distinctly which language, or langurq^es you desire to study.
There are no extra charges, lire price. Five Dollars, pays for
one language; Ten Dollars for two languages, etc. All exer-
cis s and questions must be written on a separate ^eet of paper,
biaI must state full address of the pupil.
The remittances must be made in Post-Office Order or Registered
Letter, addressd to
Meisterschaft Publishing Company,
Estes Press, 196 .Summer Street,
SOSTOTSr.
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
SF^isrisH.
PART XI.
Copyright, 1883, by Richard S. Rosentha].
284
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
Continuation.— (Part X.)
30. Can you let me have it for four dollars ?
31. No, I should lose money by it; I will give it to you for
four dollars and a half; I cannot sell it at less.
32. Very well; let us split (= divide) the difference {la
diferencia).
33. Upon my word {d la verdad), you are getting it at cost-
price {por su primer coste, or, al precio corriente).
34. Don't you need anything else ?
35. Nothing at present; send me the package with the re¬
ceipt {el recibd) ; here is my address (= here are the
directions \_las seMs'] of my house).
1. Who advised you to do so ?
2. On account of {con respecto a) my health, I have been
advised to go (= that I may go) to Colorado. The
physician believes that the pure mountain air {los aires
puros de las montanas) will do me good.
3. I cannot advise {aconsejar) about {con respecto a) this
affair {esta cuestion, or, causa). You had better see a
lawyer (= The best which you do is to see a lawyer
[«« abogado^ ).
4. Who has given you this advice ?
5. If I were in your place {en su lugar), I should act (= pro¬
ceed \^pro:ederia']) upon {con respecto a) his advice
{su consejo).
6. What would you do if you were (= if you found yourself
[jf se encontrase] ) in my place ?
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
285
Continuation. — (Part X.)
30. i Puede V. darmelo a tres pesos ?
31. No, senor, perderia; se le dard a V. por cuatro pesos y
medio ; no le puedo vender m6nos.
32. i Muy bien ! partamos la diferencia.
33. A la verdad, que lo lleva V. por su primer coste (or, al
precio corriente).
34. i Nada mas necesita V. ?
35. Por ahora no ; envfeme V. el paquete con el recibo;
aqui son las senas de mi casa.
r<Qui^n le participd a V. eso ?
1. -j i Qui^n le informd a V. de eso ?
viQui^n le dijo a V. que hiciera eso ?
2. Con respecto a mi salud me ban dicho que vaya i
Colorado. El medico cree que los aires puros de las
montanas me haran bien.
3. Yo no le puedo decir (or, aconsejar) nada con respecto
4 esta cuestion (or, causa). Lo mejor que V. hace es
ver a un abogado.
4. i Quien le ha aconsejado 4 V. esto ?
5. Si yo estuviera en su lugar, procederia con respecto 4 su
consejo.
6. ^ Qu4 harfa V. si se encontrase en mi lugar ?
?86
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
7. ^ Would you do it or not ?
8. If I were in your place I would not do it.
9. I should most decidedly {decididamente) not do so. But
you can act as you please.
10. I am sure you will be sorry if you act upon (= if you
follow [s/^'ue^] his) advice.
11. I am sure you will be sorry if you act against his advice
(= if you do not follow his advice). He is a highly
{niuy) esteemed merchant.
12. He belongs {pertenece^) to the first family in town.
[house).'
13. To whom does this house belong (= of whom is this
14. Does this book belong to you or to your cousin ?
15. It belongs to me (= it is mine) ; my cousin's is bound
(encuadernadd) in red (^Colorado).
16. This travelling-satchel {esta maleta) belongs to me. May
I trouble you {le incnmodaria d V.) to pass it ?
1 Ssguir, to follow, is conjugated :
Indicative Mode. Presente Subjunctive Mode.
sigo.
I follow.
siga,
I may follow.
sigues,
thou followest.
sigas.
thou mayst follow.
sigue,
he follows.
siga,
he may follow.
seguimos,
we follow.
sigainos.
we may follow.
seguis,
ye follow.
sigais.
ye may follow.
siguen,
they follow.
sigan.
they may follow.
seguia,
Imperfecto.
I followed.
siguiera.
I might follow.
segui'as,
thou followedst.
sig^ieras,
thou mightst follow.
seguia,
he followed.
siguiera.
he might follow.
seguiamos,
we followed.
sigui^ramos.
we might follow.
seguiais,
ye followed.
siguidrais.
ye might follow.
seguian,
they followed.
siguieran.
they might follow.
segui,
Definido.
I followed.
siguiese.
I might follow.
seguiste,
thou followedst.
siguieses.
thou mightst follow.
siguid,
he followed.
siguiese.
he might follow.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
287
7-
8.
10.
i Lo harfa V. 6 n6 ?
Si me encontrase en su lugar no haria.
Decididamente no lo han'a ; pero V. puede hacer lo que
guste.
Yo estoy seguro que V. lo sentira si sigue ' su consejo.
11. Yo estoy seguro que V. lo sentirA si no sigue su consejo
El es un comerciante muy estimado.
12. El pertenece'' a la primera familia de la ciudad (or, a las
priineras familias de la ciudad).
13. i De quiAn es esta casa ?
14. I Este libro es de V. 6 de su primo ?
15. Es mio; el de mi primo esta encuadernado en Colorado.
16. Esta maleta es mia. <Le incomodaiia a V. pasarla ?
seguimos,
seguisteis,
siguieron,
seguire,
seguiras,
seguira,
seguiremos,
seguireis,
seguiran,
we followed.
ye followed,
they followed.
I shall follow,
thou wilt follow,
he will follow,
we shall follow.
ye will follow,
they will follow.
sigui^semos,
sigui^seis,
siguiesen,
Futtiro.
siguiere,
siguieres,
siguiere,
sigui^remos,
sigui^reis,
siguieren,
we might follow.
ye might follow,
they might follow.
I should follow.
th<.u wouldst follow,
he would follow,
we should follow.
ye would follow,
they would follow.
Condicional.
seguiria, I should follow,
seguirias, thou wouldst follow,
seguiria, he would follow,
seguiriamos, we should follow,
seguirfais, ye would follow,
seguirian, they would follow.
CeruneHo
Participio
' Pertenecer is conjugated like
Imperativo.
follow
let him follow,
follow,
let us follow,
follow iye).
let them follow.
. . . siguiendo, following.
. . . segiiido, followed.
parecer. See page 2601
sigue (tii),
siga (el),
siga y.,
sigatnos,
seguid,
sigan (ellos).
288
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
A Visit.
Expressions of Politeness commonly used during a Call.
1. Somebody is knocking.
2. Somebody is knocking at the door, if I am not mistaken.
3. Please knock.
4. Knock once more.
5. Knock louder; nobody seems to hear you.
6. Why don't you knock at the door, waiter {sirvienti),
before you enter the room (= before \dntes de\ enter¬
ing \entrar~\ into the room) ?
7. Some one rings {toca la campanilld).
8. Please ring.
9. Go and see, please, who it is.
10. It is Mr. Sanchez.
11. Come in. —Walk in.
12. Please step this way {venir por aqui), Mr. Perez is in
the library {la bihliotecd).
13. Ah, good morning. How do you do ? I am very glad
to see you.
14. I hope'I do not intrude.
15. I trust I do not disturb.
16. I hope I do not interrupt you.
17. Please do not let me interrupt you.
18. Please do not allow me to disturb you. I see you are
busy.
19. You do not interrupt me at all {de ningun modci).
20. On the contrary, I am delighted (= I have delight
[placer"] ) to see you.
21. You do not disturb me in the least {en lo mds minimd).
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
289
Una Visita.
Expresiones de polilica comunmente usadas durante una
visita.
( Alguien toca.
\ Alguien llama.
2. Alguien llama a la puerta, si no estoy equivocado.
3. Tenga la bondad de llamar {or, de tocar).
4. Llame una vez mas.
5. Llame mas alto ; parece que nadie lo oye.
6. Sirviente: i por qu6 no toca V. a la puerta antes de
entrar en el cuarto ?
7. Alguno toca la campanilla.
8. Tenga la bondad de tocar la campanilla.
9. Tenga la bondad de ir a ver quien es.
10. Es el senor Sanchez.
11. Adelante. — Entre.—Tenga la bondad de pasar adelante.
12. Tenga la bondad de venir por aqui; el sehor Perez esta
en la biblioteca.
13. Ah ! buenos dias ; i c6mo esta V. ? Me alegro mucho
de ver a V.
14. Espero no ser intruso.
15. Creo que no lo distraigo.
16. Espero no interrumpir a V.
17. Permitame que no lo interrumpa.
18. Tenga la bondad de no dejarme que lo distraiga. Veo
que esta V. ocupado.
19. V. no interrumpe de ningun modo.
20. A1 contrario, tengo placer en ver a V.
21. V, no me distrae en lo mas mfnimo.
290
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
22. If I in any way {de algun modo) disturb you I shall leave
{me irP^ at once.
23. I am very much pleased to see you.
24. Will you not sit down ?
25. Be seated, pray.
26. Take a seat, if you please.
27. Pray, be seated on the sofa; you will find it more com¬
fortable {confortable, or cbmodd).
28. How do you do ?
29. How are you ?
30. How is your health ?
31. Is this really you ?
32. You are quite a stranger.
33. What a stranger you are I I have not seen you these
three months.
34. You are very kind indeed.
■ ~ ■ J —I ■ ■ I I .. ■
1 Irse, to go away, is conjugated like ir, to go.
Indicative Mode. Presente. Subjunctive Mode.
me voy,
I go away.
me vaya,
I may go away.
te vas,
thou goest away.
te vayas,
thou mayst go away.
se va,
he goes away.
se vaya.
he may go away.
nos vamos,
we go away.
nos vayamos
we may go away.
os vais,
ye go away.
OS vayais,
ye may go away.
se van,
they go away.
se vayan,
they may go away.
Imperfecto,
me iba,
I went away.
me fuera,
I might go away.
te ibas,
thou wentest away.
te fneras,
thou inightst go away.
se iba,
he went away.
se fuera,
he might go away.
nos fbamos,
we went away.
nosfiieramos
, we might go away.
vos ibais,
ye went away.
os fuerais,
ye might go away.
se iban.
they went away.
se fueran,
they might go away.
Dejinido.
me fui,
I went away.
me fuese,
I might go away.
te fuiste.
thou wentest away.
te fueses,
thou mightst go away.
se fue,
he went away.
se fuese,
he might go aWay.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE,
291
22. Si yo lo distraigo a V. de algun modo, me ir^'^ inmediata-
mente.
23. Tengo mucho placer en ver a V.
24. i No se sienta V. ?
25. Siamese, per favor, si^ntese.
26. Tenga la bondad de tomar asiento.
27. Si'rvase sentarse en el sofa; se encontrari V. mas con-
fortable (or, ni4s cdmodo).
28. i Cdmo esti V. ?
29. i Como lo pasa V. ?
30. I C6ino va de saliid ?
31. < Es V. realmente ?
32. Esta V. muy extrano.
33. i Qud extrano esti V.! No he visto & V. desde hace
tres meses.
34. Ciertamente (<?/-, Verdaderamente) es V. muy bondadoso.
nos fuimos,
OS fiiisteis,
se fueron,
we went away.
j'e went away,
they went away.
nos fuesemos, we might go away.
OS fuestis, might go away.
they might go away.
me ire, I shall go away,
te iras, thou wilt go away,
se iia, he will go away,
nos iremos, we shall go away.
OS ireis, ye will go away,
se iran, they will go away.
Condicionat.
me iria, I should go away,
te irias, thou wouldst go away,
se iria, he would go away,
nos irhmos, we should go away,
o. iria's, ye would go away,
se irian, they would go away.
se fuesen,
Futuro.
me fuere,
te fueres,
se fuere,
I should go away,
thou wouldst go away,
he would go away,
nos fueremos, we should go away.
OS fuereis, ye would go away,
se fueren, they would go away.
Impcrativo.
vete, go away,
vayase ^1, let him go away,
vayase V., go away,
vamonos, let us go away,
fdos, go (ye) aw.ny.
vayanse, (ellos), let them go away,
Gcruudio yendose, going away.
Participio idose, gone away.
292 THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
35. I did myself the honor of calling upon you a few days
ago.
36. I took the liberty of calling upon you yesterday, but un¬
fortunately {desgraciadamente) did not find you at home.
37. Is Mr. Velazquez in ?
38. Is Mrs. Diaz at home ?
39. I am very sorry, but Mrs. Diaz is not at home.
40. When will she be at home ?
41. Do you know when she will be in ?
42. Do you know when she will return ?
43. Are you at home evenings {^por las noches) ?
44. Have the kindness to give him {or, to hand him [^de entre-
garle\) my card {mi tarjeta) as soon as {tan pronto
como) he comes home.
45. I called (= I came) yesterday to know how you did, but
to my great regret {son gran pena^ I failed to meet
you (= I could not see you).
46. I regret exceedingly {estoy sumamentepenoso) not having
been at home.
47. How is your husband ?
48. Is your wife well
49. Thanks, my wife is quite well.
50. Thank you, Mrs. N. is not very well.
51. Mrs. N. is rather poorly (wrt/a). Your climate
does not agree {conviene or prueba *) with her.
52. How is your health ?
53. I hope you are well.
54. I hope our climate agrees with you.
' Probar (probando, probado), to prorve, is regular except in the
following persons and tenses ;
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
293
35. Tuve el honor de visitar (or de procurar, or de solicitar)
A V. hace pocos dias.
36. Me tomA la libertad de preguntar por V. ayer, pero
desgraciadamente no encontr^ a V. en casa.
37. iEsta en casa el senor Velazquez?
38. I EstA en casa la senora Diaz ?
39. Lo siento mucho, pero la senora Diaz no estA en casa.
40. i CuAndo estarA en casa ?
41. I Sabe V. cuAndo ella estarA en casa ?
42. I Sabe V. cuAndo volverA ella ?
43. i EstA V. en casa por las noches ?
44. Tenga la bondad de darle (or, de entregarle) mi tarjeta
tan pronto como vuelva A casa.
45. Vine ayer A saber como estaba V. pero con gran pena
no pude ver A V.
46. Estoy sumamente penoso de no haber estado en caso.
47. i Como estA su esposo ?
48. I EstA su senora bien ?
49. Gracias, mi esposa sigue bien.
£0. Gracias, la Senora N. no estA muy bien.
£1. La senora N. estA bastante mala. Su clima no fe con-
viene (or, prueba i) A ella.
£2. i C6mo estA V. de salud ?
£3. Espero (or confio) en que V. se ponga bueno.
£4. Yo espero que nuestro clima le pruebe (or, le asiente).
Pres In/i. pruebo, pniebas, prueba, probamos, probais, prueban.
Pres. Suhj. pruebe, pruebes, pruebe, probemos, probeis, prueben.
Imperat. prueba, pruebe V., probemos, probad, prueben.
294
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
55. Thanks, my health has been somewhat better lately.
56. Your even {igual^ and pleasant {delicioso) climate has
improved (mejorado) my health greatly (^grandemente).
57. Your climate is not as changeable {variable) as ours, and
has done me a great deal of good.
58. Is n't your brother any better ?
59. Thanks, his health has been somewhat better lately.
60. He has been rather {bastante) poorly {maid). — I am
very sorry to hear it.
61. How are you getting on ?
62. How are you getting on in business?
63. Thank you, I am getting along (= I am profiting \estoy
ganandd] ) nicely \_primorosamente'\ ).
64. How are you getting on {aprovecha V.) with your Spanish
studies (= with your studies of Spanish ?)
65. Thank you, I am getting along finely {perfectamente);
but I must say that the Spanish grammar (la Gra-
mdtica) is by far more difficult than our own.
66. How have you been since I had the pleasure of seeing
you at the American ambassador's (embajador) party
(el sarao or la reunion).
67. I have been very well, thank you ; but I am sorry to
say that my brother has been quite ill (bastante mold)
with an attack (un ataque) of the yellow fever (Jiebre
amarilld).
68. Nothing serious I hope (= I hope it may not be nothing
serious [j/rw] ).
69. Do you continue (continda V.) in good health in our
climate ?
70. How has our climate agreed with you?
71. Thank you, I never (jamas) was better.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
295
55. Gracias, mi salud ha sido algun tanto mejor dltimamente.
56. Su igual y deliciosa clima ha mejorado (or, restablecido')
mi salud grandemente.
57. Su clima no es tan variable como el nuestro y me ha
hecho un gran bien.
58. . i No esta su hermano mejor ?
59. Gracias, su salud ha sido algo mejor dltimamente.
60. El ha estado bastante malo. — Lo siento mucho.
61. i Como le va i V. ?
62. i Cdir.o le va 4 V. en los negocios ?
63. Gracias, estoy ganando primorosamente.
64. i Qud tal aprovecha V. con sus estudios de espanol ?
65. Gracias, perfectamente me va; pero debo decir que Ij
Gramatica espanola es mucho mas dificultosa que
la nuestra.
66. iComo le ha ido a V. desde que tuve el placer de verle
en la reunion (or, en el sarao) del embajador ameri-
cano ?
67. Me ha ido muy bien, gracias, pero siento decir que mi
hermano ha estado bastante malo con un ataque de
fiebre amarilla.
68. Espero que no sea nada sdrio.
69. I Continda V. en buena salud en nuestro clima?
70. ( C6mo le ha probado a V. nuestro clima ?
71. Gracias, jamas he estado mejor.
' Restablecer is conjugated like parecer. See page 260.
296
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
GRAMMATICAL REMARKS.
Interrogative Pronouns.
I. The interrogative pronouns are distinguished from
the relatives by being written with an acute accent. They
are applied in direct and indirect questions. They are:
qu^, what?
whicf'. ? what ?
qui^n ; pi. qui^nea, who ?
ciiyo, cdya, 1
ciiyos, cdyaa, > whose ?
de qui^n ; de qui^nes, J
- 2. Qui^n, qui^nea, who? is used only in connection with
persons:
cual, )
cuales, )
i Quidn llama i la puerta ?
i de qui^nes son estos lapices ?
1 qui^nes han llegado anoche ?
2 de qui^n habla V. ?
who is knocking at the door?
to whom do these pencils be-
who arrived last n ight ? [long ?
of whom are you speaking ?
3. Cudl, which, is used where one or several objects are
referred to. It is more definite than que:
i Cual es mi sombrero ?
no s6 cual es el mio,
i cual es de V. ? — Esto.
i cuales son los principales
rios de Espaiia?
4. Whose, used interrogatively, is expressed by cdyo,
cdya, or by de qui^n :
I Cuyo es este libro ?
which (one) is my hat ?
I do not know which one is
mine. [That,
which one belongs to you ? —
which are the principal rivers
of Spain ?
i cdyo libro es este ?
i de quidn es este libro ?
i ciiyos zapatos son estos ?
De mi padre.
to whom does this book belong ?
whose shoes are these ? — My
father's.
the spanish language.
297
5. Q.-ai,whatl can refer
be used with or without a nou
I Qui hombre es este ?
i a qu6 mujer ha V. visto ?
i qu6 hay de nuevo ?
< que haci'a}
i qud es aquello i
Note.— Qu^ is also used
i Qu4 de gloria!
i qud de burlas !
i qu6 ruido en la calle I
j que bella vista !
to persons or things and can
1:
what kind of a man is this ?
which woman have you seen?
what is the news ?
what was he doing?
what is that ?
in exclamations:
what glory!
what fun !
what a noise in the street!
what a beautiful view !
Exercise.
1. < Qu6 libros castellanos ban leido {read) Vds. ? —
Hemos leido algunos cuentos {stories) arabes, las obras del
Padre Isla, y algunas de Don Miguel Cervantes.
2. < Y c<5mo le gustan a V. dichas obras? — Son induda-
blemente {undoubtedly) las que mas me ban gustado de todo
cuanto he leido.
3. i De qu6 hablaban Vds. cuando llegu6 ? — Estabamos
discutiendo {discussing) cuiles de los libros habi'amos de
comprar.
4. iPues, i cuales ban dado Vds. la preferencia? —
Hemos escogido {chosen) todos aquellos que V. nos ha in-
dicado el ot.-a dia; solo que V. debiera {ought) habernos
hablado del suyo tambien.
5. No, senor, mi obra no es lo que Vds. necesitan.
298
THE MBISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
6. iQui^n de Vds. ha visitado la exposicion de Boston?
— Yo estuve alii algunos dias con un pintor {painter), amigo
mio.
7. i Y qu6 tal, les ban gustado a Vds. las pinturas {paint¬
ings) expuestas {exhibited) ?— No, senor, no nos han gustado,
pues habia muchos cuadros {paintings) que no eran dignos
{worthy) de exponerse {to be exhibited).
8. I Qu6 es lo mas difi'cil en el estudio de la lengua
castellana ? — Los pronombres son indudablemente los que
mas trabajo {work) nos causaron.
9. i Qui^n es el senor cuyo hijo comprenda {understands)
tan mal el espanol ? — Es un caballero americano, quien ha
hecho una gran fortuna en poco tiempo.
10. i Sabe V. qui^n ha escrito la famosa {renowned)
obra de Gil Bias de Santillana ? — Si, sehora, es un autor
trances, cuyo nombre era Lcsage.
11. i Pero cual es la opinion de los espanoles? — Los
espaholes creen {believe) que su verdadero autor fud el Padre
Isla, y que Lesage era quien habia traducido {translated) la
obra castellana al trances.
12. i Y su parecer {opinion) de V., caballero, cual es ? —
Toda la obra, no habiando mas que de asuntos {occurrences)
que pasaron en Espaha, hace creer que el padre Isla sea
quien lo haya escrito.
Viaje con buque de xrapore.
1. Ah, good morning, Mr. Perez j I am very glad to se«
you (= to meet \encontrar') you).
2. Very happy \celebro injinito'} to see you.
3. Where {adonde) are you going ?
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
299
4. I am going to the Agents' of the Vera Cruz steam¬
ship-line (= I am going to' the house of the ship-broker
[^corredor] of the steamers for [para] Vera Cruz).
5. Are you thinking of going by one of their ships?
(= Think you \_piensa V.'\ to leave with some \a/gund\ of
them \de elios'] ) ?
6. Yes, sir, I am going to find out (informarme) which
one {cuil) leaves on the fifteenth of this month.
7. I can tell you (= that I can tell you) ; it is the
Andaluz (el Andaluz).
8. I am very glad of it, as I have been told it is tho
best of the whole line (= for as I have heard \he oidd] it is
the best [el mejor'\ of the line [la Itnea'] ).
9. You are right; she is (= is) an excellent (excelente')
steamer. I know her (= him) very well; for I went in her
myself (= for I myself \niismd\ have gone [he idd\ with him\ ).
10. Is she (= is) very large (grande) ?
11. She has accommodation (cabida) for 850 steerage
passengers (pasajeros en el solladd); 240 second class (en la
segunda cdtnard) and 100 first-class (travellers).
12. Consequently (segun esd) she is quite large (= she
will be [serA esta'] very large [espactosal ).
13. Just think (hdgase V. cargo) ! She has a beautiful
saloon, with 40 berths (catnarotes) on (£) each side (cada lado),
another (otro) saloon for (para) the ladies, and a library
which serves also as a smoking-room for the gentlemen
(= which serves [sirve"] also to the gentlemen of room for
[parod\ smoking [fumar'\ ).
14. 'Besides (adeniAs) there is (a) piano and a good
collection (eoleccioti) of music .(= of pieces [piesMsl of music
[musicd) ).
300 THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
15. What is the power of the engine ? (= What strength
\/ue7-zd\ has the engine \Ja mdquina] ?) —3,500 horse-power
(= that [Ar] of 3,500 horses).
16. I have made up my mind (= I am decided [estoy
decidido\ ) not to go {a no ir) by any other steamer (= with
other steamer).
17. Thanks {k agradezco d V.) for your information (sus
informes). I shall at once take passage in her (= I am going
at once to take passage \_potsaje'\ in /lim). What is the price
first cabin (= how much costs [it] in the first cabin) ?
18. $150.00.—I'll not detain you (^detcneile d V) any
longer now {mds ahora). Good bye {hasta otro ratito = ti\\
another little while).
Tite Indefinite fronouna.
The indefinite pronouns are in fact adjectives. When
used as pronouns they stand without nouns and are inflected
by de and d. They are :
1. Ajsno, ajena, another's, of others', otherpeof Ids. The
neuter, lo ajeno, signifies other people's property :
Debemos respetar lo ajeno, we must respect other people's
property.
no te metas en negocios ajenos, do not meddle with other peo¬
ple's affairs.
Ajeno de signifies foreign to, as :
Esto es ajeno de mi caricter, this is foreign to my character.
2. Alguien, some one, any one, somebody, anybody is a
substantive, and can be used of persons only, as:
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
301
Alguien ha estado aquf,
^guien pregunto por V.,
; lo ha visto Alguien ?
si pregunta por mi Alguien,
di'le que no estoy,
some one has been here,
some one inquired for you.
has any one seen it ?
if anybody asks for me, say I
am not in.
3. Alguno, alguna, as relating to persons means some¬
body, some one, anybody, any one ; some, any, a few ;
Alguno ha estado aquf,
algunos han venido, los otros
no,
alguno he de haberlo hecho,
alguno de V.V. me toed.
some one has been here,
some (a few) came, but not
the others,
somebody must have done it.
some one of you touched me.
Alguno, as relating to things, signifies some, any, a few;
Necesito algun dinero y algu- I need some money and some
nas letras di cambio, bills of exchange.
I tiene V. libros ? Tengo algu- have you any books ? I have
nos. some.
Observe that the final 0 in alguno is dropped before mas¬
culine nouns.
4. Algo or alguna cosa, something, anything;
Tengo algo {or algima cosa) I have something to tell you.
que decirle,
< tiene algo para mf ?
sf, algo tiene.
(le falta a V. algo ? Sf, me
falta algo.
< tiene V. alguna cosa buena?
has he anything for me ?
yes, he has something,
do you want anything? Yes,
I want something,
have you anything good ?
Algo is frequently employed as an adverb and signifies
somewhat, rather:
Estoy algo malucho, I am somewhat ailing,
esta carne es algo cara, this meat is rather dear.
302
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
Words.
La Casa.
The House.
el tejado
the roof.
la escalera,
the stair-case.
los escalones,
the stairs; the steps.
un alto, 1
un piso (^pee'-sd).
[ a story; a floor.
el corredor,
the corridor.
la puerta,
the door.
la cerradura,
the lock.
la Have {yd'-vi)
the key.
el cerrojo {^''air-rd'-ho).
the bolt.
la ventana,
the window.
los vidrios,
the window-panes.
una habitacion.
a dwelling.
un cuarto,
a room.
un cuarto amueblado,
a furnished room.
una sala, 1
un salon, ;
■ a hall; a large room.
un gabinete,
a cabinet; a small roonok
el comedor,
the dining-room.
un estrado,
a parlor.
un cuarto de dortnir, j
un dormitorio, '
• a bed-room.
la biblioteca.
the library; the study.
la cocina {ko-thee'-na),
the kitchen.
una cava, j
una bodega, j
j a cellar.
una puerta ventana.
a window-shUEtef*
un escusado,
a closet.
el jardin (^hdr-"'een'y,
the garden.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
303
lios Muebles.
The Furniture.
Un tapete, j
una alfombra, )
• A carpet.
una mesa,
a table.
una mesita de noche,
a bedroom table.
un bufete,
a writing-table.
uni papelera,
a writing-desk.
una silla {see'-yd),
a chair.
un sillon (seeyon'), \
una silla poltrona, j
1 an arm-chair.
un taburete,
a fancy chair (without arms).
un sofa,
a sofa.
un canapti.
a lounge; a couch.
un banco.
a bank ; a settee.
un espejo (aispai'-hd).
a mirror.
un armario.
a wardrobe.
una alacena.
a closet.
Unas cortinas.
curtains.
una cdmoda.
a bureau ; chest of drawers.
los cajones (kd 'h^-nais),
the drawers.
una cama.
a bed.
un colchon.
a mattress.
un colchon de muelle (moo-ai'-yi)
a spring-mattress.
una almohada, }
un almohadon, ]
• a pillow.
la funda de almohada,
the pillow-case.
las sabanas.
the sheets.
una manta, j
una colcha, j
j a bed-cover.
una frazada, j
una cubierta de lana, !
j a woollen blanket
304
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
los bancos de la cama,
una palangana,
un cantaro,
un cuadro,
el marco (de cuadro),
un reloj (de sobremesa),
los candelabros,
un candelero,
una buji'a (jwo-he'-a),
una lampara,
las pajuelas {pd-hoo-ai'-Ids),
un jarro (^hdr'-ro),
un cubo,
un cantaro,
la chimenea,
la lunibre,
la estufa,
el carbon,
la leiia {lain'-yd),
la llama (^yd'-md),
el humo,
la ceniza,
una badila,
un badll,
las tenazas,
una campanula {kdm-pd-nee'-yd).
the legs of the bedstead,
a basin,
a pitcher,
a picture.
the frame of a picture,
a clock.
the candlesticks,
a candlestick,
a candle,
a lamp,
matches,
a pitcher.
a pail.
the chimney,
the fire,
the stove,
the coal,
the wood,
the flame,
the smoke,
the ashes.
the shovel.
the tongs,
a bell.
Los Dias de la Semana.
Domingo,
liines,
mirtes.
The Days of the Week.
^ Sunday.
Monday.
Tuesday.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
30s
midrcoles (mee-air'-ko-lais), Wednesday,
ju^ves (^hoo-ai'-vais), Thursday,
vi^rnes (vee-air'-nais'), Friday,
sabado, Saturday.
Iios Meses.
The Months.
Enero,
January.
febrero,
February.
marzo,
March.
abril,
April.
mayo,
May.
junio {^hoof-nee d\
June.
julio (^hoo'-lee 0),
July-
agosto,
August.
septiembre, or setiembre,
September.
octubre,
October.
noviembre,
November.
diciembre,
December.
Estaciones 7 Fiestas del
afio.
La primavera,
el verano,
el otono,
el invierno,
la canlcula,
las mieses {mee-ai'-sais),
el dla de aho nuevo,
vidrnes santo,
' a
Pascua de resurreccion,
Seasons and Festivals of
the Year.
The spring,
the summer,
the autumn,
the winter.
A
the dog-days,
harvest-time.
New Year.
Good Friday.
Easter.
3o6
THE MElSTERSCHAfX SYSTEM.
Espfritu Santo,
Pentecdstes,
Pascua de natividad,
nochebuena,
dia de ayuno,
Whit-Sunday.
Christmas.
Christmas Eve.
Fast-day.
Division del Tiempo.
Division of Time.
Un dia ('W-a),
A day.
una Jornada (^hdr'-nd-"'a)
a day's work : a day's journey.
el amanecer,
break of day.
la salida de sol, ,
el romper el dia, '
1 sun-rise.
la manana,
the morning.
el mediodia.
the noon.
la tarde.
the afternoon.
el ponerse el sol, j
la puesta del sol, '
► sunset.
el alba,
the dawn (of day).
el anochecer,
the dawn (of evening).
la noche,
the night
medianoche,
midnight.
un dia de fiesta.
a festival.
una hora.
an hour.
media hora,
half an hour.
un cuarto de hora.
a quarter of an hour.
un minuto,
a minute.
un segundo.
a second.
un momento, J
un rato, )
a moment
una semana.
a week.
SUPPLEMENTARY EXERCISES
ADDED BV
The Travelers Insurance Company,
OF
HARTFORD. CONN.
i Qui hace cada uno prudente antes de ir de viaje de una
parte a otro?
Compra una pdliza de seguros de "Travelers Insurance
Co."
^Por qui?
Para ser pagado per pirdida de tiempo en caso de acci-
dente, y para salvar su familia si quita la vida.
^Cuil es el precio de esta piliza de seguros?
Solamente I5.00 cada aRo, II3.00 por tres meses, por cada
81,000 de seguro, y ademas de eso ^>5.00 por semana
miintras que sea herido.
jEs necesario una examinacion por un midico?
No.
jSon heridos d tnatados por accidente muchos hombres?
Cerca de la sexta parte de todos que se aseguran en " The
Travelers Co."
iSe le paga mucho dinero?
Mas de 13,000.00 cada dia.
^Hay mucho tiempo que lo ha hecho?
Por veintiuno anos la Compahia le ha pagado $14,000,000.
i Podria hacerlo en caso de grandes pirdidas ?
Tiene $2,000,000 de fbndos sobre todas sus obligaciones.
tEn ddnde se compran esas pdlizas?
En todas las ciudades de los Estados Unidos y del Ca¬
nada.
THE MASON ^ HAMLIN
PIANO.
Illustrates the same high standard of excellence
which has always characterized the
MASON &. HAMLIN ORGANS,
and won for them the Highest Awards at
-^11 Grx*e«,t "W orld's □E!x:li.l'fc>itions
since and including that of Paris, 1867.
Organ and Piano Catalogues sent free
to any address.
SOLD ON EASY TERMS, AND RENTED.
MASON & HAMLIN ORGAN & PIANO CO.
BOSTON, MASON & HAMLIN HALL, 154 & 155 Tremont Street.
NEW YORK, 158 Fifth Avenue. CHICAGO, 149 Wabash Avenue.
THE
♦ rV
istersctafl Strst^m.
A Short and Practical Method
ACQUIRINCx.COMPLETE FLUENCY OF SPEECH
Spanish Language,
By Dr. Richard S. Rosenthal,
Late Director of the " Akademib fur fremds Sprachen*' in Berlin and
Leipzig, of the Meistbrschaft College" in London, and Prin-
cipal of the " Mbistbrschaft School OP practical
Linguistry" in New York and Boston.
in kiktteen farts
PART XII.
BOSTON, MASS:
MEISTERSCHAFT PUBLISHING COMPANY,
196 Summer Street.
(Estes Press).
TERMS.
We have arranged with Dr. Kosenthal, the author of the "Meis
terschaft System," for its introduction in America under his own
supervision, and he has opened
THE
The Student does not need to leave his home. The lessons of
each language are prepared by the Professor, and printed and sent
in pamphlet shape, to each member of the School, wheiever lie
may reside.
The course of study for each language — German. French, Italian
or Spanish —makes fifteen pamphlets, of three lessons each.
All members of the school have
THE PRIVILEGE
of asking, by letter, questions concerning each lenson, or consult¬
ing on any difficulty which may have occurred to them. All exer¬
cises corrected, and all questions answered by return post, by
Dr. Rosenthal, or one of his assistants. |
TERMS OF MEMBERSHIP.
Five Dollars is the price for membership in the School, for
Vich language. This amount ($5,) entitles the member to receive
fie fifteen books or pamphlets containing the lessons, also answers
to his questions. Return postage for the answer must accompany i
the question.
State distinctly which language, or languages yon desire to study, j
There are no extra charges. The price. Five Dollars, pays foi;
one language; Ten Dollars for two languages, etc. All exer-
fis s and questions must be written on a separate sheet of paper,
»j-d must state full address of the pupil.
The remittances must be made in Post-Office Order or Registered
Letter, addressd to
Meisterschaft Publishing Company
Este.s Press 196 Summer Street.
BOSTON.
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
8I>A.^tish:.
PART XII.
COFYRIGHT, 1883, BY RICHARD S. RotENTHAL.
3o8
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
Continuation. — ( Part XI.)
72. I am as well as can be expected.
73. You know I have a pretty delicate constitution {itna con¬
st itucion bast ante delicada).
74. You are looking {^parece F.) extremely {J>erfectamente')
well.
75. He is looking (//luce^ or e'lestd) very pale (Jxilidd).
•j(s. It seems to me {meparas') that you do not look as well
as usual {de costumbre).
77. What is the matter with you.'
78. What ails you ?
79. What has been the matter with him ?
80. Is anything the matter with him ?
81. He has taken {cogido) cold {un resfriado).
82. Last evening, on coming out® of the theatre, I took an
awful {fuerte) cold.
1 Lucir, to shine, (compare 157,) is conjugated :
Pres. Init. luzco (hit luces, luce, lucimos. luci's, lucen.
Pres. Siibj. luzca, luzcas, luzca, luzcamos, luzcais, luzcan.
Imperat. luce, luzca V., luzcamos, lucid, luzcan.
® Salir, to go out, is irregularly inflected:
Indicative Mode. Presente. Subjunctive Mode.
salgo,
I go out.
saiga,
I may go out.
sales,
thou goest out.
saigas,
thou mayst go out.
sale,
he goes out.
saiga.
he may go out.
salimos.
we go out.
salgamos.
we may go out.
sail's.
ye go out.
salgais,
ye may go out.
salen,
they go out.
salgan.
they may go out.
Imperfecto.
salia,
I went out.
saliera,
I might go out.
salias,
thou wentest out.
salieras,
thou mightSt go out
salfa.
he went out.
saliera,
he might go out.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
309
Continuation.— (Part XI.)
72. Estoy tan bien como puedo esperarlo.
73. V. sabe, tengo una constitucion bastante delicada.
74. Parece V. perfectamente biien.
( El luce ^ muy palido.
^ El estd muy palido.
76. Me parece que V. no luce tan bien como de costumbre.
77* i lo que tiene V. ?
78. I Qufe le duele a V. ?
!l Qud tuvo 61 ?
I Que le pasd ?
I Que le sucedid ?
(; Tiene el algo ?
80. r " ^
(i Le pasa algo ?
81. Ha cogido un resfriado.
82. Anoche, al salir* del teatro, tom6 un fuerte resfriado.
sallamos.
we went out.
salieramos,
we might go out.
salmis.
j/e went out.
salierais,
ye might go out.
saltan,
they went out.
salieran.
they might go out.
Dejinido.
salt', *
I went out.
saliese,
I might go out.
saliste,
thou wentest out.
salieses,
thou mightst go out
sali6,
he went out.
saliese.
he might go out.
salimos,
we went out.
saliesemos.
we might go out.
salisteis,
ye went out.
salieseis,
ye might go out.
salieron,
they went out.
saliese n.
they might go out.
Futuro.
saldr^,
I shall go out.
saliere,
I should go out.
saldrds,
thou wilt go out.
salieres,
thou wouldst go out.
saldri,
he will go out
saliere,
he would go out.
8aIdr6mos,
we shall go out.
salieremos.
we should go out.
saldr£is,
ye will go out.
saliereis,
ye would go out.
taldrdn.
they will go out.
salieren,
they would go out.
3IO THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
83. I am very sorry to hear it; nothing serious I hope.
84. I hope not.
85. Has he a physician ?
86. The physician attends (atiende' or visitd) my little boy
every day.
87. Which physician attends you }
88. The physician attends me every day, but he hopes it will
have no serious consequences (s/n'as consecuencias).
89. So much the better. (So much the worse.)
90. I am a little indisposed.
91. I feel rather {bastanie) unwell.
92. My sister was dangerously ill, but she is nearly {cast)
recovered now.
93. Have you quite (bastante) recovered from your illness?
94. Thank you, I have quite recovered.
95. I feel stronger than ever.
96. Is your family well ?
97. Every one is quite well, thank you {dla disposicion de P".)
98. I have not had the pleasure to see your wife for a long
time.
99. She is ill.
100. Is she laid up? — No, but she cannot leave (dejar) the
room.
101. Give my regards to her.
102. My regards at home 1
103. Please give my kindest regards^ to your wife.
104. Present my respects to your mother.
Condicional.
saldria, I should go out. saldriatnos, we should go out.
saldrias, thouwouldstgoout. saldriais, would go out.
saldria, he would go out. saldrian, they would go out.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
83. Lo siento mucho i creo que no sera nada s^rio ?
84. Espero que no.
85. i Tiene 61 m6dico ?
86. El m6dico atiende ^ visita) & mi nino todos los dias.
87. i Qu6 medico lo atiende dV.?
88. El m6dico me visita todos los dias; pero 61 cree que no
tendrd sdrlas consecuencias.
89. Mucho mejor. (Mucho peor.)
90. Estoy un poco indispuesto.
91. Me siento bastante mal.
92. Mi hermana estuvo peligrosamente enferma, pero ella
esta casi restablecida ahora.
93. i Esta V. bastante restablecido de su enfermedad ?
94. Gracias, estoy bastante restablecido.
95. Me siento mas fuerte que nunca.
96. ( Estin todos buenos en su casa de V. ?
97. Todos estdn buenos d la disposicion de Vd.
98. Ha tiempo ya que no tengo el gusto de ver a su senora
de V.
99. Estd mala.
100. iHa tenido que hacer cama ? — No; pero no puede
dejar el cuarto.
101. Di'gale V. mil cosas de mi parte.
102. Muchos recados en su casa de V.
103. Pdngame V. d los pies" de su senora de V.
104. Presente V. mis respetos d su madre.
Imperativo.
sal (tul, go out. salgatnos, let us go out
saiga (el), let him go out. salid, go out.
saiga v., go out. salgan (ellos), let them go out
1 Atender is conjugated like entender. See page 238.
' This term of politeness is employed to ladies only.
312
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
105. Give my kind regards to your sister.
106. Remember me to all at home.
107. My regards to Mr. Gomez.
108. Thank you. {Literally^ Thanks, he will appreciate
them greatly).
109. Remember me {recu/rdeme'^) kindly to your wife,
no. Thank you, I '11 be sure ^ fo tell her.
111. I hope you will dine with us to-day?
112. I hope you will not refuse (rehusara) me the pleasure
of your company at dinner to-morrow.
113. I thank you very much (= I give you the thanks) for
the honor you do me.
114. I hope you will do us the pleasure of coming with your
wife.
1x5. Thanks, you are very kind.
1x6. Many thanks for the honor you do me, but I have a
previous engagement; I cannot possibly accept your
invitation (= but I am engaged \comprometidd\ in
another place; it is impossible to me to have this
satisfaction).
X17. I think I really must go. I have disturbed you so long
(= 1 have abused (abusadd) your kindness £de su
bondad'\ long enough), madam ; allow me to retire
\retirarme~\ ).
X18, I must go.
119. You are in great haste.
' Recordar is conjugated like acordar, to a^iee.
Acordar (acordando, acordado), to as^ee,
P «•(. hut. acuerio, acuerdas, acuerda, acordamos, acordais, acuerdan.
Prcs.Su/y. acucrde, acuerdes, acuerde, acordemos, acordels, acuerden.
ImperaL acuerda, acuerde V., acordemos, acordad, acuerdeo.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE,
313
105. Muchas niem6rias de mi parte k su hermana.
106. Memdrias k todos de casa.
107. Muchas expresiones a Don Gomez.
( Gracias, las apreciara mucho.
108. <
( Gracias, las estimari mucho.
109. Recuerdeme' bondadosamente a su esposa.
no. Gracias, quedara V.^ servido.
111. Espero que V. comera con nosotros hoy.
112. Espero que V. no me rehusari el placer de su compaf.i'a
en la comida de mahana.
113. Le doy k V. las gracias por el honor que me hace.
114. Espero que nos hard V. el favor de venir con la senora.
115. Muchi'simas gracias; es V. sumamente amable.
116. Le doy a V. las gracias por el honor que me hace, pero
estoy comprometido en otra parte ; me es imposible
tener esa satisfaccion.
117. Ya he abusado bastante de su bondad de V., senora
mia; ddme V. su permiso para retirarme.
rTengo priesa.
n8. ^ Es preciso que me vaya.
V. Me es menester dejarle.
^ ( Estd V. muy de priesa.
^ (i Qud prisa lleva V.!
All other forms are regular :
acordaba, acorde, acordara, acordase. acordare, acordare, acordana.
' Quedar means literally to stop, 'to remam.
314 the meisterschaft system.
120. Why are you in such haste ?
121. I am much obliged for your visit; don't be such a
stranger.
122. Good bye.
123. Good bye for the present. (Till we meet again.)
124. Your servant, sir (madam). [It is, of course, impossible to
translate any of these over-polite Spanish phrases into common-
sense English.]
125. Good morning. (Good evening; Good night)
126. Good night (to you).
FOUNDATION SENTENCE.
That young clerk seemed to be much
annoyed when I told him to send me
these goods at once. Like a true Spaniard,
he prefers to put off everything imtil to¬
morrow.
This young
clerk, dependent, subordinate
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
315
120. < Cdmo esta V. tan de priesa ?
121. Doy 4 V. las gracias por su visita, pero no sea V. tan
rare de ver.
122. Adios, caballero.
iHasta otro vez.
Hasta cada rate.
Hasta la primera vista.
( Servidor de V., senor.
124. <
, ( Servidor de V., senora.
1 Tenga V. buenos dias.
125. '.Tenga V. buenas tardes.
( Tenga V. buenas noches.
126. Tengalas V. inuy felices.
FOUNDATION SENTENCE.
Este joven dependiente parecid haberse
ais'-te 'ho'vain "'ai-pain-"'ee ain'-te pa-rai-lhee 6' a-bair'-se
incomodado mucho cuando le dije que me
een-k5-m6-''''a'-"'6 moo'<h6 kwan'-"'o le dee'-'he ke me
enviase inmediatamente los efectos. Parecia
ain-vee-a'-sS een-mai-*'>ee a-ta-main'-te 15s ai-faik'-tos. pa-rai-thee'-a
un verdadero espanol que prefiere dejarlo
con vair-'''a-"'ai'-r6 ais-pan-yoi' ke prai-£ee-ai'-rS dai-'har'-lo
todo para manana.
t5'-"'o pa'-ra man-ya'-na.
Este jdven (ais'-te 'ho'-vairi)
dependiente (^''ai-pain-"'ee aint-ti)
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
seemed, appeared
to be much annoyed
when I told him,
that he should send me
immediately, at once
the goods.
He seemed
a true Spaniard,
who prefers ^
to postpone all
for, till
to-morrow.
1. He seems* (to be) a perfect gentleman (unperfecto caba^
Hero).
2. He does not seem to be willing (dispuestd) to send me
these goods at once.
3. He seemed (to be) much annoyed {incbmodo) at your
request {su demandd).
4. These goods do not seem (to be) well packed {empaque-
tados).
5. What annoys you so ?
6. My clerk was greatly (muchd) annoyed with (con) him
(with her).
7. It is very annoying to me (= It annoys me much) that
you cannot {fubjunctive) send me these patterns (estas
miicstras) at once.
1 Preferir is conjugated like herir. See page 214, note i.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
317
pareci(5 (^pd-rai-thee-d') [ cho)
haberse incomodado mucho {a-bair'-si een-ko-md-'^d-'^d moo''
cuando le dije {kwdn'-"'o li dee'-'hi)
que me enviase {ke me ain-vee-d'-sS)
inmediatamente {een-mai-"'ee-d-td-main'-U)
lo3 efectos (Ids ai-faik'-tos).
Pareci'a (pd-rai-thee'-a)
un verdadero espanol (oon vair-"'d'"'ai'-rd ais-pdti'yol')
que prefiere' (kd prai-fee-ai'-rt)
dejarlo todo (dai-hdr'-lo td'-"'d')
para (pd'rd)
manana (mdn-yd'-nd).
1. El parece ® un perfecto caballero.
2. El no parece estar dispuesto i enviarme los efectos inme¬
diatamente.
3. El parecid muy incdmodo k su demanda.
4. Estos efectos no parecen bien empaquetados.
5- i Por qud se incomoda V. ?
6. Mi dependiente se incomodd mucho con dl (con ella).
7. Me incomoda mucho que V. no pueda enviarme estas
muestras inmediatamente.
® The various idiomatic meanings of parecer which are given in the
following sentences, must be carefully studied.
3I8 THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
8. This delay {esta dilaciori) is very annoying {incbmoda).
9. He was greatly annoyed when I told him that you could
not make any (ninguna) reduction {rebajd).
10. Do not be annoyed at {por) such a trifle (=such small
thing \tanpoca cosa"] ).
11. I don't think (no me pureed) I shall call on him (= that I
shall go to see him) this morning, as he is very angry
(enfadadd).
12. What do you think of this actress (esta aetriz) ?
13. She is very graceful (= She has much grace \mucha
gracia\ ) and has a most beautiful voice (^una voz).
14. Do you know at what time the first train leaves?
15. The first train leaves at half-past seven (= The first
departure \la salida'\ is at half-past seven).
16. That seems to me very late ; I think you are mistaken.
17. What do you think I have to pay to the cabman for
driving me to the harbor (al puertd) ?
18. What do you think of the house which my friend bought?
19. Don't you think this English lady is very pretty (Undo) ?
20. Do you know if this lady is an American ?
21. I don't know, but I rather think she is French (= but
she seems to be more likely \mas bien'\ French).
22. This picture (este retrato) does not look like you.
23. Don't you think this photograph (esta fotografia) is very
much like her (separece mucho d elld) ?
24. He looks like an Englishman. (He looks like a French¬
man, Mexican, German, Portuguese).
25. He looks like an American gentleman, and, what is
more, he is one (= and, more than that, he is it
\lo es] ).
26. That is like him ! (That is like her I)
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
319
8. Esta dilacion es muy incdnioda.
9. El se incomodo (^or, EI se enfadd) mucho cuando le dije
que V. no podia hacer ninguna rebaja.
10. No se incomode V. por tan poca cosa.
11. No me parece que ird a verle hoy por la manana, porque
esta muy enfadado.
12. i Qud le parece a V. esta actriz ?
13. Tiene mucha gracia y una voz belllsima.
14. i Sabe V. a qud hora sale el primer tren ?
15. La primera salida es k las siete y media.
16. Eso me parece muy tarde ; pienso que esti V. equivocado.
17. i Qud le parece a V. que debo dar al cochero por llevarme
al puerto ?
18. i Qud le parece k V. de la casa que comprd mi amigo ?
19. i No le parece a V. muy linda esa dama inglesa ?
20. I Sabe V. si esa senora es americana ?
21. No lo sd, pero me parece ser mas bien francesca.
22. Este retrato no se parece a V.
23. ^ No cree V. que esta fotografi'a se parece mucho k ella ?
24. Parece un inglds (Parece un francds [mejicano, espanol,
aleman, portuguds] ).
25. Parece un caballero americano, y mis que eso, lo es.
26. I Se parece i dl I (i Se parece k ella 1)
320
THE MEISTEKSCHAFT SYSTEM.
GRAMMATICAL REMARKS.
Indefinite Pronouns.
Continuation.
5. Ambos, ambaa, both, is used either as a substantive
or as an adjective. It refers to persons or things, and can
be replaced by los dos, las dos :
Ambos murieron ante ayer, both died day before yesterday,
es menester oir ambas partes, one must hear both parties.
Entrdmbos, entrdmbas are used in the same sense :
Los vf a entrdmbos, I saw both (of them),
entrdmbas estan contentas, both are satisfied.
6. Cada, each, eatery, is only employed in the singular and
is an invariable adjective:
Cada pais tiene sus costum- every country has its habits.
bres, [ume.
df un duro por cada tomo, I gave a dollar for each vol-
cada hombre ; cada mujer, every man ; every woman.
a. Cada may be used before plural nouns when accom¬
panied by numerals:
Cada dos dias, every two days,
cada tres aiios, every three years.
b* Cada is often accompanied by una or cual, forming
cada uno (cada una), cada cual :
Cada uno tiene sus queha- every one has his occupations,
ceres,
cada uno me costd una libra, each one cost me a pound,
cada una de estas senoritas each of these young ladies is
es muy rica y muy amable, very rich and very amiable,
cada cual sabe lo que le duele, every one knows (for himself)
what ails him.
did a cada cual lo suyo> he gave every one his due.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.-
52 1
c. Every may also be expressed by todoa los (fem. todas
las) agreeing with a plural noun, referring to a period of
time, as :
Todos los aflos,
todos los dias,
todas las semanas,
todas las veces,
every year,
every day.
every week,
every time.
7. Cierto, cierta, a certain, ciertos, ciertas, certain, is
used with nouns without article, as ;
Cierto hombre, a certain man.
cierta senora, a certain lady.
cierta noche, a certain night.
bajo ciertas condiciones, under certain conditions.
ciertos hombres melo ban dicho, certain men told me so.
a. Cierto, if standing after a noun, means sure, authentic,
certain:
Noticias ciertas, authentic news.
la noticia es cierta, the intelligence is certain (true).
8. Cosa is used meaning something, anything; and, with
a negative, nothing:
Es cosa muy de ver, it is something well worth seeing,
i hay cosa {or, algo de) mas is there anything more annoying
fastidiosa ? (tedious) ?
no vale cosa {or nada), it is not worth anything,
no quiero otra cosa, I do not want anything else,
esta es otra cosa, that is something quite different.
9. Fulano, fulana, means so and so, such a one. It is also
used of persons whose names we do not know, remember, or
care to give. If used alone, it commonly takes the form of
fulano de tal; of two persons, fulano y mengano; of three,
fulano, mengano y zutano = "Tom, Dick, and Harry," as :
322
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
I Qui^n es el senor fulano ? who is Mr. so and so ?
i qui^n lo dijo ? iQu6s6yo? who said so? How do I know?
Fulano de tal. So and so.
V. dijo que fulano y zutano you said that so and so knew it
ya lo sabian, already.
9. Mismo, standing before a noun, means the same. It
is accompanied either by the definite or indefinite article, 01
by a demonstrative or possessive pronoun:
El mismo dia,
la misma noche,
este mismo caso,
mis mismos enemigos,
hoy mismo,
aquf mismo.
But:
Yo mismo,
V. mismo,
V.V. mismos.
the same day.
the same night.
the same (the very) circumstance,
my very enemies,
this very day.
in this very place.
I myself,
you yourself,
you yourselves.
10. Nada, nothing, not anythmg, stands either before the
verb without a negative, or after the verb with no :
Nada tengo or no tengo nada, nothing is the matter with me.
nada vale or no vale nada, it is worth nothing or it is not
worth anything,
no trajo nada consign, he brought nothing with him.
no traen nada de nuevo, they do not bring anything new.
a. Instead of nada, the forms ninguna cosa or cosa
alguna are frequently used. Only ninguna cosa can be used
with an adjective, while cosa alguna must always be employed
in connection with a negative verb :
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
323
Ninguna cosa tengo,
no tengo ninguna cosa, ^ I have not anything,
no tengo cosa alguna,
uo tengo ninguna cosa buena, )
no tengo nada bueno, > I have nothing good,
no tengo cosa alguna buena, ;
11. Nadie, no one, nobody, is the negative of dlguien.
It is an invariable substantive, referring to persons only. It
requires the negative no when standing after the verb:
Nadie ha venido todavfa, )
no ha venido nadie todavfa, \ "°body has come as yet.
d nadie veo, )
no veo d nadie, \ ^
nadie lo sabe, no one knows it.
nadie volvi6, nobody returned.
a. Nadie, after a verb and without no, may be used in
the meaning of anybody:
Salid sin que nadie le viese, he went out without anybody's
seeing him.
guarde V. de descubrir su se- beware of disclosing your se-
creto k nadie, cret to any one.
12. Ninguno, ninguna, nobody, no one, none, no, is used of
persons and things and may be employed as a substantive
or an adjective. Unlike nadie, it may be followed by de. It
requires an additional negative when standing after the verb
The final 0 is dropped before masculine nouns :
Ningun hombre est4 mas di- no man is happier,
choso,
Ninguna mujer es mas hermosa, no woman is handsomer,
lo he dicho k ninguno, I have told it to no one.
324
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
ninguno de los que V. conoce, none of those whom you know
esta aquf, is here,
esta medicina esta para V. me- this medicine is better for you
jor que ninguna otra, than any other,
lo he hecho muchas veces, I have done it many times, but
pero sin ningun efecto, without any effect.
13. The unemphatic no, not any, is simply expressed by
a verb made negative by no, and followed by a noun without
an article:
No tengo tiempo, I have no time,
no tengo dinero conmigo, I have no money with me.
^ no tiene V. un libro divertido ? have n't you any amusing book.'
en eso no hay riesgo, there is no risk in this,
no he visto mujer mas her- I have n't seen a more beauti-
mosa, ful woman.
14. Otro, otra, another, other . others) is used of per¬
sons and things, and may be employed as a subst.antive or as
an adjective. It does not admit the indefinite article as in
English, but requires the definite article whenever a distinct
person or thing is to be specified :
Dtime V. otro libro, give me another book,
esto no es bueno, d^me V. otro, this is not good, give me
another one.
otros ban hecho lo mismo, others have done the same,
otros tiempos, otras costumbres, other times, other habits.
a. Ota-o signifies frequently a second, more, additional:
Es otro Don Juan, he is a second Don Juan,
prestame otros seis pesos, lend me six dollars more.
b. Observe tbe following expressions.:
THE SPA.NISH LANGUAGE.
325
EI otro dia, the other day.
al otro dia, the next day.
otro dia, another day.
una vez y otra, every other time.
una y otra vez, repeatedly.
yo haria otro tanto, I should do the same thing.
he ganado otro teinto, I have made (gained) as much.
c. Ni uno, ni otro, neither one;
Ni uno ni otro me gusta, neither pleases me.
ni las Unas ni las otras saben neither of them know what
lo que hacen. they are doing.
15. Propio, propia, self, own, is used like mismo:
Tu propio amigo, thy own friend.
este dinero es suyo propio, this money is his own.
16. Quienquiera, whoever, any one whatever, relates only
to persons, and in an absolute sense :
Puede habiar con quienquiera you may speak with whomso-
que a V. guste, ever you please,
quienquiera que sea, whoever it be.
61 dice la verdad a quienqui- he speaks the truth to any one
era, whatever.
17. Cualquiera, plur., cualesquiera, any (whatever^, any
{youplease), is used both as an adjective or as a substantive,
relating to persons or things :
Cualesquiera que se atreviesen any persons venturing to say
de decirio, son malos, so, are wicked,
cualquiera lo creerfa, any one would believe it.
si no esta V.contento con este if ymu. are not satisfied with
ejemplo, husque V. a cual- this instance, search for any
quierotro, other one.
326 THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
a. Cualquiera followed by que, requires the verb in the
subjunctive :
Cu^dquier cosa que V. diga, whatever you may say.
cualquiera que V. guste, whichever you please.
d. Whatever may also be expressed by sea el que, la que,
plur. sean los que, las que, with a noun and the verb in the
subjunctive :
Sea el que quiera el motivo whatever reason may be as-
que se presente, signed.
c. Whatever, as a neuter substantive, is rendered by
todo lo que or por mds que with the subjunctive:
Per mds que diga, no lo creo, whatever he may say, I do not
believe it.
todo lo que V. me mandar^, whatever you may order (me)
eso hard, I shall do.
18. Tal, plur. tales, such, such a, is used both as a sub¬
stantive and an adjective of persons and things :
Tal hombre, such a man.
tal mujer, such a woman,
tell amo, tal criado, like master, like servant
no hay tal en este pais, there is no such thing in this
country.
no creo tal, I do not believe such a thing,
cual es la madre, tal es la hija, as the mother is, so is the
daughter.
la cosa es ted cual, the matter is so so.
a. Un tal, una tal means a certain (indefinite) person :
Un tal me lo ha dicho, a certain person told me so.
una tal me lo ha recontado, a certain female related it to me.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
327
b. Pon tal or A tal means on condition;
Lo hard con tal que V, no lo I will do it on condition that
diga a mi hermano, yo do not tell my brother.
19. Todo, toda, all, whole, every, anything is used either
as an adjective, a substantive, or an indefinite pronoun: as
an adjective it is followed by the definite article, but in the
sense of every or all in the plural it is accompanied by the
noun directly:
Todo el dia, the whole day ; all day. 1
toda la noche, the whole night; all night,
todos los hombres, all men.
todo remedio es ya vano, every remedy is now vain.
In the singular it means all, everything;
todo tiene su fin, everything has its end.
todo se cor.cluyd, all is over,
ese hombre es capaz de todo, that man is capable of any¬
thing.
20. Uno, una is an adjective, a substantive, and a pro¬
noun, signifying in the singular, a, one, each other; and in the
plural, some, each other, one another ;
Si V. quiere una pluma, puedo if you want a pen, I can give
darle a V. una, you one.
tengo ya una muy buena, I have a very good one.
unos dicen que sf, unos dicen some say yes, others say no.
que no,
a. TJno A otro ; uno d otro ; uno y otro, each other ;
Se aman uno A otro, they love each other,
esas senoras se odian una A those ladies hate one another,
otra,
que venga uno d otro, one or the other shall come.
J28
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
b. Uno, one ; se, they, you
vague sense of some one, any oi
in the third person plural:
Qu6 pudo uno hacer en tal
caso ?
uno se fastidia con su ba-
chillerfa,
qud diga la gente lo que quiera,
llama gente,
no se sabe qu6 hacer,
i qu6 S3 dice de nuevo ?
se duda que la cosa sea ver-
dad,
se ad m Iran sus talentos,
se nos pregunto si nos 6ramos
ingl^ses,
; people, are used in the
te; or the verb may be placed
what could one do in such a
case ?
one gets angry at his babble.
[please.
people may say what they
somebody knocks. [do.
one does not know what to
what is the news ?
it is doubted that the affair is
true.
his talents are admired,
we were asked if we were
English.
Exercise.
1. Cuanto mas uno tiene, tanto mas quiere tener.
2. I Quiere V. decirme lo que puede uno hacer en un
caso tal ?
3. Alguna de estas ninas me llevara esta carta al correo,
i no es verdad ?
4. Parece que alguien ha llamado a la puerta : vea V.
(see) qui^n es.
5. i Ha venido alguien a preguntar por mf ? — No, senor,
nadie ha venido.
6. (Nadie dice V.! Pues dlguien estaba aquf, y ha
dejado (l^t) una carta para mf.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
329
7. Oy^ndole A V. hablar, cualquiera lo creerfa.
8. i Lo Iia oido alguien, cuando Don Jos6 habld as(?
9. i Cartero (^postman) ! i tiene V. algo para mf ? Sf,
senor, tengo varias cartas, unos periddicos y un paquete,
cuyo peso {weight) hace creer, que esta todo lleno {full) de
oro {gold).
10. Su valor no sera cosa, pues contendra {it will
contain) algunos minerales, que me nianda el seiior Diaz de
las minas {mines) de Lcadville.
11. i Qud le parece a V. nuestra casa nueva ?—No habi-
endo visto {seen) mas que el exterior, no puedo decir nada.
12. 4 Tiene V. facilidad para aprender de memoria.' —
Para eso no tengo ninguna, pero para llevar la convefsacion
tengo muy bastante.
^ 13. i Ha oido V. A Sarasate, el violinista espanol ?—Sf,
senor, es cosa nunca vista y digna de verse.
14. I Hay algo de nuevo en los periddicos ?— Si, senor,
hay algo, nero no es nada para con lo que se esperaba.
15. iLe gusta & V. alguna de aquellas senoritas? — A
decir verdad, no me gusta ninguna de todas ellas.
330
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
Division del Tiempo.
Un mes,
un ano,
un siglo,
el ano pasado,
el ano que viene,
una quincena,
hoy,
ayer,
anteayer,
mahana,
despues de manana,
pasado manana,
el principio,
el medio,
el fin,
Division of Time,
a month,
a year,
a century,
last year,
next year,
a fortnight,
to-day.
yesterday.
day before yesterday
to-morrow.
day after to-morrow.
the beginning,
the middle,
the end.
De la Ciudad, &c.
Una ciudad,
una capital,
un puerto (de mar),
un lugar,
una aldea
un pueblo,
una calle,
u n a callej uel a {kd-yai-'hoo-ai'-
un camino,
una casa,
la plaza,
el mercado,
la pescaderia,
una tienda.
Town, &c.
A town ; a city,
a capital,
a harbor.
_ ^ a village.
a town ; a village,
a street.
Id) a lane,
a road,
a house,
the square,
the market,
the fish-market,
a store.
SUPPLEMENTARY EXERCISES
ADDED BY
The Travelers Insurance Company,
OF
HARTFORD. rQNN.
i Qu6 hace cada uno prudente antes de ir de viaje de una
parte 4 otro?
Compra una pdliza de seguros de " Travelers Insurance
Co."
iPor qu^?
Para ser pagado per p^rdida de tiempo en caso de acci-
dente, y para salvar su familia si quita la vida.
^Cudl es el precio de esta p61iza de seguros?
Solamente I5.00 cada ano, $3.00 por tres meses, por cada
SI,000 de seguro, y ademas de eso $5.00 por semana
midntras que sea herido.
^Es necesario una examinacion por un m6dico?
No.
^Son herldos 6 matados por accidente muchos hombres?
Cerca de la sexta parte de todos que se aseguran en " The
Travekrs Co."
iSe le paga mucho dinero?
Mas de $3,000.00 cada dia.
iHay mucho tiempo que lo ha hecho?
Por veintiuno anos la Companla le ha pagado $14,000,000.
i Podria hacerlo en caso de grandes p^rdidas ?
Tiene $2,000,000 de fondos sobre todas sus obligaciones.
iEn ddnde se compran esas pdlizas?
En todas las ciudades de los Estados Unidos y del Ca¬
nada.
THE MASON ^ UAMLIN
PIANO.
Illustrates the same high standard of excellence
which has always characterized the
MASON & HAMLIN ORGANS,
and won for them the Highest Awards at
.^11 Carx-oa^t "V^T" oricai's lESixlxlloitloxxs
since and including that of Paris, 1867,
Organ and Piano Catalogues sent free
to any address.
SOLD ON EASY TERMS, AND RENTED.
MASON & HAMLIN ORGAN & PIANO CO.
BOSTON, MASON & HAMLIN HALL, 154 & 155 Tremont Street.
NEW YORK, 158 FIftli Avenue. CHICAGO, 149 Wabash Avenue.
THE
A Short and Practical Method
ACQUIRING COMPLETE FLUENCY OF SPEECH
Spanish Language.
By Dr. Richard S. Rosenthal,
Late Director of the "Akadbmib fur frbmde Sprachen" in Berlin and
Leipzig, of the "Meisterschaft College" in London, and Prin¬
cipal of the " Meisterschaft School of Practical
Linguistry" in New York and Boston.
in kik^een pa.rxs
PART XIII.
BOSTON, MASS:
MEISTERSCHAFT PUBLISHING COMPANY,
196 Summer Street.
(Estes PressL
terms;
W« have arranged witii Dr. Rosbnthai., the author of the "Meia
terschaft System," for its introduction in America under his own
supervision, and he has opmied
THE
lUi Uol
FOR NON-RESIDENTS.
The Student does not need to leave his home. The lessons of
^h language are prepared by the Professor, and printed and sent
in pamphlet shape, to each member of the School, vrheiever he
may reside.
The coarse of study for each langnage—German. French, Italian
or Spanish—makes fifteen pamphlets, of three lessons each.
All members of the school have
THE PRIVILEGE
of asking, by letter, questions concerning each lesson, or consult*
ing on any difficulty which may have occurred to them. All exer¬
cises corrected, and all questions answered by return post, by
Di-. Rosbnthai., or one of his asaistanta.
TERMS OF MEMBERSHIP.
Five Dollars is the price for membership in the School, for
tach language. This amount ($5,) entitles the member to receive
fie fifteen books or pamphlets containing the lessons, also answen
to his questions. Return postage for the answer must accompany
the question.
State distinctly which language, or languages yon desire to study.
There are no extra charges, llie price. Five Dollars, pays foi
one langus^e; Ten Dollars foi two- languages, etc. All ezm>
sis s and questions must be written on a separate sheet of paper,
•i.d must state full address of the pupil.
The remittances must be made in Post-Office Order or Registered
Letter, addressd to
Meisterschaft Publishing Company,
Este.s Press 196 Summer Street.
BOSTON.
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
sp^^srisH.
PART XIIL
CorvRiGHT, 1883, bv Richard S. Sosenthau
332
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
Continuation. — (Part XII.)
27. That is just (justamente) like his impertinence (su im-
pertinencid).
28. How ill (How well) your mother looked last night 1
29. How ill (How well) Senor Alfonso looked when he
arrived {llegd) from Philadelphia !
30. Do you think I ought (^yo debd) to go to the Consulate ?
— It seems to me you ought not to.
2.
1. Like a true Mexican, he prefers to put off everything to
{para) the last moment {el ultimo momenta).
2. Please be careful {tener cuidado) and attend {atender) to
this at once. Do not put it off (= do not put \j>ongd\
on [a] one side \un lado'\ ) till to-morrow.
3. I cannot attend to this to-day. I must put it off till the
day after to-morrow {pasado manana).
4. He put me off with empty {tribiales) excuses {excusas).
5. That is just like him (= So [ast\ is he). He always
{siempre) tries {trata) to {de) put people {las gentes)
off with vain excuses {excusas vanas).
6. If any one inquires for me, tell (them) I am not at
home. Don't let any one come upstairs {subir, to
come upstairs).
7. I have called (= I come) to take leave {despedirme) of
you, madam.
8. What! You are leaving us already {yd) ?
9. Yes, madam, I leave {me marcho) by to-morrow night's
steamer.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
333
Continuation. — (Part XII.)
27. Esa es justamente {^hoos-td-main'-te) su impertineucia.
28. i Qu^ mal (Qu6 bien) parecia su madre de V. anoclie !
29. i Qu6 mal (Qu6 bien) parecia el senor Alfonso, cuando
llegd de Filadelfia!
30. (Le parece a V. que yo deba ir al Consulado ? — Me
parece que V. no debe ir.
2.
1. Parece un verdadero mejicano que prefiere dejarlo todo
para el dltimo momento.
2. Tenga la bondad de tener cuidado y atender d esto
inmediatamente. No lo ponga a un lado hasta
manana.
•3. No puedo atender a esto hoy. Tengo que dejarlo hasta
pasado mahana.
4. El me dej<5 i un lado con excusas tribiiles.
5. Asi' es 61. Siempre trata de poner k un lado a las gentes
(^hain'-tais) con excusas vanas.
6. Si preguntan por ml, diga V. que no estoy k casa. No
deje V. subir k nadie.
7. Senora, vengo k despedirme de Ud.
8. j C6mo ! I Nos deja V. ya ?
9. Si, senora, me marcho manana por la noche por el
vapor.
334 the MEISTERSCHAFr SYSTEM.
10. Are you going direct (directamente) to Mexico ?
11. No, madam ; I shall stop {me detendre^) two or three days
in New York. Afterwards {despues) I intend {hago
dnimd) to embark for Vera Cruz.
12. You are not going to leave us for good (= for ever
\para siempre'\ ) ?
13. That will depend {dependerd) on buisness {de los asunios).
If it depended on myself {de mi) only, I should be
back {estaria de vuelta) within {dentro de) eight days.
14. You did not stop {permanecido^) long with {pitre) us.
15. It is not through any fault of mine (= it is not a fault of
mine [culpa mia] ). My intention would be to stop
{permanecer) here forever {eternamente), but some
pressing {apremiantes) business engagements {negocios)
force me to depart from {ausentarme* de) a place
(= some places) where I leave so many friends.
16. At what time do you want to rise {levantarse) to-morrow,
sir ?
17. When shall I call you (= When do you want that I may
call you ) ?
18. At five o'clock precisely {en punto). I am obliged to
leave {marcharme) very early.
19. I shall not fail to* come and call you {dispertarle^).
You may depend upon me.
20. What do you charge {lleva V.) for these goods ?
1 Detener is conjugated like tener, to have.
^ Permanecer is conjugated like carecer.
' Literally: To absent myself from places.
* Dejar de means A? cmx/, to fail, to stop, as: Dejemos de hablar
mas del asunto, let us stop talking about the affair.
^ Dispertar is conjugated like acertar.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
335
10. i Va Ud. directamente i M6jico ?
11. No, senora; me detendr^^ dos <5 tres dias en New
York. Despues hago inimo de embarcarme para
Vera Cruz.
12. <No nos deja V. para siempre?
13. Eso dependerA de los asuntos. Si solo dependiese de
mf, estaria de vuelta dentro de ocho dias.
14. No ha permanecido® V. mucho tiempo entre nosotros.
15. No es culpa mia. Mi intencion seria de permanecer ®
aqul eternamente, pero unos negocios apreniiantes me
obligan A ausentarme' de unos lugares donde dejo
tantos amigos.
16. ^ A quA bora quiere V. levantarse manana, caballero?
17. i CuAndo quiere V. que se le llame ?
18. A las cinco en punto. Tengo que marcharme muy
temprano.
19. No dejarA de* venir A dispertarle.® — V. puede depender
de mf.
20. ^ QuA lleva V. por estos efectos ?
Aceitar (acertando, acertado), to kit the mark, is irregularly inflected
in the following tenses and persons:
Pres. Itid. acierto, aciertas, acierta, acertamos, acertais, aciertan
Pres. Sttbj. acierte, aciertes, acierte, acertemos, acerteis, acierten.
Imperat. acierta. acierte U., acertemos, acertad, acierten.
All other forms are regular :
acertaba, acerte, acerta.ra, acertase, acertare, acertare, acertaria.
336
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
21. Can you send these goods by the next steamer?
22. We prefer to send these goods by rail.
23. We prefer that you send' these goods by a sailing
vessel.
24. We prefer you to send these goods in the cheapest way
possible (as quickly as possible).
25. I prefer you to insure (^que V. asegure) these goods before
(antes de) sending them.
26. In which company (compahid) will you (are you going to)
insure these goods ?
27. How much do the insurance companies (las lompanias
de asegurd) charge (eargan) ?
28. How much duty (derechd) do sewing-machines pay?
29. There is no duty on articles of machinery (maquinarid).
30. Don't you think it is going to clear up (aclarar) ?
31. No, I do not think so.
32. When do you wish to start ?
33. Would you prefer to go by boat (en bote) or on horse¬
back ?
34. I should prefer to go on horseback, as I want to see as
n.uch as possible (iodo lo mas posible) of the country
and its inhabitants.
35- My partner prefers to go by boat, as he is not accus¬
tomed (no estJ acostumbradd) to riding (= to mount
\a montar \ ).
36. I am not yet (aim) accustomed to your climate, or (= nor,
[«/] ) to your food (sus alimentos).
' Why must the Subjunctive Mood be used in this and the follcwing
sentences ?
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
337'
21. i Puede V. enviar estos efectos por el proximo vapor?
22. Nosotros preferimos enviar estos efectos por fcrrocarril.
23. Nosotros preferimos que V. envie' estos efectos por
buque de vela.
24. Nosotros preferimos que V. envie estos efectos por la
via mas barata (por la via m4s rapida).
25. Yo prefiero que V. asegure estos efectos antes de
enviarlos.
26. 4 En qu6 companfa va V. a asegurar estos efectos ?
27. 4 Cuinto cargan las compaiii'as de aseguro ?
28. 4 Qu6 derecho se paga por mAquinas de coser ?
29. No se paga ningun derecho por maquinaria.
30. 4 No le parece a V. que el tiempo se va a aclarar ?
31. No, no me parece asf.
32. 4 CuAndo quiere V. salir ?
33. 4 Prefiere V. ir en bote 6 k caballo ?
34. Prefiero ir a caballo, pues quiero ver todo lo mis posible
el pais y sus habitantes.
35. Mi s6cio prefiere ir en bote, pues no esta acostumbrado
k montar.
36. No estoy acostumbrado aiin k su clima ni k sus ali-
mentos.
338
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
3.
Ordinary Phrases,
To Request.
1. Will you do me a favor ?
2. May I ask a favor of you ?
3. Will you have the kindness to ... ?
4. Would you be kind enough to ... ?
5. It would be a great favor (= You would do me a favor).
6. You could not do me a greater kindness.
7. Will you permit me to . ... ?
8. Do me this favor, I beg of you.
9. It is the only favor which I beg of you.
10. I may count upon you, may I not ?
To Offer.
1. Allow me to offer you a . . . ?
2. What can I offer you (= that may be pleasing to you) ?
3. Please, do accept this trifle {esta friolerd).
4. Take it to please me (^por complacerme).
5. Everything I possess is at your service (= I possess
nothing which is not at your service).
6. I offer it you in the greatest kindness (= of good will).
To Thank.
( Thanks.
^ Many thanks.
^ I am obliged to you.
\ Much obliged to you.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
3.
Frasea Uauales,
Para Suplicar.
I Quiere V. hacerme un favor ?
i Puedo pedirle & V. un favor ?
I Quiere V. tener la bondad de . . . ?
< Seria V. bastante bondadoso para . . .?
Me haria V. un servicio.
No podria V. darme mayor satisfaccion.
I Gusta V. permitirme que . . . ?
Tenga V. esa bondad por mi', yo se lo ruego.
Es el unico favor que le pido a V.
Cuento con V., < no es verdad ?
Para Ofrecer.
Permftame V. que le ofrezca ....
j Qu6 puedo ofrecerle a V. que le sea agradable ?
Hagame V. el favor de aceptar esta friolera.
Tdinela V. por complacerme.
Nada tengo que no est6 d la drden de V.
Lo ofrezco de buena voluntad.
Para dar gracias.
Muchas gracias.
Muchi'simas gracias.
Doy a V. las gracias.
Doy d V. un millon de gracias.
Lo agradezco.
Le estoy d V. muy agradecido.
340
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
3. I am much obliged to you for this kindness.
4. You are very kind.
5. How can I ever repay you for your kindness (= How
can I pay you what I owe you ) ?
6. This is a new proof (J>rueba) of your friendship {amistad.)
To egress Joy.
i
1. I am very glad of it.
2. I am very glad to see you.
3. That gives me great joy.
4. How happy you are !
5. I am so happy!
6. How happy you are to be so rich!
7. I congratulate you.
8. I congratulate you with all my heart.
9. If you knew how happyT am!
To express Sorrow.
1. That is too bad.
2. That is terrible.
3. I am very sorry for it.
4. That gives me great pain.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. 34I
3. Agradezco mucho esa bondad.
Es V. muy bueno.
V. me favorece mucho.
5. i Cdmo podr6 pagarle a V. lo que le debo ?
6. Es nueva prueba de su amistad.
4'
Para manifestar el Contento.
/'Mucho me alegro.
^ 1 Lo celebro.
j Estoy contentisimo.
V Estoy muy encantado de eso.
2. Me alegro mucho de ver d V.
( Me causa una viva satisfaccion.
( Esto me causa grande alegrla (mucho placer).
4. i Qud V. es dichoso !
(i Qud contento estoy!
^ I i Qud feliz soy!
6. i Qud V. es dichoso de ser tan rico !
7. Me congratulo con V.
8. Feiicito a V. de todo corazon.
9. i Si V. supiera cudn dichoso soy I
Para ezpresar el Dolor.
^ ( Es muy desgraciado.
( Eso es muy triste.
2. Eso es terrible.
3. Lo siento mucho.
4. Me causa un dolor profundo.
342
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
5. That is a very disagreeable matter.
6. I am inconsolable about it.
7. This is very hard.
3. What a pity !.
9. It is an irreparable loss.
Doubt. Surprise. Admiration.
1. What! Really ?
2. Is it possible ?
3. You astonish me.
4. That is impossible.
5. I doubt that this is true.
6. Are you quite sure of it ? *
7. It is not very probable.
8. Who would have believed it ?
9. I should never have believed it.
10. How could that have happened ?
11. How is this possible ?
12. It is nevertheless possible.
13. I am astonished at it.
14. You astonish me. Who would have thought itl
15. It is incredible.
16. It is unheard of,
17. It is admirable.
18. It is really magnificent.
19. How splendid ! I am quite charmed !
20. Anything more beautiful is not to be seen.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
5. Es cosa muy desagradable.
6. Estoy inconsolable.
7. Es bien duro.
8. i Qu6 lastima !
9. Es una p^rdida irreparable.
La duda. La sorpresa. La admiracion.
1. jCdmo! ideveras?
O Es posible ?
2. /
(I Puede ser eso ?
3-
V. me pasma.
4!
1 Eso no puede ser.
4.j
[ Eso es imposible.
5-
Dudo que sea eso verdad.
6.
< Esta V. bien seguro ?
7-
No es muy probable.
8.
1 Qui^n lo hubiera creido ?
9-
Yo no lo habria creido nunca.
10.
i Cdmo puede haber sucedido eso ?
11.
i Cdmo es posible ?
12.
Sin embargo es bien posible.
13-
Estoy sorprendido.
14.
V. me sorprende. 1 Quien lo hubiera pensado I
IS-
Es increible.
16.
Es cosa inaudita.
17-
Es admirable.
18.
Es verdaderamente magnffico.
19.
i Qud maravilla! Estoy encantado 1
20.
No se ha visto cosa mas bella.
344
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
Expressions of Anger.
1. I am very angry.
2. I am very angry with him.
3. I cannot contain myself for anger.
4. I am beside myself.
5. He is not in a good humor.
6. I am not satisfied with you. (I am quite dissatisfied
with you.)
7. I will have it so. (I will not have it so.)
8. I insist upon it.
9. Pay attention to what I say.
10. Mind what I told you.
11. Mind that another time.
12. Do not answer ! Silence ! Be quiet!
Expressions of Sympathy and Antipathy.
1. He is my best friend ; I am sincerely attached to him.
2. He is an intimate friend of mine; he has given me
many proofs of his friendship.
3. We love each other like brothers.
4. I would do anything for him.
5. I do not like that man.
6. I detest this man. (I cannot bear this man.)
7. His looks are not in his favor.
8. He is hated by everybody.
9. I wish he would go. .
10. At last, he is gone.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
3A5
Ezpresioaes de Cdlera.
1. Estoy muy enfadado.
2. Estoy muy enfadado con d.
J. No puedo conteneime de cdlera.
! Estoy fuera de mf.
Estoy furioso.
Estoy enteramente ofendido.
S- No est4 de buen humor.
^ ( No estoy satisfecho de V.
I Estoy descontento de V.
7. Yo lo quiero asf. (No lo quiero, or, No lo sufriri).
8. Lo quiero absolutamente.
9. Atienda V. a lo que le digo.
10. Tenga V. presente lo que le he dicho.
11. Cuidado para otra ocasion.
12. No replique V. — Silencio ! Cillese V.!
ZSzpresiones de Simpatia y Antipatia.
1. Es mi mejor amigo; le quiero sinceramente.
2. Es mi amigo fntimo ; me ha dado muchas pruebas de su
amistad.
3. Nos queremos como hermanos.
4. Haria ciianto pudiese para ser.virle.
5. No me gusta aquel hombre.
6. Detestoieste hombre. (No puedo sufrir Aeste hombre).
7. Su figura no le recomienda.
8. Todo el mundo le aborrece.
9- Me algrerfa que se fuera.
10. Por fin se fue.
346
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
Inquiring the Way.
1. Is this the way to ... ?
2. Which is the shortest way to ... ?
3. Which is the way to the Southern Railway Station ?
4. I beg your pardon, which is the way to New Mexico
Street ?
(You are in the right way.
^ ( You are on the wrong road.
6. Which way must I go ?
7. Which is the way to " The Promenades " ?
{ Go straight ahead.
8. < Go to the right (to the left).
( Turn to the left.
9. Please show me the way to ... .
10. Please direct me to the Post Office.
11. Go through Mill Street, then take the second street to
your left and go straight ahead.
12. You cannot miss your way.
13. Is it far from here ? No, it is not far. It is about a
mile.
14. Shall I accompany you ?
15. You would do me a great favor.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
347
Para infonuarse del Camlno.
Es este el camino para . . . ?
^ j < Se va por aqul para . . . ?
J i Se va por este camino i . . . ?
Es este el camino para ir a . . . ?
2. i Cudl es el camino mas corto para ir i . . . ?
3. i Cuil es el camino para ir al paradero del Sur ?
4. i Cual es, si V. gusta, la calle de Nuevo M6jico ?
(V. va bien.
(V. va mal.
f i Por d6nde debo ir ?
6. < i For qu6 camino ir6 ?
' i Por ddnde es preciso que vaya ?
7. i Por ddnde se va al paseo ?
!Vaya V. derecho.
Vaya V. por la derecha (por la izquierda).
Tome V. i la izquierda.
9. Ensdiieme V. el camino de . . . .
10. < Quiere V. ensenarme el correo ?
11. Eche V. por la calle del Molino, y la segunda, & mano
izquierda, todo seguido.
12. No hay donde errar.
13. iEs Idjos de aquf? No, no es lejos. Hay cerca de una
milla.
14. i Quiere V. que le acompane?
IS- Me hard V. mucho favor.
348
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
GRAMMATICAL REMARKS.
The Advei'h.
1. The Adverbs are divided into primitives and de¬
rivatives,
2. Primitive adverbs are expressed by an originally
single word, as : bien, mds, m^uos, mal.
a. Observe that many primitive adverbs are really neuter
adjectives used adverbially, as: alto, aloud ; bajo, low ; solo,
only ; poco, little ; mucho, much.
3. Derivative adverbs are formed by adding -mente to
the feminine form of the adjective:
a'utiguo, old. antigueimente, in olden times,
franco, frank. francamente, frankly,
comun, common. comunmente, commonly,
constante, constant. constantemente, constantly,
continuo, continuous, contiuuamente, continuously,
facil, easy. fdcilmente, easily,
fuerte, strong. fuertemente, strongly,
feliz, happy, felizmente, happily,
mayor, greater. mayormente, for the greater part,
ordinario, ordinary. ordinariamente, ordinarily.
a. When two or more adverbs in -mente follow one
another, the affix is applied to the last one only, as:
El senor Herrera habld docta, Mr. Herrera spoke learnedl)',
concisa y elegantemente, ' concisel)', and elegantly.
4. Some neuter adjectives are used adverbialh', their
derivative adverbs in -mente being employed in a different
sense, as:
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE,
349
Adjectivos.
»Uo, high«
bajo, low,
bastaute, competent,
bueno, good,
caro, dear,
claro, clear,
cierto, certain,
demasiado, bold, ex¬
cessive,
derccho, right,
fuerte, strong,
malo, bad, ill,
primero, first,
pronto, quick,
recio, strung.
Adverbios.
alto, loud,
bajo, softly,
bastante, rather,
bien, well,
caro, dearly,
claro, clearly,
cierto, certainly,
demasiado, exces¬
sively,
derecho, rightly,
fuerte, strongly,
malo, badly,
primero, firstly,
pronto, soon,
recio, powerfully.
Adverbios bERRiBADOS.
altamente, proudly,
bajamente, meanly,
bastantemente, sufficiently,
buenamente,spontaneously,freely,
caramente, exceedingly,
claramente,openly, conspicuously,
ciertamente, surely, forsooth,
demasiadamente, too.
derechamente, directly, expressry.
fuertemente, vehemently,
malamente, wickedly. [mainly,
primeramente, in the first place,
prontamente, promptly, nimbly,
reciamente, stoutly, forcibly.
5. Compound adverbs, or rather adverbial expressions,
are formed in the following manner:
a. With the article :
d la verdad, truly.
al contado, eash, in eask.
al momento, instantly.
al punto, immediately.
por lo mas, at most.
i la derecha, to the right.
d la izquierda, to the left.
al vivo, to the life.
en el acto, instantly.
por lo m^nos, at least.
b. Without the article, singular:
d cahallo, on horseback.
d escape, in haste.
d pid, on foot.
d una, together.
con todo, notwithstanding.
de antemano, beforehand.
de buena gana, willingly.
de covA{\\\\6^eontinually.
de dia, by day.
de golpe, suddenly.
de hecho, truly, de facto.
de lance, at a bargain.
de noche, by night.
de nuevo, anew.
de prisa, in haste.
de pronto, quickly.
de purposely.
de seguro, surely;
de suyo, of one's own accord.
de todo punto, wholly.
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
de tropel, pell-mell.
de vista, by sight.
en finally.
en seguida, at once.
por cierto, certainly., of course.
por consiguiente, consequently.
por mayor, at wholesale.
por menor, at retail.
c. Without the article, plural:
■ stealthily.
a escondillas, |
i hurtadillas, '
i oscuras, in the dark.
a ojos cerrados, blindly.
4 sabiendas, knowingly.
a solas, in private, alone.
'a voces, aloud.
de oidas, by hearsay.
de veras, truly.
en ayunas, uninformed.
en cueros, naked.
por momentos, every moment.
6. To these may be added some adverbial expressions
which consist of a feminine adjective in the dative singular —
the noun usanza, usage, fashion, being understood;
a la francesa, in the French fashion,
a la espanola, in the Spanish style.
a. The same idea may be expressed by al estilo, or
al estilo de;
al estilo francos, in the French style,
al estilo de Castilla, after the manner of Castile.
7. With reference to their meaning, adverbs may be
divided in :
a. Adverbs of Place. — Averbios de Lugar.
Ahi, there.
aquf, aca, here.
allf, there.
all4, yonder.
cerca (de), near.
Idjos (de), far.
donde, where.
Dentro (de), in.
fuera (de), out.
arriba, up.
abajo, down.
adelante, _/^7rj£/<zni
atras, back.
delante (de), before.
the spanish language.
351
adonde, whereto.
dedonde, wherefrom.
adentro, within.
&CC.
detras (de), behind.
enciiiia (de), upon,
k derecha, on the right.
&c.
b. Adverbs of Time. — Adverbios de Tiempo.
Hoy, to-day.
manana, to-morrow.
ahora, now.
luego, afterwards.
tarda, late.
temprano, early.
presto, quick.
&c.
Pronto, soon.
siempre, always.
nunca,)
r never.
jamas,)
ya, already.
mientras, whilst.
ado, still, yet.
&c.
c. Adverbs of Manner.— Adverbios de Modo v Calidad.
Bien, well.
mal, badly.
asi, thus, so.
bajo, low.
&c.
Recio, loud.
despacio, slowly.
depriesa, quickly.
alto, loud.
&c.
d. Adverbs of Quantity. — Adverbios de Cantidad.
Muy, very.
mucho, much.
poco, little.
bastante, enough.
&c.
Adverbs of Order.-
Primeramente, first.
ultimamente, lastly.
&c.
Tan, so, as.
tanto, so much, as much.
cuanto, how much.
demasiado, too much.
&c.
Adverbios de 6rden.
antes (de), before.
despues (de), after.
Sic.
352
the meisterschaft system.
f. Adverbs of Uncertainty. — Adverbios de Duda.
Tal vez,
qulzi,
quizis,
&c.
perhaps.
Acaso,
per Ventura,
per fortuna,
&c.
perhaps (in ques¬
tions).
g. Adverbs of Affirmation Adverbios de Afirmacion
and Negation.
Si, yes.
ciertamente, certainly.
verdaderamente, verily.
indudablemente, undoubtedly.
&c.
y Negacion.
No, no.
tampoco, neither, not cither.
nada, nothing, not anything.
de ninguna manera, nowise.
&c.
Comparison of Adverbs.
1. Adverbs have three degrees of comparison (but with¬
out variation for gender and number) :
l^jos, far off; mAa lejos, further off ; (/f) mAa lAjos, the
furthest off; lejisimo, very far off.
2. Four adverbs have an irregular comparison :
Positive.
Com par \tive,
Superlative (relative).
Superlative (absolute).
mUChO, mttc/t.
p0CO,/./.'/ir.
biin, w-//.
mal, badly.
mds, more.
mdnos, less.
better.
peor, worse.
(lo) mAs, the most.
(lo) m Anos, the least.
(lo) mejor, the best.
(lo) peor, the worst.
ni"Chisitno, very much.
poquisimo, very little.
malisimo, very badly.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
353
Adverbs of Affirmation and Negation.
1. After the verbs of saying, believing, declaring, sus'
pecting, &c., yes and uo are expressed by que si, que uo, as:
Yd digo que si, 61 dice qite no, I say yes, he saj's no.
creo que si; creo que no, I think so; I do not think so.
2. No, not, stands always before the verb :
No lo tengo. — V. no la ama. I have it not. — You do not
love her.
3. The Spaniards use a double negative to render the
negation stronger:
No quiero nada, I do not want anything.
no lo sabe nadie, nobody knows it. '
no lo he visto jamas, I have never seen it.
no tengo ni pluma, ni papel, I have neither pen nor paper.
The negation no is omitted when these negative adverbs
stand at the beginning of the sentence :
Nada quiero, I do not want anything.
nadie lo sabe, nobody knows it.
jamas lo he visto, I have never seen it.
ni pluma, ni papel tengo, I have neither pen nor paper.
4. Jamas and nunca have the same meaning, and are
generally placed at the beginning of sentences :
Jamas) , , 1
> VI tal cosa, I never saw such a thing,
nunca )
5. Jamas, in connection with por siempre or para
siempre, means forever :
Me acordard de61 por siempre ]2ax\as, I shall remember him
(or para siempre jamas), forever.
354
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
6. Jamas, when not accompanied by no and not, at the
beginning of sentences, means ever;
i Ha visto V. jamas tal proce- Did you ever see such beha-
der ? vior ?
.7. No is sometimes used after comparatives, losing
thereby its negative quality:
Mas vale ayunar que no it is better to fast than to be
enfermar, sick,
mejor es el trabajo que no la work is better than idleness,
ociosidad,
8. Ya, already, now, signifies, with a negative, no longer,
not any more, not now:
Lo sMa'ya, I knew it already.
i me efttiende V. ya ? do you understand me now ?
sf, ya le entiendo, yes, I understand you now.
ya, eso es otra cosa, yes (well), that is a different matter
ya no le verd mas, I shall never see him again.
ya no es tiempo, there is no time any more.
ya no me habla, he does not speak to me now.
SUPPLEMENTARY EXERCISES .
ADDED BY
The Travelers Insurance Company,
OF
HARTFORD. CONN.
hace cada ui»> prudente antes de tr de viaje de una
parte i otro?
Compra una pdliza de seguros de "Travelers Insurance
Co."
iPor qui?
Para ser pagado por pdrdida de tiempo en case de acci>
dente, y para salvar su familia si quita la vida. - - . .
^Cuil es el precio de esta pdliza de seguros ?
Solamente I5.00 cada afLo, $3.00 por fares meses, por cada
Sl,000 de segiirOf y adennas de eso $5.00 por semana
miintras que sea herido.
^Es necesario una examinacion por un midico?
No.
^Son heridos <5 matados por accidente muchos hombres?
Cerca de la sexta parte de todos que se aseguran en " The
Travelers Co."
iSe le paga mucho dinero?
Mas de $3,000.00 cada dia.
i Hay mucho tiempo que lo ha hecho ?
Por veintiuno ahos la Compahia le ha pagado $14,000,000.
i Podria hacerio en caso de grandes pirdidas ?
Tiene $2,000,000 de fondos sobre todas sus obligaciones.
^ En ddnde se compran esas pdlizas ?
En todas las ciudades de los Estados Unidos y del Ca-
aada.
THE MASON $( UAMLIN
PIANO.
Illustrates the same high standard of excellence
which has always characterized the
MASON & HAMLIN ORGANS,
and won for them the Highest Awards at
.^11 C3-roa-t "STST"orld's ZESxlxiToltlons
since and including that of Paris, 1867.
Organ and Piano Catalogues sent free
to any address.
SOLD ON EASY TERMS, AND RENTED.
MASON & HAMLIN ORGAN & PIANO CO.
BOSTON, MASON & HAMLIN HALL, 154 & 155 Tremont Street.
NEW YORK, 158 Fifth Avenue. CHICAGO, 149 Wabash Avenue.
X ^ ^ }
T H K
A Short and Practical Method
of
ACQUIRING COMPLETE FLUENCY OF SPEECH
in the
Spanish Language.
By Dr. Richard S. Rosenthal,
Latb Director of the '^Akacemie fur frbmdb Sprachbn" in Berlin and
Leipzig, of the Mbisthrschaft College" in London, and Prin¬
cipal of the " MbISTBRSCHAFT School of practical
Linguistrv" in New York and Boston.
in kikteen t'a.r'r®
PART XIV.
BOSTON, MASS:
MEISTERSCHAFT PUBLISHING COMPANY,
196 Summer Street.
(Estes Pressl.
\
TERMS.
We have arranged with Dr. Rosenthal, the anther of the "Meis
corschaft System," for its introduction in America under his own
supervision, and he has opened
THE
FOR NON-RESIDENTS.
The Student does not need to leave his home. The lessons of
each language are prepared by the Professor, and printed and sent
in pamphlet shape, to each member of the School, wheiever he
may reside.
The course of study for each language—German, French, Italian
or Spanish — makes fifteen pamphlets, of three lessons each.
All members of the school have
THE PRIVILEGE
of asking, by letter, questions concerning each lesson, or consult¬
ing on any difficulty which may have occurred to them. All exer¬
cises corrected, and all questions answered by return post, by
Dr. Rosenthal, or one of ^ assistants.
TERMS OF MEMBERSHIP.
Five Dollars is the price for membership in the School, for
tach language. This amount ($5,) entitles the member to receive
die fifteen books or pamphlets containing the lessons, also answers
to his questions. Return postage for the answer must accompany
the question.
State distinctly which language, or languages you desire to study.
There are no extra charges. The price. Five Dollars, pays foi
one language; Ten Dollars foi two languages, etc. All exer-
fis s and questions must be written on a separate sheet of paper,
|i.d must state full address of the pupil.
The remittances must be made in Post-Office Order or Registered
Letter, addressd to
Meisterschaft Publishing Company,
Estes Press 196 Summer Street.
BOSTON
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
PART XIV.
Copyright. 1883, by Richard S. Rosenthal.
356
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
FOUNDATION SENTENCE.
I do not think I shall leave in case it is very
warm to-morrow. But if the weather should mod¬
erate, I want you to pack up all my things, and
to have everything in readiness, so that I may
bs able to take the night-train.
I do not think
to be able
to leave
if
it is' very warm (= it makes much heat)
to-morrow.
But
if
the weather should moderate,
I want
that you (may) pack up
all my things,
and that you may have them readv.
THE - SPANISH X.ANGUAGE.
357
FOUNDATION SENTENCE.
No creo poder salir si hace mucho calor
no krai'-o po-">air' sa-leer' see a'-the moo'-cho ka-lor^-
manana. Fero si el tiempo esta moderado,
man-ya'-na. pai'-ro see ail teeQm'-po ais-ta' m6-"*ai-ra'-"'6,
70 necesito que V. empaquete todas mis
yo nai-thai-see'-to ke oos-tai"''' aim-pa-kai'-le to'cias nices
cosas, 7 las tenga listas, pues quiero estar
ko'-sas, ee las tain'-ga lees'-tas poo-ais' kee-ai'-ro ais-tar'
ezpedito para tomar el tren de. la noche.
aix-pai-"'ee-t6 pa'-ra to-mar' ail train dc la no'-chS.
No creo {no krai'-o)
poder (j>o-"'air')
salir {sa-leer')
si {see)
hace ' inucho calor {d'-the moo'-cho k'd-lor')
manana {mdn-yd'-na).
Pero {J>ai'-rd)
si {see)
el tiempo est4 moderado {ail tee-aim'-po ais-td' md-"'ai-rd'-"'d),
yo necesito. {yo nai-thai-see'-id)
que V. empaquete {kai oos-tai'^' aim-pd-kai'-il)
todas mis cosas {td'-"'ds mees kd'-sds),
y las tenga listas {ee Ids tain'-gd lees'-ids)
' Hacer must be used wiin all expressions in regard to weather.
Compare the sentences in this part
35?
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
as I want
to be ready
in order to take
the night-train.
1. What kind of weather is it (= makes it) ?— It is splendid
(delictoso) weather. It is most beautiful weather.
2. The weather is beautiful to-day; we shall have a fine
day {un dia hermosd).
3. It is bad weather.
4. It looks like fine weather (= it has \_hay\ appearance
\apariencia\ of good weather).
5. It is very pleasant {agradable); (disagreeable, awful
[terrible], splendid, rainy [lluviosd], stormy [tempestu-
oso], mild [serentf]).
6. The sky is cloudy (nebulosd) ; do you think it will be fine
to-day ?
7. No, I do not think so. It looks as if igue) we were
going to have bad weather (fine weather).
8. The weather is growing {se va dponer) bad (fine).
9. It does not look as if we would have fine weather.
10. The weather is clearing up (se aclard).
11. It looks as if it would not clear up to-day.
12. What beautiful (what awful) weather we have had these
days!
13. The barometer {el barbmetrd) points (= signals, senald)
to fair; (to rain; to change [cambio] ; to storm).
14. The barometer has risen (has fallen).
15. The sky is overcast {nubladd), and the barometer has
fallen. I am afraid we are going to have a storm.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
359
pues qviiero {poo-ais' kee ai'-ro)
estar expedite {ais-tdr' aix-pai-"'ee^-td)
para tomar {pd'-rd to-mdr')
el tren de la noche {ail train di la no'-chP).
1. < Qu6 tiempo hace ?—Hace un tiempo delicioso. Hace
un tiempo hermosfsimo.
2. Hoy hace buen tiempo; tendrdmos un dia hermoso.
3. Hace mal tiempo.
4. Hay apariencia de buen tiempo.
5. Esta muy agradable (desagradable, terrible, esplendido,
lluvioso, tempestuoso, sereno).
6. El cielo esta nebuloso. ^Cree V. que tendrdmos un
hermoso dia ?
7- No, no lo creo. Parece que vamos k tener mal tiempo
(buen tiempo).
8. El tiempo se va a poner malo (bueno).
9. No parece que vamos a tener buen tiempo.
10. El tiempo se aclara.
11. Parece que no va a aclarar hoy.
12. i Qu6 hermoso (qu6 terrible) tiempo hemos tenido en
estos dias!
13. El bardmetro senala buen tiempo (lluvia; cambio;
tempestad).
14. El bardmetro ha subido (ha bajado).
15. El cielo esta nublado, y el bardmetro ha bajado. Temo
que tengamos una tempestad.
'36o the meisterschaft system.
16. Don't you think it is going to rain?
17. Yes, it is raining already, and soon you will see the rain
coming down {caera) in torrents {a torrmtes).
18. We do not have such rain-storms {tan fuertes aguaceros)
in the United States as you have in Mexico.
19. I am afraid your brother will get wet {se moje). He
went out without an umbrella.
20. An umbrella would be of no use to him in such a storm
{con esta clase dc aguaceros). But I think he has put on
{sepuso 1) his rubber-coat {capa de goma).
21. The rain has ceased. [ {con) the rain.
22. All nature {toda la naturalezci) has been refreshed by
23. My clothing is wet through and through {completamente),
I am wet to the skin (= and the water has reached
\Jia llegado'] to the body).
24. My hat is spoiled {se ha ec/iado d perder). I must buy
a new one (= another).
25. We are soon going to have our rainy season (= we^shall
soon enter the season of rains) and then {entcnces) you
will get an idea of tropic {tropicaks) rains.
26. When does the rainy season commence*?
27. The rainy season commences in the month of July and
ends {Jinaliza) in September.
28. And does it rain all the time ?
29. With very little interruption, yes.
30. How hot (how cold) it is to-day! It has not been so
warm (so cold) all summer (spring; winter; autumn).
31. The heat is literally {literabnente) suffocating {sofocante\.
There is not a breath of air (= there is \corre'\ not
even the lightest air \cl mas ligero alrcj ). ^
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
361
t6. I No cree V. que va d Hover ?
17. Si, esta lloviendo, y muy pronto verd V. que la lluvia
caerd d torrentes.
18. Nosotros no tenemos en los Estados Unidos tan fuertes
aguaceros como V.V. en Mejico.
19. Temo que su hermano se moje, pues salid sin para-
guas.
20. Un paraguas no le serviria de nada con esta clase de
aguaceros j pero creo que se puso* su capa de
goma.
21. La lluvia ha cesado.
22. Toda la naturaleza se ha refrescado con la lluvia.
23. Mi ropa estd completamente mojada, y el agua me ha
llegado al cuerpo.
24. Mi sombrero se ha echado d perder. Tendrd que co.n-
prar otro.
25. Pronto entraremos en la estacion de las lluvias, y
entdnces tendrd V. una idea de las lluvias tropi-
cales.
26. iCudndo comienza^ la estacion de las lluvias?
27. La estacion de las lluvias comienza en el mes de Julio
y finaliza en Setiembre.
28. i Y estd lloviendo siempre ?
29. Si, con pequenas interrupciones.
30. iCudnto calor (cuanto frio) hace hoy! No hizo tanto
calor (tanto frio) en todo el verano (primavera; in-
vierno ; otono).
31. El calor es literalmente sofocante. No corre ni el mas
. ligero aire.
' 1 From which verb is this derived?
362 THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
32. Please lend me a fan (un abanico).
33. How beautifully Mexican (Cuban, Spanish) ladies handle
(Jlevan) their fans. It seems they can express any¬
thing by a mere turn (= with their movements).
34. How prettily {bonilo') they open and shut (cierran) them,
and how coquettish {coquetas) they look (Jucen).
35. I feel very warm. I am going to change (cambiar de) my
dress: this clothing is too heavy {pesadd) for this weather.
36. Let us stop in the shade (la sombrd).
37. Let us cross (pasar) to the other side of the street. It
is very sunny here (= it makes much sun here).
38. Let us step under (estar debajo de) this tree \ it is more
shady there (= where it makes more shade).
39. What is the name of this tree ? This tree is called a
mango-tree.
40. Don't you think the weather is verj' warm for this season
(para la presente estacion) of the year ?
41. Yes, this is the warmest spring I can remember (= which
I remember).
42. What a whirlwind (w«/arr(?«)! It thunders! Do you hear?
43. I just (justamente) saw a flash of lightning (un reldmpagd).
44. What a clap of thunder! The lightning (el rayd) has
struck (caidd). Look there! The flames (las llamai)
are breaking out (salen).
45. God be thanked, the storm (la tormentd) is over.
46. There is a draught here (= it makes much wind \yientd\
here) ; shut the door (the window).
47. I am afraid I shall take cold (un catarrd) ■ there is a
very disagreeable draught here.
48. Don't stand (es//) in the (al) draught; you will surely
(ean seguridad) catch cold (un resfriadd).
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
363
32. Tenga la bondad de darme un abanico.
33* i bien llevan las senoras mejicanas (cubanas, espa-
nolas) el abanico! Parcce que pueden expresarlo
todo con sus movimientos.
34. i Qu6 bonito lo abren y lo cierran I y qu^ coquetas
lucen I
35. Siento mucho calor. Me voy i cambiar de vestido:
Esta ropa es demasiado pesada para la estacion.
36. Ddjenos paramos a la sombra.
37. D^jenos pasar al otro lado de la calle. Hace mucho
sol aqui.
38. Ddjenos estar debajo de este drbol donde hace mas
sombra.
39. i Cdmo se llama este drbol ? — Este drbol se llama
mango.
40. iNo cree V. que hace mucho calor para la presente
estacion del ano ?
41. Sf, esta es la primavera mds caliente que yo recuerdo.
42. Qr.d ventarron! Truena. i No oye V. ?
43. Justamente he visto un reldmpago.
44. i Qud trueno! El rayo ha caido. i Mire! Las llamas
salen !
45. Gracias d Dios que la tormenta pasd.
46. Hace mucho viento aqul. Cierre la puerta (la ventana).
47. Temo cojer un catarro; hay un viento desagradable
aquf.
48. No este' al viento; pues con seguridad cojera un res-
friado.
364 the meisterschaft system.
49. It is windy. There is a cold wind. There is {corre) a
slight breeze (la brisd).
50. The wind has changed (cambiado). From which quarter
(ciiarto) is it (viene) now?
51. The wind is Northeast (del Noreste) •, Northwest \_NorO'
estel, North • South; Southeast [Sureste'] ; Southwest
[Suraes/e] ).
52. How cold it is! I feel cold. I am shivering (tiembld)
with (de) the cold.
53. How many degrees (grados) of cold (of heat) have we ?
We have forty degrees.
54. It snows. It is snowing hard (fuerte). This is quite a
snow-storm (una tempestad de nieve).
55. The snow is melting It is thawing
56. It is freezing (hiela). Is the river frozen? The river is
frozen; they skate (corren patines) on it (en el) already.
57. Is it foggy (hay niebla) ? No, there is a pretty sharp
(pivo) frost (frid), but the sky is clear (despejadd).
58. So much the better. If you are obliged to go out, take
your cloak ; it is freezing hard (de una manera atroz).
59. Has there been much snow? It snowed all night.
60. The snow is melting (se derrite). It is damp (humedd),
unhealthy (malsand) weather.
61. We are going to have rain (agua). It is very cloudy
(cerradd).
62. You need not think so. Look at the weather-cock (la
veletd). The wind has changed.
63. One can see the spring is coming!
64. It is the most beautiful season of the whole year.
65. You are quite right. I also like it best. All nature (la
tiaturaleza) is enlivened (se vivijica), and the weather
is generally very moderate (templadd).
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. 365
49. Hace viento. — Hay viento frio. — Corre la brisa.
50. El viento ha cambiado. ^ De qu6 cuarto viene ahora ?
51. El viento es del Noreste (Noroeste, Norte, Sur, Sureste,
Suroeste).
52. J Qud frio hace ! — Siento frio. — Tiemblo de frio.
53. <• Cuantos grados de frio (de calor) tenemos ? — Tenemos
cuarenta grados.
54. Nieva. — Esti nevando fuerte. — Esta es una tempestad
de nieve.
55. La nieve se deshace.—Esta deshelando.
56. Hiela. — ^Se ha helado el rio? — El rio se ha helado.
Ya corren patines en el.
57. i'Hay niebla ? No, el frio es bastante vivo, pero el cielo
esta despejado.
58. Tanto mejor. — Si va V. i salir, tome V. la capa; hiela
de una manera atroz.
59. i Ha caido mucha nieve ? — Ha nevado toda la noche.
60. La nieve se derrite. Hace un tiempo hdmedo y mal-
sano.
61. Todavfa tendr^mos agua. Esta muy cerrado.
62. No lo crea V.—Mire V. la veleta. Se ha mudado
{cambiado) el viento.
63. i Cdmo se conoce que ya viene la pritnavera!
64. Es la estacion mds agradable de todo el ano.
65. Dice V. muy bien. Tambien es la que d mf mds me
gusta.—Toda la naturaleza se vivifica, y el tiempo
es en general muy templado.
366
THE MEISXERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
GRAMMATICAL REMARKS.
Exercise.
1. Me acordar^ de aquellos dias para siempre jamas.
2. i Ha hecho V. su tema ? Desgraciadamente no pude
concluirle {finish it),yy^ no hay tiempo, as demasiado tarda.
3. i Ddnda astd su harmano ? — Ahi asti.
4. Di'Ia qua vanga aca. — A1 momento irk alii.
5. I Hasta ddnda ha laido V. ? — Ha laido hasta aquf.
6. Empiaza i sar tarda. Ya as tiampo da irsa i la cama.
7. No as tarda; no son mas qua las diaz.
8. Sanoras, si'rvansa V.V. prasantar sus pasaportas {pass-
forts).— Aqui astin.
9. iTiananVds. algo qua daclarar {declare)'*.—En al
cocha no hay nada. En cuanto a {as regards) baulas aqul
estin las llavas.
10. iQui dice V. da asta sala ?—Nunca ha visto al
taatro tan llano.
11. No habla V. tan alto. Pronto van i ampazar.
12. J For ddnda sa va al Corrao? — V. asti aquivocado.
Echa V. {take) por la calla da piadra {StoneStreet) y la sagunda
i mano izquierda, todo saguido {straight ahead) ; no sa puada
aquivocar. La agradazco ; gracias, caballaro.
Prepositions.
I. The simple prepositions are
i, to, at.
ante, before, in presence of.
bajo, under.
con, with.
contra, against.
de, of, from.
desde,_/>-i?»?, since.
I durante, during.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE,
367
en, in, at, on.
antra, between, among.
axcapto, except.
hacia, towards.
hasta, till, until, up to, to.
madianta, through, by means of.
m^nos, except, but.
^2X3, for, to, in order to.
por, by, through, for.
segun, according to, as.
sin, without.
so, under.
sobra, on, upon, about, above.
tras, after, behind, besides.
no obstante, notwithstanding.
2. The complex prepositions requiring de after them are :
acarca da, concerning, about.
ademds de, beside.
alrededor de, around.
Antes de, before (time or order),
cerca de, near, about.
debajo de, under (place),
delante de, before (place).
dentro de, within, in, into.
despues de, after (time or
order),
detras de, behind (place),
encima de, on, over.
fuera de, outside, beyond.
lejos d&,far from.
3. Complex prepositions requiring A after them, are :
conforme a, according to.
contrario a, contrary to.
frente a, opposite, in front of.
junto a, near, close by.
con respecto a, with respect t
tocante a, touching.
4. Prepositional expressions followed by de are ;
A casa de, to the house of.
A causa de, on account of.
A excepcion de, with the excep¬
tion of.
A fuerza de, by dint of.
A la vista de, within sight of..
al cabo de, at the expiration of.
al lado de, at the side of.
en casa de, at the house of.
en frente de, opposite. "
en lugar de, instead of.
al travds de, across, through.
A pesar de, in spile of.
A razon de, at the rate of.
de casa de, from the house of.
de parte de, on the part of
368
the meisterschaet system.
en medio de, in the midst of.
en vez de, instead of.
en virtud de, by virtue of.
en vista de, in view of.
mas alld de, beyond.
per causa de, on account of.
por el lado de, on the side of.
por razon de, by reason of.
sin embargo de, notwithstand¬
ing.
5. Prepositional expressions followed by k are:
en cuanto d, with respect to. \ en drden d, with regard to.
Examples.
Con respecto d 61, no es aquf, as regards him; he is not here.
conforme d la ley del pais, according to the law of the country.
en cuanto d mf no puedo, as regards me, I cannot do so.
uno despues del otro, one after the other,
esta junto d la puerta, [creo. he is near the door. [lieve it.
tocantedXo que V. dice, no lo touching what you sa}', I do not be-
viven cerca de la ciudad, they live near the town.
estoy 16jos de mi pais,
esti en frente de la iglesia,
lo vf detras de la casa,
acerca de eso, no s6 nada,
estaba al lado de mf,
alrededor de la mesa,
llegu6 antes del amanecer,
debajo de la ventana,
vivimos fuerade la ciudad,
esti fuera de sf,
dclante de mi vista,
lo vf encima del techo,
d cxcepcion de su padre,
dcntro de quince dias,
tras la lluvia sale el sol.
I am far from my country.
it stands opposite the church.
I saw it behind the house.
as to this, I know nothing.
he stood at my side.
around the table.
he arrived before daybreak.
below the window.
we live out of town.
he is beside himself.
before my eyes.
I saw it upon the roof.
except his father.
within a fortnight.
after the rain follows the sunshine.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
369
Use of Certain Prepositions.
1. A is used after transitive verbs to mark the personal
object, as:
Amo d Juan, I like John,
estima d su mujer, he esteems his wife,
busco al criado, I am looking for the servant,
temen d Dios, they fear God.
2. A signifies motion toward a given locality, while ea
refers to rest in a given place :
Voy d Inglaterra, I am going to England,
me volvf d casa, I went home,
estoy en Espana, I am in Spain,
estd en casa, he is at home.
3. A is used in reference to time, price, or rate:
Vendri d la noche, be will come in the evening.
d veinte reales la vara, at twenty reals a yard.
id cuinto ? — d tanto. at how much ?—at so much.
4. A is used after certain verbs to show the purpose or aim :
Voy d leer, I am going to read.
voy d escribir, I am going to write,
empieza d hablar, he begins to speak.
5. A signifies distance off ox from, or temporary situation ;
Le cogieron d la puerta, they caught him at the door,
he venido de Cadiz d Madrid, I came from Cadiz to Madrid,
d veinte pasos de aquf, twenty steps from here.
6. A between two infinitives signifies the difference of
their results:
Va mucho de decir d hacer, de there is a great difference be-
prometer d tener fno es tween saying and doing,
verdad? between promising and ful¬
filling, is there not ?
24
370
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
Ante.
1. Ante signifies in the presence of:
Comparecto ante el juez, he appeared before the judge.
ante los tribunales, before the courts.
2. Ante is used in regard to order or preference:
Nuestrodeberesa«/^todo, our duty comes first of all.
ante todo soy Espanol, before everything, I am a Spaniard.
ante ayer pas6 ante mf, day before yesterday he passed out
before me.
3. Instead of ante, the Spaniards frequently use antes
de (denoting prioHty of order, rank, or time) :
Antes de los condes van los . , .
marquises go before counts.
marqueses,
antes de la comida, before dinner.
antes de un ano, before a year (is passed).
Bajo.
Bajo, under, below, underneath, beneath, denotes situation;
figuratively, it signifies guarantee, protection, or subordination:
La puerta esta bajo la ventana, the door is under the window.
I qu6 se piiede hacer bajo tal what can be done under such
gobierno ? a government?
estoy bajo sus 6rdenes, I am under his orders,
es prohibido bajo pena, it is prohibited under punish¬
ment.
Con.
I. Con, with, denotes accompaniment or means :
Salid con su padre, he went out with his father,
vino conm\gQ ayer, he came yesterday with me.
escribo con plumas de acero, I write with steel pens,
estd enfadada con V., she is angry with you.
le hirid con una espada, he wounded him with a sword.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
37'
2. Con, in connection with dar, verse, forms idiomatic
meanings:
Era la primera vez que veia it was the first time that I found
eon cien duros, myself in possession of a
hundred dollars.
did con ella en la calle, he met her in the street,
le dw con la puerta en los ojos, he shut the door in his face.
3. Con with the infinitive^ means by or although:
Con ensenar se aprende, one learns by teaching.
De.
1. De signifies of or from:
Vengo del jardin, I come from the garden,
lo he recibido de ^1, I received it from him.
2. It often connects words which in English are given
by compound expressions:
Un buzon de correos, a letter-box.
un billete de ferro-carril, a railway-ticket,
un talon de equipaje, a baggage-check,
un reloj de oro, a gold watch,
una cuchara de plata, a silver spoon,
el tren del Norte, the northern train.
3. De denotes cause—for, with, from:
Calldse de modestia, she was silent from modesty,
no podia moverme de frio, I could not move on account
of the cold.
tiembla de miedo, he trembles with fear.
4. De is used especially after a number of adjectives
and participles to express physical or moral peculiarity, the
Way of dressing, or abundance and scarcity:
372
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
Esti ciego de furor, he is blind with fury,
estaba vestido de luto, he was dressed in mourning,
este pais es pobre de agua, this country is poor in water,
es duro de corazon, he is hard-hearted,
es sordo de un oido, he is deaf on one ear.
este pais es muy f^rtil de vino this country is very fruitful in
y grano, wine and grain,
estaba vestido de militar, de he was dressecf as a soldier, as
marinero, a sailor,
la senorav/i?/ vestido azul, the lady in the blue dress..
la nina de los ojos negros, the girl with the black eyes.
5. De must be used with the passive instead of por when
a feeling or menial action is referred to :
Es amado de sus amigos y he is beloved by his friend^
odiado de sus enemigos, and hated by his enemies.
6. De is used in exclamations:
1 Infeliz de mf ! oh, I unhappy man !
i desdichada de ell a 1 alas, the wretched woman !
i pobre de mi padre 1 oh, my poor father !
7. De is used before infinitives, especially after baber,
acabar, &c.:
Ha de venir, he must come,
acabo de llegar, I just arrived,
es de esperar, it is to be hoped,
es digno deo\r, it is worth the hearing.
8. De signifies office or profession : [profession.
Pap4 es medico de profesion, my father is a physician by
Don Juan estaba de alcalde eti , Don. Juan was mayor in Mex-
M^jico, ■ . ico.
Esti de embajaior de la Suiza he is ambassador of. Switzer;
en Paris, land in Paris.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
373
Desde.
Pesde signifies from as a starting-point of either place
or time:
Desde la creacion del mundo,
me acompand desde su casa
hasta el teatro,
desde las tres hasta las cinco,
desde Ldndres hasta Madrid,
from (since) the creation of
the world,
he accompanied me from his
house to the theatre,
from three to five,
from London to Madrid.
En.
En signifies rest in, at, on ; or relates to plcue or time :
Elsenorjuliovive^wBarcelona, Mr. Julius lives in Barcelona,
la sopa esta en la mesa, the soup is on the table,
ha entrado en la casa, he has entered the house,
llegard de hoy en ocho dias, I shall arrive a week from to¬
day.
salimos en el mes de julio, y we shall start in the month of
volverdinos en octubre, July> shall return in Oc¬
tober.
2. En refers to occupation :
Don Julio trabaja en relojes, Don Julio works in watches.
Don Josd se ocupa en escribir Don Josd is busy writing a
una gramdtica, grammar.
3. En is used idiomatically:
De dia en dia,
de ano en ano,
de tiempo en tiempo,
de hoy en quince dias,
de cuando en cuan^Ov
en general, -
en particulaiv
from day to day.
from year to year,
from time to time,
a fortnight from to-day,
sometimes,
generally. •
especially.
"374
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
Hdcia.
HAcie^ towards, denotes direction in the material and
moral sense :
I am going homewards,
he was looking toward the port,
towards noon,
up, upwards,
down, downwards,
he shows much tenderness to
them.
Voy hdcia casa,
miraba hdcia el puerto,
hdcia mediodia,
hdcia arriba,
hdcia abajo,
demuestra mucho cariho
hdcia ellos,
Hasta.
Hasta, till, until, up to, as far as, denotes time, plcue, or
degree :
till to-morrow.
I shall not return till May.
I go as far as Madrid.
Hasta manana,
no volver^ hasta mayo,
voy hasta Madrid,
hasta la-vista,
hasta mas ver,
pelear6 hasta veneer, <5 morir, I shall fight till I conquer or die.
I au rez'oir, till I see you again.
Para.
I. "Paxa^ for, to, denotes direction or destination:
Esta carta espara Don Carlos, this letter is for Don Carlos,
pienso partirpara Italia, I think of starting for Italy,
he escrito esto libro para los I have written this book for
coinerciantes jdvenes,
le dejardmos para manana,
es hombre para mucho,
no es hombre para nada,
young merchants,
we will postpone it till to¬
morrow.,
he is a clever man.
he is good for nothing.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. . 37$
2. Para (Jenotes aim or purpose'.
Estudio para aprender, I study in order to learn,
quiero libros para leer, I want books in order to read
them.
serd muy bueno para soldado, he will do very well as a soldier.
3. Para con is used in comparisons :
i Qu6 soy yo para con su her- what am I in comparison with
mano ? your brother ?
iQue somoslos hombrespara what are we human beings in
con Dios ? comparison with God ?
4. Para, in connection with estar, denotes to be on the
point of:
Estoy para partir, I am on the point of leaving.
estaba para decirle que ca- I was on the point of telling
llase, him to be silent.
Por.
1. Vox, for, by, is used — like par in French — with
passive verbs, denoting bodily, and not mental, actions :
Este cuadro fu6 pintado por this picture was painted by
Murillo, Murillo.
tsttVxhxo iw€criticado por "Don this book was reviewed by
Carlos, Don Carlos,
el mundo fu6 hecho por Dios, the world was created by God.
este arbol ha sido plantadopor this tree has been planted by
mi tio, my uncle.
Note. — Mental actions are expressed by de. Com¬
pare remarks on de.
2. Por denotes the motive, aim, or manner of an action;
Lo hace^or temor, he does it from fear.
376
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
lo hice por favorecerle,
hagalo V. ppr caridad,
agrada tn.ucho por su cortesia,
mi vecino vende su hacienda
par falta de dinero,
I did it to favor him.
do it out of pity. piteness.
he pleases greatly, by his po-
my neighbor sells his estate for
want of money.
3. Por refers to local descriptions:
Fuimos por Cadiz a Madrid, we went to Madrid by way of
Cadiz.
he travelled through France
and Spain.
I lost my ring in the street.
pas6 por Francia y Espana,
perdi mi sortija por la calle,
4. Por denotes price, exchange, buying, selling, equality, &c.:
Prestan dinero a cinco 6 a seis they loan money at five or six
por ciento,
dard la casa por dos mil do-
blones,
a un duro por docena,
I por cuanto?
es tenido por sabio,
es tenido por rico,
le tomd por mddico,
per centum.
I shall sell the house for two
thousand doubloons,
at a dollar per dozen,
for how much ?
he is considered wise,
he is considered rich.
I took him for a doctor.
5. Por, in connection with estar, denotes an action which
is or ought to be done:
La carta estd por escribir, the letter is (still) to be written,
este cuarto estd por alquilar, this room is (still) to be let.
6. Por, in connection with an adjective and que, governs
the subjunctive mood and signifies although, though :
Por rico que sea, no le puedo rich though (however rich) he
estimar, maybe, I cannot esteem him.
no puedo amarla por mas her- I cannot love her, however
mosa que sea, beautiful she may be.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
377
7. Observe the peculiar expressions :
Enviarpor el,medico, to send for the physician,
mandarpor vino, to send for wine,
irpor pan, queso, to send for bread, cheese,
venir/fr algo,/<7/- alguieh, to call for some one.
Difference betwet
Por signifies
Origin, Cause, and Motion,
<Por qiii^n ? by whom.
(por qud ? why ?
este reloj esta hecho por mi
hermano.this watch is made
by my brother,
casa por vender, house for sale
(on account of death),
ir a Madrid por Paris, to travel
to Madrid by way of Paris,
por la manana, in the morning,
estoy por salir, I am (I vote)
for going out.
no estoy por esto, I do not
vote for that,
estoy por decirselo, I am for
telling him so.
n Por and Para.
Para signifies
Destination, Aim, and Intention.
^•Para qui^n ? for whom ?
I para qu6 ? for what purpose ?
Este reloj esti hecho para mi
hermano, this watch is made
for my brother,
casa para vender, house for
sale (built for that purpose),
partir para Paris, to travel to
Paris.
para manana, till to-morrow,
estoy para salir, I am ready to
go out.
no estoy para esto, I am not
here for that purpose,
estoy para decirselo, I am in¬
clined (ready) to tell him so.
378
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
Words,
Ce la Ciudad, &c.
Town, &o.
un mercader,
a merchant.
un comerciante, ]
un negociante, ]
a wholesale merchant
un palacio,
a palace.
una iglesia,
a church.
una catedral.
a cathedral.
una paroquia,
a parish church.
un convento,
a convent
un monasterio,
a monastery.
un hospital,
a hospital. [ward.
un barrio,
a quarter of the town; district>
los arrabales,
the suburbs.
los or las puentes.
the bridges.
la bolsa.
the exchange.
la lonja, )
el correo, )
the post-office.
una taberna.
a tavern.
una posada.
1
una venta, |
> an inn.
un meson, '
)
un hotel.
an hotel.
un caf6.
a coffee-house; cate.
una escuela.
a school. .
un colegio,
a college.
una academia.
an academy. '
una universidad.
a university.
el cimenterio.
the cemetery.
el carcel.
the prison.
una fuente.
a fountain.
SUPPLEMENTARY EXERCISES
ADDED BY
The Travelers Insurance Company,
OF
HARTFORD, CONN.
hace cada uno prudente intes de ir de viaje de una
parte & otro?
Compra una pdUza de seguros de "Travelers Insurance
Co."
iPor qud?
Para ser pagado por pdrdida de tiempo en caso de acci-
dente, y psffa salvar su Emilia si quita la vida.
jCuil es el i»ecio de esta p61iza de seguros?
Solamente II5.00 cada afio, I3.00 por tres meses, por cada
81,000 de Seguro, y ademas de eso ^15.00 por semana
mi^ntras que sea herido.
iEs necesario una examinacion por un medico?
No.
^Son heridos 6 matados por accidente muchos hombres?
Cerca de la sexta parte de todos que se aseguran en " The
Travelers Co."
iSe le paga mucho dinero?
Mas de $3,000.03 cada dia.
iHay mucho tiempo que lo ha hecho?
Por veintiuno anos la Compania le ha pagado $14,000,004
i Podria hacerlo en caso de grandes p6rdidas ?
Tiene $2,000,000 de fondos sobre todas sus obligaciones.
iEn ddnde se compran esas pdlizas?
En todas las ciudades de los Estados Unidos y del Ca
nada.
THE MASON ^ HAWLIN
PIANO.
Illustrates the same high standard of excellence
which has always characterized the
MASON & HAMLIN ORGANS,
and won for them the Highest Awards at
.AlII C3ri-ea,t "V^T" nESxlxHoltlons
since and including that of Paris, 1867.
Organ and Piano Catalogues sent free
to any address,
SOLD ON EASY TERMS, AND RENTED.
MASON & HAMLIN ORGAN & PIANO GO.
BOSTON, MASON & HAMLIN HALL, 154 & 155 Tremont Street.
NEW YORK, 158 Fifth Avenue. CHICAGO, 149 Wabash Avenue.
A Short and Practical Method
of
ACQUIRING COMPLETE FLUENCY OF SPEECH
in the
Spanish Language.
By Dr. Richard S. Rosenthal,
Late Director of the "Akacemie fur fremdb Sprachen" in Berlin and
Leipzig, of the '*Meisterschaft College" in London, and Prin¬
cipal of the " Meisterschaft ScHOOL of practical
Linguistry" in New York and Boston.
in fifteen earx®
PART XV.
BOSTON, MASS:
MEISTERSCHAFT PUBLISHING COMPANY.
196 Summer Street.
(Estes Press).
TERMS.
Vfe have arranged with Dr. JRossirrHAi., the author of the "Mela
eerschaft System," for its introduction in America under his oun
supervision, and he has opened
THE
Ifccli Sob
FOR NON-RBSIDRNTS.
The Student does not need to leave his home. The less<ms of
e^h language are prepared by the Professor, and printed and smit
in pamphlet shape, to each member of the School, wherever be
may reside.
The course of study for each language—Gtemmn, French, Italian
or Spanish—makes fifteen pamphlets, of three lessons each.
All members of the school have
THE PRIVILEGE
of asking, by letter, questions concerning each lensmi, or consult¬
ing on any difficulty which may have occurred to them. All exer-
cuses corrected, and all questions answered by return post, by
Dr. Koskhthai., or one of his assistants.
TERMS OF MEMBERSHIP.
Five Dollars is the price for membership in the School, for
%ach language. This amount ($5.) entitles the member to receive
(le fifteen books or pamphlets containing the lessons, also answers
to his questions. Return postage for the answer must accompany
the question.
State distinctly which language, or languages you desire to study.
There are no extra charges. The price. Five Dollars* pays for
one language; Ten Dollars foi two languages, etc. All exer-
lis s and questions must be written on a separate sheet of paper,
Si-d must state full address of the pupil.
The remittances must be made in Post-Office Order or Registered
Letter, addressd to
Meisterschaft Publishing Company,
Este.s Press 196 Summer Street.
BOSTON
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
PART XV.
Copyright, 1883, by Richard S. Rosenthai..
380 THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
Exercise.
1. Would you like to undertake (hacer) a journey ro
Madrid with me ?
2. I should be very glad {celebro muchd) to travel in {cori)
•*uch {tan) good society {companid).
3. So would I {d mi tambien), for {pues) I do not like
to travel {caminar) by myself (= alone).
4. Have you made all your preparations {preparaiivos) ?
— Everything is ready.
5. Shall we take the express train? — If agreeable to
you {si asi le acomoda) we will take the fast train in order to
{para) arrive more rapidly {prontamente).
6. Here we are at the station ; take {recoja F.) your
ticket so that you can check your baggage (= in order that
\^para que\ they may register your baggage-^.
7. What class {asientd) are you going to take ?
8. How much luggage have you, sir ? — I have a trunk,
a travelling satchel, and a hat-box.
9. AIJ aboard ! Hurry up {dcspac/iense Fds.), the train
leaves in an instant.
10. Smoking is not allowed in these cars (—One does
not smoke [no se fumd) in these cars).
11. Are there any smoking-cars {wagones para fumar) ?
12. What is the name of the first station ? At what
time do we stop (= stops one para^P) for {con el fin de)
breakfast ?
13. Why do we stop here? How long do we stop
detienen) here? — Twenty minutes ; we take (= they take)
coal {carbon) and water.
14. We are travelling {andamos) very fast (= with much
quickness [rapidez) ).
THE SPANrSH LANGUAGE.
381
15. I like to go fast {de priesay. The faster we travel,
the more 1 am satisfied {contento).
16. It is the very opposite (el contrario) with (para) me.
I begin to be frightened (en tener miedo).
17. Do not be afraid. Here is the station. How long
do we stop here ? — We have time to refresh ourselves (= We
have the time of going to refresh ourselves \refrescarnos\ ) at
the buffet (el bufete).
18. Have the goodness, gentlemen, to give me (devol-
verme) your tickets.
19. Are the trunks examined at the custom-hou^e (= do
they register \registrar'y the trunks at the custom-house
\en la aduana"] ) ?
20. I have n't anything dutiable (depago) ; here are my
(= the) keys.
21. That is quite unnecessary (inutil) ; your word (dicha)
is sufficient.
Conjunctions,
Spanish grammarians divide the conjunctions into the
following nine classes:
I. CoNJUNCIONES COPULATIVAS.
que, that.
Y, and.
ni, not, not ever.
ni — ni, neither — nor.
tambien, also, too.
tampoco, neither, not either.
6, or.
6 — 6, either—or.
ya, already.
CONJUNCIONES DISJUNTIVAS.
ya — ya, now — now.
sea que, whether, while.
si quiera, at least, although,
though.
382
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
pero, but.
mas, but.
solo que, only that.
solo s{ que, on/y that.
3. CONJUNCIONES ADVERSATIVAS.
sino, but.
no sino, but.
aunque, although.
bienque, though, although.
como, as.
asi' como, 1
tal como,)
as.
pues, as, since, therefore.
por lo mismo, therefore.
por lo tanto, therefore.
con que, so, therefore.
luego, then, furthermore.
CONJUNCIONES COMPARATIVAS.
tanto — como, as well — as.
que, as.
segun, as, according to.
CONJUNCIONES ILATIVAS.^
de or por consiguiente, conse¬
quently.
de manera que,) therefore,
de modo que.
I consequently.
6. CONJUNCIONES CONTINUATIVAS.
as! que, so that, so.
d mas de, besides, except.
ademas de, moreover.
entre tanto que, while.
mientras que, while.
mientras tanto, as long as.
si, if, whether.
cuando, when.
que,/(7r.
porque, because, as.
pues, because, as, for.
CONJUNCIONES CONDICIONALES.
como, if.
con tal que, provided that.
8. CONJUNCIONES CAUSA LES.
puesto que, since, supposed that.
supuesto que, provided that.
ya que, as therefore, since.
1 Ilativo, that which denotes conclusion.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
383
9. CONJUNCIONES FINALES.
que, that^ in order that.
para que, in order that.
a fin de que, in order that.
con que, so then.
It will be seen that one and the same conjunction may
belong to different classes, and that most of the conjunctions
are in fact prepositions or adverbs (with or without que).
Principal Conjunctions formed with que.
A fin de que, in order that.
& m^nos que,)
> unless.
a no ser que,)
antes que, before.
asf que, so that, so.
aunque, J ,
> although.
bien que,)
caso que, in ease that.
como quiera que, however.
con que, so, therefore.
con motivo que, so that.
con tal que, provided that.
cuanto mas que, the more since.
dado que, in case that.
dado caso que, supposing that.
de manera que, i
de modo que, > so that.
de suerte que, ;
desde que, since.
despues que, after.
en tanto que, while, in case that.
En vez de que, instead of.
entre tanto que, while.
excepto que, excepting.
hasta que, until.
luego que, as soon as.
mi^ntras que, while. \}ng.
no obstante que, notwithstand-
para que, in order that.
por—que, however.
porque, because, in order that.
por mas que, however much.
por menos que, I
> however little
por poco que, )
pues que, ) .
> since.
puesto que,)
sea que, whether, while.
siempre que, wherever.
sin que, without.
supuesto que, since.
tanto que, so that.
ya que, since.
384
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
Remarlia on Certain Conjunctions.
1. Y and is changed into 6 when followed by a word
beginning with the vowel t or the syllable hi:
Es habil / ingenioso, he is clever and inventive,
padres /hijos, parents and children.
2. Pero and mas are placed at the beginning of adver¬
sative sentences, while sino can be employed only when preceded
by a negative clause:
No es bianco sino pardo, it is not white, but gray,
me dijo que lo sahia, pero (or he told me he knew it, but it
»r<7r)parecequenoesverdad, does not seem to be true,
quisiera salir, pero no puedo, I should like to go out, but I
cannot.
3. After the following conjunctions,
The Subjunctive Mood
is used when uncertainty, doubt, possibility, or an indefinite
future time is expressed :
Antes que, before.
a m^nos que, unless.
a fin de que, to the end that.
aunque, although.
bien que, although.
como, when, as.
como si,"
cual si.
• as if.
ling.
en caso de que, in case that.
hasta que, until.
hasta donde, as far as,
luego que, as soon as.
mi^ntras, while.
no sea que, lest.
ajal4, would that.
para que, in order that.
comoe^\exaQ^e.,not7vithstand- por—que, however.
con taJ que, provided that. siempre que, wherever.
cuand'i, when. ! sin que, without.
dado que, granted that. ' supuesto que, supposing that.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
38s
Aunque me lo haya dicho el
otro dia, no me acuerdo ya
de ello,
no volver6 hasta que me hayan
entregado el dinero,
si dl hubiere dejado Granada
dntes que le alcance mi carta,
I qud hard yo ?
ctiando sea tiempo le dard k V.
los gdneros,
ird aunque llueva.
although he may have told me
so the other day, I do not
remember it.
I shall not return till they have
handed me the money,
what shall I do in case he left
Granada before receiving
my letter?
when the time comes I shall
give you the goods.
I shall go, though it may rain.
Eocercise.
De la Comedia.
1. i Hombre! < vamos al teatro ? Han anunciado para
hoy una comedia muy buena.
2. i Qud titulo tiene?—" Contigo 'Pan y lebollas'
{onions)."
3. I Es esta la primera representacion ?— No, se"or. ya
la ban representado dos veces. Hoy la dan A bereficio
{bsnejit) del autor.
4. I C6mo han sido recibida en las primeras reprcsenta-
ciones ? — Con general aplauso.
5. iDi quien es? — De Gorostiza, autor )'a cdlebre, y cuyo
dltiina comedia ha aumentado mucho su reputacion.
6. I La ha visto V. ? — Sf, ayer la vi.
7. i Iremos a verla ?— Con mucho gusto. Celebrare ir
con V.
386
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
8. iTiene V. billetes? — Puedo tener dos de primeros
palcos {balcony).
9. Prefererfa ir al patio {J)arquette).—qu6 hora em-
pieza la funcion {spectacle) ? — A las siete y media; tenemos
el tiempo justo para ir.
10. Ya hay gran gentio {crowd). Nunca he visto el
teatro tan lleno.
11. Hay mucha gente elegante en los palcos. — i Qu^
dice V. de esta sala
12. No hable V. tan alto. Pronto van k empezar.
In a Theatre.
1. The decorations {las decoraciones) are beautiful, and
the stage {la escena) is well set {dirigida).
2. Is the audience here {elpublico) very noisy {bullicioso) ?
Spanish audiences (= the Spanish audience) are generally
very passionate {apasionado).
3. Marks {las demonstraciones) of approbation {apro-
bacion) or disapprobation {desaprobacion) are almost always the
result {el resultado) of momentary impressions {las impresiones
del momento).
4. Their applause {sus aplausos) in most cases {las mas
de las veces) is quite frantic {freneticos), while their hisses
{silbidos) are very severe {severos) and unjust {injustos).
5. What do you think of this new actress {la actriz) ?
— She is very graceful (= she has much grace \jgracia'\ ) and
has a most be.iutiful voice {una voz).
6. I do not know the language sufficiently to enable me
to criticise {para poder juzgar) your actors, but their behavior
(^« ademau) on the stage, their manners (j«f modales), and
their expression, have pleased me greatly.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
387
7. The comic actor {elgraciosd) is inimitable {inimitably,
and the comic actress {la graciosa) is very good.
8. You are right; she is excellent in {para) comedies,
but in tragic parts {en la iragedid) she is not worth anything.
9. Which are the main pieces {laspiezasparticulares) of
the Spanish theatre ?
10. Of old pieces {en el antiguo repertorid) we have the
heroic drama {el drama heroicd). Among modern ones {en las
piezas modernas) we have the "Zarzuela"'^ which is, so to say
{por decirlo asi) the comic Spanish Opera-Bouffe {la bpera
bufa) and the " Sainete " {el sainde), a one act piece {pieza en
un acta) representing (= which represents) a picture of pop¬
ular customs {eostumbres populures).
11. It is (= it makes) very warm here. Let us go out
{salgamos) a little {un momentd). To-morrow we will go to the
National Opera {la bpera nacional).
12. Have they good artists {artistas') ? The prima
donna and the tenor {el tenor) are really excellent, and the
orchestra {la orquesta) is complete and very well directed
{dirigida).
13. You have no ballet {u?t cuerpo de baile) ?
14. No, sir, we have no other {mas) ballet but {que) our
national dances {nuestras danzas nacionales).
^ A species of farce very popular in Spain.
388
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
The Use of the Tenses,
INDICATIVS MODE.
Present Tense.
hablo, estoy hablando, I speak, I am speaking,
como, estoy comiendo, I eat, I am eating,
vivo, estoy viviendo, I live, I am living.
1. The Indicative Mode of the Present expresses in
Spanish, as well as in other languages, an action occurring
or a state existing at the present time:
Yo escribo y ella dibuja, I write and she draws.
ella se levanta tarde, she gets up late.
los Americanos cultivan las the Americans cultivate the
ciencias, sciences.
estoy escribiendo una carta, I am writing a letter,
esta leyendo el diario, he is reading the paper.
i qu6 esta V. haciendo? what are you doing?
2. It sometimes replaces the I'ast Tense, especially in
lively narration :
Ap^nas dada la drden, se hardly was the order given, when
avanza la caballen'a ataca al the cavalry advanced, attacked
enemigo, que presto queda the enemy, who soon was
completamente derrotado, completely routed.
3. It sometimes replaces the future, especially after the
conjunction si:
Voy al instante, I '11 go at once. [yoti-
si vienes, te lo mostrar^, if you will come, I '11 show it to
I me hace V. el favor ? will you do me the favor ?
the spanish language.
389
4. It is used after hace, it is, in expressions of time:
i Cuanto tiempo hace que estd how long have you been in
V. en M^jico ? Mexico.'
hace mucho tiempo que no le it is a long time since I saw
veo, him.
Imperfect Tense.
hablaba, estaba hablando, I spoke, I was speaking,
coinia, estaba comiendo, I ate, I was eating,
vivia, estaba viviendo, I lived, I was living.
1. The Indicative Mode of the Imperfect is emplo3'ed
to express an action or event which was going on or existing
when another action took place :
Esiudiaba cuando entraron, I studied (I was studying)
when they entered,
me paseaba k orillas del lago, I was walking at the shores
cuando un nino cayd den- of the lake, when a child fell
tro, in.
yo estaba escribiendo cuando mi I was writing when my friend
amigo Carlos entro, Charles came in.
2, It denotes customary or habitual action, and may in
such cases be translated by " used to
Cuando era jdven me ategraba when I was young I used to
de cosas que no me gustan take pleasure in things which
ahora, do not please me now.
los Romanos eran grandes the Romans were great war-
guerreros, riors.
yo viajaba mucho cuando era I travelled a great deal when
mas joven, I was younger.
Ciceron era grande orador, Cicero was a great orator.
390
the meisterschaft system.
Past Definite Tense.
babl^, I spoke,
comi, I ate.
vivl, I lived.
1. The Indicative Mode of the Past Definite Tense
denotes what occurred on one occasion in the past, whether it
happened yesterday, a few weeks ago, or ages before:
Fui a verle ayer, I went to see him yesterday.
jnurib hace dos meses, he died two months ago.
Cervantes w^rcwamediados del Cervantes was born in the
siglo diez y seis, y murib en middle of the sixteenth cen-
Madridaprincipiosdel siglo tury, and died at Madrid in
diez y siete, the beginning of the seven¬
teenth century.
2. It is therefore called the historical tense, and is used
especially in narration;
Entregaron la ciudad a los they delivered the town to
enemigos, pero estos no se the enemies, but they at
atrevieron al principio de first did not venture to en-
entrar en ella, ter it.
Juan lo dijo ayer, estando yo John said so yesterday, while
presente, I was present.
Past Indefinite Tense.
he hablado, I have spoken,
he comido, I have eaten,
he vivido, I have lived,
he estado hablando, I have been speaking,
he estado comiendo, I have been eating,
he estado viviendo, I have been living.
thk spanish language.
39'
1. The Indicative of the Past Indefinite Tense denotes
what is past without stating a specific period:
He comprado un caballo, I have bought a horse.
ha vendido su casa, he has sold his house.
Espana ha producido grandes Spain has produced great
hombres, men.
he recibido una carta para mi I received a letter for my
primo hoy, pero no le he cousin to-day, but I have
visto aun, not seen him as yet.
2. It denotes an action in the past belonging to a
period of time (day, week, month, year, &c.) not entirely
elapsed:
I have been here for two hours.
I have been to church to-day.
many new things have been
invented during the present
century.
we have lived for ten years in
this house.
no le he visto hoy, ni en todo I did not see him to-day, nor
este mes, during this whole month.
He estado aquf dos horas,
hoy he estado en la iglesia,
muchas cosas nuevas han
sido inventadas en el siglo
presente,
hemos vivido diez anos en
esta casa.
Pluperfect Tense.
habia hablado,
habla comido,
habla vivido,
habla estado hablando,
habla estado comiendo,
habla estado viviendo.
I had spoken.
I had eaten.
I had lived.
I had been speaking.
I had been eating.
I had been living.
392
the meisterschakt system.
The Pluperfect Tense denotes an action which is not
only past in itself, but also past with reference to some other
past action expressed or implied.
Habia acabado de almorzar I had breakfasted before he
intes que €1 viniese, came,
ya habiamos oido la noticia de we had already heard the
su llegada,
habia leido el libro le volvf,
yo habia visto en Paris los
Nubios antes que el senor
Barnum les trajo aquf,
news of his arrival.
J had read the book when I
returned it.
I had seen the Nubians in
Paris before Barnum brought
them here.
Past Anterior.
(cuando) hube hablado, (when) I had spoken,
(cuando) bube cotnido, (when) I had eaten,
(cuando) hube vivido, (when) I had lived.
The Past Anterior is used in the same manner as the
Pluperfect but is always preceded by a conjunction of time,
as cuando, when ; despues que, after; luego que, asi que,
tan pronto como, as soon as; no bien, no sooner; ap^nas,
hardly, scarcely, &c. : [turned it.
Como hube leido el libro le volvf, when I had read the book, I re-
llamaronle despues que hubo they called him after the pa-
muerto el enfermo, tient had expired.
luego que hubimos cenado nos as soon as we had supped we
acostamos, went to bed.
no bien hube acabado de escri- I had scarcely done WTiting
bir cuando entrd ella, when she came in.
luego que hubimos oido la noti- as soon as we heard the news
cia de su llegada, partimos, of his arrival we left.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. 393
Future Tense.
hablar^, I shall speak,
corner^, I shall eat.
vivir^, I shall live.
1. The Future denotes future time :
El serd elegido manana, he will be elected to-morrow.
lo considerardmos, we will consider it.
enviard la carta esta tarde, I shall send the letter this evening.
2. It is frequently used in questions, especially when the
interrogator is convinced that his query cannot be denied ;
i Habrd desgracia mayor que can there be a greater misfor-
la mia ? tune than mine
ise habrd visto cosa mas pri- has ever anything more beau-
morosa ? tiful been seen ?
Future Perfect.
habr^ bablado, I shall have spoken,
habr^ comido, I shall have eaten,
habr^ vivido, I shall have lived.
This tense is used in the same manner as the correspond¬
ing English form:
Manana k estas horas ya ha- to-morrow at this time the
brdn entrado en esta los can- singers of all Spain will
tores de la Espana entera, have arrived here,
ya habrd terminado la tarea I shall have finished my task
cuando llegue el invierno, when the winter comes.
habrdn esparcido la noticia they will have spread the news
antes que se acabe el dia, before the day is over.
394
the mf.isterschaft system.
Conditional.
hablarla, I should speak,
comeria, I should eat.
viviria, I should live.
I. The Conditional is used chiefly in conditional sen¬
tences of which it forms the conclusion, while the clause with
si, if, forms the condition :
Compraria libros si tuviese {or
tuviera) dinero,
fortuna seria si hallase empleo
para su hermano,
yo habria pedido mas salario
si hubiese {or hubiera) sa-
bido que el amo me \odaria.
I should buy books if I had
money.
it would be fortunate if I could
find employment for his
brother.
I should have asked for more
salary if I had known that
the master would give it me.
2. In the conditional clauses with si, the forms in -se and
-ra are interchangeable;
Ilabriamos ido a ver los fuegos
artificiales, si hubihemos (or
hubi/ramos') sabido que los
habia,
me habria pagado si hubiera
(or hubiese) tenido dinero
en casa,
le habria ido 4 ver ayer si
hubiese (or hubiera) sabido
que estaba enfermo,
we should have gone to see
the fire-works if we had
known that there were
any.
he would have paid me if
he had had money in the
house.
I should have gone to see him
yesterday, if I had known
that he was ill.
3. The conditional is used to express a wish or modest
request:
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
395
Desearia que mis hijos apreu-
diesen {or aprendieran) al-
gunas lenguas,
me alegraria que lloviese {or
lloviera) hoy,
I desire my children to learn
some languages.
I should be glad if it rained
to-day.
4. It denotes an uncertain or approximate statement in
narrations;
Las once y media cuan-
do nos acostamos anoche,
it may have been (it was about)
half-past eleven when we
went to bed last night,
mi amigo tendria cincuenta my friend may have been (was
anos cuando murid, about) fifty years old when
he died.
5. It expresses possibility or fitness :
i Serfa verdad eso ? could that be true ?
dl podria venir, he might come.
V. deberia venir conmigo, you ought to come with me.
deber'tan obedecer, they ought to obey.
The Use of the Subjunctive Mode.
1. The Subjunctive Mode expresses possibility, doubt,
apprehension, prohibition, entreaty, surprise, necessity, advice,
&c. It is- chiefly used in dependent clauses connected with
the principal sentence by the conjunction que, that.
2. The tense of the subjunctive mode, being subordinate
to the preceding verb, is regulated by it. (Compare the " £.e
marks on the Correspondence of Tenses."')
396
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSXEAf.
3. The subjunctive mode is used in principal sentmces
to supply the negative form of the imperative which can never
be employed in Spanish.
It also supplies the affirmative form of the imperative in
the first and third persons :
Sea yo, let me be.
sea el, let him be.
sea v., be.
seamos nosotros, let us be.
sean ellos, let them be.
scan V.V., be.
No sea yo, let me not be.
no sea 61, let him not be.
no sea V., do not be.
no seamos, let us not be.
no sean, let them not be.
no sean V.V., do not be.
No d6selo, do not give it to him.
no di'gamelo, do not tell it me !
no viyase V., do not go away 1
4. The Subjunctive Mode must be used after verbs
expressive of wish, desire, entreaty, command, permission, expec¬
tation, hope, doubt, fear, apprehension, joy, grief, vexation, and
sitrprise ;
Temo que no vengan a tiempo,
para ir al teatro,
te ruego que m e kagas este favor,
quiere que lo haga yo,
todos desean que vuelva hoy,
me alcgro que lo sepas,
deseo que mis hijos aprendan la
lengua espahola,
confio que venga,
espero que llegue mi hermano,
me alegro que Uueva,
I am afraid they will not arrive
in time to go to the theatre.
I beg you to do me this favor,
he wants me to do this,
every one desires him to re¬
turn to-morrow.
I am glad you know it.
I desire my sons to learn the
Spanish language,
I trust he will come.
I hope my brother will arrive.
I am glad it rains.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. 397
el casero permite que cojamos the master allows us to pick
flores en su jardin, flowers in his garden.
yo les impedtre que vayan al I shall prevent their going to
baile, the ball,
el amo ha tnandado que tu lo the master ordered that you
hagas, should do it.
dudaba queYtXx'^t.hubieseAz.^o he doubted whether Philip had
este castigo a Juanito, given this chastisement to
(little) John.
yo habia pedido que Carlos to- I requested Charles to play the
case el piano, piano,
le mandaron que fuese k Chi- they ordered him to go to
huahua, Chihuahua.
permitame V. que le kaga una allow me to ask you a ques-
pregunta, tion.
siento que no hayamos podido I regret we could not come,
venir,
5. The subjunctive mode is employed after impersonal
expressions unless they denote positive certainty :
Basta que tu lo digas, it is sufficient that you say so.
importa que hagas esta visita it is important that you should
hoy, make this call to-day.
conviene que lo sepa, it is proper for him to know it.
es cstraho que V. no sepa del it is strange that you do not
caso, know about the case.
es justo que sea V. premiado it is right you should be re-
por su obra, warded for your work.
es Idstima que no venga, it is a pity that he does not
come.
esmenesterquevayaN.kPav&czx you must go for the physi-
al medico, cian.
393
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM,
esnecesario que lo hagaY. pronto, you must do it soon.
es preciso que saiga V. de aqui you must leave here as soon
cuanto antes, as possible.
6. The subjunctive mode is used in relative sentences
when the relative refers to persons, objects, or ideas which
are mentioned in an uncertain or indefinite sense:
Venga lo que viniere,
quien quiera que sea,
i donde fueres, haz lo que
vieres I
i haga V. lo que mas le gustarel
hay pocos que lo sepan.
come what will,
whoever he may be.
wherever thou goest, do what
thou seest I
do what you like (best) !
there are few who know it.
7. The subjunctive is also used when a future, possible,
or contingent effect is expressed :
Lo comprard cuando tenga I will buy it when I have
dinero,
mi hermana tendra mucho
gusto en acompanar 4 V.,
cuando desee hacer sus com-
pras,
cuando el criado traiga la ropa,
di'gale V. de servirme el
almuerzo,
money.
my sister will be very happy
to accompany you when
you want to do your shop¬
ping.
when the servant brings my
clothes, tell him to serve
breakfast.
8. After verbs of saying, thinking, believing, &c., the sub¬
junctive mode is used in negative or interrogative sentences :
No crea V. que mi amigo haya do not believe that my friend
hecho esto, did it! [to-day ?
ipiensa V. que ella j<z^<zhoy ? do you think she will go out
a. In affirmative sentences, however, the indicative mode
must be used after these verbs :
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
399
La criada dice que la sopa estd the girl says that the soup is
en la mesa ya, on the table,
mi amigo me escribe que apru- my friend writes that he ap-
eba mi plan, proves of my plan,
dicen que Don Pedro esta muy they say Don Pedro is very
enfermo, ill.
9. Observe that the conjunction que before the subjunc¬
tive can never be omitted, as in English, but must always
be expressed, and even repeated, before every subordinate
verb:
Quiero que venga y que traiga I wish him to come and to
el almuerzo, bring my breakfast.
10. As regards the conjunctions which require the sub¬
junctive, compare remarks on conjunctions.
Correspondence of Tenses.
1. The Subjunctive Mode of the Present is generally
employed when the preceding verb stands in the Present or
future Indicative, or in the Imperative:
Me alegro que el tiempo I am glad the weather is favorable
favorezca la fiesta, to the festival,
sera preciso que se quede, it will be necessary for him to stay,
di'selo luego que venga, tell him so, as soon as he comes.
2. The Subjunctive cf the Imperfect in either form is
emploj'ed after verbs in any past tense in the indicative:
Querfa que viniese (pxviniera), I wished him to come, [speak,
fud preciso que hablase, it was necessary for him to
le mandaron que fuese (or fu- they ordered him to go to
era) i Filadelfia, Philadelphia.
400
the meisterschaft system.
3. The Subjunctive of the Past Indefinite is used after
verbs in the present indicative of the present or the future:
fs'o volver6 hasta que meI shall not return till I am
restablecido, well,
espero que mi hermana haya I hope my sister has arrived.
llegado,
4. The Pluperfect Subjunctive in either form is used
after verbs of any past tense in the indicative:
Crefamos que ya hubiera (or we thought he had (already)
hubiese) dado este libro d given this book to little
Juanita, Jane.
5. The Subjunctive of the Future and Future Perfect
is used after si, if; cuando, when; mi^ntras, while; or after
a relative pronoun or adverb in sentences denoting future con¬
tingency :
Si tuviere dinero, compran'a If he had money, he would
Lbros, buy books.
61 nos lo dirfa s\-permaneeiere he would tell us if he staid
aqui algun tiempo, here some time,
cuando hubiere leido este libro when he has read this Spanish
espahol, escribira la carta, book, he will write the letter,
yo le traer6 a V. los libros que I will bring you the books they
me dieren, may give me.
Remark that instead of this tense the present or past
indefinite subjunctive may be used :
Yo le traer6 a V. los libros que I will bring you the books they
me den, may give me.
the spanish language.
401
The Use of the Infinitive,
I. The Infinitive may be used, and consequently in¬
flected, like a noun :
Hablar mucho es un vicio,
el beber, el comer, y el dormir
son cosas necesarias para la
vida,
el levantarse temprano es muy
bueno para ^a salud,
el escribir un buen estilo no es
cosa facil,
el arte de bien vivir.
to talk much is a bad habit,
eating, drinking, and sleeping
are necessary for sustaining
life.
to rise early is good for the
health.
to write a good style is not an
easy matter.
.the art of living correctly.
Remark that the definite article is generally, but not
necessarily, employed with the Infinitive.
2. The Infinitive stands after all prepositions :
Despues de air k ambas partes, after hearing both parties, one
es como se puede juzgar,
para aprender algo es preciso
estudiar,
antes de levantarse,
sin preguntar.
is able to judge,
in order to learn anything, one
must study,
before rising,
without asking.
3. The Infinitive with 4 or al (dative case) is employed
in place of our English sentences beginning with when, after,
as, or if:
Al salir de casa encontr^ con
mi agente,
d no estar yo aquf, se habria
quemada toda la casa,
i saber yo que hubiera venido,
no hsbria salido,
when I left the house I met my
agent.
if I had not been there, the
whole house would have
burned down,
if I had known he had come,
I should not have gone out
402
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
4. The Infinitive without any preposition is used after
verbs denotingy^^rr, doubt, wish, desire, need, duty, thought, &c.,
when both verbs have the same subjeet.
After verbs of commanding, forbidding,eausing, preventing,
&c., either the infinitive or subjunctive may follow. Such
verbs are
Verbs requiring no Preposition before the following
Infinitive.
Aconsejar, to advise.
acostumbrar, to accustom.
afirmar, to affirm.
agradar, to be agreeable.
concebir, to conceive.
confesar, to confess.
contar, to relate.
conviene, it is convenient to.
creer, to believe.
deber, to owe, must.
declarar, to declare.
dejar, to let, to leave.
desear, to desire.
determinar, to resolve to.
esperar, to hope, to expect to.
gustar, to like to.
hacer, to make, to cause to.
imaginar, to imagine.
impedir, to prevent from.
intentar, to intend.
mandar, to order.
manifestar, to manifest.
mis vale, it is better to.
necesitar, to want to.
negar, to deny.
oir, to hear.
osar, to dare, to venture to.
parecer, to appear.
pensar, to think, to intend,
poder, to be able.
preferir, to prefer.
presumir, to presume.
pretender, to pretend, to claim,
procurar, to try to.
prohibir, to forbid to.
prometer, to promise.
proponer, to propose.
protestar, to protest.
querer, to wish.
saber, to know how, to be able
sentir, to feel, to regret.
soler, to be accustomed to.
temer, to fear to.
ver, to see.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
403
Ejemplos.
Parece hacer frio,
deseo tener dinero,
no conviene hacerlo,
d^jame escribir esta carta,
sfrvase V. tomar asiento,
oigo llamar 4 la puerta,
pienso partir pronto,
me gusta comer ahora,
temo ver 4 mi enemigo,
el testigo afirmaba haber dicho
la verdad,
el acusado negaba haber co-
metido el hurto,
debe hacer eso,
suelo verle,
acostumbro comer y dormir
poco,
os4 decirle la verdad,
mand4 salir 4 mi criado,
prohibi 4 mi hijo ir al teatro.
it seems to be cold.
I wish to have money,
it is not proper to do it.
let me write this letter,
please be seated. [the door.
I hear some one knocking at
I intend to leave soon.
I like to dine now.
I am afraid to see my enemy,
the witness asserted he had
told the truth,
the accused denied that he had
committed the theft,
he must do this.
I am accustomed to see him.
I am in the habit of eating and
sleeping but little.
I ventured to tell him the truth.
I ordered my servant to go out.
I forbade my son to go to the
theatre.
Remark that deoir, to say, to tell, according to the Gram¬
mar of the Spanish Academy, must never be followed by an
Infinitive. This rule, however, is frequently disregarded.
5. Verbs of motion, destination, encouragement, inclination,
habit, or reflexive verbs expressive of strong moral decision
or effort, require the preposition 4 before the infinitive of the
verb they govern. Such are
404
the meisterschaft system.
Verbs requiring
Animar a, fo encourage to.
aprender a, to learn to.
aspirar d, to aspire to.
autorizar d, to authorize to.
atreverse d, to dare to.
ayudar d, to help to.
com^nzar a, to commence to.
condenar d, to condemn to.
consentir d, to consent to.
convidar a, to invite to.
dar d, to give to.
decidirse d, to resolve to.
echar a,
empezar a,
ensenar d, to teach to.
> to begin to.
a,)
d before the Infinitive.
enviar d, to send to.
esforzarse d, to try to.
habituar d, to accustom to.
inclinar d, to incline to.
invitar a, to invite to.
ir d, to go to.
negarse d, to refuse to.
obligar d, to. compel to.
pasar d, to go to, to come to.
ponerse d, to begin to.
resistirse d, to resist.
salir d, to start for.
tender a, to aim at.
venir d, to come to. \again.
volver d, to return to, to
Ejemplos.
Me accstumbro d andar,
aprenden d leer y d escribir,
no se atreve d exponerse,
ayddeme d vestir,
le convide d comer,
autorizo kY. d votar por mf,
enseno a este nino d tocar el
piano,
su hermano vino d visitarme,
yo salf d ver la parada,
empiezo d entenderlo,
me enseno d dibujar.
I am accustomed to walking,
they learn to read and to write,
he does not dare to expose
himself,
help to dress me.
I invited him to dinner.
I authorize you to vote for me.
I am teaching this child to play
the piano,
his brother came to visit me.
I went out to see the review.
I begin to understand it.
he taught me to draw.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
405
le exortaba d hacer su deber,
voy d encontrarlos,
vengo d informar a V.,
nos vo!ver4 d ver,
se niega d aceptarlo,
I exhorted him to'do his duty.
I am going to meet them.
I come to inform you.
he will see us again,
he refuses to accept it.
6. The Preposition A before the Infinitive is used in a
number of elliptical phrases, as :
A decir la verdad, to speak truly.
d saber, namely.
7. The Preposition de is used before the Infinitive after
nouns and adjectives which govern the genitive :
Hagame V. el favor de venir do me the favor to come with
conmigo, me.
tiene vergtienza de pedirlo, he is ashamed to ask it.
no tengo el gusto de conocer I have not the pleasure of
i v., knowing you.
es dificil de aprender, it is difficult to learn,
soy deseoso de conseguirlo, I am desirous to attain it.
8. Verbs requiring de before the Infinitive.
Acabar de, to have just.
acordarse de, to remember to.
alegrarse de, to be glad to.
arrepentirse de, to repent of.
cesar de, to cease to.
dejar de, to fail to, to leave off.
desistir de, to cease from.
disuadir de, to dissuade from.
encargar de, to commission to.
escusar de, to excuse from.
eximir de, to free from.
haber de, to be about to.
ocuparse de, to busy onds selj
with.
olvidarse de. to forget to.
tratar de, to try to.
4o6
the meisterschaft system.
Ejemplos.
Cesad de perseguir k vuestros cease to persecute your ene-
contrarios, mies,
acabo de llegar, I have just arrived,
ha de venir, he must come.
nomeacuerdo^<fhaberlodicho, I do not remember saying so.
se me olvidd de decirlo, I forgot to say so.
no deja de estudiar, he does not cease studying,
me encargd de darle k V. esta he requested me to give you
carta, this letter,
tratard de verlos, I shall try to see them.
9. De must be used after ser, to be, when used imper¬
sonally :
Es de esperar, it is to be hoped. [come,
es de desear que no venga, it is desirable he should not
10. The preposition en is required before the Infinitive
after verbs denoting occupation or insistance :
Se ocupa en leer, en escribir, he occupies himself with read¬
ing, with writing,
persiste en decirlo, he persists in saying so.
se empend en querer ir a verla, he persisted in his desire of
calling upon her.
11. The preposition con is required before the Infinitive
after verbs which signify diversion or amusement:
le entretengo con leerle algo I entertain him by reading
gracioso, some merry piece to him.
Note. — The Gerund is generally used in such cases :
Divierto k mi hermana tocan- I entertain my sister by play-
dole algunas arias al piano, ing some airs on the piano
to her.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
407
12. The preposition para, in order to, for the purpose of,
is used before the Infinitive to express aim, end, or purpose.
It is employed whenever to (before the Infinitive) may be
rendered by in order to :
Para aprender algo es preciso in order to learn anything, one
estudiar, must study,
lo hago para complacerte, I do it to please you.
quien tiene oidos para oir, he who hath ears to hear, let
oiga, him hear,
lo hice para salvarla, I did it to save her. [ing us.
vino para vernos, he came for the purpose of see-
13. The Infinitive is governed by the preposition por,
on account of, for the sake of, to, when reason, motive, result, aim,
willingness, or anticipation is expressed :
No fu6 admitido por ser ex- being a foreigner, he was not
tranjero, admitted,
trabajan por ganar dinero, they labor to earn money,
estoy por haceilo, I am ready to do it.
nacemos por sufrir, we are born to suffer, [talking,
habla s61o por hablar, he talks only for the sake of
14. Mandar, to send, to order, and hacer, to do, to make,
followed by an Infinitive, signify to cause, to have, to let:
Se hizo hacer un par de zapatos, he had a pair of shoes made,
he mandado hacer un traje para I had a suit made for my
mi nino, boy.
manda lavar su ropa, he has his clothes washed.
15. Oir, to hear, and ver, to see, when used transitively,
are followed by the infinitive (and not by the participle, as in
tnglish):
Le oigo venir, I hear him coming,
le vid venir, he saw him coming.
4o8 the meisterschaft system.
Exercise.
1. It is beginning to grow late. It is time (already)
to go to bed.
2. It is not late ; it is only (no mas que) ten o'clock.
3. I feel very sleepy (= with much sleepy ; I am very
tired (cansado or rendidd).
4. I am going to undress (desnudar) and to retire (acos-
iarme) at once.
5. Waiter give me a bootjack (un sacabotas) and my
slippers, and have the goodness to bring a light (la luz).
6. Did you close the shutters (las persianas) ?
7. Leave (deje V.) the light here, and put the matches
(/os fbsforos) on the table.
8. Please give me the book which lies (esta) on the
bureau. If I do not go to sleep (si no tne duermo) at once, I
shall read.
9. Do not forget to call me at 6 in the morning. — I '11
do so without fail.
10. Do you need anything else, sir? — Nothing. Good
night I — Good night (= The same I wish to you) I
The Gerund.
I. The Gerund is invariable in gender and number. It
is used in connection with the verb estar, similar to the pro¬
gressive conjugation in English, and expresses the action of
the verb as continuing or unfinished :
Estoy comiendo, I am eating,
estaba leyendo, he was reading.
the spanish language.
409
estard, escribiendo, he will be writing.
I qu6 esta V. haciendo ? what are you doing ?
esta lloviendo, it is raining,
estaba estudiando y trabajan- I have been studying and work-
do muchas noches hasta las ing many a night till 12 o'clock
doce y mas, and longer.
Note. — Observe that estar cannot be used with the
Gerund of ser, io be; ir, to go; and venir, to come. Thus we
say voy, I am going; vengo, I am coming.
2. The Gerund is used when it denotes the state of the
subject:
Habla durmiendo, he speaks in his sleep (while
he is asleep).
las ninas respondieron llo- the girls answered weeping.
rando, [was dressing),
le dej6 visti^ndose, I left him dressing (while he
3. The Gerund is frequently used for the sake of euphony
or brevity where we have to employ while, whilst, as, since,
if, although, or by:
Estando escribiendo una car- whilst writing a letter to my
ta a mi agente, entrd 61 mis- agent, he entered himself
mo en mi cuarto, into my room,
teniendo malo el pi6 no puede he cannot rise as he has a sore
levantarse, foot,
habiendo concluido el nego- having concluded the business
cio, ibamos a pasear, (after we had concluded the
business), we went to take
a walk.
ensenandoescomo seaprende, one learns by teaching.
the meisterschaft system.
deseando ver k V. he venido
a Madrid,
siendo asf, no le dard el libro,
dandole yo licencia saldra,
Ids hombres, habiendo de te-
mer 4 Dies, desobedecen sus
preceptos,
viendo que su hermano no
venia, se fud,
habiendo dl visto que el mddico
no habia venido, mandd por
^1,
4. The Gerund is also used with the preposition en. It
is to be observed that the Gerund with or without en may have
an indefinite personal subject:
En diciendo esto, se marchd, having said so, he went away.
as I wished to see you, I came
to Madrid,
this being so (as this is so), I
shall not give him the book,
if I give him permission he
will go out.
though the people have to
fear God, they disobey his
commands,
when he saw that his brother
did not come, he went away,
when he had seen that the
physician had not come, he
sent for him.
en llegando a. Vera-Cruz,
escribird,
lo primero que en naciendo
hacemos es llorar,
en explicando esto, pasardmos
4 otra cosa,
as soon as I arrive in Vera
Cruz I shall write,
the first thing we do at our
birth is to cry.
having explained this, we shall
pass to some other subject.
5. The Gerund naturally partakes of the nature of the
verb from which it is derived, and governs the same cases:
Gozando de buena salud, enjoying good health,
pasando yo por la calle, me passing through the street, 1
encontre un panuelo, found a handkerchief.
olvid4ndose de lo pasado, forgetting the past.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
The Past Participle,
1. The Past Participles of all verbs joined to the
auxiliary haber is invariable :
Hemos visto dos senoritas, we have seen two young ladies,
las cartas que he escrito no the letters I wrote are not in-
estan interesantes> teresting.
las senoritas que hemos visto, the young ladies we saw are
son muy lindas, very pretty.
2. Llevar or tener, when used as substitutes of haber,
require the past participles accompanying them to agree in
number and gender with their object:
Tengo escrita una carta, I have written a letter,
ilevan escritas dos cartas, they have written two letters.
3. In the tenses of the passive voice the past participle
is inflected and agrees in gender and number with its subject.
It is also inflected when joined to the verbs ser or estar, to be:
Estos hombres estan cansados, these men are tired.
estas mujeres estan eansadas, these women are tired,
soy amado, somos amados, I am loved, we are loved {mas^.
soy amada, somos atnadas, I am loved, we are loved {Jem^.
no siempre son las cosas apre- things are not always appreci-
ciadas segun su valor, ated according to their value.
4. Separated from the auxiliary, the past participle is
inflected like any adjective, agreeing in gender and number
with the noun qualified :
Una mujer easada, a married woman,
un hombre per dido, a lost man.
se vieron vencidos del enemigo, they saw themselves defeated
by the enemy.
412
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
5. The Past Participle may be used absolutely:
Muerta la reina, su hijo tomd the queen having died, her son
el titulo de rey, took the title of king.
concluido este negocio, se the business concluded, he
despidid, took leave.
disuelta la asamblea, se retira- the assembly dissolved, all
ron todos, withdrew.
6. A preposition may sometimes precede the Past
Participle:
Despues de firmada la paz, after the peace had been signed,
despues de sembrados los tri- after the wheat has been sown
gospodemoshacer unviage, we can make a journey.
7. There are about 100 Spanish verbs which have tw»
Past Participles, a regular and an irregular one. The regular
Participle must be used in compound tenses with haber, and
in passive sentences. The irregular Participle is used as an
adjective, or when standing alone (never with the auxiliary
haber), with the exception of the following: impreso, injerto,
opreso, preso, prescrito, proscrito, provisto, (roto), and
Bupreso, of which either participle is used.
Principal Verbs Having Two Farticiples.
Infinitive.
Absorver, to absorb,
abstraer, to abstract,
aceptar, to accept,
aguzar, to sharpen,
alertarse, to beware,
astringir, to contract,
atender, to heed.
Regular Part.
absorvido,
abstraido,
aceptado,
aguzado,
alertado,
astringido,
atendido.
Irregular Part.
absorto.
abstracto.
acepto.
agudo.
alerto.
astricto.
atento.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. 413
Infinitivo. Regular Part. Irregular Part.
bendecir, to bless.
bendecido,
bendito.
bienquerer, to esteem.
bienquerido,
bienquisto.
cocer, to boil.
cocido,
cocho.
compeler, to compel.
compelido,
compulso.
completar, to complete.
completado,
completo.
comprender, to understand.
comprendido,
comprensa
comprimir, to compress.
comprimido,
compreso.
concluir, to conclude,
concluido,
concluso.
confesar, to confess.
confesado,
confeso.
confundir, to confound.
confundido,
confuso.
contentar, to content.
contentado,
contento.
contraer, to contract.
contraido,
contracto.
convencer, to convince.
convencido,
convicto.
convertir, to convert.
convertido,
converse.
convulsar, to convulse.
convulsado,
convulso.
corregir, to correct.
corregido,
correcto.
corromper, to corrupt.
corrompido,
corrupto.
corvar, to bend,
corvado,
corvo.
cultivar, to cultivate.
cultivado,
•
culto.
desertar, to desert.
desertado,
desierto.
desnudar, to lay bare.
desnudado,
desnudo.
despertar, to awake.
despertado,
despierto.
difundir, to diffuse.
difundido,
difuso.
dirigir, to direct.
dirigido,
directo.
dispersar, to disperse.
dispersado,
disperse.
distinguir, to distinguish.
distinguido,
distinte.
dividir, to divide.
dividido,
divise.
elegit, to elect.
elegido,
electe.
enjugar, to dry.
enjugado,
enjute.
erigir, to erect.
erigido,
erecto.
414
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
Infinitivo.
esceptuar, to except,
escluir, to exclude,
espeler, to expel,
espresar, to express,
estender, to extend,
estinguir, to extinguish,
estraer, to extract,
exentar, to exempt,
eximir, to free,
f altar, to fail,
favorecer, to favor,
fechar, to date,
fijar, to fix,
fingir, to feign,
freir, to fry,
hartar, to satiate,
imprimir, to impress, to print,
improvisar, to extemporize,
incluir, to include,
incurrir, to incur,
infectar, to infect,
infundir, to infuse,
ingerir, )
J to insert,
ingertar,)
inscribir, to inscribe,
inserir, )
> to insert,
insertar,)
invertir, to invert,
juntar, to join,
limpiar, to clean.
Regular Part.
Irregular Part.
esceptuado,
escepto.
escluido,
escluso.
espelido,
espulso.
espresado,
espreso.
estendido,
estenso.
estinguido,
estinto.
estraido,
estracto.
exentado,
exento.
eximido,
exento.
faltado,
falto.
favorecido,
favorito.
fechado,
fecho.
fijado,
fijo.
fingido,
ficto.
freido,
frito.
hartado.
harto.
imprimido,
impreso.
improvisado,
improviso.
incluido,
incluso.
incurrido,
incurso.
infectado,
infecto.
infundido,
•
infuso.
ingerido,
ingerto.
ingertado,
ingerto.
inscribido,
inscrito.
inserido,
inserto.
insertado.
inserto.
invertido,
in verso.
juntado,
junto.
limpiado,
limpio-
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
415
Infinitivo. Regular Part. Irregular Part.
maldecir, to curse,
maldecido.
maldito.
manifestar, to manifest,
manifestado.
manifiesto.
manumitir, to emancipate.
manumitido.
manuniiso.
marchitar, to fade.
marchitado.
marchito.
nacer, to be born.
nacido.
nato.
ocultar, to conceal.
ocultado,
oculto.
omitir, to omit.
omitido.
omiso.
oprimir, to oppress.
oprimido.
opreso.
perfeccionar, to perfect.
perfeccionado,
perfecto.
pervertir, to pervert.
pervertido.
perverso.
poseer, to possess.
poseido.
poseso.
prender, to catch.
prendido.
preso.
prescribir, to prescribe.
prescribido.
prescrito.
presumir, to presume.
presumido.
presunto.
pretender, to pretend, ■
pretendido.
pretenso.
producir, to produce.
producido,
producto.
profesar, to profess.
profesado.
profeso.
propender, to incline.
propendido,
propenso.
proscribir, to proscribe.
proscribido.
proscrito.
prove er, to provide.
proveido.
provisto;
raciocinar, to argue.
raciocinado,
raciocinio.
recluir, to shut up.
recluido.
recluso.
reflejar, to reflect.
reflejado,
reflejo.
refringir,/'^?r^/'a^-^(raysof light), refringido,
refracto.
remitir, to remii.
remitido.
remiso.
. repeler, to repel.
repelido.
repulso.
repletar, to fill.
repletado.
repleto.
restringir, to restrict.
restringido.
restricto.
romper, to break.
rompido.
roto.
salvar, to save.
salvado.
salvo.
4I6
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
Infinitivo. Regular Part. Irregular Part.
secar, to dry,
secado,
seco.
sepultar, to bury.
sepultado.
sepulto.
situar, to place.
situado,
sito.
soltar, to let loose.
soltado,
suelto.
sujetar, to subject.
sujetado,
sujeto.
suprimir, to suppress.
suprimido,
supreso.
suspender, to suspend.
suspendido,
suspense
sustituir, to substitute.
sustituido,
sustito.
tender, to spread.
tendido,
tenso.
teiiir, to dye.
tenido,
tinto.
torcer, to twist.
torcido.
tuerto.
vaciar, to empty.
vaciado,
vacio.
zafar, to ornament, to free.
zafado,
zafo.
Exercise.
El Coireo.
1. At what time does the post go out (sale)'i—At
six P.M.
2. Then {entbnces) I have not a minute to lose, as it is
half-past four already.
3. Do you need any postage stamps {sellas^ .>— What is
(cudnto cuestd) the postage (elfranqued) for (de) this letter ?
4. Will you tell me, in order that I may not make a
mistake (para no equivocarme), what kind of stamp (que sella)
I must put on (en) this letter ?
5. This is an ordinar}'^ letter (una carta sencilla).—What
(cudl) is the weight (elpeso) of an ordinary letter ?
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
417
6. Postman {carterd), please show me the office where
the foreign letters are delivered (se disiribuyeti). — Third door
to (</<?) the right, sir.
7. [To the clerk, al ofidal de correos'\ : Will you please
{gusta V.) give me a letter from {procedente de) Chicago,
number 33 (=with the number 33) which I saw in the official
list (=en la listd). It is addressed {dirijida) to Mr. Fincham.
Here is {aqut tiene V.) my pass {pasapor/e).
8. Show me your pass or any other papers which may
identify you (^ue identijiquen su persona).
9. Take {vaya V. a llevar) these letters to the Posl-Office.
Put them {/ckelas F.) in the box (el buzon). If there is (= if I
have) a letter for me on the official list, get it (trdigamela V.)
10. Has the postman brought (traido) any letters ? I
expected (yo esperabd) one from Baltimore. — See if it is
this (esa). It is for me; but I do not know the handwriting
(la letrd).
The Imperative.
1. There are only two forms in the Imperative, viz., the
second person singular and plural. All the others are simply
taken from the Subjunctive Mode;
habla, speak (thou) ; hablad, speak (ye).
2. The Imperative proper can never be used negatively.
In its place the corresponding subjunctive forms must .be
employed:
no hable, let him not speak ; no hable V., do not speak,
no hablemos, let us not speak ; no hablen V.V., do not speak.
4I8
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
3. V. and V.V. generally accompany the Imperative, but
they may be left out if there exists a certain degree of
familiarity between the parties interested.
In polite life the omission of V. and V.V. is not ad¬
missible.
Government of Verba.
1. The object of a transitive verb stands in the accusa¬
tive {objective^ case without a preposition when it denotes
things.
2. When persons or animals are designated, the prepo¬
sition 4 is used before the object:
Conozco A este hombre, I know this man.
i d quien.buzca V. ? whom do you seek ?
fueron i llamar d un medico, they went to call a physician,
leo d Cervantes, I am reading Cervantes.
3. When the personal object is preceded by a cardinal
number., d is omitted :
He visto cuatro mujeres, I saw four women.
4. A IS also left out when the personal object is unknown
or indeterminate:
Heconvidado algunos amigos, I have invited a few friends,
busca una criada, she is looking for a servant-girl.
5- After tener in the sense of to have, to possess, d is
omitted:
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. 419
Tengo un buen hijo, I have a good son.
But when tener is used in the sense of to be, &. is used.:
Tengo & mi hijo enfermo, my son is ill.
tiene &. su hermana en el his sister israbroad {he has his
extrangero, sister abroad).
6. After the verb querer, A is used in the sense to love,
to like:
Quiero A esta muchacha, I like this girl.
Querer without d means to want, to wish :
Quiero un hombre honrado I want an honest man who
4
que hable ingles, speaks English.
7. A is omitted after perder, to lose. {^Perder d means
to ruin) :
He perdido mi padre, I have lost my father.
8. Many verbs are followed in Spanish by A, de, con,
per, para, sobre, etc., when in English no prejiosition is em¬
ployed. Some of these verbs may, without changing their
meaning, govern different prepositions.
9. Most reflective verbs, and those expressing conditions
of the mind, abundance, want, separation, deprivation, blame,
&c., are generally followed by the preposition de. Such
verbs are:
Abusar de, to abuse.
acordarse de, to remember.
admirarse de, to wonder at.
alegrarse de, to rejoice at.
aprovecharse de, to use. \pf^
avcrgonzarse de, to be ashamed
bularse de, to laugh at.
carecer de, to want, to be with'
out.
compadecerse de, to pity.
condolerse de, to pity.
desconfiar de, to distrust.
420
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
dudar de, to doubt.
fiarse de, to trust.
gozar de, to enjoy.
jactarse de, to boast.
lamentarse de, to lament.
mofarse de, to scojj at.
necesitar de, to need.
olvidarse de, to forget.
preciarse de, to boast.
prescindir de, to do without.
privarse de, to deprive.
reirse de, to laugh at.
renegar de, to abominate.
servirse de, to use.
tener lastima de, to pity.
tener verguenza de, to be
ashamed of.
usar de, to use.
valerse de, to avail one's self of.
zafarse de, to get rid of.
lo. I add a list of verbs which change their meaning
according to the preposition employed, and which will be
found useful to students, as it is not given in any other
English-Spanish grammar or dictionary.
Jjist of VOrhs which change their Meaning according
to the Preposition employed.
Acordar en alguna cosa,
to
agree. [some one.
acordarse con alguno.
to
come to an agreement with
acordarse de alguno.
to
remember.
alzarse con una cosa,
to
appropriate something.
alzarse para una cosa.
to
rise in order to do a thing.
andar & vueltas.
to
scold.
andar en vueltas.
to
shuffle, to make subterfuges.
aplicarse d un libro,
to
study a book.
aplicarse un libro,
to
appropriate a book.
apresurarse & responder.
to
hasten to answer.
apresurarse en responder,
to
give a hasty answer.
apretar d alguno,
to
constrain, to restrict a persoa
apretar con alguno.
to
attack violently.
asir i uno la mano.
to
grasp one's hand (in greeting).
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
421
asir d. uno de la mano,
caer en la plaza,
caer de la gracia de alguno,
caer en gracia d alguno,
cargar con alguno,
cargar sobre alguno,
cerrar d alguno,
ceirar con alguno,
comprometerse con uno,
comprometerse en uno,
comunicar d uno algo,
comunicar con uno algo,
contar una cosa,
contar con una cosa,
convenir d uno,
convenir con uno,
correr d alguno,
correr con alguno,
dar algo,
dar con uno,
dar en algo,
dar por algo,
dar credito,
dar d credito,
dar d uno,
dar Bobre uno,
dar la mano,
dar de mano,
dar con el pid.
to hold, to seize one's hand,
to fall down in the square,
to fall in the esteem of a person,
to please a person. [son.
to burden one's self with a per-
to molest a person,
to lock up.
to attack a person,
to compromise one's self with,
to leave to another the decision
of a matter,
to communicate something,
to advise with some one about,
to tell, to narrate,
to depend upon,
to be useful,
to agree with a person,
to disconcert, to put some one to
the blush,
to keep company with,
to give a thing.
to meet a person (one expects).
to hit upon something.
to imagine something.
to accredit, to believe.
to sell on trust.
to give something to a person.
to attack some one.
to give one's hand.
to depreciate, to despise.
to treat contemptuously.
422
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
& una cosa,
dar por el pi6, to
dar un bajfo, to
dar en un bajfo, to
dar fin,
dar cabo,
dar fin,
dar cabo,
debar ir 4 Madrid, to
debar da ir d Madrid, to
declararse d alguno, to
declararse por alguno, to
desesperar & alguno, to
desesperar de alguno, to
deshacerse alguna cosa, to
deshacerse de alguna cosa, to
deshacerse por alguna cosa, to
dormir en una empresa, to
dormir sobre una empresa, to
echar tierra d una cosa, to
ecTiar un gdnero en tierra, to
echar un edificio por tierra, to
echar un libro por tierra, to
entender una cosa, to
entender en una cosa, to
entrar d alguno, to
entrar con alguno, to
entrarse alguno, to
entregarse al dinero, to
entregarse del dinero, to
entirely destroy,
meet with a misfortune,
run (a ship) aground.
to finish a matter.
de una cosa, to entirely destroy a thing.
be obliged to go to Madrid,
probably go to Madrid,
make one's self known,
declare one's self for a person,
drive a person to despair,
despair.
undo, to dissolve, to vanish,
give a thing away,
long for.
treat an enterprise negligently,
carefully consider an enterprise,
hush a thing up.
land goods,
destroy a building,
despise a book,
understand a thing,
be employed in a thing,
introduce a person ; to prevail
upon a person. [person,
have something to do with a
introduce one's self,
give one's self up to the getting
of riches,
receive money.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
4^3
estar & alguna cosa, to be responsible for.
estar en alguna cosa, to be convinced of, to comprehend,
estar sobre una cosa, to hurry a matter,
estar & todo, to be prepared for anything,
estar en todo, to be attentive in all points,
estar con cuidado, to be careful, watchful,
estar de cuidado, to be dangerously ill.
estar en sf, to be in one's right mind,
estar sobre sf, to be elated; to be on one's guard,
estar con alguno, to be with a person,
estar por alguno, to favor a person,
estar en hacer alguna cosa, to be decided to do a thing,
estar para hacer alguna cosa, to be on the point of doing a thing,
estar por hacer alguna cosa, to be much inclined to do a thing,
estar de presidente, to be president,
estar por presidente, to stand as president,
estar satisfecho del dinero, to find the money correct,
estar satisfecho con or por to be proud of one's riches,
el dinero,
estrecharse & alguno, to join a person.
estrecharse con alguno, to ^et intimate with a person.
gustar un plato, to taste a dish.
gustar de un plato, to be fond of a dish.
hacer confianza 4 una per- to communicate a secret to some
sona, one.
hacer confianza de una per- to rely on a person,
sona,
hacer a uno hablar la verdad, to force the truth out of a person-
hacer a uno A hablar verdad, to accustom some one to tell the
truth.
hacer una cosa en tiempo, to do a matter in time.
424
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
hacer una cosa con tiempo,
hacerse & una cosa,
hacerse con una cosa,
hacerse de una cosa,
hacerse para una-cosa,
hallarse algo,
hallarse con algo,
ir con alguno,
ir Bobre alguno,
ir per algo,
ir sobre algo,
participar una cosa,
participar de una cosa,
pasar de cruel,
pasar per cruel,
pedir con or de justicia,
pedir en justicia,
poner una cosa en tierra.
poner una cosa per tierra,
poner con cuidado,
poner en cuidado,
preguntar d uno,
preguntar per uno,
proceder d la votacion,
proceder en la votacion,
responder una cosa,
responder d una cosa,
responder de una cosa,
saber d cocina,
saber de cocina,
salir con una empresa.
to do a matter betimes (early).
to accustom one's self to a thing.
to acquire something.
to provide one's self with a thing.
to aim at something.
to find something.
to possess something.
to go with a person, to be united.
to attack some one.
to get, to fetch something.
to follow one's aim persistently.
to communicate something.
to participate in a thing.
to be exceedingly cruel.
to be considered cruel.
to demand a thing by rights.
to demand a thing at law.
to put a thing on the floor.
to despise a thing.
to put something down carefully
to make some one careful.
to ask a person.
to inquire for some one.
to proceed to voting.
to proceed with the vote.
to reply.
to reply to a thing,
to be responsible for a thing,
to smell of the kitchen,
to understand cooking,
to carry out an enterprise.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
425
salir de nna empresa,
salir & la prueba,
salir con la prueba,
salir de la prueba,
salir & su padre, ^
salir con su padre,
salir de su padre,
salir per su padre,
ser con alguno,
ser de alguno,
ser para alguno,
ser parte en alguna cosa,
ser parte para alguna cosa,
tener animo de hacer una
cosa,
tener animo para hacer una
cosa,
tener consign,
tener para si,
tener cuenta con una per¬
sona,
tener cuenta de una persona,
tener con cuidado una cosa,
tener en cuidado una cosa,
tener de hacer algo,
tener que hacer algo,
trabarse de palabras,
trabarse en las palabras,
tratar de vinos,
to step out of an enterprise,
to offer one's self for a test,
to stand a test,
to finish a test,
to resemble one's father,
to go out with one's father,
to be beyond one's father's au¬
thority.
to be security for one's father,
to be of the same opinion with,
to be on one's side,
to be destined for some one.
to influence the success of a thing,
to serve for something,
to make up one's mind to do some¬
thing.
to feel the courage to carry out
something,
to have with one.
to be convinced, to keep some¬
thing secret,
to revere a person, to beware of
a person,
to guard a person,
to hold a thing carefully,
to watch a thing,
to intend to do a thing,
to be obliged to do a thing,
to dispute,
to stammer,
to talk about wine.
426
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
tratar en vinos,
vender al contado,
vender de contado,
venir & la ciudad,
venir de la ciudad,
venir la ciudad,
to deal in wine,
to sell for cash,
to sell at once,
to go to town,
to come from town,
to attack the town.
Irregular Verbs.
In our conversational lessons we have given the principal
irregular verbs. The Spanish language contains a very large
number of irregularly inflected verbs, — about 850 ; but as
these irregularities occur in certain modes, tenses, and persons
only, they may easily be reduced to a few classes.
Observe that in the following tables only deviations
from the three model regular conjugations are printed in
heavy t3rpe.
A long mark (") has been placed over the vowel of the
tonic syllable.
First Class,
a. E Stems. — (First Conjugation.)
The characteristic of this class is that i is inserted before
the stem-vowel e = ie throughout the singular and in the third
person plural of the present indicative and subjunctive, and in
the same persons in the imperative. To this class belong a
number of verbs of the first and second conjugation.
I. Pensar, pensando, pensado, to think.
Pres Ind. piens-o piens-as piens-a pens-amos pens-ais piens-an.
Pres. Subj. piens-e piens-es piens-e pens-emos pens-eis piens-en.
Imperat. piens-a piens-e pens-emos pens-ad piens-en.
Note. —All other forms are regular:
pensaba, pense, pensara, pensase, pensare, pensare, pensan'a.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
427
2. Acertar, acertando, acertado, to hit the mark.
Pres. Ind. acierto aciertas acierta acertamos acertais aciertan.
Fres.Subj. acierte aciertes acierte acertemos acerteis acierten.
Imperat. acierta acierte acertemos acertad acierten.
Regular: acertaba, acerte, acertara, acertase, acertare, acertare, acertaria.
3. Alentar, alentando, alentado, to encourage.
Pres. Ind. aliento alientas alienta alentamos alentais alientan.
Pres.Subj. aliente alientes aliente alentemos alenteis alienten.
Imperat. alienta aliente alentemos alentad alienten.
Reg.: alentaba, alente, alentara, alentase, alentare, alentare, alentaria,
4. Apretar, apretando, apretado, to grasp tightly.
Pres. Ind. aprieto aprietas aprieta apretamos apretais aprietan.
Pres. Subj. apriete aprietes apriete apretemos apreteis aprieten.
Imperat. aprieta apriete apretemos apretad aprieten.
Reg.: apretaba, aprete, apretara, apretase, apretare, apretare, apretan'a.
5. Atestar, atestando, atestado, to crowd, to attest.
Pres. Ind. atiesto atiestas atiesta atestamos atestais atiestan.
Pres. Subj. atieste atiestes atieste atestemos atesteis atiesten.
Impercd. atiesta atieste atestemos atestad atiesten.
Reg.: atestaba, ateste, atestara, atestase, atestare, atestare, atestaria.
6. Cerrar, cerrando, cerrado, to shut.
Pres. Ind. cierro cierras cierra cerramos cerrais cierran.
Pres Subj. cierre cierres cierre cerremos cerreis cierren-
Imperat. cierra cierre cerremos cerrad cierren-
Reg.: cerraba, cerre, cerrara, cerrase, cerrare, cerrare, cerraria.
7. Empezar, empezando, empezado, to begin.
Pres. Ind empiezo empiezas empieza empezamos empezais empiezan.
Pres. Subj. empiece > empieces empiece empecemos empeceis empiecen.
Imperat. empieza empiece'empecemos empezad empiecen.
Reg.: empezaba, empece,' empezara, empezase, &c.
8. Helar, helando, helado, to freeze.
Pres. Ind. hielo hielas hiela helamos helais
Pres.Subj. hiele hieles hiele helemos heleis
Imperat. —— hiela hiele helemos ■ helad
Reg : helaba, hele, helara, helase, helare, helare, helaria.
hielan.
hielen.
hielen.
1 Compare page 156, 3.
428
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
g. Negar, negando, negado, to deny.
Pres fnd. niego niegas niega negamos negais niegan.
Pres. Subj. niegue^ niegues niegue neguemos negueis nieguen.
Imperat. niega niegue ^ neguemos negad nieguen.
Keg.; negaba, negue.i negara, negase, &c
10. Sembrar, sembrando, sembrado, to sow.
Pres. Ind. siembro siembras siembra sembramos sembrais siembran.
Pres. Subj. siembre siembres siembre sembremos sembreis siembren.
Imperat. siembra siembre sembremos sembrad siembren.
Reg.: sembraba, sembre, sembrara, sembrase, sembrare, sembrar^, sembraria.
11. Errar, errando, errado,/o <frr.
This verb may be included in this class. It takes y in the same
tenses and persons where the other verbs of this class insert an i before
the stem-vowel.
Pres. Ind. yerro yerras yerra erramos errais yerran.
Pres. Subj. yerre yerres yerre erremos erreis yerren.
Imperat. yerra yerre erremos errad yerren.
Reg.: erraba, erre, errara, errase, errare, &c.
b. E Stems. — (Second Conjugation.)
12. Perder, perdiendo, perdido, to lose.
Pres. Ind. pierdo pierdes pierde perdemos perdeis pierden.
Pres. Subj. pierda pierdas pierda perdamos perdais pierdan.
Imperat. pierde pierda perdamos perded pierdan.
Reg.: perdia, perdi, perdiera, perdiese, perdiere, perdere, perderia.
13. Entender, entendiendo, entendido, to understand.
Pr. Ind. entiendo entiendes entiende entendemos entendeis entienden.
Pr. Subj. entienda entiendas entienda entendamos entendais entiendan.
Imperat. entiende entienda entendamos entended entiendan.
Reg.: entendia, entendi, entendiera, entendiese, entendiere, entender^, entenderia.
c. O Stems. — (First Conjugation.)
The characteristic of this class is that the stem-vowel o
is changed into ue throughout the singular and in the third
t Compare page 156, i.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
429
person plural of the present indicative and subjunctive, and in the
same persons in the imperative. To this class belong a number
of, verbs in the first and second conjugation.
14. Acordar, acordando, acordado, to agree.
Pres.Ind. acuerdo acuerdas acuerda acordamos acordais acuerdan.
Pres.Subj. acuerde acuerdes acuerde acordemos acordeis acuerden.
Jmperat. acuerda acuerde acordemos acordad acuerden.
Reg.: acordaba, acorde, acordara, acordase, acordare, acordare, acordan'a.
15. Contar, contando, contado, to count.
Pres.Ind. cuento cuentas cuenta contamos contais cuentan.
Pres.Subj. cuente cuentes cuente contemos conteis cuenten.
Imperat. cuenta cuente contemos contad cuenten.
Reg.; contaba, conte, contara, contase, contare, contare, contaria.
16. Costar, costando, costado, to cost.
Pres. Ind. cuesto cuestas cuesta costamos costais cuestan.
Pres.Subj. cueste cuestes cueste costemos costeis cuesten.
Imperat. —— cuesta cueste costemos costad cuesten.
Reg.; costaba, coste, costara, costase, costare, costare, costarla.
17. Hollar, hollando, hollado, to trample.
Pres. Ind. huello huellas huella hollamos hollais
Pres.Subj. huelle huelles huelle hollemos holleis
Imperat. huella huelle hollemos hollad
Reg.: hollaba, holle, hollara, hollase, hollare, hollar^, hollaria
18. Probar, probando, probado, to prove.
Pres. Ind. pruebo pruebas prueba probamos probais prueban.
Pres.Sutj. pruebe pruebes pruebe probemos probeis prueben.
Imperat. prueba pruebe probemos probad prueben.
Reg.: probaba, probe, probata, probase, probare, probare, proban'a.
19. Sonar, sonando, sonado, to sound.
Pres.Ind. sueno suenas suena sonamos sonais suenan.
Pres.Subj. suene suenes suene sonemos soneis suenen.
Imperat. suena suene sonemos sonad suenen
Reg.: sonaba, sone, sonara, sonase, sonare, sonare, sonaria.
buellan.
buellen.
buellen.
430 THE itpiSTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
20. Volar, volando, volado, to fly.
Pres. Ind. vuelo vuelas vuela volamos
Pres. Subj. vuele vueles vuele volemos
Imperat. • vuela vuele volemos
volais
voleis
volad
vuelan.
vuelen.
vuelen.
Reg.: volaba, vole, volara, volase, volare, volare, volaria.
21. Forzar,^ forzando, forzado, to force.
Pres. Ind. fuerzo fuerzas fuerza forzamos forzais fuerzan.
Pres. Subj. fuerce 1 fuerces fuerce forcemos forceis fuercen.
Imperat. • fuerza fuerce forcemos' forzad fuercen.
Reg.: forzaba, force,' forzara, forzase, forzare, forzare, forzaria.
22. Rogar,^ rogando, rogado, to request, to beg.
Pres. Ind. ruego ruegas ruega rogamos rogais
Pres. Subj. ruegue' rueges ruege roguemos' rogiieis
Imperat. ruega ruegue roguemos' rogad
ruegan.
ruegpuen.
rueg^en.
Reg.: rogaba, rogue,' rogara, rogase, rogare, rogare, rogaria.
23. Trocar, trocando, trocado, to barter.
Pres. Ind. trueco truecas trueca trocamos trocais truecan.
Pres. Subj. trueque' .trueques trueque troquemos' troqueis truequen.
Imperat. trueca trueque'troquemos'trocad truequen.
Reg.: trocaba, troque,' trocara, trocase, trocare, trocar^, trocaria.
24. Jugar,® jugando, jugado, to flay, to gamble.
Pres. Ind. juego juegas juega' jugamos jugais juegan.
Pres. Subj. jueg^e' jueg^es juegue juguemos' jugueis jueguen.
Imterat. juega juegue juguemos' jugad jueguen.
Reg- jugaba, jugue,' jugara, jugase, jugare, jugare, jugaria.
25. Agorar,' agorando, agorado, to divine.
Pres. Ind. ag^ero* ag^eras ag^era agoramos agorais ag^eran
Pres. Subj. agUere agueres agfiiere agoremos agoreis ag^eren.
Imperat. agUera ag^ere agoremos agorad ag^eren.
Reg.: agoraba, agore, agorara, aigorase, agorare, agorare, agoraria.
' Compare the Remarks on the euphonic changes in verbs ending in
zar, gar, and car, page 156, i, 2, and 3.
® This verb follows the analogy of this class, being derived from the
Latin jocari.
® In verbs of this class whose stem-vowel o follows immediately after
g, the diphthong «<rhas to assume the diaeresis tie.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
431
d. O Stems—{Second Conjugation.)
26. Moler, moliendo, molido, to grind.
Pres Ind. muelo tnueles muele molemos moleis muelen.
Pres Suly. muela muelas muela molamos moiais muelan.
Imperat. muele muela molamos moled muclan.
Reg.: molia, moll, moliera, moliese, moliere, molere, molena.
27. Mover, moviendo, movido, to move.
Pres. Ind. muevo mueves mueve movemos moveis mueven.
Pres.Suhj. mueva muevas mueva movamos movais muevan.
Imperat. mueve mueva movamos moved muevan.
Reg.: movia, movi, moviera, moviese, moviere, movere, moveria.
28. Morder, mordiendo, mordido, to bite.
Pres. Ind. muerdo muerdes muerde mordemos mordeis muerden.
Pres.Subj. muerda muerdas muerda mordamos mordais muerdan.
Imperat. muerde muerda mordamos morded muerdan.
Reg.; mordi'a, mordi, mordiera, murdiese, moidiere, mordere, morderla.
29. Volver, volviendo, vuelto, to return.
Pres. Ind. vuelvo vuelves vuelve volvemos volveis vuelven.
Pres. Sidij vuelva vuelvas vuelva volvamos volvais vuelvan.
Imperat. vuelve vuelva volvamos volved vuelvan.
Reg.: volvia, volvi, volviera, volviese, volviere, volvere, volveria. ^
30. Cocer,^ cociendo, cocido, to boil.
Pres Ind. cuezo^ cueces cuece cocemos coceis cuecen.
Pres.Suhj. cueza' cuezas cueza cozamosi cozais cuezan.
Imperat. cuece cueza' cozamos' coced cuezan.
Reg.: cocia, coci, cociera, cociese, cociere, cocere, cocerla.
31. Torcer,^ torciendo, torcido, to twist.
Pres. Ind. tuerzo' tuerces tuerce torcemos torceis tuercen.
Pres.Suhj. tuerza' tuerzas tuerza torzamos' torzais tuerzan.
Imperat. tuerce tuerza' torzamos' torced tuerzan.
Reg.: torcia, torcl, torciera, torciese, torci?re, torcere, torceria.
1 Compare the remarks on the euphonic changes on verbs ending
in cer, page 157, 4.
432
the meisterschaft system.
32. Oler,^ oliendo, olido, to smell, to scent.
Pres. Ind. huelo hueles buele olemos oleis huelen.
Pres. Snhj. huela hue|as hucla olamos olais huelan.
Imperat. huele huela olamos oled buelan.
Reg.: olia, oU, oliera, oliese, oliere, olere, oleria.
Second Class.
This class contains verbs of the third conjugation
only with the stem-vowels e and o.
a. E Stems.
Verbs of this class insert i before the stem-vowel e
throughout the singular and in the third person plural of the
present indicative and subjunctive, and in the same persons in the
imperative (siento, sientes, etc.).
In the first and second persons plural of the present subjunc¬
tive, and in the first person plural of the imperative, the stem-
vowel e is changed into i (sintamos, sintais).
In the preterite stem, including the gerund, the stem-vowel
e is changed into i whenever the inflection contains the
diphthongs ie or id.
33. Sentir, sintdendo, sentido, to feel, to perceive.
Pres. Ind. sient-o sient-es sient-e sent-Imos sent-is sient-en.
Pres. Subj. sient-a sient-as sient-a sint-amos sint-ais sient-an.
Imperat. sient-e sient-a sint-amos sent-id sient-an.
Imperf. sent-ia -ias -ia -iamos -I'ais -fan.
Preterite Stem. — sint (before ie or id).
Gerund. sintiendo.
Past Def. sent-i iste sintio sentimos -isteis sintieron.
I Imp. Subj. sint-iera -ieras -iera -ieramos -ierais -ieran.
2//«/. .S«/y. sint-iese -ieses -i^se -iesemos -ieseis -iesen.
Put. Subj. sint-iere -ieres -iere -ieremos -iereis -ieren.
1 This verb assumes b before the diphthong ue.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
433
Future.
Condit.
sentir-e
sentir-ia
Future Stem. — Regular.
-i ^mos
-as
-fas
-fa
-^is
-fais
•fin.
-fan.
Pr. Ind.
Pr. Sidy.
Imperat.
Iniperf.
Gerund.
Past Def.
I Imp. Sj.
I Imp. Sj.
Fut.Suhj.
Future.
Condit.
34. Advertir, advirtiendo, advertido, to observe.
advierte advertlmos advertfs advierten.
advierta advirtamos advirtais adviertan.
advierta advirtamos advertid adviertan.
-fa -famos -fais -fan.
advierto adviertes
advierta adviertas
advierte
advert-fa -fas
advirtiendo.
advert-f
advirt-iera
advirt-iese
advirt-iere
advertir-e
advertir-fa
-iste
-ieras
-ieses
-ieres
-as
-fas
advirtid
-iera
-iese
-fere
-a
-fa
advert-Imos -fsteis advirtieron
-ieramos -ierais -ieran.
-iesemos -ieseis -iesen.
-ieremos -iereis -ieren.
-emos -eis -an
-famos -fais -fan.
35. Herir, hiriendo, herido, to strike (with a weapon).
Pres. Ind. hiero
hieres
hiere
herimos
hen's
hieren.
Pres. Subj. hiera
hieras
hiera
hiramos
hirais
hieran.
Imperat.
hiere
hiera
hiramos
herid
hieran.
Imperf. her-fa
-fas
-fa
-famos
-fais
-fan.
Past Def. her-f
-iste
hirid
her-iraos
-isteis
hirieron.
I Imp. Subj. hir-iera
-ieras
-iera
-ieramos
-ierais
-ieran.
2 Imp. Subj. hir-iese
-ieses
-iese
-iesemos
-ieseis
-iesen.
Put Subj. hir-iere
-ieres
-iere
-ieremos
-iereis
-ieren.
Future. herir-e
-as
-a
-emos
-eis
-an.
Condit. herir-fa
-fas
-fa
-famos
-fais
-fan.
36. Hervir, hirviendo, hervido, to boil.
Pres. Ind. hiervo
hierves
hierve
hervlmos
hervfs
hierven.
Pres. Subj. hierva
hiervas
hierva
hirvamos
hirvas
hiervan.
Imperat.
hierve
hierva
hirvamos
hervid
hiervan.
Past Def. herv-f
-iste
hirvid
herv-Tmos
-fsteis
hirvieron.
I Imp. Subj. hirv-iera
-ieras
-iera
-ieramos
-ieras
-ieran.
2 Imp. Subj hirv-iese
-ieses
-iese
-iesemos
-ieseis
-iesen.
Fut. Subj. hirv-iere
-ieres
-iere
-ieremos
-iereis
-ieren.
Future. hervir-d
-as
-a
-emos
-eis
-in.
Condit. hervir-fa
-fas
-fa
-famos
-fais
-fan.
434 the meisterschaft system.
37. Erguir, xrguiendo, erguido, to thr07O back haughtily
(the head).
This verb is conjugated like sentir. The stem being initial, the
vowel 1 may either be consonantized or it may replace the diphthong in
the present tenses : —
Pres. fnd. yergo yergues yerguel ergulmos erguis C yerguen.
irgo irgues irgue > (irg^en.
Pres. Sj. yerga yergas yerga ) irgamos irgais (yergan.
irga irgas irga ) (irgair.
Imperat. yergue yerga ) irgamos erguld (yergan.
■ irg^e irga j (irgan.
Past Def. ergui erguiste irguid erguimos erguisteis irguieron.
1 Imp. Sj. irguiera jiguieras irgtiiera irgui^ramos irgui^rais irguieran,
2 Imp. Sj. irguiese irguieses irguiese irg^i^semos irguUseis irguiesen.
Put. Siitj irguiere irguieres irgfuiere irgui^remos irgui^reis irguieren.
Future, erguir-e -as -a -emos -eis -an.
Candit. erguir-ia -fas -fa -famos -fais -fan.
38. Adqtiirir, adquiriendo, adquirido, to obtain, to acquire.
Verbs in -quirir, which are derived from the Latin quaerere, have
the usual diphthong ie in the present stem (when tonic), but preserve
their characteristic i in all other tenses.
Pres.Ind. adquiero adquieres adquiere adquirimos adquirfs adquieren.
Pres. Sj. adquicra adquieras adquiera adquiramos adquirais adquieran.
Imperat. ■ adquiere adquiera adquiramos adquirfd adquieran.
adquiria, adquirf, adquiriera, adquiriese, adquiriere, adquirire, &c.
O Stems.
The stem-vowel o is changed into ue in the singular, and
in the third person plural of the present indicative and sub¬
junctive, and also of the imperative.
Observe, furthermore, that o is changed into u in the first
and second persons plural of the present subjunctive, and in
the first person plural of the imperative.
In the preterite stem, including the gerund, o is changed
into u as often as the ending contains the diphthong ia
or id.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
435
39. Dormir, dtirmiendo, dormido, to sleep.
I'res. Ind duermo duermes duerme dormimos dormi's duermen.
Pres. Subj. duerma duermas duerma durmamos durmais duerman.
Imperat. duerme duerma durmamos dormid duerman.
Imperf. dorm-ia -fas
-la
•iamos
•fais
-fan.
Past Def. dorm-i -iste
durmid dorm-Imos
-isteis
durmieron
I Imp. Sj. durm-iera -ieras
-iera
-ieramos
-ierais
-ieran.
2 Imp. Sj. durm-iese -ieses
-iese
-iesemos
-ieseis
•iesen.
Put. Subj. durm-iere -ieres
-iere
-ieremos
-i^reis
-ieren.
Future, dormir-e -is
-a
•emos
-eis
-in.
Condit. dormir-fa -las
-la
•lamos
•iais
-ian.
40. Morir, murlendo, muerto, to die. .
Pres. Ind.
muero
mueres
muere
morlmos
morfs
mueren.
Pres. Subj.
muera
tnueras
muera
muramos
murais
mueran.
Imperat,
muere
muera
muramos
morld
mueran.
Imp erf.
mon'a
-fas
-fa
-famos
•fais
-fan.
Past Def.
nior-i
-iste
murid
mor-Imos
-fsteis
murieron.
I Imp, Subj.
mur-iera
-ieras
-iera
-ieramos
-ierais
-ieran.
2 Imp. Subj.
mur-iese
-ieses
-iese
-iesemos
-ieseis
-iesen.
Fut. Subj,
mur-iere
-ieres
-iere
-ieremos
-iereis
-ieren.
Future.
morir-e
-as
-a
-emos
•eis
-in.
Condit,
morir-fa
-fas
-fa
-famos
•fais
-fan.
Third Class.
Only verbs of the third conjugation with the stem-vowel
e belong to this class. The gerund belongs generally to the
preterite stem.
In the present stem, the vowel e is changed into i
throughout the present indicative, subjunctive, and the im¬
perative, except the first and second persons plural of the
indicative, and the second person plural of the imperative.
In the preterite stem, the vowel e — as in e stems of
the preceding class — is changed into i when the personal
ending contains a diphthong; i. e., in the gerund, in the third
persons singular and plural of the past definite and through-
436
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
out the derivative tenses (i and 2 imperfect subjunctive and
future subjunctive).
41. Fedir, pidiendo, pedido, to ask.
Pres. Ind.
pido
pides
pide
pedlmos
pedis
pfden.
Pres. Sub},
pida
pidas
pida
pidaxnos
pidais
pidan.
Imperat.
pide
pida
pidamos
pedid
pidan.
Imperf.
ped-ia
-{as
-fa
-I'amos
-iais
-ian.
Past Def.
ped-i
-iste
pidid
ped-Imos
-isteis
pidieron.
I Imp. Subj.
pid-iera
-ieras
-iera
-ieramos
•ierais
-ieran.
2 Imp. Subj.
pid-iese
-ieses
-iese
•iesemos
-ieseis
-iesen
put. Sutj.
pid-iere
-ieres
-iere
-ieremos
-iereis
-ieren.
Future.
pedir-e
-as
-a
-emos
-eis
•an.
Condit.
pedir-ia
•fas
-fa
-iamos
-iais
-ian.
42. Servir, sirviendo
, servido, to serve.
Pres. Ind.
sirvo
sirves
sirve
servlmos
servis
sirven.
Pres. Subj.
sirva
sirvas
sirva
sirvamos
sirvais
sirvan.
Imperat.
sirve
sirva
sirvatnos
servid
sirvan.
Imperf.
serv-ia
-fas
-fa
•lamos
-iais
-ian.
Past Def.
serv-i
-iste
sirvid
serv-imos
•isteis
sirvieron
I Imp. Sutj.
sirv-iera
-ieras
-iera
-ieramos
-ierais
-ieran.
2 Imp. Subj.
sirv-iese
-ieses
-iese
•iesemos
-ieseis
-iesen.
Put. Subj.
sirv-iere
-ieres
-iere
-ieremos
-iereis
-ieren.
Future.
servir-e
-ds
-a
-emos
-eis
-an.
Condit.
servir-ia
-fas
-fa
•iamos
-iais
-ian.
43. Regir, rigiendo, r
egido,
to rule}
Pres. Ind.
rijo
riges
rige
regimos
regis
rigen.
Pres. Subj.
rija
rijas
rija
rijamos
rijais
rijan.
Imperat.
rige
rija
rijamos
regid
rijan.
Imperf.
reg-ia
-fas
-ia
•iamos
-iais
-ian.
Past Def.
reg-i
-iste
rigid
reg-imos
-isteis
rigieron.
I Imp. Subj. rig-iera
-ieras
-iera
-ieramos
-ierais
-ieran.
2 Imp. Sufj.
rig-iese
-ieses
•iese
-iesemos
-ieseis
-iesen.
Put. Subj.
rig-iere
-ieres
•iere
-ieremos
-iereis
-ieren.
Future.
regir-e
-as
-4
•emos
-eis
-an.
Condit.
regir-{a
-fas
-la
•iamos
-iais
-ian.
1 Verbs of this class, ending in ^ir, must change g into j before
a or
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
437
44. Seguir, siguiendo, seguido, to follow}
Pres. Ind.
sigo
sigues
sigue
segulmos
seguis
siguen.
Pres. Subj.
siga
sigas
siga
sigamos
sigais
sigan.
Imperat.
sigue
siga
sigamos
seguid
sigan.
Irtiperf.
segu-ia
-ias
-ia
-iamos
-iais
-ian.
Past Def
segu-i
-iste
siguid
segu-imos
-isteis
siguieron«
I Imp. Suhj.
sigu-iera
-ieras
-iera
-ieramos
-ierais
-ieran.
2 Imp. Subj.
sigu-iese
-ieses
•iese
-iesemos
-ieseis
-iesen.
put. Subj.
sigu-iere
-ieres
-iere
-ieremos
-iereis
-ieren.
Future,
seguir-e
-as
-a
-emos
-eis
-an.
Condit.
seguir-i'a
-fas
-ia
-iamos
-iais
-ian.
45. Reir, riendo, reido
, to laugh?
Pres. Ind.
no
ries
rie
reimos
reis
rien.
Pres. Subj.
ria
rias
ria
riamos
riais
rian.
Imperat.
rie
ria
riamos
raid
rian.
Imp erf.
re-ia
-ias
-ia
-iamos
-iais
-ian.
Past. Def.
re-f
-isle
ri6
re-Imos
-isteis
rieron.
I Imp. Suhj.
ri-era
-eras
-era
-^ramos
-erais
-eran.
2 Imp. Subj.
ri-ese
-eses
-ese
-esemos
-eseis
-esen.
Fut. Subj.
ri-ere
-eres
-ere
-eremos
-ereis
-eren.
Future.
reir-^
-as
-a
-emos
•eis
-an.
Condit.
reir-ia
-ias
-ia
-iamos
-iais
-ian.
46. Cenir, cinendo, cenido, to gird?
Pres. Ind.
cino
cines
cine
cenTmos
cenis
cinen.
Pres. Snbj.
cina
clnas
cina
cinamos
cinais
cinan.
Imperat.
cine
ciha
cinamos
cenid
cinan.
Imperf,
cen-ia
-ias
-ia
-iamos
-iais
-ian.
Past Def.
cen-i
-iste
cin6
cen-Tmos
-isteis
cineron.
I Imp. Subj.
cin-era
•eras
-era
-eramos
•erais
-eran.
2 Imp. Stibj.
cin-ese
-eses
-ese
-esemos
-eseis
-esen.
Fut. Subj.
cin-ere
-eres
-ere
-Eremos
•^reis
•eren.
Future.
cenir-e
-as
-a
-emos
-eis
-in.
Condit,
cenir-ia
-ias
-ia
-iamos
-iais
-ian.
^ Verbs of this class, ending in guir, lose the « before a and o.
® Verbs of this class, ending in eir, lose the i of the diphthongs ii
and iS throughout the preterite stem.
' Verbs of this class, ending in nir, drop the i of the diphthongs ie
and tl in the gerund, in the third persons singular and plural of the past
definite, and in the derivative tenses.
438
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
Fourth Class.
All verbs ending in uir, including those in giiir (but not
those in guir), belong to this class.
The gerund uniformly belongs to the preterite stem.
The consonant y is inserted throughout the present
indicative, subjunctive, and the imperative, save the first
and second persons plural of the indicative, and the second
person plural of the imperative.
In the preterite stems, including the gerund, the diph¬
thongs ie and 16 are consonantized throughout = ye, y6.
47. Atribuir, atribuyendo, atribuido, /o ascribe.
Pres. Ind.
Pres. Sj.
Imperat.
Imperf.
Past Def.
1 Imp. Sj.
2 Imp. Sj.
put. Suhj.
Future.
Condit.
atribuyo
atribu-ya
atribu-ia
atribu-i
atribu-yera
atribu-yese
atribu-yere
atribuir-e
atribuir-ia
atribuyes atribuye atribulmos atribufs atribuyen.
-yas -ya
atribu-ye -ya
-las
-iste
-yeras
-yeses
-yeres
-as
-{as
-la
-y6
-yera
-yese
-yere
-a
-fa
-yamos
-yamos
-famos
-Imos
-yais -yan.
atribuid atribCyan.
-fais -fan.
-fsteis -yerqn.
-y^ramos -ydrais -yeran.
-y^semos -y6seis -yesen.
-y^remos -y^reis -yeren.
-emos -eis -an.
-fanios -fais -fan.
48. Huir, huyendo, huido, to flee.
Pres. Ind.
hiiyo
huyes
huye-
huimos
hufs
huyen
Pres. Subj.
huya
huyas
huya
huyamos
huyais
huyan.
Imperat.
huye
huya
huyamos
huld
huyan.
Imperf.
hu-fa
-fas
-fa
-famos
-fais
-fan.
Past Def.
hu-f
-iste
-yd
-Imos
-fsteis
-yJron.
I Imp. Subj.
.hu-yera
-yeras
-yera
-ydramos
-ydrais
-yeran.
2 Imp. Subj.
hu-yese
-yeses
-yese
-yesemos
-ydseis
-yesen.
Put. Subj.
hu-ygre
-yeres
-yere
-ydremos
-ydreis
-yeren.
Future.
huir-e
-4s
-a
-emos
-eis
-an.
Condit.
huir-fa
-fas
-fa
-famos
-fais
-fan.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
439
49.
Pres. Itid.
Pres Sj.
Jmperat.
Imperf.
Past Def.
1 Imp. Sj.
2 Imp. Sj.
put. Subj.
Future.
Condit.
Instituir,
instil u-yo
instltu-ya
institu-ia
institui
institu-yera
institu-yese
institu-yere
instituir^e
instituir-ia
instituyendo, instituido, to establish,
institu-yen
institfi-yan.
institu-yan
lan.
-yeron.
-yeran.
-yesen.
-yeren,
•an.
-yes
-yas
institu-ye
-las
-Iste
-yeras
-yeses
-yeres
-as
-fas
-ye
-ya
-ya
-fa
-yd
-imos
%
-yamos
-yamos
-fanios
-imos
-yera -yeramos -ydrais
•yese -ydsemos -ydseis
-yere -ydremos -y^reis
-a -emos -eis
-is
-yais
-Id
-fais
-fsteis
-la
•Jan.
50. Arguir, arguyendo, argiiido, io argue.^
Pres. Ind.
Pres. Subj.
Imperat.
Imperf.
Past Def.
i Imp. Subj. argu-yera -yeras -yera -y6ramos
argu-yo
-yes
-ye
argU-Inios -fs argu-ycn.
argu-ya
-yas
-ya
argu-yamos -yais argu yan.
-ye
-ya
argu-yamos argu-Id argu-yan.
argii-fa
-fas
-fa
-famos -fais -fan.
argii-f
-Iste
arguy6 argii-Tmos -fsteis arguyeron
2 Imp. Subj. arg^-yese -yeses -yese -y6semos
Put. Ssdj. argu-yere -yeres -yere -y^remos
Future. argiiir-e -4s -a -emos
Condit. arguir-fa -ias -fa -fames
-y^rais -yeran.
-y6sefs -yesen.
-y^reis -yeren.
-eis -an.
-fais -fan.
Fifth Class.
All verbs belonging to this class have irregular preterite
stems, generally derived from the Latin. It is to be observed
that the tonic accent is on the radical in the first and third
persons singular of the past definite.
Their present and future stems are also mostly irregular.
First Conjugation.
51. Andar, andando, andado,^17.^
Present Stem. — Regular.
Pres. Ind. ando andas anda andamos
Pres. Subj. ande
Imperat.
Imperf.
and-aba
andes
anda
-abas
ande
ande
-aba
andemos
andeinos
-abamos
andais andan.
andeis anden.
andad anden.
-abais -aban.
1 Verbs fn guir lose the diaeresis as often as the consonant y is
admitted.
2 Andar expresses the manner of going, or going for an indefinite
440
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
Preterite Stem. — anduv.
anduviste anduvo anduv-Imos -I'steis -ieron.
Past Def. anduve
1 Imp. StibJ. anduv-iera -ieras -iera -ieramos
2 Imp. Subj. anduv-iese -ieses -iese -iesemos
Put. Subj. anduv-iere -ieres -iere -ieremos
Future, andar-e
Condit. andar-ia
Future Stem.—Regular,
-is -i •etnos
-ias -ia -iamos
-lerais -leran.
-ieseis -iesen.
-iereis -ieren.
-eis
-iais
-an.
-fan.
Second Conjugation.
52. Caber, cabiendo, cabido, lo be contained in (en), to
fioid.^
Present Stems. — quep {strong), cab {weab).
Pres. Ind. quepo cabes cabe cabemos cabeis caben.
Pres. Subj. quepa quepas quepa quepamos quepais quepan.
Imperat. cabe quepa quepamos cabed quepan.
Preterite Stem. — cup.
Past Def. cupe cupiste cupo cup-Tmos
1 Imp. Subj. cup-iera -ieras -iera -ieramos
2 Imp. Subj. cup-iese -ieses -iese -iesemos
Fut. Subj. cup-iere -ieres -iere -ieremos
-isteis -leron.
-ierais -ieran.
-ieseis -iesen.
-iereis -ieren.
Future Stem. — cabr.
Future.
Condit.
cabr-e
cabr-ia
-as
-ias
-a
-ia
-emos
-iamos
-eis
-iais
-an.
-ian.
53. Hacer, haciendo, becbo, to make, to do, (jL.z.\\n,facere).
Present Stems. — hag (strong); hac (weab).
Pres. Ind. hago haces hace hacemos haceis hacen.
Pres Subj. haga hagas haga hagamos hagais hagan.
Imperat. haz haga hagamos bated
Imperf. hacia hacias hacia haciamos
hagan.
haciais hacian.
purpose ; ir means to go in a specific direction. Andar is therefore used
of machines, watches, and inanimate objects, or animals generally, while
ir is used of persons
1 Cabe is used impersonally, in the sense of " it is possible;" si
cabe, if it is possible, if it may be; no cabe duda, there is no possible
doubt.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
441
Preterite Stem. — hie.
Past Def hice hiciste hizo hicimos hicisteis hicieron.
I Imp. Sj. hic-iera -ieras -iera -ieramos -ierais ' -ieran.
2.5'-hic-iese-ieses -iese -iesemos -ieseis -iesen.
Put. Subj. hic-iere -ieres -iere -ieremos -iereis -ieren.
Future, har-e
Condit, har-ia
Future Stem. — har.
-is -a -dmos
-las -ia -iamos
-eis
-iais.
-in.
-ian.
54. Satisfacer, satisfaciendo, satisfecbo, to satisfy.
satis-
satis-
Pres. Ind. fago
faces
face
facemos
faceis
facen.
Pres. Subj. faga
fagas
faga
fagamos
fagais
fagan.
Imperat.'
face or faz
faga
fagamos
faced
fagan.
Imperf. fac-ia
-ias
-ia
^ -iamos
-iais
-ian.
Past Def. fice
ficiste
fizo
ficimos
ficisteis
ficieron
I Imp. Sj. fic-iera
-ieras
-iera
-ieramos
-ierais
-ieran.
2 Imp. Sj. fic iese
-ieses
-iese
-iesemos
-ieseis
-iesen.
Fut. Subj. fic-iere
-ieres
-iere
-ieremos
-iereis
-ieren.
Fut. far6, &c. Condit. faria, &c.
55. Poder, pudiendo, podido, to be able.
Present Stems. — pued and pod.
Pres. Ind. puedo
Pres. Sufy. pueda
Imperat.
Imperf. pod-ia
puedes
puedas
puede
pueda
podemos
podamos
-iamos
podeis
podais
pueden.
puedan.
Past Def. pude
1 Imp. Sj. pud-iera
2 Imp. Sj. pud-iese
Fut Subj. pud-iere
Future.
Condit.
podr-e
podr-ia
Preterite Stem. — pud.
pudiste pudo pud-imos -isteis
-leras
-ieses
-ieres
-lera
-iese
-iere
-ieramos
-iesemos
-ieremos
Future Stem. — podr.
-as
-ias
-a
-fa
-emos
-iamos
-leron
-ierais -ieran.
-ieseis -iesen.
-iereis -ieren.
-dis
-iais
-in.
-ian.
442
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
56. Poner, poniendo, puesto, to put, to place.
Present Stems. — pong and pen.
Pres. Ind. pongo
Pres. Sitbj. ponga
Im/'erat,
Iniperf. pon-i'a
Past Def. puse
1 Imp. Subj. pus iera
2 Imp. Subj. pus-iese
Put. Subj. pus-iere
pones pone ponemos poneis ponen.
pongas ponga pongamos pongais pongaa
pon ponga pongamos poned pongan.
-las
-la
•lamos
Preterite Stem. — pus.
pusiste puso -pus-imos
•ieras -iera -ieramos
-ieses -iese -iesemos
-ieres -iere -ieremos
Future Stem.—pondr.
Future. pondr-e -as -a -emos
Condit. pondr-ia -ias -ia -lamos
-lais
-isteis
-ierais
-ieseis
-iereis
-eis
•iais
-lan.
•leron.
-ieran.
.iesen.
-ieren.
-an.
•fan.
57. Querer, queriendo,
Present Stems.
Pres. Ind, quiero
Pres. Subj. quiera
Imperat.
Imperf. quer-ia
quieres
quieras
quiere
-ias
querido, to will, to wish.
— quier and quer.
quiere queremos quereis quieren.
quiera queramos querais quieran.
quiera querainos quered quieran.
Preterite Stem. — quis.
Past Def. quise quisiste
1 Imp Suhj. quis-iera -ieras
2 Imp. Subj. quis-iese -ieses
Put. Subj. quis-iere -ieres
quiso quis-Iinos -isteis
-iera -ieramos ■ -ierais
-iese -iesemos -ieseis
-iere -ieremos -iereis
Future.
Condit.
Future Stem. — querr.
querr-d
querr-ia
-as
-fas
-4
. -fa
-emos
-famos
-eis
-iais
-leron.
-ieran.
-iesen.
-ieren.
-an.
-fan.
Pres. Ind.
Pres. Subj.
Imperat.
Imperf.
58. Saber, sabiendo, sabido, to know Cthings).
Present Steins. — sep and sab.
s6 sabes sabe sabemos
sepa sepas sepa sepamos
sepa
sepas
sabe
sab ia -ias
sepamos
-famos
sabeis
saben.
sepais sepan.
sabed sepan.
•iais -fan.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
443
Preterite Stem. — sup.
Past Def, sQpe supiste
supo
sup-imos
•fsteis
-ieron.
I Imp. Sul^. sup-iera -ieras*
-iera
-ieramos
-ierais
-ieran.
2 Imp, Subj, sup-iese -ieses
-iese
-iesemos
>ieseis
-iesen.
Put. Subj, sup-iere -ieres
-iere
-i^remos
•iCTeis
-ieren.
Future Stem, —
sabr.
Future* sabr-^ ^as
•a
-emos
-eis
-in.
Condit, sabr-ia -fas
-ia
-iamos
-iais
-ian.
59-
Pres. Ind.
Pres. Su^'.
Imperat.
Imperf.
Past Def.
Traer, trayendo, traido,
Present Stems. —
traes trae
traigas traiga
trae traiga
-ias -ia
traigo
traiga
to bring.
■ traig and tra.
traenios traeis
traigamos traigais
traigamos traed
tra-ia
traje
1 Imp. Suij. traj-era -eras
2 Imp. Subj. traj-ese -eses
Put. Subj. traj-ere -eres
Preterite Stem.
trajiste
trajo
-era
-ese
-ere
— traj.
traj-Tmos
-^ramos
-^semos
-6remos
Future Stem. — Re^lar.
Future. traer-e -as -a -emos
Condit. traer-ia -ias -ia -iamos
-isteis
-^rais
-^seis
-£reis
-eis
-iais
traen.
traigan.
traigan.
-ian.
-eron.
-eran.
-esen.
-eren.
-in.
-ian.
THiRD Conjugation.
6o. Conducir, conduciendo, conducido, to conduct.
Present Stems. — condu2C and conduc.
Pres. Ind. conduzco conduces conduce conducimos conducts conducen.
Pres. Sj. conduzca conduzcas conduzca conduzcamos conduzcais conduzcan.
Imperat. conduce conduzca conduzcamos conducid conduzcan.
Imperf. conduc-Ia -ias -la -iamos -iais -ian.
Preterite Stefn.— conduj.
Past Def. conduje condujiste condujo conduj-Imos -isteis -eron.
1 Imp. Subj. conduj-era -eras -era -6ramos
2 Imp. Subj. conduj-ese -eses -ese -isemos
Fat. Subj. conduj-ere -eres -ere -iremos
Future Stem. — Resular.
Future. conducir-e -as -i -^mos
Condit. conducir-ia -ias -ia -iamos
-irais -eran.
-6seis -esen.
-ireis -ercn.
-eis -an.
-iais -ian.
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
6i. Decir, diciendo, dicho, to say, to tell.
Present Stems. — dig, die, and dec.
Pres. Ind.
digo
dices
dice
decTmos
decis
dicen.
Pres. Sulj.
diga
digas
diga
digamos
digais
digan.
Imperat.
di
diga
digamos
decid
digan.
Impirf.
dec-ia
-ias
-ia
-iamos
-iais
-ian.
Preterite Stem.
— dij.
Past Def.
dije
dijiste
dijo
dij-imos
-isteis
-eron.
I Imp. Sulj.
dij-era
-eras
-era
-frames
-6rais
-eran.
2 Imp. Subj.
dij-ese
-eses
-ese
-6semos
-£seis
-esen.
put. Subj.
dij-ere
-eres
-ere
-^remos
-^reis
-eren.
Future Stem. -
— dir.
Future.
dir-e
-as
-a
-emos
-^is
-an.
Condit.
dir-fa
-ias
-ia
-iamos
-iais
-ian.
62. Bendecir, bendiciendo, bendecido (and bendito), to
bless}
ben-
ben-
Pres. Ind.
digo
dices
dice
decimos
decis
dicen.
Pres. Subj.
diga
digas
diga
digamos
digais
digan.
Imperat.
dice
diga
digamos
decid
digan.
Imperf.
decia
-ias
•ia
-iamos
-iais
-ian.
Past Def.
dije
dijiste
dijo
dij-imos
-isteis
-eron.
I Imp. Subj.
dij-era
-eras
-era
-eramos
-erais
-eran.
2 Imp. Subj.
dij-ese
-eses
-ese
-esemos
-eseis
-esen.
Put. Subj.
dij-ere
-eres
-ere
-eremos
-ereis
-eren.
Future.
decir-e
-4s
-a
-emos
-eis
-An.
Condit
decir-ia
-ias
-la
-iamos
-iais
•ian.
63. Venir, viniendo, venido, to come.
Present Stems. — veng, vien, and ven.
Pres. Ind. vengo vienes viene venlmos venis vienen
Pres. Subj. venga vengas venga vengamos vengais vengan.
Imferat. ven venga vengamos venid vengan.
JmperJ. ven-i'a -ias -fa -iamos -lais -ian.
^ All compounds of decir follow the inflection of bendecir. (See
the latest edition of the Spanish Academy's Grammar.)
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
445
Preterite Stem. — vin.
Past Def. vine
1 Imp» Sitbj. vin-iera
2 Imp. Subj. vin iese
Put. Subj. vin-iere
Future.
Condit.
vendr-e
vendr-ia
viniste
-ieras
-ieses
-ieres
vino
-iera
-iese
-iere
vm-imos
•ieramos
-iesemos
-ieremos
Future Stem. — vendr.
-is -i -emos
•las -ia -lamos
-fsteis
-ierais
•ieseis
-iereis
-eis
-iais
-leron.
-ieran.
•iesen.
•ieren.
-in.
•ian.
Sixth Class.
This class contains a few verbs not reducible to any of
the foregoing.
First Conjugation.
64. Dar, dando, dado, to give.
Pres. Ind.
Pres. Subj.
Imperat.
Imperf.
doy
de
daba
Present Stem. —
Regular.
das
da
damos
dais
dan.
des
de
demos
deis
den.
da
de
demos
dad
den.
dabas
daba
dabamos
dabais
daban.
Preterite Stem. — Second Conjugation.
Past Def. di
1 Imp. Subj. diera
2 Imp. Subj. diese
Put. Sulj. diere
diste did
dieras diera
dieses diese
dieres diere
dimes
didramos
Future Stem. — Regular.
Future. dar-e -as
Condit. dar-ia -las
-emos
-iamos
disteis
dierais
didsemos didseis
didremos didreis
-eis
-iais
dieron.
dieran.
diesen.
dicren.
-an.
-ian.
Second Conjugation.
65. Caer, cayendo, caido, to fall.
Present Stems. — caig and ca.
Pres. Ind. caigo caes cae caemos caeis caen.
Pres. Subj. caiga caigas caiga caigamos caigais caigan.
Imperat. cae caiga caigamos caed caigan.
Imperf. ca-ia -ias -la -{amos -iais -lan.
446
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
Past Def. cai
1 Imp. SubJ. ca-yera
2 Imp. Subj. ca-yese
Put. Subj. ca-yere
Future.
Condit.
caer-^
caer-fa
Preterite Stem. — Regular.
caiste cay6 ca-Imos -isteis
-yeras -ycra -y^ramos -y6rais
-yeses -yese -y^semos -y6seis
-yeres -yere -y6remos -y^reis
Future Stem. —Regular.
-as -d -emos -^is
-ias -fa -famos -fais
-y5ron.
-yeran.
•yesen.
-yeren.
-dn.
-fan.
66.
Pres. Ind.
Pres. Subj.
Imperat.
Imperf.
Valer, valiendo, valido, to be worth.
Present Stems. —valg and val.
vales vale valemos valeis
valgas valga valgamos valgais
val and vale valga valgamos valed
-fais
valgo
valga
val-fa
Past Def. val-f
1 Imp. Subj. val-iera
2 Imp. Subj. val-iese
Put. Subj. val-iere
Future.
Condit.
valdr-^
valdr-fa
valen.
valgan.
valgan.
-fas -fa -famos
Preterite Stem. — Regtdar.
-iste -io -Imos -fsteis -ieron.
-ieras -iera -ieramos -ierais -ieran.
-ieses -iest -iesemos -ieseis -iesen.
-ieres . -fare -ieremos -iereis -ieren.
Future Stem. — valdr.
-ds -d -emos -eis -dn.
-ias -fa -famos -fais -fan.
67. Ver, viendo, visto, to see.
Present Stems. — ve and v.
Pres. Ind. veo
Pres. Subj. vea
Imperat.
Imperf. ve-fa
Past Def. vf
1 Imp. Subj. viera
2 Imp. Subj. viese
Put. Subj. viere
Future.
Condit.
ver-^
ver-fa
ves
veas
ve
-fas
ve
vea
vea
-fa
vemos
veamos
veamos
-famos
Preterite Stem. — Regular.
viste vio vimos
vieras viera vieramos
vieses viese viesemos
vieres viere vieremos
Future Stem. -
-as -d
-ias
-la
- Regular.
-emos
-famos
veis
veais
ved
•fais
vfsteis
vie'rais
vieseis
viereis
-eis
-iais
ven.
vean.
vean.
-fan.
vieron.
vieran.
viesen.
vierea
-an.
-fan.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
447
68. Proveer,! proveyendo, proveido or provisto, io
provide.
Pres. Ind.
proveo
proveis provee proveemos
proveeis
proveen.
Pres. Suly.
provea
proveas provea proveamos
proveais
provean.
ImpercU.
provee
provea proveamos proveed
provean.
Imperf.
prove-ia
•fas
-fa
-fames
-fais
•fan.
Past Def.
prove-i
•iste
-yo
-Imos
-fsteis
-y€ron.
I Imp. Subj.
prove-yera
I -yeras
•yera
-y^ramos
-y^rais
-yeran.
2 Imp. Subj.
prove-yese -yeses
-yese
-y^semos
-y^seis
-yesen.
put. Su/y.
prove-yere
-yeres
-yere
-y^remos
-y^reis
-yercn.
Future.
proveer-e
-as
-a
-emos
-eis
-an.
Condit.
pro veer-fa
-fas
-fa
-famos
-fais
-fan.
69. Creer, creyendo, creido,
to believe}
Pres. Ind,
creo
crees
cree
creemos
creels
creen.
Pres. Subj,
crea
creas
crea
creamos
creais
crean.
Imperat,
cree
crea
creamos
creed
crean.
Imperf,
cre-fa
-fas
-fa
-famos
•fais
-fan.
Past Def
cre-f
-iste
-yo
-imos
-fsteis
-yeron.
I Imp, Subj. ere yera
-yeras
-yera
•y^ramos
-y^rais
-yeran.
2 Imp, Subj.
cre-yese
-yeses
-yese
-y^semos
-y^seis
-yesen.
Put. Sulj.
cre-yere
-yeres
-yere
-y^remos
-y^reis
-yeren.
Future,
creer-€, &c.
Condit, creer-fa, &c.
70. Poseer, poseyendo, poseido, to possess.
Pres. Ind.
poseo
posees
posee
poseemos
poseeis
poseen.
Pres. Subj.
posea
poseas
posea
poseamos
poseais
posean.
Imperat.
posee
posea
poseamos
poseed
posean.
imperf
poseia
-fas
-fa
-iamos
-fais
-fan.
Past. Def
pose-i
-Iste
-yo
-imos
-fsteis
-yeron.
I Imp. Subj. pose-yera
-yeras
-yera
-y^ramos
-y^rais
-yeran.
2 Imp. Subj.
pose-yese
-yeses
-yese
-y^semos
-y^seis
•yesen.
Put. Subj,
pose-yere
-yeres
-yere
-y^remos
-y^reis
-yeren.
Future,
poseer-e, &c.
Condit. poseer-ia, &c.
1 Like ver all its compounds are inflected. All verbs in veer, as
well as creer, leer, poseer are regular, save that the diphthongs ie and
i6 are always consonantized = ys and yd.
448
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
71. Yacer, yaciendo, yacido, to be situated, to lie.
t yazco "j
/'w. Ind. yazgo ^ yaces yace yacemos yaceis yacen.
(. yago j
/ yazca yazcas yazca yazcamos yazcais yazcan.
Pres. Su!y. < yazga yazgas yazga yazgatnos yazgais yazgan.
(. yaga yagas yaga yagamus yagais yagan.
Imperat, yace or yaz yaced.
yacia, yaci, yaciera, yaciese, yaciere, yacere, yaceria.
Third Conjugation.
72. Asir, asiendo, aside, to lay hold of.
Present Stems. — asg and as.
Pres. Ind. asgo ases ase aslmos asfs asen.
Pres.Subj. asga asgas asga asgamos asgais asgan.
Imperat. ase asga asgamos . asid asgan.
asia, asi, asiera, asiese, asiere, asire, asiria.
73. It, yendo, ido, to go (for a definite purpose).
Pres. Ind.
voy
vas
va
vamos
vais
van.
Pres. Subj.
vaya
vayas
vaya
vayamos
vayais
vayan.
Imperat.
ve
vaya
vayamos
id
vayan.
Imperf.
iba
ibas
iba
ibamos
ibais
iban.
Past Def.
fui
fuiste
fu^
fuimos
fuisteis
fueron.
i Imp. Suly. fuera
fueras
fuera
fu^ramos
fu£rais
fueran.
2 Imp. Suly. fuese
fueses
fuese
fu^semos
fu^seis
fuesen.
Put. Suly.
fuere
fueres
fuere
fu6remos
fu^reis
fueren.
Future.
ir-e
-as
-a
-emos
-eis
-an.
Condit.
ir-ia
-ias
-ia
-iamos
-iais
-ian.
74. Oir, oyendo, oido, to hear.
Present Stems. — oig, oy, and o.
Pres. Ind. 5igo 5yes oye oimos ofs oyen.
Pres. SubJ. 5iga oigas oiga oigamos oigais oigan.
Imperat. 5ye 5iga oigamos old Qigan.
Imperf. o-ia -ias -fa -iamos -£ais •{an.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
449
Preterite Stem, — o (Diphthongs ie and id consonantized).
Past Def. of olste oyd oimos oisteis oyeron.
1 Imp. Subj. oyera oyeras oyera oydrannos oydrais oyeran.
2 Imp, Subj. oyese oyeses oyese oydsemos oydseis oyesen.
Put. Subj, oySre oyeres oyere oydremos oydreis oyeren.
Future Stem. —Regular.
Future.
Condit.
oir-e
olr-ia
-a
-ia
-emos
-iamos
-eis
-iais
-an.
-fan.
75. Salir, saliendo, salido,
Present Stems. —
Pres. Ind. salgo sales sale
Pres. Subj. saiga saigas saiga
Imperat. sal saiga
Imperf. sal-ia -ias -fa
to go out.
salg and sal.
salimos
salgamos
salgamos
-iamos
Preterite Stem. —Regular.
Past Def. sal-f -iste -id -Imos
1 Imp. Subj. sal-iera -ieras -iera -ieramos
2 Imp. Subj. sal-iese -ieses -iese -iesemos
Put. Subj. sal-iere -ieres -iere -ieremos
Future.
Condit.
Future Stem.—saldr.
saldr-d -as -4 -dmos
saldr-ia -fas
-la
-iamos
salfs
salgais
salfd
-fais
-istets
-ierais
-ieseis
-iereis
-eis
-fais
salen.
salgan.
salgan.
-leron.
-ieran.
-iesen.
-ieren.
•4n.
-fan.
450
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
GENERAL ALPHABETICAL INDEX
OF
THE IRREGULAR VERBS.
A.
Pace
Pace
abastecer
like cancer .
260
alongar . .
like rogar
430
abnegar .
" negar
428
amanecer.
" carecer
260
aborrecer.
" carecer .
260
amoblar .
" acordar
312
absolver .
" volver .
431
amolar
" volar
430
absonar .
" sonar
429
amollecer.
" carecer .
260
abstenerse
" tener
86
amorecer .
" carecer .
260
abstraer .
" traer
443
amortecer
" carecer .
260
abunolar .
" volar
430
amover
" mover .
431
acertar. .
.conjugated .
335
andar . . .
conjugated .
439
aclocar. .
like trocar .
430
anochecer
like cancer .
260
acollar . .
" hollar .
429
antedecir .
" decir .
444
acordar
conjugated .
312
anteponer.
" poner .
442
acomar
like acordar.
312
antever
" ver . .
446
acostar. .
" costar
429
apacentar .
" alentar.
427
acrecentar
" alentar
427
aparecer .
*' carecer .
260
acrecer.
" cancer .
260
apercollar .
" hollar .
429
adecentar
" alentar .
427
apemgf. .
" acertar.
335
adestrar .
" atestar .
427
apetecer .
" carecer.
260
adherir. .
" herir
433
apostar
" costar .
429
adolecer .
" carecer
260
apretar.
conjugated .
427
adormecer
carecer .
260
aprobar
like probar .
429
adormir .
" dormir .
435
arguir . .
conjugated .
439
adquirir . .
conjugated
434
arrecirse .
conjugated .
436
aducir . .
like conducir
443
arrendar .
like alentar.
427
advertir
conjugated .
433
arrepentirse
" sertir .
432
afollar . .
like hollar .
429
ascender .
" entender
428
agorar . .
" sonar .
427
asentar . .
" alentar.
427
agradecer
" carecer .
260
asentir . .
" sentir .
432
alebrarse .
" sembrar
428
aserrar . .
" cerrar .
427
alentar
conjugated .
427
asir . . .
conjugated .
448
aliquebrar
like sembrar.
428
asolar . .
like volar .
430
almorzar .
" forzar .
430
asoldar . .
" acordar
312
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
451
Page
asonar . ,
like sonar .
429
asosegar .
" negar
428
atender .
" entender.
428
atenerse .
" lener. .
86
atentar
" alentar .
427
aterrar. .
" cerrar .
427
atestar. .
conjugated
427
atraer . .
like traer
443
atravesar .
" apretar .
427
atribuir .
conjugated .
438
atronar. .
like sonar .
429
avalentar .
" alentar.
427
avanecerse
" carecer.
260
avenir . .
" venir .
444
aventar. .
" alentar
427
azolar . .
" volar ,
430
B.
bendecir
. conjugated .
444
bienquerer
. like querer
442
blanquecer .
" carecer
260
bregar . .
" negar .
428
O.
conjugated . 440
conjugated . 445
like aUntar 427
" carecer 260
conjugated . 260
like . 428
conjugated . 437
like perder. 428
conjugated . 427
like alentar 427
" atribuir 438
" carecer 260
" trocar . 430
conjugated . 431
like volar . 430
« regir. . 436
" rogar . 430
" pedir . 436
" empeatr 427
Page
compadecer .
like carecer .
260
comparecer .
m
carecer .
260
competir . .
ii
pedir
436
complacer
conjugated .
157
componer. .
4(
poner .
442
connprobar .
f<
probar .
429
concebir . .
14
pedir
436
concertar . .
like
acertar .
427
concluir . .
<(
huir . ' .
438
concordar. .
it
acordar.
429
condescender
it
entender
428
condolerse
H
tnoler .
431
conducir . .
conjugated .
443
conferir . .
like
herir .
433
confesar . .
ii
apretar.
427
confluir . .
H
huir. .
438
conmover. .
ii
moojer .
431
conocer . .
conjugated .
157
conseguir
like
seguir .
437
consentir . .
ii
sentir .
432
consolar . .
ii
volar
430
consonar . .
U
sonar .
429
constituir . .
ti
instituir
439
constrenir
ii
cehir
437
contar. . . conjugated.. .
429
contender .
like entender
428
contener . .
ii
tener .
86
contorcerse .
U
torcer
43»
contracordar
u
acordar
429
contradecir .
like
decir.
444
contraer . .
((
traer
443
contrahacer
ii
hacer
440
contraponer
it
poner
442
contravenir
u
venir
444
contribuir
it
atribuir
438
controvertir
u
advertir
433
convalecer
it
carecer
260
convenir .
ti
venir
444
convertir .
advertir
433
corregir .
it
regir ,
436
costar . .
. conjugated .
429
crecer . -
. like carecer
260
creer . .
. conjugated
236
caer . .
calentar.
canecer .
carecer .
cegar . .
cenir . .
cemer .
cerrar
cimentar
circuir .
clarecer .
clocar. .
cocer . .
colar . .
colegir .
colgar .
comedir .
452
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
D.
Pack
P.AGS
desatentar. .
like alentar
427
dar ....
conjugated .
445
desateiTar . .
(4
cerrar
42:
decaer . . .
like caer .
445
desatraer . .
U
truer
443
decentar . .
" alentar .
427
desatravesar .
tt
apretar
427
decir . . .
conjugated .
444
desavenir . .
44
venir
444
decrecer . .
like carecer .
260
desaventar .
44
alentar
427
deducir. . .
•' conducir
443
desbastecer .
44
carecer
260
defender . .
" entender
428
desbravecer .
44
carecer
260
defenecer
" carecer .
260
descaecer . .
44
carecer
260
deferir . . .
" herir
433
descender. .
44
entender
co
degollar . .
" agorar .
430
descenir . .
44
cehir .
437
demoler . .
" molcr .
43«
descolgar . .
44
ro^ar .
430
demostrar .
" costar .
429
descollar . .
44
hollixr
429
denegar . .
" negar .
428
descomedirse
44
pedir
436
denegrecer .
" carecer .
260
descomponer
44
poner
442
denostar . .
" costar
429
desconcertar .
44
acertar
335
dentar . . .
" alentar .
427
desconocer .
44
ccnocer
157
deponer . .
" poner
442
desconsentir .
44
sentir .
432
derrenegar .
" negar .
428
desconsolar .
44
volar
430
derrengar. .
" negar
4:8
descontar. .
44
contar .
429
derretir . .
" pedir
436
desconvenir .
44
venir
444
derrocar . .
" trocar .
430
descordar . .
44
acordar
312
derruir. . .
" huir. .
438
descornar . .
44
acordar
312
desabastecer
" -carecer .
260
descrecer . .
44
carecer.
260
desacertar .
" cuertar .
335
desdar . . .
44
dar , .
445
desacollar
" hollar .
429
desdecir . .
44
decir .
444
desacordar .
" cuordar.
312
desdentar . .
44
alentar.
427
desadormecer
" carecer .
260
desembebecerse "
carecer.
260
desadvertir .
" aduertir
433
desembellecer
44
carecer,
260
desaferrar .
" cerrar .
427
desetnbravecer
44
carecer.
260
desaforar . .
" sonar
429
desetnpedrar
44
acertar.
335
desagradecer
" carecer .
260
desempobrecer
44
carecer.
260
desalentar .
" alentar .
427
desencarecer
44
carecer.
260
desamoblar .
" acordar.
3'2
desencerrar .
44
cerrar .
427
desandar . .
" andar .
439
desencordar .
44
acordar
3'2
desaparecer.
" carecer
260
desencrudecer
44
carecer,
260
desapretar .
" apretar .
427
desencruelecer
44
carecer.
260
desaprobar .
'' prohar .
429
desenfurecerse
41
carecer.
260
desarrendar .
" alentar .
427
desengrosar
44
costar .
429
desasentar .
" alentar .
427
desenmohecer
44
carecer.
260
desasir. . .
" asir . .
448
desenmudecer
44
cafecer.
260
desasosegar.
" negar .
428
desensoberbecer"
carecer.
260
desatender .
" enUtuier
428
desentenderse
44
entender
428
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
453
Pace
Page
desenterrar .
like cerrar .
427
desperecer
like carecer.
26a
desentorpecer
" carecer,
260
despernar .
" acertar.
335
def entristecer
" carecer,
260
despertar .
" acertar.
335
desentumecer
" carecer.
260
despezar .
" empezar
427
desenvolver .
" volver .
431
desplacer .
" complacer 157
deservir . .
" servir .
436
desplegar .
" negar .
448
desfallecer .
" carecer.
260
despoblar .
" probar .
429
desfavorecer .
" carecer.
260
desproveer
" proveer.
447
desferrar . .
" cerrar .
427
destentar .
" alentar.
427
desflaquecerse
" carecer.
260
destenir
" eenir .
437
desflocar . .
" trocar .
430
desterrar .
" cerrar .
427
desilorecer .
" carecer.
260
destituir
" instituir
439
desfortalecer.
" carecer.
260
destorcer .
" torcer .
431
desgobemar .
" acertar.
335
destrocar .
" trocar .
430
desguamecer
" carecer.
260
destruir. .
" huir
438
deshacer . .
" hacer .
440
desvanecer
" carecer.
260
deshelar . .
" helar .
427
desventar -
" alentar.
427
desherbar . .
" acertar.
335
desverdecer
" carecer.
260
desherrar . .
" cerrar .
427
desvolver .
" volver .
431
deshotnbrecerse " carecer.
260
detener
" tener .
86
deshumedecer
" carecer.
260
detraer
" traer .
443
desimponer .
desinveraar .
" poner .
" acertar.
442
335
devolver .
dezmar . .
" volver .
" atestar.
431
427
desleir . . .
deslendrar. .
" reir . .
" sembrar
437
428
diferir . .
difluir . .
" herir .
" htiir ,
433
438
deslucir. . .
" lucir .
157
digerir . .
diluir. . • .
herir .
" huir .
433
438
desmajolar .
" volar
430
discerner .
" perder .
428
desmedirse .
" pedir .
436
discernir .
" hervir .
433
desmelar . .
" helar .
427
disconvenir
" venir .
444
desmembrar .
" sembrar
428
discordar .
" acordar
312
desmentir. .
" sentir .
432
disentir. .
" sentir .
432
desmerecer .
" carecer.
260
disminuir .
" huir
438
desnegar . .
" negar
428
disolver
" » volver .
431
desnevar . .
" nevar .
428
disonar . .
" sonar .
429
defobedecer .
" carecer.
260
dispertar .
" acertar.
335
desoir . . .
" oir . .
448
displacer .
" complacer 157
desolar . . .
" volar .
430
disponer .
" poner .
442
desoldar . .
" acordar
312
distender .
" eniender
428
desollar. . .
" hollar .
429
distraer. ■
" traer .
443
desobstruir .
" hnir
438
distribuir .
" atribuir
438
desparecer •
despedir • •
" carecer.
260
divertir . .
" advertir
433
" pedir .
436
doler . . .
" moler .
43«
despedrar . «
" acertar
335
dormir . .
conjugated .
435
454
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
Fags
Fagb
E.
encorecer . .
like carecer.
260
educir , . .
like conduct f
443
encornar . .
((
acordar
3'2
elegir . . .
" regir .
435
encovar. . .
((
sonar
429
embarbecer .
" ccirecer.
260
encrudecer .
m
carecer.
260
embastecer .
" carecer.
260
encruelccer .
«
carecer.
260
embebecer .
" carecer.
260
encubertar
ti
cuertar.
335
embellecer .
" carecer.
260
endentar . .
ti
alentar.
427
embermejecer
" carecer.
260
endentecer .
it
carecer
260
embestir . .
" servt'r .
436
endurecer . .
U
carecer.
260
emblandecer
" carecer.
260
enfierecerse .
<(
carecer.
260
emblanquecer
" carecer.
260
enflaquecer .
«
carecer.
260
embobecer .
" carecer.
260
enfranquecer.
U
carecer,
260
embosquecer
" carecer,
260
enfurecer . .
it
carecer.
260
embravecer .
" carecer.
260
engorar. . .
u
agorar,
429
embrutecer .
" carecer.
260
engrandecer .
«
carecer.
260
emparentar .
" alentar.
427
eng^eirse . .
it
reir. ,
437
empedrar . .
" cerrar .
427
engrosar . .
a
sonar .
429
empellar . .
" helar .
427
engrutnecerse
it
carecer,
260
empequenecer
" carecer.
260
enhambrecer.
tt
carecer,
260
empezar . .
conjugated .
427
enhambrentar
u
alentar,
427
emplastecer .
like carecer.
260
enhestar . .
it
atestar .
427
emplumecer .
" carecer.
260
enlenzar . .
tt
empezar
427
empobrecer .
" carecer.
260
enloquecer .
tt
carecer,
260
empodrecer .
" carecer.
260
enlucir . . .
tt
lucir ,
157
empoltronecerse " carecer.
260
enllentecer .
tt
carecer.
260
etnporcar . .
" trocar .
430
enmagrecer .
tt
carecer.
260
enaltecer . .
" carecer.
260
enmalecer . .
tt
carecer.
260
enardecer . .
" carecer.
260
enmarillecerse
tt
carecer.
260
encabellecerse
" carecer.
260
enmolar. . .
tt
helar ,
427
encalvecer
" carecer.
260
enmendar . .
tt
alentar.
427
encallecer. .
" carecer.
260
enmohecer .
u
carecer.
260
encandecer .
" carecer.
260
enmollecer .
tt
carecer.
260
encanecer. .
" carecer.
260
enmudecer .
((
carecer.
260
encarecer . •
" carecer.
260
ennegrecer .
tt
carecer.
260
encender . .
" entender
428
ennoblecer .
tt
carecer.
260
encentar . .
" alentar.
427
ennudecer. .
tt
carecer.
260
encerrar . .
" cerrar .
427
enorgullecer .
tt
carecer.
260
enclocar . .
" trocar ,
430
enrarecer . .
tt
carecer,
260
encloquecer .
" carecer.
260
enriquecer
ft
carecer.
260
encomendar .
" alentar.
427
enrobustecer.
tt
carecer,
260
encontrar . ,
" contar ,
429
enrodar. . .
u
pn-oiar-.
429
encorar. . .
" sonar .
429
enrojecer . .
tt
carecer.
260
encordar . .
" acordar
312
enroquecer .
tt
carecer,
260
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
455
Pagb
Pagb
enronecer .
like
carecer.
260
esclarecer .
. like carecer.
260
enniinecerse
(1
\
carecer.
260
escocer . 4
tt
cocer .
43'
ensalmorar
(1
volar ,
430
escolar . .
Volar
430
ensandecer
U
carecer.
260
esforzar. .
tt
forxar .
430
ensang^rentar
tt
alenlar ■
427
establecer .
tt
carecer.
260
ensoberbecer
tt
carecer.
260
estatuir . .
tt
instituir
439
ensonar. .
u
sonar .
429
estregar
tt
negar .
428
ensordecer
4i
carecer.
260
estremecer
tt
carecer.
260
entallecer .
H
carecer.
260
estrenir . .
tt
cehir .
437
ent;:nder .
conjugated .
428
excluir . .
tt
huir
438
entsnebrecer
like
carecer.
260
expedir . .
tt
pedir .
436
entarnecer.
«l
carecer .
260
exponer. .
tt
poner .
442
enterrar
«
cerrar
427
extender .
tt
entender
428
entigrecerse
carecer.
260
extraer . .
tt
traer .
443
entontecer.
M
carecer.
260
extrenir. .
M
cehir .
437
entorpecer.
«
carecer.
260
F.
entortar. .
M
acordar
3<2
entredecir .
fi
decir .
444
fallecer . .
. like carecer.
260
entregerir .
tt
herir .
433
favor'ecer .
tt
carecer.
260
entrelucir .
tt
lucir .
'57
fenecer . .
tt
carecer.
260
entremorir.
tt
morir .
435
ferrar . .
t\
corar .
427
entreoir . .
tt
oir . .
448
florecer . ,
tt
carecer,
260
entreparecerse "
carecer.
260
fluir . . .
tt
huir
438
entrepernar
tt
aceriar.
335
foliar. . .
tt
hollar .
429
entreponer
tt
poner .
442
fortalecer .
tt
carecer.
260
entretener.
tt
tener
86
forzar. . .
. conjugated .
430
entrever .
tt
ver . .
446
fregar . .
. like ne^ar .
42S
entristecer.
tt
carecer
260
freir . . .
tt
reir. .
437
entullecer .
tt
carecer
260
G.
entumecer.
tt
carecer
260
envanecer.
U
carecer
260
gemecer .
. like carecer
260
envejecer .
tt
carecer
260
gemir . .
it
pedir
436
enverdecer
tt
carecer
260
gobemar .
ti
acertar
335
envestir. .
tt
servir
436
gruir . . .
ti
huir
438
envilecer .
tt
carecer
260
guarecer .
tt
carecer.
260
envolver .
tt
volver
43'
guarnecer .
ft
carecer.
260
enzurdecer
tt
carecer
260
H.
equivaler .
tt
valer
446
erguir . .
conjugated .
434
hacendar .
. hkealenfar.
427
errar . . .
conjugated .
428
hacer. . .
. conjugated .
440
escandecer
like carecer.
260
heder. . .
. like perder .
428
escarmentar
alentar
427
helar . . .
. conjugated .
427
escamecer.
ti
carecer.
260
bender . .
. like entender
428
456
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
henir . .
herbar .
herbscer
berir . .
berrar .
bervir .
bolgar .
bollar. .
buir . .
bumedecer
. like cehir
, " (uertar
" carecer,
. conjugated
. like cerrar
. conjugated
. like rogar
. conjugated -
. conjugated
, like carecer.
Page
437
335
260
433
427
433
430
429
438
260
imbuir . .
. like atribuir
00
itnpedir . .
U
pedir .
436
imponer
«
poncr .
442
improbar .
If
probar .
429
incensar .
If
pensar .
426
incluir . .
11
huir
438
indisponer.
«
poner .
442
inducir . .
«
conducir
443
inferir . .
11
herir .
433
iniemar. .
«
cuertar
335
influir . .
«(
huir .
438
ingerir . .
«
•
herir .
433
inbestar
It
atestar .
427
injcrir . .
<1
herir .
433
inqulrir . .
ti
«
adquirir
434
inseguir. .
<1
seguir .
437
instituir. .
. conjugated .
439
instruir . .
. like atribuir
438
interdecir .
<1
decir .
444
interponer .
11
poner .
442
intervenir .
41
venir .
444
introducir .
II
conducir
443
invemar .
II
acertar.
335
invertir . .
14
advertir
433
investir . .
|4
servir .
436
ir . . . .
448
J
jitnenzar .
. like entpezar
427
jugar. . .
. conjugated .
430
Page
L.
lang^idecer . carecer. 260
leer .... " creer . 236
liquefacer. . " salisfacer 441
lobreguecer . " carecer. 260
lucir . , , , conjugated . 157
luir .... like huir . 438
LI.
Hover . . . conjugated . 200
M.
maldecir .
. like bendecir
444
tnalherir .
hi
herir .
433
malquerer .
11
querer .
442
malsonar .
«
sonar .
429
maltraer .
II
tt aer .
443
mancornar.
II
acordar
312
manifestar
II
atestar .
427
mantener .
II
tener .
86
medir . .
II
pedir .
436
melar . .
•1
helar .
427
mentar . .
<1
alentar
427
mentir . .
II
sentir .
432
merecer. .
<1
carecer .
260
merendar .
14
alentar.
427
moblar . .
II
contar .
429
mobecer .
II
carecer.
260
moler . .
. conjugated .
43»
morder . .
. conjugated .
431
inorir. . .
. conjugated .
435
mostrar. .
. like costar .
429
mover . .
. conjugated .
43'
muir . . .
. like huir
438
N.
nacer. . .
. conjugated .
'57
negar. . .
. conjugated .
428
negrecer .
. like
carecer.
260
nevar. . .
. conjugated .
200
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
457
0.
obedecer .
like carecer
obscurecer
" carecer.
obstruir. .
" huir
obt'ener . .
" tener .
ofrecer . .
" carecer.
oir. . . .
conjugated ,
oler . . .
conjugated ,
oponer . •
like poner .
oscurecer .
" carecer.
P.
pacer. . .
like nacer .
padecer. .
" carecer.
palidecer .
" carecer.
parecer . .
" carecer.
pedir. . .
conjugated .
pensar . .
conjugated .
perder . .
conjugated .
perecer . .
like carecer.
permanecer
" carecer .
pemiqucbrar
" sembrar
perseg^ir .
" se,quir .
pertenecer.
" carecer.
pervertir .
" advertir
pimpollecer
" carecer.
placer . .
conjugated .
plastecer .
like carecer.
plegar . .
" ncgar .
poblar . .
" sonar .
poder . .
conjugated .
podrecer .
like carecer.
poner . .
conjugated .
poseer . .
conjugated .
posponer .
like poner .
preconocer
" conocer.
predecir. .
" decir .
predisponer
" poner
preferir . .
" herir .
prelucir. .
" lucir .
premorir .
" morir
preponer .
" poner .
presentir .
" sentir .
Pacb
presuponer
. like poner ,
442
prevalecer.
" carecer.
260
prevaler ,
" valer .
446
prevenir .
" venir .
444
prever . ,
" ver . .
446
probar . .
. conjugated .
429
producir .
. like conducir
443
proferir . .
" herir .
433
pronnover .
" mover .
431
proponer .
" poner .
442
proseguir .
" seguir .
437
prostituir .
" instiluir
439
proveer . ,
. conjugated .
447
provenir .
. like venir. .
444
Q.
quebrar. .
. like sembrar
428
querer . .
. conjugated .
442
R.
rarefacer .
like satisfacer 440
reagradecer
" carecer.
260
reaparecer
" carecer.
260
reapretar .
" apretar.
427
reaventar .
" alentar.
427
rebendecir.
" decir .
444
reblandecer
" carecer.
260
recaer . .
" caer . .
445
recalentar .
" alentar.
427
recentar
" alentar
427
recenir . .
" cehir .
437
recluir . .
" huir
438
recocer . .
" cocer
431
recolar . .
" volar .
430
recolegir .
" regir .
436
reconnendar
" alentar.
427
recotnponer
" poner .
444
reconducir.
" conducir
443
reconocer .
" conocer.
157
reconstruir
" huir
438
recortar
" contar .
429
reconvalecer
" carecer.
260
reconvenir
" venir .
444
Page
260
260
438
86
260
448
432
442
260
'57
260
260
260
436
426
428
260
260
428
437
260
433
260
157
260
428
429
441
260
.442
447
442
>57
444
442
433
157
435
442
432
458 the meisterschaft system.
Pagb
Pagb
recordar . .
like
aeordar
312
repedir . .
like pedir .
436
recostar . .
U
costar
429
repensar .
tt
pensar .
426
recrecer . .
tt
carecer
260
repetir . .
tt
pedir ,
436
recrudecer. .
(«
carecer
260
replegar
tt
negar •
428
redarguir . .
(i
argiiir
439
repoblar .
ft
sonar
429
redoler . . ,
«(
moler.
43"
reponer . .
tt
poner .
442
reducir . . .
conducir
443
reprobar
tt
probar
429
reelegir. . .
{<
regir
436
reproducir .
tt
conducir
443
reencotnendar
<(
edentar
427
requebrar .
U
cerrar
427
referir . . .
«
herir
433
requerer .
tt
querer
442
reflorecer . .
t(
carecer.
260
requerir. .
tt
herir
433
refluir . . .
ti
huir
438
resaber . .
ft
saber
442
reforzar. . .
ti
forzar
430
resalir . .
tt
salir
449
refregar. . .
tt
negar
428
resegar . .
tt
negar
428
refreir . . .
<(
reir .
437
resembrar .
tt
sembrar
428
regar....
u
negar
428
resentirse .
tt
sentir
432
regimentar .
tl
alentar.
427
resolver. .
tt
volver
431
regir . . .
conjugated .
436
resollar . .
tt
' hollar
429
regoldar . .
like
a^orar
430
resonar . .
tt
sonar
429
rehacer. . .
m
hacer
440
resplandecer
tt
carecer
260
reherir . . .
tt
herir
433
resquebrar
tt
sembrar
428
reherrar. . .
ft
cerrar
427
restablecer
tt
carecer
260
rehervir. . .
tt
hervir
433
restituir. .
tt
instituir
439
rehollar. . .
ft
hollar
429
restregar .
tt
negar
428
rehuir . . .
tt
huir. .
438
retallecer .
tt
carecer
260
rehumedecer.
ft
carecer
260
retemblar .
tt
sembrar
428
reir . . . .
conjugated .
437
retener . .
tt
tener
86
rejuvenecer .
like
carecer
260
retentar
tt
alentar
427
relentecer . .
tt
carecer
260
retenir . .
tt
cehir .
437
relucir . . .
tt
lucir
•57
retonecer .
tt
carecer a
260
remendar . .
tt
alentar.
427
retorcer. .
tt
torcer
431
rementir . .
tt
sentir
432
retostar . .
tt
costar
429
remolar. . .
tt
volar
430
retraer . .
tt
traer •
443
remoler. . .
tt
moler
43»
retribuir
tt
atribuir
438
remorder . .
tt
morder.
431
retronar. .
tt
sonar .
429
remover . .
tt
mover
43«
retrotraer .
u
traer .
443
renacer . . .
ft
nacer
'57
revejecer .
tt
carecer
260
rendir . . .
tt
servir
436
revenirse .
ft
venir
444
renegar. . .
tt
negar .
428
revsntar
tt
alentar
427
renovar. . .
tt
sonar ,
429
rever. . .
tt
ver . .
446
renir ....
tt
cehir .
439
reverdecer.
tt
carecer
260
repacer . . .
U
nacer .
'57
reverter. . .
tt
perder .
428
repadecer . .
ft
carecer.
260
revestir. . .
tt
servir .
436
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
459
revolar . .
. like volar
revolcarse .
" trocar
revolver. .
" volver
robustecer.
" carecer
rodar . . .
" sonar
rogar. . .
. conjugated
s.
saber. . . conjugated . .
salir . . .
conjugated ,
salpinnentar
like alentar.
sarmentar.
«
alentar
satisfacer .
conjugated .
segar . .
like
negar .
seguir . .
conjugated .
sembrar .
conjugated .
senaentar .
like alentar.
sentar . .
"
alentar
sentir . .
conjugated .
serrar . .
like cerrar .
servir . .
conjugated .
sinnenzar .
like
empezar
sobrecrecer
«
carecer.
sobreentende
«
entender
sobreponer
poner .
sobresalir .
t<
salir .
sobresetnbrar
(1
sembrar
sobresolar.
4(
volar .
sobrevenir.
U
venir .
sobreventar
<t
alentar.
sobreverterse
«
perder .
sobrevestir
sentir ..
Bofreir . .
<(
reir. .
solar . . .
«(
volar
soldar . .
<(
acordar
soler . . .
conjugated .
solver . .
like volver .
sollar. . .
"
hollar
somover .
mover
sonar. . .
conjugated .
sonreir . .
<<
reir
sonrodarse
<(
volar
sorregar
4<
negar .
Pace
sosegar . .
like negar .
428
sostener .
tener .
86
soterrar. .
«
cerrar ,
427
subarrendar
«
alentar.
427
subentender
«
entender
428
subseguir .
a
seguir .
437
substituir..
u
instituir
439
substraer .
u
traer .
443
subtender .
«
entender
428
subvenir .
«
•venir .
444
subvertir .
«
advertir
433
sugerir . .
«
lierir ,
433
superponer
«
poner .
442
supervenir
«
venir .
444
suponer
((
poner .
442
sustituir .
u
instituir
439
sustraer .
it
traer .
443
T.
tallecer . .
like
carecer.
260
temblar. .
it
sembrar
428
tender . .
tt
entender
428
tentar . .
tt
alentar
427
tenir . . .
ti
cehir .
437
torcer . .
conjugated .
431
tostar . .
like costar .
429
traducir. .
it
conducir
443
traer . . .
conjugated .
443
transcender
like entender
428
transfregar
negar .
428
translucirse
<1
lucir .
157
transponer
tt
poner .
442
transcender
tt
entender
428
trascolar .
tt
volar .
428
trascordarse
tt
acordar
429
trasegar
tt
negar .
428
trasferir
tt
herir .
433
trasfregar .
tt
negar .
428
traslucir
tt
lucir .
J 57
trasoir . .
tt
oir . .
448
trasonar
tt
sonar ,
429
trasponer .
tt
poner .
442
trastrocar .
trocar .
430
Page
430
430
431
260
429
430
442
449
427
427
441
428
437
428
427
427
432
427
436
427
260
428
442
449
428
430
444
427
428
432
437
428
429
431
43«
429
431
429
437
430
428
460
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
trasverter
trasvolar
travesar
trocar .
tronar .
tropezar
Page
like perder . 428
" volar . 430
" acertar. \l-j
conjugated . 430
like sottar . 429
" empezar 427
tumefacerse . " satisfacer 441
V.
valer .... conjugated . 446
venir . . . conjugated . 444
ventar . . . like alentar, 427
ver .... conjugated . 446
verdecer
verter
vestir
volar.
volcar
volver
yacer. . .
yuxtaponer
Pace
like carecer. 260
" perder . 428
" sen'ir . 436
conjugated . 430
like trocar . 430
conjugated . 431
Y.
. conjugated
like potter
448
442
zaherir ... " herir . 433
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
Words.
De la Ciudad, &o.
Town, &o.
el paseo.
the promenade.
las puertas,
the gates.
el empedrado,
the pavement.
la casa consistorial,
la casa del ayuntamiento.
1 the city hall.
los habitantes,
the inhabitants.
el alcalde,
the mayor.
la policia,
the police.
un alguacil,
a policeman.
los vecinos (de la ciudad),
the citizens.
una restauracion.
a restaurant.
el teatro,
the theatre.
bjetos de tocador or Artioulos
Toilet Objects.
de composttira.
Un cepillo (thai-pee'-yo),
A brush.
un cepillo de dientes,
a tooth-brush.
un cepillo de unas (pon'-yds).
a nail-brush.
un peine {pai-ee'-nP),
a coipb.
un batidor.
a large comb.
el jabon Qhd-von'),
the soap.
una bola de jabon,
a cake of soap.
la pomada,
the pomatum.
los polvos para los dientes,
tooth-powder.
una navaja de afeitar {n'd'Vd'-
^hd di d-fai-ee-tdr'),
1 a razor.
polvos.
powder; poudre.
una esponja {ais-pdrd-^ha).
a sponge.
una toalla {td-d!-y'£).
' a towel.
462
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
una aguja (d-goo'-^hd),
un alfiler,
alfileres de gancho,
alfileres de pelo,
las tijeras (Ue-'hai'-rds),
un dedal,
hilo {ee'-ld),
seda,
una hebra de hilo,
un boton,
un ojal (d-'hd/'),
el unto,
la cera,
un tira-botas,
una bolsa,
una cartera,
una cartera para dinero,
un reloj,
un reloj de bolsillo,
la Have (jfd'-ve),
una cadena,
un baston,
una sombrilla {sdm-vree'-yd),
un paraguas {pd-rd'-gwds),
Ids anteojos {an-tai-o^-hos),
una sortija (sor-tee'-'hd),
un collar,
los pendientes,
los zarcillos (ikdr-ihee'-yos),
un brazalete,
un broche (drd'-ch^),
a needle,
a pin.
hair-pins.
the scissors,
a thimble,
cotton,
silk.
a thread of cotton,
a button,
a buttonhole.
the blacking.
a boot-jack,
a purse,
a pocket-book.
" " (for money).
a watch.
the key.
a chain,
a cane,
a parasol,
an umbrella,
the spectacles,
a ring,
a necklace.
the ear-rings.
a bracelet,
a brooch.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
463
un velo,
un escote,
una cinta,
un abanico {^a-va-nee'-ko\
un manguito,
una cotilla (ko-tee'-ya),
un delantal,
el tocador,
el espejo {ais-pai'-'hd),
un estuche (ais-too'-che),
agua de olor,
agua de azahar,
Para Escribir.
Una carta,
un billete,
una cartera,
papel,
papel de cartas,
papel ordinario,
teleta,
un mano de papel,
una hoja (de papel).
un pliego de papel,
un sobre,
una pluma,
una pluma de ganso,
una pluma de acero,
,un sello,
lacre,
a veil.
a lace-collar,
a ribbon,
a fan.
a muff,
a corset,
an apron,
the (toilet) glass,
the mirror,
a case; ^tui.
toilet-water,
orange-water.
Writing Materials.
A letter,
a note.
a writing-desk (portable),
paper.
writing-paper; note-paper,
common writing-paper,
blotting-paper,
a quire of paper,
a leaf.
a sheet of paper,
an envelope,
a pen.
a quill,
a steel-pen.
a seal,
sealing-wax.
464
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
una escribania,
un tintero,
un lapiz,
goma,
un cortaplumas,
cortar un lapiz,
una tijera,
un papelero,
Del Agua, del Mar 7 Buques.
Un manantial,
un torrente,
un rio (ree'-o),
un arroyo,
la ribera, 1
la orilla, >
el mirgen, , j
un canal,
el mar,
un golfo,
un estrecho,
un lago,
la calma,
la tormenta,
el viento favorable (Ja-vo-rii'-ble)
el viento contrario,
un buque,
un buque mercante,
un buque de guerra,
un buque de vapor,
a (portable) writing-desk,
an inkstand,
a pencil,
rubber,
a pen-knife,
to sharpen a pencil,
scissors,
a stationer.
Water, Ocean, and Shipa.
A spring,
a stream,
a river,
a brook.
the shore.
a canal,
the ocean.
a gulf. [sea.
a strait; a narrow arm of the
a lake,
the calm,
the storm,
favorable wind,
unfavorable wind,
a vessel.
a mercantile ship,
a man-of-war.
a steamer.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
465
las anclas, j
las ancoras, )
■ the anchors.
los arboles, j
los palos, ]
the masts.
las velas,
the sails.
los marineros,
the sailors.
el capitan,
the captain.
el piloto,
the man at the wheel
la camara,
the cabin.
un practice,
a pilot.
Del Campo y de La Agricultura. Land and Agriculture.
Un lugar,
una aldea,
1 A village.
una men tana,
a mountain.
una llanura.
a plain.
un valle.
a valley.
una cueva,
una caverna.
j a cave.
una colina.
a hill.
un lago.
a lake.
una laguna,
un cenagal.
1 a swamp.
un rio.
a river.
un estanque.
a pond.
un prado.
a meadow.
una zanja.
a ditch.
una selva.
woods.
un bosque.
a bush ; small woods.
un desierto.
a desert.
un drbol,
a tree.
466
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
un arbolito,
a young tree.
un tronco,
a trunk.
una rama.
a branch.
un boton,
a bud.
simiente,
seed.
una raiz,
a rooL
un campo.
a held.
hierba, J
yerba, 3
grass.
legumbre, i
verduras, 3
vegetables.
cebada.
barley.
avena,
oats.
trigo,
wheat.
centeno,
rye.
grano,
corn.
mazorca de maiz fresca, j
helote {Mexican), '
1 green corn.
maiz,
sweet corn.
algodon,
cotton.
algodon en rama.
raw cotton.
una espiga,
an ear.
los granos,
the grains (the seeds) of corn.
paja,
straw.
heno, j
yerba seca, '
hay.
la cosecha.
the harvest.
el arado,
the plow.
un azadon.
a hoe.
una pala,
a shovel.
una guadana,
a scythe.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
467
una hoz,
un carro,
la rueda,
el latigo,
un hombre del campo,
un trabajador,
un jornadero,
un labrador,
un jardin,
una huerta,
una planta,
la berza,
la col,
un repollo,
lechuga,
endibia,
escarola,
cebollas,
alcachofas,
rabanos,
espinacas,
coliflores,
esparragos,'
apio,
setas,
hongos,
lentejas,
guisantes,
habas,
jpdfas,
frfjoles,
a sickle,
a cart,
the wheel,
the whip,
a farmer.
a workman.
a garden, [garden,
a kitchen-garden, vegetable-
a plant.
cabbage.
head of white cabbage,
lettuce.
endive.
onions.
artichokes.
radishes.
spinach.
cauliflower.
asparagus.
celery.
mushroom.
lentils.
peas.
beans.
French beans.
463
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
nabos,
nabas,
cohombros,
pepinos,
un calabaza,
patatas,
papas,
pastinacas,
remolachas,
betarragas,
fruta,
peras,
manzanas,
camuezas,
damascos,
albaricoques,
melocotones,
alberchigos,
ciruelas,
cerezas,
brevas,
higos,
granadas,
grosellas,
moras,
uvas,
uva espino,
pasas,
datiles,
naranjas,
limones,
frambuesas,
^ turnips.
I cucumbers.
pumpkin.
I potatoes.
parsnips.
I beets.
fruit,
pears.
I apples.
I apricots.
j peaches.
plums,
cherries.
I figs,
pomegranates
currants,
mulberries,
grapes,
gooseberry,
raisins,
dates,
oranges,
lemons,
raspberries.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
fresas,
strawberries.
un melon,
a melon.
una sandla.
a watermelon.
pina,
pineapple.
nueces,
nuts.
avellanas,
hazelnuts.
castanas,
chestnuts.
almendras,
almonds.
accitunas,
olives.
drboles frutales,
fruit-trees.
un peral,
a pear-tree.
un manzano,
an apple-tree.
un alb^rchigo,
a peach-tree.
un ciruelo,
a plum-tree.
un cerezo,
a cherry-tree.
una higuera,
a fig-tree.
un granado,
a pomegranate-tree.
un moral,
a mulberry-tree.
una palma.
a palm-tree.
un naranjo.
an orange-tree.
un nogal.
a nut-tree.
un olivo,
an olive-tree.
un castano
a chestnut-tree.
un almendro.
an almond-tree.
un limonero.
a lemon-tree.
una encina,
an oak-tree.
un fresno.
an ash-tree.
un olmo.
an elm-tree.
un tilo.
a linden-tre'e.
un laurel,
a laurel-tree.
un cedro,
a cedar-tree.
un pino,
a pine-tree.
47O
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
Partes del Cuerpo Humano.
El cuerpo,
Ids miembros,
la cabeza,
Ids cabellos,
el cerebro,
Ids sesos,
la frente,
las sienes,
la cara,
las facciones,
la tez,
el ojo,
Ids parpados,
las cejas,
las orejas,
la nariz,
las tnejillas,
las barbas,
el bigote,
la boca,
Ids labios,
Ids dientes,
el paladar,
la lengua,
la barba,
la garganta,
el pescuerzo,"
las espaldas,
las hotnbros,
Of the Human Body.
The body,
the members,
the head,
the hair.
the brains.
the forehead,
the temples,
the face,
the features,
the complexion,
the eye.
the eyelashes,
the eyebrows,
the ears,
the nose,
the cheeks,
the beard,
the mustache,
the mouth,
the lips,
the teeth.
the roof of the mouth,
the tongue,
the chin,
the throat,
the neck.
the shoulders.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
el espinazo,
the spine.
el lomo,
the back.
el brazo,
the arm.
el codo,
the elbow.
la mano,
the hand.
la mano derecha,
the right hand,
la mano izquierda,
the left hand.
el dedo,
the finger.
el dedo pulgar,
the thumb.
las unas,
the nails.
el pi6,
the foot.
las rodillas,
the knees.
las piernas,
the legs.
el talon,
the heel.
el pecho,
the breast.
el seno,
the bosom.
las costillas,
the ribs.
el costado,
the side.
los pulmones,
the lungs.
la talla,
the waist.
el estdmago,
the stomach.
el higado,
the liver.
el corazon,
the heart.
la sangre,
the blood.
el pellejo,
} the skin.
la piel,
un hueso.
a bone.
las venas,
the veins.
los nervios,
the nerves.
un tendon,
a sinew.
el pulso.
the pulse.
472
THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM.
el aliento, the breath,
la voz, the voice,
el sudor, the perspiration,
la belleza, )
la btldad, 5
la fealdad, the ugliness, horridness.
Los cinco Sentidos, &c. The five Senses, &c.
La vista.
The sight.
el oido.
the hearing.
el olfato.
the smell.
el gusto.
the taste.
el tacto.
the touch.
el color.
the color.
el sonido.
the sound.
el entend Iniento,
the understanding.
el juicio.
the judgment.
la razon,
the reason.
la esperanza.
the hope.
la imaginacion,
the imagination.
el genio.
the mind; genius.
el amor.
the love.
el odio,"
the hatred.
los zelos.
the jealousy.
el gozo.
the joy.
la memoria.
the memory.
una idea {ee-'^aV-a),
an idea.
el pensamiento,
the thought.
la voluntad.
the will.
el deseo.
the desire.
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE.
473
Sensaciones del Cuerpo>
&c.
La hambre,
la sed,
la digestion,
el sueno,
el ronquido,
el sopor,
un suspiro,
un quejido,
los sollozos,
un grito,
una lagrima,
el estornudo,
la risa,
el reir,
las arrugas,
la salud,
la enfermedad,
la debilidad.
Sensations of the Body,
&c.
The hunger,
the thirst,
the digestion,
the sleepdream,
the snoring,
the sleepiness,
a moan; groan,
a groan,
the sobbing,
a scream,
a tear.
the sneezing.
the laughter.
the wrinkles,
the health,
the sickness,
the debility.
SUPPLEMENTARY EXERCISES
ADDED BY
The Travelers Insurance Company,
OF
HARTFORD, CONN.
^ Q«i6 hace cada uno prudente dntes de ir de viaje dc una
parte k otro?
Compra una pdliza de seguros de "Travelers Insurance
Co."
^P6r qud?
jPara ser pagado por pdrdida de tiempo en caso de acci-
^nte, y para salvar su familia si quita la vida.
jCu41 es el precio de esta p61iza de seguros?
^lamente I5.00 cada ano, $3.00 por tres tneses, pea* cada
SI,000 de seguro, y ademas de eso II5.00 por semana
ni^Dtras que sea herido.
jEs necesario una examinacion por un mddico?
No.
iSon heridos <5 matados por accidente muchos hombres?
Cerca de la sexta parte de todos que se aseguran en " The
Travelers Co."
iSe le paga mucho dinero?
Mas de $3,000.03 cada dia.
iHay mucho tiempo que lo ha hecho?
Por veintiuno anos la Compania le ha pagado $14,000,00<
I Podria hacerlo en caso de grandes p^rdidas ?
Tiene $3,000,000 de fondos sobre todas sus obligaciones.
^En donde se compran esas pdlizas?
En todas las ciudades de los Estados Unidos y del Ca
nada.
THE MASON $c HAIVlLir
PIANO.
^ " * -■-'— —f-=z
Illustrates the same high standard of excell<
which has always characterized the
MASON & HAMLIN ORGANS
and won for them the Highest Awards at
^11 C3rirea.t "V%7" orld's EzKlxlToitlo.
since and including that of Paris, 1867.
Organ and Piano Catalogues sent /
to any address.
SOLD ON EASY TERMS, AND RENTE!
MASON & HAMLIN ORGAN & PIANO I
BOSTON, MASON & HAMLIN HALL, 154 & 155 Tremont Stree
NEW YORK, 158 Fifth Avenue. CHICAGO, 149 Wabash Af
465 R815
II
3 5556 004 899 522
465,
R81 5